CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
Cornell University
'M Library
The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924071132082
PALI READER WITH NOTES AND GLOSSARY
BY
DINES ANDERSEN, PH. D. PBOraaaOR at the ITNIVEBSITY of OorENHAOEN
PART II: GLOSSARY
COPENHAGEN GYLDENDALSKE BOGHANDEL, NORDISK FORLAG LONDON LEIPZIG LUZAC & Co. O. HARRASSOWITZ 1907 Tiykt tned Vnderslettelse af Vniversitelets Ftitrykskonto
NIELSEN ft LVDtCHK (AXEL aiUMELKIiEB) PALI GLOSSARY
INCLUDING THE WORDS OF THE
PALI READERandoftheMAMMAPADA
BY
« DINES ANDERSEN, Ph. D. PBOraSSOR AT TBI UNiyiRSITY OF OOPimUOIK
COPENHAGEN GYLDENDALSKE BOGHANOEL, NORDISK FORLAG LEIPZIG ,
O. HARRASSOWITZ / , 1904—1905 NIRUJKN A LYDICHK (AIKt. >IMUItl.KI«H) PALI GLOSSARY
PREFACE.
In issuing the present part of the Pali Reader I ought to express my sincere regret that various circumstances have so much retarded the final revision and printing of the glossary, the conclusion of which I know has been expected long ago by not a few scholars. As has been pro-
mised in the preface to Part 1. this glossary includes the vocabulary of the whole text of Dhammapada, and I have upon the whole done my
best to make it as complete as possible. It has been my aim by this to
supply the young student with a sufficient help for the first years' study,
untill he will be able to -work inpendently, and I have therefore above
all striven to arrange the materials so that every passage in the texts
which might be supposed to present even the slightest difficulty to the
beginner should not be passed by in silence. Whether I have succeeded
in my explanations in such cases, where I differ from the usual inter-
pretation, I must leave to my critics to judge of. With regard to the lexicographical system introduced into this glossary I need not to say
much; it is of course, as to the outer form, in many respects different
from that of the Dictionary of Childers : in addition to the Indian order
of the letters I have introduced all declinable words in their stems (only
with a few exceptions, e. g. pronouns like aham, bhavam, etc.); where
the stems are ending in consonants these have been printed in Italics,
the reason for which I hope will be understood : ghosavat, cetas, muddhan, gandhiw, pitar (the latter I have considered more prac-
tical than pitu). The verbs ought in my opinion to be given in their
present indicative (3. sing.), as has also been done by Childers, together
with reference to the Sanskrit roots; so I have not paid any attention
to roots or forms given by the native Pali-grammarians, my task only quoted, being to deal with the texts themselves, and nothing has been cases I have that cannot be traced in the litterature. In many single collections had an indispensable support in the exhaustive lexicographical especially of V. Trenckner (now in the Copenhagen University Library), signifi- where rny own collections were not sufficient to state a certain here cation, form, or gender of a word; the abbreviation (Tr.) added have and there in the glossary will show that also on other accounts 1 occurring among derived som 3 benefit from suggestions of his accidentally the vast number of his quotations. With regard to typographical ar- rangements I beg to remark that asterisks have been put before those
Pali words to which no Sanskrit equivalents can be traced; likewise generally before compounds not found in the Sanskrit Dictionary of Monier Williams, the new edition of which has been of great help to me during the whole work; certain forms of the Pali words are put within parentheses in order to show that they do not occur in the
Reader or the Dhpd., whilst brackets put to a heading-word (e. g. [sa-
rnSsati]) denote that this particular form of the word is not traced.
Of the English iranslations it ought to be observed that those within double inverted comma are simply quotations from my predecessors;
other typographical indications, abbreviations, etc., I hope will easily be
understood; Before using the book my readers are earnestly requested to insert the corrections and additions given on the last pages into the
text of both parts.
In conclusion I wish to address my best thanks to my young friend
Mr, Jolt. Eijser, Assistant Librarian at our University Library, to whom
I am indebted for his kind assistance in correcting the proofs.
Coiienhageii, September 1907.
Dines Andersen. TO
MY TEACHER AND FRIEND
Professor Dr. phil. V. FAUSB0LL
IN COMMEMORATION OF
THE 5015 ANNIVERSARY OF HIS FIRST EDITION
OF THE DHAMMAPADA
Copenhagen, March 16., 1905
DINES ANDERSEN DUOPACE
Reproduced by XEROGRAPHV by Micro Photo Inc. Cleveland 12, Ohio A. a- pas si, v, passati. a-pucchi, a-pucchiihsu, v. puc> a-', the base of pron, gen, assa, assa, chati. V. ayam, a-piijesuih. v. piijeti. a-^ the prp, a», shortened before a-plavim, v. p(a)lavati. double cons, v, akkamati, akkosati etc. a-bravi, a-bruvi. v, bruti. a-^, the augment originally prefixed a-bbavissa (cond.), w. bhavati. to the verbal root in the formation of a-bhassatba, v. bhassati, the inipf., aor, & cond. tenses, in most a-bbanim, v. bhanati. cases dropped after ma {q. v.) and gene- a-bbasi, a-bbasatha, v. bhasati. rally omitted in ordinary prose. List a>Taca(m), a-voca, a-TOoum, v. of augmented forms occurring in the vadati. texts of the Reader & the Dhp.i a-vadhi, v, vadhati, a-ka, a-kari, a-kasi, a-kaihsu, a-vadesi. v. vadeti. a-karamhase, v. karoti, a-samsi, v. samsati. a-karayi, v, kareti. a-8akkhi(in), v. sakkoti. a-gaficbi, a-gama, a-gamasi, a>88umha, v. sunati. a-gatnaihsu, v. gaoobati. a-hayatha. v. hayati. a*ggahi, a-ggahum, a-ggahesi, a- ha si, v. harati, V. ganhati. a-hu, a-buifa, a- buva, a-huva- a-'ghatayi, v. ghateti. ttha, a-huvambase, a-ho8i(m), a-cari, v. carati. a-hesum, v, hoti. a-cavayi, v, caveti. &8im, V. attbi. a-cchidda, a-cohindi, v, chin* acc-a-ga, aoc-a-gama, v, all- dati. gaccbati. a-jali, V. jalati. ajjh-a-ga, ajjh'a-gu, v. acUii- a-jini. v. jinati. gacchati. a-ttha, a-tthasi, a-Uharasu, v. ajjh-a-bhasi, v. adhi-bbasati. titthati. ajjb-a-vasayi, v, adbi-vaseti. a-tari, v. tarati. anu-pariy*a-ga, v, anu-pari- a-da, a-dasi(m), a'damsa, v. gacohati. dadati. anv-a-ga, v. anu-gacchati, a-desayi, v. deseti. apa-nayi, v. apa-neti. a-ddakkhi, v. dakkhati. ud-a-padi, v. up-pajjati. a-ddasa, a^ddasa, a-ddasama, upaoc-a-ga, v. (upati-gaocbati). a- d das a sum, v. dissati. up a- garni, v. if^a-gaochati.
, PSli Oloiiur/. 1 m
a- upa,-visi, V. upa-visati. a-karonta, v. karoti. paoc-a-ssosi, paoc>a-Bso&um, a-katna, mfn. unwilling, reluctant, V. pati-sunati. 104,10. (
{cp. a-m.'ckoti. Dhpd. (1866) p. 102,u. jano, nom. pi. »».). a-sakkhi, Jut. I, 382,34. an-abhirami, a-kusala, mfn, evil, 76,84 (yatlia
Jut. Ill, 30,3o) G. Bilhler: ZDMQ. -^.aiii, ucc. m.); n, ,%.arii, evil deed,
XL, 644 (cp. Jut. I, 171,17. 386,16)]. demerit, 97. 13. Dh. 281. a-kakkasa, mfn. free from hnrsh- a-kkodha, w. mildness, 44,8 — Dh. nesg. Dh. 408. (.-waiii, ace. m.). 223 (^ena, instr.), v. kodba. a-kata, a) mfn. not 'done, left un- a-kkodhana, mfn. free from anger, done, Dh. 50.165.314. b) ,1. the 104,31. Dh. 400. V. kodhana. uncreated (a. Nibbuna):! a-kata- a-kkhara, q. v. fifiuK mfn. Dh. 97. 383. (^u), a-ganhanti, v, ganhati. knowing the uncreated, a-gata, mfn. not gone to, 48,ii; not a-katafiflu'. mfn. ungrateful, 14,i. frequented, Dh. 323, V. gata. ft-katta*. >». who does no gooii, 14,i a-gantvit, v. gaccbiiti, (arc, -Mfaiil). a-giuidliaka,w/'rt. [fr, gandha.g. v.), a-katva, v. karoti, without odour (opp. sa-gandhaka), a-kathaiii-kathin, mfn. free from Dh. 51 (-^aiii puppbaiii). doubt (katharii.-katlul). Dh. 411. a-gahctvii, I', ganliati. •114 (-i, m,). * a-guna. m. fault, '^o, 43,4, his faults, ,vi, ^im {nom, ace, m.) punishment, innocent, Dh. 137 43,5. 43,6, (r«.-fc'8U. loc, pi.). a-caritva, v. carati. ' a-datra, v. dadati. a-carima, mfn. not eubsequent, not a-dassana, n. not seeing (to. gen.); last; ^am, adv. 99,20 (vp. a-pubba). piyanaih ^ara, 106,26 — Dh. 210; a-cala, mfn. immovable, firm, 110,7 ^ena (instr.) morassa, before the (~a bbiimi). peacock had appeared, 18,32 ; Dh.206 a-cira, mfn. sliort, brief; ^am, adv. ^ara gaoche, will not see, Dh. 46. soon, before long. 107,5 — Dh. 41; *a-datukamata; f. (fr, inf. da- V. "-ppakkanta, mfn. 70, is .^e, loc. tum dadati) -J- kama w. suff. soon after he was gone [cp, pakka- -ta) unwillingness to give, -%/aih mati). (ace.) 16,14, -x^aya (instr. „ because a- ecu t a, mfn. not fallen, permanent, you do not wish to give it") 23,36. unchangeable, Dh, 225 ^vam t^ia- a-dinna, mfn. not given; ^am adi- nam, NibbSna [cp. cuta & cavati). yati, to take what is not given, to a-cchidda, mfn. uninjured, fault- steal, 97,10, Dh. 246. 409; a-dinna- less, blameless; '-vutti adj. m. Dh. dana, n. stealing, 81,22 (<^a, ahl.)\ 229 ('>^im, ace) of blameless con- a-dinnapubba, mfn. not given be- duct. fore, 16,30 (cp. pubba). a-chinditva, v. chindati. a-disva, (a)-di88aman a-tthana, n. wrong place or wrong *a-dhammikata, f. unrighteous- time [v. thana), 34,32 (/^^e, loc); an ness, ^aya (instr,) 102.6. impossible thing, that cannot take *a-nikka8ava. mfn. not free from place 76,26 (-N^aiii, nom.). impurity, impure, Dh. 9 (cp. ka- a-takkavacara, mfn. being beyond sava & kasava). the sphere of thought, 94,25 (takka a- nice a mfn, (v. niocam) not eternal, + avacara, q.v,). transitory, impermanent, perishable, a-tandita. mfn, not slothful, ud> ojSk samkharu 80,28; 107, u — Dh. wearied, Dh. 306. 366. 375. 277; a-nicc£ldi-vasena (instr.) 88,32 a-titta, mfn. unsatisfied, insatiate, „on account of the instability etc, this 52,24 fsjAm {ace. f.) kamesu, in- of world" (?) (cp. adi & vasa). satiate in pleasures; Dh. 48. a-niccata,. f. transient existence, a-tula, mfn, unequalled; m.nom.pr. instability, mortality, (x/E (= a- (q.v.) Dh. 227. niccataya, instr.\ 95,22. a-danda, mfn. *) without stick, 77, a-ni^thita, mfn. not, finished, not IS (>^ena, inatr,) - *) exempt from completed, 87,ii. ^ ft- a-Dindita, mfn, (v. nindati), not aparappacoaya, ahl. adv. (N/fianam, blamed, Dh. 227. intuitive knowledge, 96,i4. ""a-nibbisaih, part, adv. UBeleiily, a-pariggaha, mfn. unmarried, 56,4 unmarried fruitlessly, 108,i6. Dh. 163. {v. fva, /".); "-bhava, »n. the liibbittha; 8BE. X, 43.) state, 66,7 (cp. pariggaha). a-nimitta, mfn. causeless, ground- a-parighamsanta, v. parigbam- less, r^o vimokKo (q. v.) —- Nib- sati. bana, Dh. 92. 93. *a-parisuddha, mfn, dirty, 41, i. uninterrup- •a-nimisata, f. not winking; rwSya a-paribina-jbana, n. (akkbinam) 59,5 „on account of her ted meditation, 45,i5 (v. parihayati). not winking", a-passanta, a-passitva, v. pas- a-niyata, mfn. not fixed, uncertain, sati. •%.^am jlvitam, 86,i7. a-para, «. not the opposite bank, *a-niyata-gat(ka, wi/n. whose path Dh, 385 (v. para). (through the numerous forms of life, a-puccba, mfn. not to be asked about, V. gati) is uncertaio, ^a, f, 87,89. r^am [ace. n.) 91, is (v. pucchati). *a-niyyanika, «i/w. unprofitable, a-puj j a, mfn. not to ba revered, not 9,29. deserving homage, 30,21 (v. piijeti). a-nivattana, n. not turning back, a-puflna, n. demerit, 76,3 "-labba, not fleeing: "-dhamma, mfn. hav- m. acquisition of demerit, Dh, 309. ing the nature of not fleeing, 39, lo 310. ^a mahayodha (m. />/.). *a-putbujjana-sevita.»i/'«. which a-nivesana, mfn. homeless; inacces- common people cannot aojoy, Dh. sible to de iire, froe from attach- 272 [cp. sevati). ment (?) Dh. 40. (cp. SBE. X, 14.j a-pubba, mfn. not first, unprecee- a-nissita, mfn, trot dependent on, ded [opp. a-carima); .%.am, adv. Dh. 93 abare />^o, „not absorbed 99,25! apubbam acarimam, „not in enjoyment". before and not after", „simulta- - *a n i g h Si,mfn. scatheless, harmless (?) neously- (Morris JPTS. '87 p. 101; Dh. 294. 296. {Sa. *a-nigbna, Ehya Davids SBE. XXXV p. 64). Morris JPTS. '91—93, p. 41 ff.; a-ppagabbha, tnfn. not arrogant, *a-nyagha (= an-agha), sinless, modest, quiet, Dh. 245 (v, pagab- Fsb. cp. SBE. X, 71 fi'. The na- bha). tives derive this word from i *nigha *a- p p a t c c b a u n a, mfn. not covered, nsuiferiug" and expl():n it by nid- nuked, 10,i5 »vO aliosi, „he ex- dukklia; cp, also sa, un-ehas posed himself {v. pa^icobanna). (Vih)). > *a-ppatipuggala, mfn. unequal- a-paccakkbaya, t;. paccakkhati. led, 80,24 (v, pati-puggala). a-pafina, mfn. not intelligent, Dh. a-ppatibaddha-citta, mfn, one 3 '2. whose mind is not turned to (loc), a-patikkamitva, v. patikkamati. kamesu ^o, Huot bewildered by a- pad a, mfn. footless i. e. having no love", Dh. 218 (v. patibaddba). footing in the existence (samsara), a - p p a t i V a 1 1 i y a, mfn. insubvertible, Dh. 179. ISO.* 110,T ^a (f bhumi). (v, pativatteti). *a-pabbajana, n. 47, s: "-attbaya *a-ppatik.araka, mfn. ungrateful, {Jat. V. attha^) „to keep him from 14,1 : katnssa '>.arri (ace. »*.), one a religious life", who does not return what has been *a-paf&-npaccaya, mfn. not depen- done, (v, patikaraka). dent of others, ^o sasane ( — „for *a-ppatissavasa, m. anaichy,10.3i. the knowledge of the doctrine") 69,i4; (v. patissuva). a-ppatta. mfn. not having obtained naya, „cannot fall away (from holi- {ace.) Dh. 272. {v. patta' cp. SBE. ness)", Dh. 32. X, p. 67). a- b hay a [fr. bhaya, n.) ') mfn. a-ppaduttha, mfn. harmless, Dh. free from fear, Dh. 268, ^) n. sa- 125. {v. paduttha, cp. dussati). fety, security, immunity, rvaih, nom. a-ppaniatta, mfn. not slothful, ear- 7,6. ace. 6,18, r^e, loc. 7,u. Dh. nest, zealous, strenuous, i^vi (m. pi.) 317. *a-bhaya-laddhaka, mfn. 7.35, 104,9. Dh. 21. [v. pamatta, pa- who has obtained immunity °— majjati; cp. appa-matta). *laddhabhaya, mfn. 7,s [cp. la- a-ppamadu, m. earnestness, stre- ddha). *a-bhaya-das8iM, mfn. see- nuouaness, ^o Dh. 21 ; .>.'e & o/amhi ing no danger, Dh, 317 (ix>ino, m, [loc.) Dh. 22; -^ena sampadetlia, pi.). „work out your salvation with dili- a-bbava, m. absence, non-existence, gence" [instr.). "-rata, mfn, de- rv& [abl.) 42,30. 63,31 (& 'x/ena lighting in earneBtnesB, Dh. 31. 327. [instr.) 59,18, 88, si, on account of "-vagga, m. the second chapter of the absence of [gen.)\ an-abhava- Dh. "-viharin, mfn. living atre- kata. q. V, nuously, Dh. 57 (--vinaih, gen, pi.) a-bhavita, mfn. [v. bhaveti) •) not [cp. pamada & pamajjati). produced, not practised, not reali- a-ppameyya. mfn, immensurable, zed, ^a [f. maranasati) 86,i8. ') not 95,13. [v. pameyya), trained, not versed in religious prac- a-ppasanna, mfn. not quiet, un- tise, -x^aiii (cittam) Dh. 13 „unre- believing, without faith, 76,30. (cp, flecting" [opp. 8u-bhavita). pasanna & pasldati). a-bhuta, mfn. that has not happened, a-ppiya, mfn. unpleasant, disagree- ^am [ace. n.) 9,J9. *<'-vadin, mfn. able; /N^ehi [instr, n, pi,) 67,9. 106,»5 delighting in lie, fs/i [nom, m.) 74,i. — Dh. 210; .x/Snam [gen. n, pi.) a-bhejja, m/V». unconquerable, *'-va- 106,98 — Dh. 210; m. .n^o, an en- rasura-, 39,18. nemy, Dh. 77. [v. piya). a-magga. »». the evil path, Dh. 403 a-ph^^la, mfn, without fruit, impro- (maggamagga). fitable, vain, ,%/a vaca Dh, 51. [opp. a-mangala. mfn, unauspioious, un- sa-phala, cp. phalaphala). gracious, impolite (?), i^am [n, pati- *a-phasuka, mfn. unpleasant, un- kkhipanam) 56,a3. • easy; n, sickness, 46, s. 49,34. 28. kim a- mat a, mfn, immortal; n. the im- te /x/am, what ails you? 49,»s, mortal (— Nibbana), Dh. 374; rvam a-bala. mfn. weak; *a-bal'-as8a. m. a padaiii [n.) Dh. 114 — a-mata- weak horse, a hack [opp. sighassa), pada, n. Dh. 21, the immortal place, Dh. 29. Nibbana [opp. maccuno padam). a- b ban a, mfn. having no wound *a-matogadha, n.(?) [cp. ogadha) (vanai q. v.) Dh. 124. the depth of Nibbana, Dh. 411. a-bbata, mfn. undisciplined, not ob- *a-mattannu, mfn. immoderate serving the religious duties (vata, [w. loc.) Dh. 7. q. V.) Dh. 264 [cp. subbata). a-madhura, mfn. not sweet, sour, a-brahmacariya, n. uncbastity, bitter, "-samsaggena, „by the com- impurity, vati) unable, w. inf. 69,s« : t^o pi. i^S,, 68,8 [cp. a-manusa). Yaso kame paribbufijitum, ^it is a-mara, m/'n. immortal, imperishable, impossible that Y. should enjoy n. a-mStu-hadaya, ti. not a mother's a-vatva, v. vadati. Inevi- heart, 69,i« (v. mataf). a-vas9am, adv. necessarily, vasa a -mar us a, mfa. not human, super* tably, 86,16 [sa, a-va(;yam, cp, human; m. ing no king (f. rajan), n. .>..aifa rat* rant, Dh. 406 {w. loc). thaiii, 31,1'i. a-visahanta, v. visahati. a-roga, mfn, free from disease, heal- a-vihaniiainana, v. vihafifiati. thy, m. pL rwS, 106,8 [cp. arogya). '''a -vera, n. abstinence from hatred a-lajjitaya, mfn. what one ought or anger, mildness, instr, -^ena not to be ashamed of, Dh. 316 [v, 106,21 = Dh. 5. lajjati). *a-veriM. mfn. free from hatred, m. _ a-laddha, a-Iabhanta, a-la- ^i Dh. 258. pi. ^ino Dh. 197. bhanti, a-1 abhaioana, a-la- a-vyakata, mfn. not explained, not bbitva V. lahhati. elucidated, 93,3 {v. vyakaroti). a-lasa, mfn. (= sa.\ without energy, a-samvara, m. lack of self-restraint, lazy, slothful, Dh. 280 (cp. ala- instr. «^eiia 86,ip. siya). a-sariivuta, mfn. not controlled, in« *a-lina, mfn. free from attachment, temperate, indriyesu ^arii [ace. m.) instr, ,>,ena, Dh. 246 [cp. alliyati). „wlio8e senses are not controlled", U*lola, mfn. unagitated,' not desi- Dh. 7. rous, not wanton, f. rva (gopi) a-sariisa^^ha, mfn. not mixed with, 104,33. who keeps aloof from [instr.), acc, *a-vajja, m'n. to bii avoided, «. sin, m. ,>.aih Dh. 404. {au't, loc. ove Ih. 318; "-dassJM, *a-8amhira, mfn. not to be shaken, mfn. seeing no sin, m, pi, r^'mo immovable, wi. pi. ^a 109, s7. Dh. 318. a-sakkonta, v. sakkoti. a-vanna, m, blame; »,aih uppa- *a-samkuppa, »«/«. immovable, w. deti, to bring reproach on [gen.) pi. ~a 109,87. 72.3a. a-sajjamana, mfn. not attached to * a-vatthu-ka^a, mfn. pulled out [loc), Dh. 221 [cp. sajjati, sattai). of the ground, tala-** 96,ii. q. v. a-sajjhaya, m. [sa. a-svadhyaya) Don -repetition; "-mala, mfn. Dh. a-8arira, mfn. bodiless. Incorporeal, 241 {v. mala. «.), (cp. sajjati d- sanga). o.-! Dh. 166 (cp. suddba). a-sattha, mfn. weaponless, unarmed, a-subba, mfn. not beautiful, dis- instr. H). (N^ena 77, is. agreeable, inauspicious, bad, n. r^&va. a-saddahitva, v. saddahati. Dh. 3.50, subhasubbam Dh. 409. a-saddbamDia, v. &-s&t. *a-subha8upas9iM, mfn. not look- *a-8anta, mfn. (cp. a-sa<), not be- ing for what is agreeable, acc, m. ing, unreal, imaginary. — a-santa- ^im Dh. 8, paggaha, m. taking or accepting for ^a-sura, m. not a hero, na /vO real what is only imaginary, <^aiu „none but a hero* 103,92. katva 29,39 („becauBe he imagined a-8e8a, m/n. without remainder, per- himself saluted"); i^-karana, n. id. fect, complete; "-viraga-nirodba (naivet6?) 29.27. (all.), by a complete annihilation *a-Kanta8ana, n. intrepidity; ^ that leaves no track, 66, 13. (cp. -bhava, mfn. intrepid, m. pi. /^a viraga). (mabayodba) 39,io. a- 8 oka, mfn. free from sorrow, Dh. *a-santasiM, mfn. who does not 28. 412. tremble, m. t^i, Dh. 361. a-S8addba, mfn, ') unbelieving, m. a-sabbba. m/n. unfit, improper, abl, 1^0 22,14, pi. rs/si 76,30. *) free n. ,^a, Dh. 77. from credulity, Dh. 97 (v, saddba *a-samahita, mfn. not collected, (& saddba). whose mind is not composed (opp, a-bata, mfn. not beaten, uninjured; jhayiw), Dh. 110. o-vatthani (n. pi.) 27,i8, "-vattha- a-sampajjanta, v. sampajjati. 61,28, new (unwashed or not worn '''a-8ainpavedbin, mfn, not to be out?) clothes. shaken, ^1 (— 8 Snantariya, passion or pity on all bein(;8, Dh, 26,T {^aya, instr.); cp. 261 ; fy^a, (= «waya. instr.) Dh. 270 samanantarS. not concea- />^aya, loc. Dh. 300. a-himsaka, an-antarahita, mfn. loc. -v-aya bbu- mfn. not injuring, m. |)2. >x/a, Dh. led, open, bare; f. 225. miya, 83.i9 (v. antaradhayati). nom. m. a-hita. mfn, not good, unadvanta- an-antava<, mfn. infinite; geoug; n. disadvantage, damage, ^va loko, 89,88. *an-anvahata-ceta8a,wi/'n. whose -%^aya (dat.) 90,27, ^ani (p^) Aevil Dh. 39 (cp. deeds", Dh 163. mind is not perplexed, a-hirika or a-liirika, mfn, [fr, cetaa). not going away. hiri, q. v.) shameless, m. pi. -^^a, an-apayin, mfn. Dh. 2. 64,13; instr, «x-era [varr, -hiri-, f. .>./ini (chaya) »»/'«. -hlri-) Dh. 244. an-apekkhiH, an-apekhi», desire, regardless, indiffe- a-hethayam, v. he^heti. without Dh. 348, an- (only before vowels, = a-*) in rent, m. pi. rviao, 47,38 — the foil, comp.', 347 (-kh-). mfn, not a litUe, con- an-akkosam, t). akkosati. an-appaka, *an-akkhata, mfn. not described, siderable, great, f ^a (labha) 105,js Dh. 144. ineifable; n. =» Nibbilna, -^.-e, loc. n. ^aifa (dukkhaih) Dh. 218. *an-a-bhava-kata. mfn. become not existent, annihilated, «. .^aiu an-iigariya, f. [sa. an-agarika, cp. often agara) houseless life, ace, .>^arii, (rSpam Tathagatassa). The 63,4. recurring phrase „anabhavam ga- an- aggha, mfn. -priceless, invaluable, meti", to annihilate, seems to infer that we have to take an-a- in a W/ . /vo (manto) 32,io; "-manto 53,14. negative sense, as a kind of stron« *aii-aagana, mfn. frei from lust, ger negation (cp. Tr. PM. 64,35, without sin, Dh. 126. 236. 361. who considers "-kata an error for an-atikkamanta, v. atikkamati. "-gata, due to the preceeding tala- »,n-atta, »«/w. (v. atta«) destitute of vatthukata). In Prakrit a similar a soul or a self; sabbe dhamma use of ana- has been traced in not ^a (m. pi.) 107,15 -- Dh. 279. ft few instances, (op. Pischel, Qramra. *an-»tla',nana, mfn. (fr. atta* {- d. Prfikfit-Spr. § 77). I should, how- manas. q. v.) displeased, m. ^o, ever, be inclined to thiuk that this 74,80, phenomenon is only a secondary de- an - at t ha, ') m. {o. attha') non-value, velopment, having no true base in harm, a bad or worthless thing; the original language; thus sa. ana* attham /%.aii ca (ace.) „right and bhavakrta would mean „roade not wrong" Dh. 256; dat, t>/aya „to non-existing" o: brought into a state harm" Dh. 72; ''-samllita. mfn. in which it can neither be said to profitless, 66,3T. •) mfn. worthless, exist nor not to exist; in this case senseless; "-pada-samhita, mfn. an-abhava would be adj. „free from „raade up of senseless words'*, Dh. annihilation" (a-bhava being taken 100. in a kind of positive value, as Fans- an-anta, mfn, endless, (cp. anafica); bell suggests), and *'-kata would be *0-gocara, mfn, whose sphere (of correct, cp. anamatagga. perception) is unlimited, Dh. 179 *an-abhirati, not delighting in, | f. (rvam Buddliam). discontent (w. loc), ace. ^im, 47, Ji au-antara, mfn. having 'no inter- (agilra-majjhe). val, next following; "-gatha, f. ""an-abhirata, mfn. not taking plea- an- sure in (loc), m. ^o (naccadisu) an -a gar a, m. houseless, a mendi- 64,32 [cp. abhiraniati). cant, instr. pi. -wehi Dh. 404. *an-amatagf;a, mfn. endless, loc. an-acara. »», misconduct, immoral- rwasmirii saihsare „in the endless ity, ace. ,^ara 9, is. 62. so. revolution of being* 89,i!ii "-katha, an-acikkhitva, v, iicikkhati. f. ace. ~am kathesi „he instructed an-atura, mfn. free from Buffering, him about Saiiisara" 89,i5. This w». pi. -f- agra, „whose end is not known" '''an -ill ay a, m. not desiring, aversion, (Alwis, Buddhist Nirv. p. 21., Tr, doing away with, nom, rvO (tan- PM., p. 64, with the negative pre- haya) 67,i8. fix doubled, like ana-bhava-kata). an-avila, mfn. clear, pure, undistur- Weber, Ind. Str. Ill p. IBO refers bed, m. o/O (rahado) Dh. 82, ace. to Sa. an-anirta, ^without end or ^&m Dh. 413. beginning [cp. an-amatam „immor- an-asaka, f. [sa. anagaka, n.) fast- tal" Jat. II 66, »), but Jacobi and ing, Dh. 141 [cp, asa). Pischel have shown that anama- *an-a8ava, mfn. free from paseions, tagga must be identical with Pra- m, aco. >%^am Dh. 386, gen, >x'assa, krit: anavadagga or anavayagga Dh. 94, pi. ^a. Dh. 126. and have taken it -= Sa *a-namad- an- a bar a, mfn, having or taking agra (ynam) „de8sen Anfang sich no food, being without nutriment, nicht verUndert, endlos" [Jacobi. m. -wO (aggi) 96,8. Erziihl, 33,17. Pischel, Gramm, §261. an-ukkanthamana,v. ukkan^hati. cp. an-abhavakata above). an-utthabana, v. u^tbahati. an-ariya, mfn. ignoble, low, m, .^o an-u^^bana, n. the act of not ris- (anto) 66,37. ing, want of energy or firmness; an-alllyanta, v. alliyati. "-mala, mfn. whose taint (fault) is an-avakasa, tnfn, that cannot take bad repair, pi. <^a, ghara „ houses place, impossible, not occurring, m. are useless, if they are in bad re- 1^0 yo . . [w. pot.) „it cannot oc- pair* Dh. 241 [cp. mala). ,'', cur that one should . 76, ae, an-uttara, mfn. best, highest, un- an-avattliita-citta, mfn. un- surpassed, m. /vO (silagandbo) Db. steady'minded,9en.m. /vassa, Dh.38. 55, ace. fs^&m (yogakkhemam) Dh, *an-ava88uta-citta, mfn, whose 23. mind is free from lust, gen. m. an-uddhata, mfn. 'not lifted up', <%/a8sa. Db. 39. [cp. avassuta, asava, calm (in speech), »i. /vO (bbikkhu) 8BE. X p. 13—14). Db. 363. an-agata, mfn. future, ace. m. f^am *an-upakkam8na, adv. not by at- (attham) 112.*; loc. [adv.) atitanfi- tack (from external enemies) 76, S7 gate, in the past and in the future, [opp, parHpakkamena, v. upakka- 66,u; ~vam8a, q, v. ma). *an-agaraana, n. not coming, not an-upagata, an-upagamma, v. returning; pacchato kassaci "-bha- upagacchati. vam natva ^seeing no one pursuing", an-upaghata, m, not striking, not pre- 40,11 ; asuranam "-atthaya, ,to abusing, nom, f^o Db. 185. vent the A'b from coming back", ""a n - u p a d d a v a, m/n. uninjured, safe, 60,a6. loc. M, o,e (mule) Dh. 338. BD' 10 w/«. ""an-upaddutat mfn. not annoyed, ,vam (adt».?) Db. 87; "-sariw, homeless, acc. m, not oppreiBed, n. idam . . is/om wandering about ^bere is no distress", 68,i4. (vsarim Dh. 404. "'an-upalitta, mfn, not besmeared, an-okkanta, v, okkamati, dry, free from taint, m, n^o Dh. 353 *an-odaka, mfn. without water, (aim-). f. «.-a (nadi) 31, la. ""an-upaTada, m. not blaming, not shoulder, abusing, 1. n-iipalitta -= an-upalitta, q. v. a chariot), nom. ^0 98,4. an-Shata, mfn, not destroyed, loc. akkhara, n. d- m. (sa. akshara, r.e Dh. 338 [v. ahannati). «.) a letter, gen. pi. ^.^anaiil Dh. 362. an-eka, mfn, mauy; *-akara, mfn. akkhatar, m. (sa, akhyatr] a multiform: "-vokura, »!/"«. containing preacher, 11 teacher, pi. .^.aro (Ta" many disadvantages, ace. m, /N^aiii thagata) ,(only) preachers", Dh. 276. (adinavarii) 8'i,s; "-adinuva, mfn. akkliati. vb. (sa. a-Y^khya), to full of diingerj, m. rwo (samuddo) tell, communicate; imp. (x-abi (taiil 23.7, "-jati-eamtara, ' m. a course me) 54,37; pp. akkhata, »«. .^.o me (if many b rtlis, ucc, ->.am Dh. 163; maggo ,.the way was preached by me", "-pariyayrna, instr, adv. in many Dh. 276; 8V-akkhato dhammo „well ways, 69,18; "-supa- vyafijana, mfn. taught is the doctrine", 70,io (cp, richly supplied with sauce & con- SU-); samma-d-akkhata Dh. 86. v, diments, n. rvaiii (I)ahubliattarii) samnia; an-akkhata q. v. 67.M. akkhi. w. (sa. akshi) the eye; pt. *an-eja, mfn, free from lust (eja, nom. rwini 3, 17; abl. .vihi 5.i4; gen. q. t.) m. r^o (muni) 8O.33, Dh. /x^inarii f. 59,f.. inandakklii, adj, f. 4 '4; ace. -^aiii Dh. 422. 20,27. V. manda. ati enta, v, eti. agara (d- agara), n. (— sa.) a an-cka, m. a houseless statp, acc. house; nom, ^aiii 106, 31 = Dh. i4; 11 aggha pi. ^ani Dh. 140, «) a household doctrine; ^a tathagata {pi.) the T-s lile, ace. ^am 61,38, abl. r^& 61,33, are the chiefs in the truth, 109,28. ^asnia (pabbajja) 68,4; »-)uajjhe agga-mabesi, f. (sa. agra-mahi- „amid a householders life", 46,17. ehi) a queen, the chief-queen, 19,7, 47,21 (v. niajjha). - bandhanagara, 46,21 ; gen. n^iya. 38,9. a prison, v. bandhana. - suiifia- *Aggalava, (»i. or «.?) nom. pr. fjara, an empty house, v, sufina. a sanctuary at Alavi; loc. n./^ ce- {cp. an-agara, an-agariya). tiye 86,13; "-vibaram {ace.) 87,4. *agarika. m. [fr. agara) a house- A. seems to be a camp, agga -\- holder, a layman; "-bhuto, m. „ while Alavi {q. v.), but might possibly be he lived in his bouBe'*, 69,28 {cp, a false etymology for ""Aggalaya (sa, bhavati). agnyalaya?). agga, mfn. {sa. agra) ') foreraoBt, aggi, m. {sa. agni) *)fire; <^i 16,7. first; first coUeotion" 109,80 ; agga-nikkhit» 31 ; ace, /vim kareyyasi „roake a fire" taka (thera) „orii?inal depositaries (of 36,8. 'vim jaletva „to light a fire" Buddha's doctrine)" 109,n; agga-vaoo 100,24. >viih datva nto set light to" the first or original doctrine =• tbera- 61,11 ; instr, ^ina 16,2. 35,4; padi* Tado, 109,30. — *) highest, topmost; paggi, the fire of a lamp, 101,7. - agga-sakba {ace. f, pi.) „the topmost *) a pyre, a funeral pile; «vim pavi- branches" 62, n. — ') excellent, best, sitva 61,10 (as an ordeal). — ') the chief, principal; m. ,>/0 dhutavadanam sacrificial fire; /vim paricare „to wor- „the chief propounder of the Dlm- ship Agni" Dh. 107. - *) metaph. tanga" 109,6; agga-dhamma, agga- „passion" : dosaggi, mohaggi, ragaggi mahesi, g. v.; agga-rasa-, v, nana; {q. V.) „the fire of anger, ignorance & agga-raja „the chief King" 98,i3; lust". agga-santike „from the first (among '"aggikkbandha, m. (aggi -f~ teachers)" 109,28. - *) Btthst, n. top, khandha) a great body of fire ; /vO tip, point; /%.am {ace.) „the best pait" 26,3 (pajjalita-o). • 111,35; at the end of eontp. : aragge aggidaddha. mfn. (aggi + dad- {loc.) on the point of a needle {v, dha, pp. V. dahati) burnt by fire; ara) Dh. 401; kusaggena {instr.) ,^0 Dh. 136. „with the tip of a blade of Kusa-grass", *A g g i m a 1 a, w. (?) nom, pr. (aggi Ph. 70; kupagge {loc.) on the top -j- mala -= mala?) name of an of the mast, 18,6; rukkhagge, 11,25; ocean; ace, -vam 26,8. - *Aggi- sakhagge, 13,22 and sakhaggesu {loe^ mali(M), m.{?) id, (= „fire-gar- pi.) 1,25 {v. sakha); dumaggamha landed") 26,8. {abl.) down from the top of the tree, *Aggi-Vaocbagotta-suttan- 13,4; -vettaggam 62,i7 {v. vetta); ta, n. the title of a dialogue between labhagga-yasagga-ppatta, mfn. having Buddha and Vacchagotta, MN. 72. obtained the highest gain and glory, aggisikha, f. {sa. agni-Qikha) a 18,i« {ep. patta'); rupagga-ppatta, flame; <*-sikh'iipama, mfn. „like flam- mfn. of extraordinary beauty, 49,i2 ing fire", ^0 (ayogulo) 107, r — Dh. {cp, (-^aya. gen. f.) {cp. ajjatagge, an- 308 upama). amatagga.) aggibutta, n, {sa. agni-hotra) *aggata, /". {fr. agga w. auff. -ta) oblation to Agni; ace. /vam juhato, superiority; gunaggatam (occ.) „the sacrificing to Agni, 103,8. — ') the summit of porfeotion" 109,s. sacrificial fire, Db. 392. *agga-dhamma, mfn, most ex- aggha, f». {sa. argha) value, price; cellent in the knowledge of the true in comp, an-aggba, mfn, q, v, beyond agghati 12 aflgi»0. "** all price, invalnable; appaggha, mfn. — -fold (cp. aflgika & nine-fold, ^am Jinasa- of little value, ; tnuba(;gha (v. vanga, mfn. 26,1 vb.. - «) cowp. u,. titiiha) mfn. of great price, «. fs/nm sanam 109,«. 2B,6. aiSei, v. sam-aiSgi-bhuta. aiigana) an open *agghati, vb, (aa. /argh), to be aflgana, n. (sa. house; rajangapa, tne worth (w. ace); pr. 3. 8g. na r^aXx space before a loc. ~e 8,i. ^Aso. (mama samikasaa padarajam) 58,9; king's courtyard, comp. with the nAp,ghuti (knluih su^asiiii) Dh, 70. 3) metaph. (only in mh-) the m'-an or caua. ivKi^liiipnti, q, v, proflxoH an-, uir-. lust, sin; un-ungaua, "^'igglitinaka, mfn, (fr, aggluum, vulgar life a: BOhtUngk, Ber. d. n. (\/argh) valuation, w. suff, -ka) mfn. (q. v.) [cp. Rhys Da- worth; satasahasiaggbacakam (mut- sttchs. Ges. 1898. p. T7; 462.]. taharam, ace. m.) worth 100,000, vids, JRAS. 1898. p. 193 & anga-vidya) 64,25. anga-vijjii, f {sa. prognostication, chiro- *agghapaniya, «j. (/V. aggha- the science of 48,ie. paTia, n. (agghapeti)) a valuer; raantift etc.: loc. /^aya charcoal, burn- *-kamma, n. the office of a valuer, aiigara, m. (= sa.) o-gabbhe, loc. ~e 24,18. ing coals, fire; loc. -^e 15,32; »-rasi, *agghapeti, vb. cans, (fr, ag- amid the fire, 15,33 {v. gabbha) ; -^im ghati), to apprais'j; pr. 3, sg. ^eti m. a heap of burning coals, ace. 24,20 (ace). 16,3. aiiika, m, (•= sa.) a side, breast, angika, mfn. {sa. aflgaka) comp. hip; instr. ~ena uddhuri (mam), lif- w. num. V. atthaiigika, pancangika ted (rae) up uuto her hip, 20,36; da- {cp. aiiga ') d- next), rake amkeuiidaya, with their childs angiji, mfn. (-=- sa.) comp. w. {cp. anga *) dt on their hips, 21, 2 j loc. -%/e nisinnam num. V. caturangiw puttaih „a baby boy** 38,15. prec). ariikura, »».•("= so.) a sprout, a *Anguttara-nikaya, m. nom. shoot; "-nibbattana-t^hana, n. the pr. {fr. afiga -{- uttara o: one part place where the sprout develops, 37,5. more, ,the add-one collection*, cp. aiikusa, m. {sa. aflku^a) a hook Morris, preliminary remarks, AN. vol. to guide an elephant with, a goad; I. p. IX.), name of a canonical Pali- instr, pi. »,fi\i\ 77,19. — aiikusa-ggaha, work, the fourth of the five Nikayas; m. {sa. afikuga-graha) an elephant- conim. Manoratha-purani {q. v.)\ ^o driver, Dh. 326. 102,14. anga, «. (== sa.) ') a limb, mem- afigula, »». (— sa.) a finger, the ber, a part of the body; uttamafiga, measure of a finger's breadth, an inch; the head, "-ruha, wi/w. growing on V. catur-angula, mfn. the head, pi, ni. r^E (o; the hairs) anguli, f. (— 80.) a finger; v. 45,11 ; aiigavijja, q. v. — 'j a part or pancaiigulika. portion; aiiga-sambharii (o&i.), bring- *Aciravati, f. nom. pr. a river ing together the various parts, 98,3o; in India (Rapti) ; <*-tiram, n. the bank sabbanga-sampanna, mfn. complete of A. 28,4. in every part, 110,i3. — *) a point accagama & accaga, v, ati- or a constituert part of a system of gacchati {cp. upaccaga). rules; uposatbaiigaiii {pi.), the holy accanta, mfn. {fr. ati -|- anta, day wows, 61,7; bojjhanga, sambodhi- sa, atyanta), excessive, perpetual; adv. aiiga, & Aiiguttara v.). — *) a in perpetuity, {q. >x/am, absolutely : niic- quality, attribute, inair. pi. dasah(i) canta[m], not always, 6, si. — "-sukhu- aiigehi, 82, u. — *) comp. w. num. maia, m. „an exceedingly delicate ; 13 ajjhavasayi prince" 97,34. — "-dussilya, n. „very a c h a d e t i, v6. cans, {sa, a-y'chad) great wickedness" Dh. 162. to array in {acc. & instr.), to put on c cay a, »«. (sa, atyaya, cp. ati- (clothes, acc.) ger. .^.-etva (tarii dib- a ; gacchati). ') passing away, lapse (of bavatthehi) 20,8 ; rw(ahatavatthani) time), end, death; instr, adv. >%^ena 33,3. ,.at the end of" (iv, gen. or in comp.): *iiccheraka, mfn. {fr. acchariya pitu /%.ena „when his father died" w. suff. -ka). ati-acch-" mfn. admi- 24,13 ; mam' accayena 79,5; tassa rable, extraordinary; n. /x.-aih 3,28. rattiya a-" r,at the end of the night" aja, «». (— sa.) a goat, a ram; 78,1 ; ekaha-dviha-" „in one or two /N.0 64,8; voc, aja, 54.i2; pi. .%..& 64,i2. days" 32,24; katipaha-" „a few days — aja-raja {voc.) 64,26. — ajika, f, later" 49,39; satt'-attba-divas'-a" a she-goat ; acc. ^am 64,8. {cp, ajina). „Eeven or eight days later" 36, i; ma- Ajatasattu, m, nom. pr. {sa, A- eaddhamasa-'' „at the end of one and juta-Qatru 0: having no enemy) a u half month'' 20,u, — ') transgres- son of king BimbiBlIra (g. v ), ''-ku- sioD, sin; >vO main acoaRania ntrans- raara, »». the prince A. r>,o 76,i gression has overcome rae* 75,98; tassa words accayarii accayato {ace. & a6i.) used by ascetics), "-satl, f. a garment may originally be due to phrases like of skins; instr. ^iya 106,io. •= Dh. />.aiii /vato passati (Vin. I, 316) „to 394. see the sin in its sinfullness", or ovarii ajja, adv. {sa. adya) to-day, now, /N.ato deseti (SN.I,239) „to confess, to 2,30. 3,14; ajjapi tava „ until this day" apologize. — ^) overcoming, conquer- {w.pr. of the verb) lO.is; ajj'eva ^this ing; dur-accaya, mfn. difficult to be very day" 65,is; ajj'abarii Dh. 326. conquered, ace. f. acchati seems to be a later formation to-day, modern {opp. porana) ; n, (other mortals) 62,s5*, a j h a y a, m. (< a, adbyaya) reading, 66,»i ; afifie satta j idam V. sajjhaya. n. anfiam (everything else, opp. the ajjha-vasati, vb. (sa. adhy-a- eva) 89,25. - *) with a negation: yvas) to inhabit (ficc); fut. 3. sg. only one, none but; 0,0 gamanamaggo (tha- /x/issati (agaram) „to live a hoosehold n'atthi, 3,u; ^a patittba n'atthi pleona- life" 61,81. petva tini saranani) 28,25. - *) stically • r^&m samvaccharam (a whole *ajjha8aya, m. {fr. sa. adhi + aphasukaiii n'atthi aQaya (v/^i)) nieaning, intention; sab- year) 33,i7 ; ^arii besam *'-gahanattham (cp. attba), in (no sickness) 49,28. — ") repeated: (in different way) order to liear the meaning of the as- •) one, . . another sembly, 11,4. 67,29. 67,30. 99,10; ~am jivarii ^arii cp. Dh. 76. *ajjhokasa, »M. (/'r. tidhi -f okasa, sariram {opp. tarii) 89.38. to* q.v.) tlie open air, an open place; loc, *) reciprocally: one-another (one r^e (caiikamati) 68,». wards or with another etc.) ^0 .-vaiil *ajjhottharati, pr. (fr. *adhi- Dh. 166; often comp.: afiiianiaiinarii, RVa-Y/str) to strew about, to tlirow adv. 11,20. 11.27. 19,14. 33,20-81. 74,5. on the ground (^acc) get. -x^itva (tu- ~ ') combined with other pron.: yo riyani) &6,.i. auflo (every other who) 34,3i; .-varh *ajjboharati, vb. (^r. adhi-ava- kiiii (anything further) 41,?; na anuo y/hr) to eat, to swallow (^acc.) inf. koci (nobody else) 51, s; -^^am kinci />^itum (ambaphalam) 37,85. kathetva („told some lie") 53,9; ma aiijana, n. (=™-8a.) >lack pigment, r»,am kinci asamkittha (,.you ought "-vanna, mfn. bl,»ck-coloured, gen.pl. not to suppose that there is anything /H/anam (kesanam) 44,24. behind this") 7, 11; ^am kirica yathic- fi.njali, m (— sa.) the two palms chitam („every other service according joined; t'cc, -wim paggayha, raising to your desire") 111,28. — cp, para, (th?ir) joined ban is (a^ a mark of sup- apara, itara, aniiatara. plication) 22,4; fr\m pagganbitva, id. *aniia-khantika, m{fn). {fr. (lespectfuUy) 30,e; .x/im panametva, anna -|- khanti) „be!onging to another id. 74,30. faith" ; instr, m. -wena (taya) 94,3b. afifia, pron. (si. anya) »«. .^0, f. a n fi a t a r a,iJ>'0«. {com2)ar. fr. anna, .x.a, n. .x-aiii, ace. mfn. ^a.m, instr. sa. anyatara). ') a certain, some; m, VI. n, ^ona, gen. m, n. .-vassa, f, 0.0 32,9; aco. ^aiii 3,3o; gen, -vassa i%.elii, /s.'issa; pi, m. ^e, i»8tr, m, n, 9,9; loc, rwasinim 80,39; ace. f, /vum gen, a. n. ^vesaiil, 'oc, m. n, ix-esu. 30,28. — *) one of a certain number ') Cither, another (not the same, diffe- {w. gen. of the numeral) Dh. 137. 1B7. rent or similar) 6>85. 7,8. 61,»8. 74,8; — ') anotlier; gen. m. /x/assa pari* 7.9 (>%.as8a, opp. ekassa), 99, « (~o, sassa (another man's) 100,ir, aflna- opp. 80 eva); Dh. 158 (A.^am, opp. tara-vesena 66,39 („in disguise'' cp. attanam), cp. Dh. 252. 366; aniio vesa; perhaps we have to read: afifia- pi, 5,31 ; /vBSsa puriaassa (a paramour) taka-" as 43,12). 9,13, ovarii (fic. purisaifa, id.) 9,28; *afifia-titthiya, m{fn). (sa. anya /x^ena pariyayena, 91,ii — {pi, & n. 8g.) 33,16, 34,24; .x-esu di- a fi n a t r a, *)arft».(=~prec.)el8ewhere, Tasesu (on the preceeding days) 13, 10. except, save; annatra Tathagatassa 16 atthi-karoti {„8ave by the T.", the gen. being due attha', num. (sa, ashta-) eight. to the prec, tassa) 78,i7, - *) jjrp. ') indecl. 23,s2. 82,i3. - '^)eomp. atthii- besides (if. acc.) 97,s8. - *annatra- sabba-matta, mfn. of a measure of 8 yoga, tn{fn). having another disci- usabhas (q. v.)r^&m ^banaih 27,27 (acc). pline; instr. m. ,%^ena (taya) 94,27. - satt'-attba-divas'-accayena (seven {cp. yoga). or eight days) 35,i. (cp. attbangika, annathatta, n. (sa, anyathatva at^bama, a^tbara&ama). C}). next) variation, difference; /v/am attba^-^attba^ (q. v.) in the comp. 114,23. *attba-katba, f, a commentary, the anuatha, adv. (sa. anyatha) other- commentary on the Buddhist holy scrip- wise. — *aiinathacariyaka, m{fn\. tures; nom. ->^a (opp, Pali) 113,26; having another teacher (cp, acariya); acc, ^aifa 114,7; instr, ^aya 114,25. /vena (taya) 94,27. — comp. w, the prefix sa- (adj.) : sa^- *afina-dittliika, m{fn). belonging (bakatba pali (the text with the com" to another sect (cp, di^^bi); ' {taya) 94,26, (acc. a concise or compendious com> annamafinaro, adv, v. anna^) mentary) 113,21. - 8ihala(tbakatha *anna-rucik a, !«(/>»). having an- (the Sinhalese A.) 113,28; acc, pi, other inclination (^cp, ruci); rvena rvS. (sabba) 114,27. (cp, atia*). (tayii) 94,26-27. "attbangika, tnfn. (fr. a(tba' + - aniia, f. {sa, ajfia) knowledge. anga w. pref, -ka, cp. aa. ashtafSga) samma-d-aufia-vimutta, mfn. who has consisting of 8 parts, eightfold; m, become free through perfect knowledge; ^0 (inaggo) 67,3. 82,i2. Dh. 273; gen. /vassa Dh, 96, pi. «vanam, Dh, acc. ^am (maggaih') Dh. 191. 57. (cp. ajanati). att^ama, mfn. (sa. asbtama) the aAnaya, ai^fiasi, v, ajanati, eighth; m. 0.^0 103,28 (0; attbami (/.) afavi, f, (= 8a.) u forest; loo. sena Marassa). o/iyam 30,8o; /^/i-mukhe „on the out- att^arasa, num. (aa. asb^adaga-) skirt of a forest" 30,29. (cp. mukha). eighteen. -attbara8ania,»n/"«. (sa. asb- atta^ mfn. (sa. arta, cp. at^iyati, tadaQa) the eisrhteenth; m, »,o (Ma- |/ard.) afflicted, pained, suffering. — lavaggo) Dh. XVIII. attassara, m. a cry of pain or distress, attbi, n. (sa, astbi) *) a bone; =— «.am (acc.) 40,2i (cp. sara^). - veda- nom, ->.^i 13,11 ; coll. (bones) 82,3 natta, tnfn. oppressed by pain, m. 97,20; acc. ^\m 13,14; pi. ~ini Dh. >^0 50,20. 149; gen. ,>./inam Dh. 150. - *) the atta*, wj. (sa. artha, cp. attha* & stone of ft fruit; ^i 37,e; acc. -irii a^tba*), case, cause, lawsuit, litigation; 36,35; abl. '>^ito 37,5. - attbi-ko^i, /". acc. «^am 59,*; a(tatthaya (uparavo) the end of a bone; acc. <%/im 13,ao, — on account of litigationa 42,30. - kil- attbi-minja, f. (q. v.) (cp. next), tattai false suit (q. v.). attiiiKa, ». (aa. asthika) a bone; attaka, m. (dimin. Matta, a watch- hanukattbikena (instr.) by the jaw« tower, — aa.) a towier, a platform; bone, 40,18 (v. hanu(ka)). acc. or tormented; part, f. /N/mana 50,i. ^reaching"); TTmdiscA, Mara, p. 100 [cp. Morris, JPTS. '86,io4-o5.]. (= sa. astbarnkftva „Acht gebea**); a^thi-iAiSjK 16 very pitiable Warren, Buddhism, p. 349 „to be *ati-karuna, mfn. 60,io; convinfi id*]. or miserable; m. ^0 (ravo) o-sara, {v. sara'), aoc. 'wam "atthi-mifija, f. (sa. *a9thi- m, majjan) the marrow of bones, 82, » — ati-krama) 97,jo. [cp. Morris, JPT8. '86,»»-8o.] atikkama, m. (sa. acc. /^am atthusabha-matta, v. at^ha^ overcoming, conquering; (ofpain)" add ha, m. d: n, (Ubo written ad- (dukkhassa) „the destruction dha(3.v.), 8a. ardha) a half. *-nalika- 107,19 -= Dh. 191. matta, tnfn, of the measure of a half atikkamati, vb. (sa. ati- V^ram) cross. *) to surpass, over- nalika (3. v.), ace. m. /%^am (tandulam) 1) to pass, /%/anta 67,18. - "-ratta-samaye {loc.) at mid- come (w. ace.), part. m. pi. not sur- night, 40,8. cp. upaddha, diyaddha 26,32; an-atikkamanto (m.) dt next, passing 0: accompagnying (gitassaraiil addhatiya,»M/«. (a shortened form tantissarena) 19,33. pot. 3. ag. /^eyya. of addha-teyya, or from *addha-tatiya (sannojanam sabbam) Dh. 221. pp. with elision of -ta- (like vinnananca-, n. pi. atikkantani (tini saiiivaccha- q. v.)) two and a half; n. pi. «^ani rani) 21, 11. ger. ^itva (samuddam) (purisa-satani) S3,8o. - addhatiya- 26,3; (simara) 39,i8; atikamma (Kil- sata, mfn. „25C"; m. ace, pi. ^e siriittham) „liaving left" 38,8i. cans. (jane) 34,7. atikkameti (.,e 21, ss. nam "-migo, 8,10. anu (or anu) mfn. (— sa.) fine, atikkameti, pr, {cans, atikka- small {opp. thula). *anumthula, {mf)n. mati) to cause to pass or tc be passed small and large, Dh. 409 ; />^am (san- over; imp. 2. sg. r^ehi (mayham va- nojanam) Dh. 31 ; n. pi, ,x/ani (pa- raiii) 6,84. fttt. 1. sg. .>..essami (te psni) Dh. 265. varam) 7,2. anuiuatta, mf^i, (so. anu-matra^ *a t i - k h i n a, mfn. (fr. ati -f khina, small, atomic, m. />,o pi (vanatbo) pp. •y/kshi?) destroyed, broken; capa- „even the smallest" Dh. 284 [anu-]; tikhina va {nt.pl.) .,like broken bows" occ,^arii(dubbhiisitcmpadam)l 10,18; Dh. i66. instr. n. '>,ena (puiinena) „even the ati-ga, mfn. (— sa.) overcoming, least (pood work)" 103, u [hut here surmounting. m. panca-sailgatigo the fiirnian realiufr anumatto {sc, (bhikkhu) Dh. 370; acc. sangiitigam, attho) ought to be preferred]. Dh. 397. and a, w. (" sa.) an egg. "-bhuta, atigacchati, pr. (so. ati- y/gum w'n. (cp. bhava(i) fragile] weak; f. & \/ga) to overcome, aor. 3. 8g. acc- rvS (bbata bharya) „lrom her child- a-gania (mam) 76,s8; acc-a-ga (mo- hood" 51,4, -• Andabliiita-jiltaka, n, ham) Dh. 414, 52,u. (cp. andha-bbuta). ati-galha, mfn. (so. ati-gadha, ati, indeci. (before vowels usually pp, VrS^O '^""y tight or close, inten- acc-, V, accanta, ai.cpya etc. = sa.) sive; f, ,-wa (kappana) 65,2i. preax') to verbs, expressing , beyond, *ati-citra.»i/^rt. (sa. *ati -{- citra) to over" ; *) nouui „f xceR8ive(ly), ex- excellent, brilliant; n. pi. r«. ani (panha- traordinary (-ily), too much" (-= ati- patibhanani 98,3S. v.). viya, q. , *ati-tutthi,/. (/>'. 80. ati -ftusbti) *a ti-accberaJca, nifn, rvam (n.) extreme joy; insir. rviya 10,i3. h very wonderful thing, 3,32. ati-dura, mfn. (= so.) very di. 17 atta-ghaSSa Btant, too far; loc. n. (adv.) /ve 12,s9. ati-vasa, mfn. (fr. ati -j- vasa 83,2 (natidure). (aa. va^a)) thoroughly subject to or *ati-dhona-cariM, mfn, 'wander- dependent on (gen.); m. pi. ^a(mania) ing in tranBgresfiion', sinful; ace. m, Dh. 74. -= /^inam 106,2o Dh. 240. (The ety- *ati-vakya, n. (fr. ati + vakya, mology of this word is u little doubt- cp. sa. ati-\/vac) abuse; ace. ^am Dh, ful, but it seems to be preferable to 320. take it — *ati-dhavana-carin (-y/dhav*, ativiya, adv. (sa. atlva) very, ex- to run), Morris. JPTS. "87,100 and cessively; /N^auro hutva 38,8i; /x.'dham- Franke, WZ. 1901 derive it from miko rajs 39,g; >vpabbajjaya cittam *dhona (pure, ydhav" to waih) sa, nami 65,is. dhauta : „praotiaing impurity, trans* *ati'8itala, mfn, (fr. ati + sitala greasing purity", ,der wider die Rein- (sa. gltala)) very cold; m. >vo (aggi) heit versfiSsst"). 16,10. atipata, »>. (-^sa.) neglect, trans- atiharati, vb. (sa. ati-^/br) to gression, injuring, panatipata, destroy- carry over, to bring; aor. 8, Sg, /x/ri ing life (q. V.) (dbuttam manavikaya santikamj 50,5. *ati-bahala, mfn. (/"»•. ati + ba- atita, mfn. (sa, pp. &ti-^i) ') past, hala) very thick; f. ,^a yagu? „i8 passed away, dead; atita-jati, f, a the rice-gruel thick enough?" 56,89 former existence, loc. o/iyaiii 86, la; (the questioner seems to think that *atita-8attbuka, mfn. having no master the rice-gruel is very thin or weak more, n. ^am pavacanam (,the holy (natibnbala) and gets that enigmati- word has no announcer more") 79,3; cal answer : udakam na laddbam „it kbanatita, mfn. who allows the right has not got any water"). moment to pass, m. pi. ^a 108,7 = *ati-bbagini-putta, m, {fr. Dh. 316. — ^)act. who has neglected ati -\- bbagini-putta, q.v,) a very dear or transgressed, m. gen. /vassa (ekam nephew (ironically), />/0 5,5. dbammaih) 106,u — Dh. 176. - atimafinati, vh. (sa. ati-yman) ^) subst, n. the past, an event of the to despise; pr, 3. eg, ^ati Dh, 366; past, a tale ; loc. (adv.) atite, formerly, pot. 3. 8g. ~eyya Dh. 365 (w. ace. in the times of past, l,i. 2,i7 etc\ salabbam). atitanagate (opp. etarabi) in the past *ati-manorama, mfn. [fr. ati + and in the future, 56, n (cp. an-agata); mano-rama, q.v.) very charming; instr. ace, »^am abar! (told a tale of the n. ^ena (sirisobbaggena) 64,io. past) 28,17. *ati-mahanta. mfn. {fr. ati + Atula, m. nom. pr. an Upasaka; Diahanta (sa. mabat)) very great (big voe. rwa Dh. 227. or large); loc. m. natimabante (sare) atta*, mfn. (sa. atta. pp. a-^^da) 3,32. seized, v. atta-danda, atta-mana. *atiinapeti, vb. [caus. *ati-\/mi atta^ in camp. = attaH („self") (mapayati)) to injure, to destroy (ace); q. V. cp. sayam. pr. 3. sg. rN^eti Dh. 246 (panam). *atta-kilainatba, m. (/>. atta* *ati-muduka, mfn. [fr. ati + -{-kilamatba (sa. klamatba)) mortifica- muduka, q.v.) very soft, mild or feebli^; tion; "-anuyoga, mfn. given to mor- wi. >vO (raja) 38,24. tification, m. f^ 66,27 (cp. anuyoga). atirocati, vb. [sa. ati-^/ruc) to *atta-gutta, mfn. (fr. atta* -\- shine forth; pr. 3. sg. r^ati Dh. 59. gutta (aa. gupta, pp. V8"P)) »«"- ativattati, vb. [aa. )^vft^ to o^^""- protected; m. r^o Db. 379. come [ace] pr. 3, sg. >vati (ditt^am) *atta-ghafina, n. (fr. atta* \ + 3,97. gbanfia (cp. aa. gbanya, \/haD)) de- VM GloHU?. • a atta-ja 18 3. sg. 2,i4. struction of one'a self; dat. t^RjA (dinna-dane). gen. attano : l^*.'*; „to his own destruction" Dh. 164. 10,5. 52,33. Dh. 160; 2. sg. 9,«. 73,8*; 3. pi 17,i. atta-ja, mfx {fr. atta* j^» 1. sg. 7,9; 3. pi 5,9. + his („each . . . 8a. atmaja) born from one's self; n. 41,33. attano attano (referring .^am (papam) Dh. 161. own-) 14,11-u (3. pi); 41,JS - atta-vetana- *atta-dand;\ m/iw. (/V. atta* + to the gramm. object). .supporting one's self by danda, q. v.) using the stick, violent bhata, mfn. — an-atta, (opp, ribbutn); m. vl, loc. ^esu Dh. one's own earnings" 106,5. - ojit- 406. mfn. destitute of a self (q. v.). having secured one's self "attadattha, t». (fr. atta* + tatta, mfn. adv. by one's atthaS v/ith d eupjoiically inserted) (v. ojita). - paccattam, whose one's own advantage, what is useful to self {q. v.), ~ pahitatta. mfn. (v. paliita, Cp. o le's self (with rjgaid to one's moral mind is intent upon having itf.provemeut or to the development padhana). - bhavitatta, mfn. - atta- of one's spiritual faculties; opp. pa- trained one's self (v. bhaveti). - Tattha. q.v.); ace, ^aiii Dh. 166 (ep, kilamatha etc. (qv.). Atta-vagga, chapter of Dhammapada, SBE. X 46). cp. sadattba-pasuta. m. name of a "'atta-danta, mfn. (fr. atta' -\- Dh. XII. danta, vp. ^dam) having tamed one's atta-bhava, «». (fr, atta^ -f proper or self; m. vo Dh. 322; gen. rvassa bhava, sa. atraabhava) ') (posas8a) Dh. 104, peculiar nature, body, figure; acc. attaH (in romp, atta-) w. «^. (sa. ,-wam 52,29. 64,ic. - -) birth, existence; atman) ') the iodiviclual soul, self. nom. ^Q (pancasatimo) 17.8; pancasu person, the Ego (the real existence of "-satesu „in 500 of my former ex- which is denied, cp, pUggala, nama- istences" 17,7, rupa. jiva); worn, atta 55,8. Dh. 62. atta-mana. mfn, {fr, atta' -4- 104. 160; 'atta me'ti ,a so-called nianas, 8a. attamanas) joyful, delighted, (imagined) myself or ^thinking that liappy; m. ^0 93, is, Dli. 328, f. <^a I have a soul" 96, is; instr, iittana 62,21, - an-attamana. mfn, displeased, Dh, 161; attantL sudantena „by his m. ^0 74,30. own weiltamed self- Dh, 160. 323; atta-sainbhava, mfn. {fr. atta* all, attana anno piyataro n'atthi -\- sambhava, sa. atmasambhava) 54,33. - *) instr. attana is frequently originating from one's self; n. i^ath used like nom. (in apposition to the (papam) Dh. 161. grammatical subject) =» „liimself'' *atta-hetu, adv. {fr. atta * + hetu (lit. „by himself) : 34,i6 (attanapi) {q. V.)) for one's own sake. Dh. 84 34,33-35. 38,18. 42,1. 49,21. 64,8. Dh. {vpp. parassalietu). 379. — ") ace, attanaih (contracted "attanuyogi/t, mfn, {fr, atta* attaiii) and the oth-ir oblique cases -\- anuyogin) who exerts himself in (esp. gen. attano) are used as pron. meditation, Dh. 209 {gen. pi. rvinam). reflex, referring to the gramm. subject attha', m. {sa. artha) ') aim, in all persons, genders, and numbers purpose, sake, reason; instr. yen* -= myself (ourselves), yourself (.^selves), attbena idhagato 103, is („the reason himself (herself, itself, one's self, them- for which you have come here", corre- selves), attanam : 3. sg, 12,27. 64,3i. sponding to the foil, attho (?) ; but 56,1 (attam) Dh. 159. 355 (attanam „yena" is probably an error for sena nietri causa) 3?9 (attEiii); 1. 8g. 3, is. {sa. svenartbena)); daf. atthaya and 27 22; 3. pi. 106,38 -= Dh. 80. instr. acc. atthaih are frequently used at attan.a : :i. sg. 17,4 (katj^-kamniam) the end of comp. {adv.) =^ „for the 20,27 (main uddhari); 1. sg. 29,3 sake of, on account ot. for" : {dat.) 3,6. 19 atthi 9,11. 15,90. 16,12. 21,38. 28,5. 32,89. man ca, 11, 13. Dh. 363, cp, 68,35; 41,3. 42,30. 47,5. 58,1. 60,36. 111,39. hence the name '*'attha-dhammanusa- (ace.) 8,7. 11,4. 21,3.31,11.57.83.61,13. saka, m. of a royal counsellor or 62,31. 91,35; kimatthaya („why") 33,i. secretary (he must give the king in- kimatthara (do.) 3, 13. 16,io. 33,8; dat. formation of what is 'attha' (0: the atthaya also separately (^adv. w. gen.) : real state of the case) and advice con« 49,14. 57,1. 60,14. 65,1. I08,8i (cp. cerning the 'dbamma' (o: what ought *) below). — 2) need, want, desire (iv, to be done)), a coutisellor of right instr.) nom, ^0 18,9, 22,i7-3o. 33,3. and justice, nom. /N.-0 37,26, 35,3-4. 55,15. 83,25. 103,14. 104,3i; attha^ tn. (sa. asta) disappearance, usirattha. tnfn. „he who wants Usira" destruction; attbaih (acc.) gaccbati, {q. V.) 108,4 (m. ^o)\ cp. atthika & to disappear, to ceasq, to perish, Dh, atthi/J. - ') use, utility, advantage, 226. 293. 384; loc. suriye attham gain, wealth; ace. ^arii icchati 34,3o; gate, at sunset 32,39. "(cp. next), r^&m karissam 47,8; o^&m anagatam attba^ pr. 3. pi. v. atthl. (pekkham) „fore8eeing future advant- *atthagama, m, (fr. attha* -}- age" 112,4; bahunam rvaya (dat.) gama) perishing, vanishing, destruo> 108,91. - attha-samhita, mfn. useful, tion; rupassa * /". the best thing, Dh. 386 = 403. - A 1 1 h a s a 1 i n i , (sa. *artha-Qa- s)— . atta *, case, cause ; acc. ^ara 101,9, lini) nom. pr. name of a commentary Db. 266; loc. ^amhi Dh. 331. - (by Buddhaghosa) on Dhamma-saii- *') sense, meaning, signification; <^o gani, the first book of the Abhidham- 52,7. 85,10. 89,2; acc. ^aiii 90, 30. ma-Pitaka; acc. -x/irh 113,33. 113,11-15; abl. (adv.) -^to („acoording atthi, vb. (sa. \/a8, pr. asti) to to the meaning") 114,ao. - attha-pada, be, to exist; pr. 3. ag. atthi 2,8», 96,i6; n. a word of sense (opp, vaca anat- n'atthi 3,i4. 87,38; attb' l,io, 43,2«. thapada-samhita) Dh. 100; anto- 92,30. 2.8g.^\ 2,7-13. 3,i2-i8. 4,ii. 98,is; gadha-hetu-attha, mfn. containing a asi 64,30. 88,9. 1. ag. arabi 12, u. 92,io; causative meaning, r^&vx padam 85,9; 'mhi 4,4. 28,14. 45,4. 88,10; asmi 16,i2. paramatthato, adv. (abl.) „in the 104,81 ; 'smi 7,i3. 49,89. 98,3. 3. pi. absolute sense" 98,»7 (cp. Paramattha- santi 11,14. 110,38. 2. pi, &ii\i& 21,9. dipani). For the comp. at^ha-katha 73,5 (attba 'ti). 1. pi. amba 21,8 (a commentary) v. a^tba*. - ') the (amba 'ti). This verb is often used right, the truth ; acc. ovarii an-atthan as copula with an adj. or subat. 2,7. ca, right and wrong Dh. 266; to" : opp, dhamma (^duty") : /x/aihdham- belong (gen.) 12,i. 16,i-5. 106,ii 2* atthika 20 ii-ianta). - attbi- (atthi fc me), and tl>,l* form may aluo namrtna, (r». ii-saf, v. be oombinvd ey«n with the pi. of the bhttva, atthitffi & sotthi, q. «a. mfn. (fr. attha', subject (— santi) : 3,s5. 12,i. 18,s. atthika, anything; rajjat- 43,j. 53,si. 82^2. 106,11. 109,ii. Dh. arthika) wanting covets the kingdom, 255 etc. tassa kira tarn divasam thika, mfn. who (cp. atthiw). roaranato mutti na:na n'atthi, „she m.pl. -^a 39,17. . atthi, sa. asUtri) could not be doHverod from death that atthita, f. (fr. existence, reality (opp. natthita); day" 87,8». - imp. 3. eg. atthu : namo being, natthitafi ca, to be ty-atthu „honinoe to thee" {voc.') 13,8«. ace. r^&n c'eva and not to be, 96,7; (lokanirodhaih 108,11 ; dhi-r-atthu „Bhanie on" 103,33 hoti, (to {ace. jivitnih),' 63,ia (<7cn. jatiya); passato) ya loke ,>^a s.a na there in no reality iii oxiMteiico aNtii (— ««. until) 114,1111, - pot. 3. s(j. liim) worlil) Miyii (««. nyiit) S8,a7. 70,i(i, 104,i4; (tlin 96,1". iufn. (fr. atiha', ea. ar- Siikku ,x/ „it 'vould li") poHHilile" 50, n; attlii/*, desirous, wunting anything; v. vattbabaiil '>^ „ou^hs to have been thin) (cp. atthika). said" 68,6; iu tht phrase siya kho mantatthin, vadatthi»i. atthi pana {w. pot. of the foil, verb) we *atthi-bhava, m. (fr. + uxidtHiK'c; arc, ^iiiii hiivt) siyil UKcd udvi'rhially likn the liliava, (/, V.) 4,111; ^liiii fiatvii, hi-viiiK I It 1)11 1 hut", 7(>,v-uii. (NHniHMu) ml III fdi'Mltun I, limy 4H,wii; liuHiduH HJya w(i ul'tcit find uii older known tlilN liiniig thu fact, na r».am janati, nobody knows form ai:sa (sa. *u8yat?) : tad ussa (to. no koci dat. dukkhaya) 90,2o =- bhaveyya that we exist, 72,81, 01,17; avyfikatam as8a 92,« foil. (cp. attliu, imp. V. atthi. atlia); suddlio assa (s.alarukkho) atha, indccl.(-' sa.) *) and. further, 9;.,ai; l)h, 124 (nriHsii) 260; w. ffvn. Dli. 55. ^) thou, now (continuinif the tuiiihakiim evaii. assa. (purlmpH) you tale) 1,6. 3,1.1. 3,18 (atli'); atha kho will th^nk, 79,3; tatr' assa „8uppo8o 66,3-5 e/c; atlia kena, why then? 54,s7. there were (in that town)" 90,32 (cp, *) then (corresp. u\ a prec. yada), seyya"ha). pot. 3. pi. aasu {sa. *asyus) 66,91. 107.13-16 = Dh. 377-79. Dh. Dh. 74. - aor. {inipf.) 1. sg. asirii 69. 119-20. 384; (after prec. pa- 86,j5. 86,17 („a.;in"ti -= ahosiin), thaniam:) Dh. 158. *) but, 107,S5 = 108,24. -part. ') sat, being; loc. sati Dh. 387. Dh. 86. 136; atha kho [khv'] (iu loc. abs.) : ekamseca inaritabbe on the contrary 90,86. 91,4; atna ca sati (n.sg.), if (their) death is necessary pana, but on the other hand, 3,4 (c/).ca). ut tlie 6,34 ; maharajassa ruciya sati, cp. atho «& next. king's command 39, ii; di^thiya sati, athava, indecl. (" ea.) or (corresp, if you hold that view, 92,37-!)o; niccam w. prec. va, g. v.) Dh. 140. 271. pajjalite sati, as (everything) ia al- atho, indccl. (= sa.) and, also, ways burning, Dh, 146. *) santa, likewise, Dh. 151. 234. 332. 423. mfn. »«. ~o 13,29. 94,95; loc. n. sg. adum, pron. n. (sa. adas) v. asu. evaih sante, in this case, 6,28. 99,7; addha — addha, half (g. v.); "-ma- evaiii sante pi, yet, notwithstanding saccayena, at the end of a half month, this, 37,38. 44,38. 62,jo; loc. m. pi. 20,11 ; "-yojana, n, a half yojana (g. v.) .vesu (kbandhesu) 98,3i („when the 63,19. groups appear to view"). ^) samana, addhagu, m. (fr. addhaH -\- gu mfn. m. o^o (andho) 25, i5. (raanus- -= ga, sa. adhva-ga) a traveller; nom. sabhuto) 41,33. (puttho) 90,i. (vutto) ^u, Dh. 302 (sg. d- pi. ?) 98,16-17; ace. m. pi. .^e (ma^tte) 69,26. addha», w. (sa. adhvan), a road, The part. fr. atthi is frequently used a journey, life-time, time; ace. /x/aoam ns adj.. V. sat, santa* (santaka) & 44,21. 110,5. Dh. 207 (addhana). - 21 ndhiseti *addba-gata, mfn. one who has accom- 1) to stand (on); ger. /N^aya 54,8. ') to plisbed his journey o: old, wj, ^o 74,ji practise, to perform, to devote oneself -= gataddhi», w/n. (g.r.). cp.addhika to (acc); pr. 3. ag. ^ati (upayupa- & prec. danam, q. v.) 96,i2; ger. ^Eya, (upo- add ha, adv. (=- sa.) certainly, sathangani) 61,7. truly, probably, 3,io. 60,ao. adhitthana, n, {sa. adhishthana) *addhika, m{fn). {fr. addhan) ^) determination, resolution. ^) adhering travelling, a traveller; gen. pi. m. to, clinging to the world, comp, w. the kupanaddhikanam, poor travellers, synon. abhinivesa (being a paraphrase 38,14 {v. kapana). to upayupadana, q. v.) : adhitthana* adhama, mfn. (— so. superl. fr, bhiniTesanusayam (cetaso), that in< ftdlio, g.D.) lowest, vilest; purisadhame clination (of the mind) which consists {ace. m, pi.) low people, Dh. 78, (cp. in clinging to the world, 96,ia (cp. next.) anusaya), ad liar a, mfn. (= sa.compar.fr, adiiipa, m. (— sa.) a master, lord; adho, q. v.) lower, adharottbe (loc.) V. adhipacca. the lower jaw i9 (v. cp. prec). i n n a as- 13, ottha. *a d b p a , pp. (adhi- v'pad) ad hi, indecl. (=• sa.) prefix to sailed, seized gen. m, /-wassa (antake- ; verbs & nouns expressing 'above, over, na-" „whom death has seized") Dh.288. on, at, to'; before vowels (except „i") *adhippaya, m. {fr, adhi-pra-^/i, it takes the form ajjh-, c. g, adbi- cp. sa, abhi-praya) intention, meaning; bhasati, aor, ajjhabhasi. nom. r^o, 114,6. adhika, mjfn. {fr, adhi, — aa.) *adbibha8ati, vh. (adhi-\/bba9) superior. — to, to adress exceeding, compar, adhika- to speak {acc.) ; aor, 3, sg, tara, mfn, id.\ n. -N/am (assum) iv, ajjhabhasi 77,a. abl, (catunnaiii samuddanam uda- adhimutta, pp. {sa. adhi-raukta kato) 89,14. (y'muc)) inclined to {w. acc, or comp,); adhigacchati, vb. {sa. adhi- m. vanadhimutto, who gives oneself \/gam) 'to go to', to attain, obtain, to desires, Dh. 344 {cp. vana'); gen, find, understand {w. acc); pr. 3. 8g. m.pl. ,>/anam (nibbanarh) „who strive (v-ati (ratiiii) Dh. 187, (samadhiih) after NibbSna'', Dh. 226. Db. 365; 3, pi. rwanti (sararii) Dh. adhivattha, pp, {fr. adhi-v/vas) 11-22; pot. 3. ag. adhigacche (padaifa living, inhabiting {loc); f. --wa, 5,19. santara) Dh. 368, ~eyya (seyyam, *adhiva3ana, n. {fr. adhivaseti) one who is better) Dh. 61; aor, 3.sg, consent, acceptance of an invitation; (a)dhiga (attham), could not under- acc, /^arii, 70,ii, stand, 113,15; to. augm. ajjhaga (tan- *adhivaseti, vb, {caus, adhi- hanarii khayarii) Dh. 154; aor. 3. pi, \/va8) ')to wait, to wait for; imp.2.ag, ajjhagii (— ->/Ku) (vyasanam) 34,8i; adhigamaim. (" sa,) attainoient, i^eai, 70,10 —• 77,sb; cap. to accept an aQq}ii»'\t\oD\dat.>s>S,y&{w,gen. fiayassa) invitation to dinner (bhattaih) : imp, 90,18. 3. ag. />/etu, 70,e — 77,j8, {cp, adhi- '*'a d h i - c i 1 1 a, ft.'the higher thought', vasana). — cam. II: adhivasapeti, to meditation; loc. ~e (ayogo^ Dh. 185. cause to wait; pr. 2. ag. ^esi, 33,it. adbiU^ati, vb, {sa. aabi-\/Btha) adhiseti, vh. {aa, adhi-\/t;i) to adhanS lie upon (ace); fut. 8. sg. .vsessati /anugaccbati, vb. (sa. anu-VRam]) (pathavim) 107,» — Dh. 41. to follow (acc,)\ aor, 3. sg, /^gamasi anv-a-ga a d h un a, adv. (— sa.) now. o-S,gata, ^tam yeva) 68,8»i to. augm. mfn. a new-comer; m, f%,o (uyyanapalo) (tam) 111,8. 87,15. anuggaba, m, (sa. anu-giaha) acc. edho, itidecl, (ea, adhas) down favour, kindness, help, assistance; (w. acc.)\ adho Gaflgaift, down the n^erh 6,86. river G. 14,»4 (or perliaps better comp. anucara, »». (=so.) a companion, sa'. adbogafigam, adv. ?) — compar. adbara, follower. - sanucara. mfn. v. mfn,, auperl. adhama. mfn, (q, v.), an uc inn a, mfn, (sa. anu-cirna, an-, ana-, negative prefix, v. a-*. pp. SLnu-y/car) having attained (acc); *Anagata-vam8a, m, 'history m. pi. -va (sainadhijhanam) 109,2i. of the future', name of a non-canonical *anuccbavika, mfn. (fr. anu + Pali work („the Buddhist Apocalypse"), cbavi) suitable, fit; m. ^o (w. inf.) from which an extract is given 102,2-28. 24.24; (w. gen. pers.) 25,s (rafino). Anathapindika, m. nom. pr, aiiujanati, vl. (sa. aiiu-v/jna). (— sa.^ 'giver of food to the poor', 1) to permit, allow; pr. 1. sg. -waiui name of a rich merchant', gen. /^ussa, (ekena (bhikkhuna) dve samanere 71,20. upatthapetum) 81. le. *) to prescribe aniku, m. & n. (— sa.) an army, (acc.) 81,ao (dasa sikkhapadani). (cp, balanika, mfn. q. v, next.) anu*, indecl. '— sa.) before vowels anunnata, mfn. (pp. auujanati, except ^u" usually 'anv-' (v. anvaya sa, anu-jnata) permitted, allowed, etc.), prefix to verbs and nouns, ex- having attained the permission of pressing 'after, along, near to, accord- («ns comp, of the satDe word repeated, t', *a n u fi n a t a 1 1 a, n. (sa. *anu-jnata- khuddAnukhuddaka (cp. pa^i). tva) the being permitted; abl. /%.a. anu', mfn, •— anu (g, v.) cp, anu- 11,12 („grantiD[f him leave to speak"). uiatta, auutappati, vb. pass, (sa. anu- anukantati. vb. (sa. anu-y/kft. tapyate, \/tap) to suffer, to repent; to cut (ace.) 6,) ; pr, 3, sg, /vati pr. 3. sg. ^ati Dh. 67. 314. (cp. (lattharh) Da. 311. tapati*.) /", f—sa,) compassion; an uk am pa, anutire, adv. (/V. anu ' + tira instr, «i^aya (w. gen, tava) out of pity (loc.)) near the banks of a river (gtn.) (for you) 56,4. 104,21. anukkama, tn, (sa. anu-kratiia) *aiiutthunati, vh, (fr. *anu- succession, order; instr. adv. rvena. ystan) to deplore, bewail (acc); part, gradually, 38,2a. 48,9; ti -i^ena „and m. sg. .v.unam (piiranani) Dh. 16H so on by degrees" 34,8. sabanukkania, (— anuttbunanta (pi.) Comm.). The tnfn. (q. v.). discordance between the sg. anutthu* anukkamati, t>6,(sa. anu-Y/krani) nam and the pi. of the verb is pro- tt follow, to go along (ace); part, bably due to the fact that senti has med. M. rvniano (-patham) 90,84, been influenced by cSpa-'tikbina (like anukbuf^dakar mfn. v. kbud- jhayanti in the preceeding verse); cp. danukhuddaka. also the use of sg. anutappati Dh. an jga, it.fn. (so, anu-ga) follow- 314.) cp. Tr. PM. 76,10. ing; aatiamacca-sa.taiuga, fol- mfn. *unuddaya, f. compassion, mercy; lowed by 700 companions, 110,23 in comp. this word generally takes the (in. .>^o). form anuddaya- (cp. mvitta) : khanti- 23 anumodana a exposition; metta-'nuddaya-sampanna. mfn. (q.v.) -f- katha, q.v.) regulated 7,12. 38,15. {fr. *anu -+• daya, although acc fvBlh katbesi „preached in due it is generally spelt with double 'd\ course" 68, 19, perhaps from analogy with niddaya?), anuppatta, pp. {sa, anu-prapta, *anu-dhamma-carin. w/w. liv- anu-pra-i/ap) arrived to, having ing according to the law ; m, n^l Dh, reached, having attained (acc); m, 20 {cp. dhmnma-cariii). rt^o (vayo) 74,21, (Lankarii) 110,2s. anudhavati, «&. (sa. anu-Y/dhav') acc, (x-am (uttamattbam) Dh. 386. to follow, pursue, seel< (acc); pr, 3. loc. anupakkamena, v, an- {cp, aor, 3. eg. >%/i 11,i9. 12,88; l,8g.f^m upakkama). 104,u; ger. >vitvS 33,i8. *anupakhaija, ger, encroaching a n u b d h a , »rt. (— sa.) comprehen- on {acc) 83,88 (there bliikkhu). This lioti, understanding. - dur-anubodba, word eeems to be ger, ft. *anu-pra- mfn. q, v. yskand (-skadya) — to enter together *anubruheti, vb. {sa. *anu- with, disrespectfully pushing oneself Y/vfch) to 'increase', to devote oneself forward (=> anu-pavisati, comm.). Heuce to (occ); pot. 3, sg. .v-aye (vivekam) the vh. denom. anupakhajjati (Vin. Dh. 76 {cp. briiheti). V 163,4). Morris, JPTS. '86,ii5. anubhavati, vb. {sa. anu-^/bbu) '89,201, derives it from ^/khad. to feel, to experience, to obtain (enjoy, anupatati, vb. (so. anu-^pat) suffer) {w. acc); pr. 3. pi. /%/anti to run after, to follow (acc); pr. 3. (dukkbam) 23,i6; aor. 3. sg. -x.-i (dib- sg. pi. dukkhanupatit' (o : rwS addhagii) ib. 63,18; part. med. r^maina., f. »x/a 61,6 anuparigacchati. vb. {sa. ana- (.taking part in", -kilam); pp. anu- pari-v^ga) to walk (fly) round (acc); bhuta : kirn me dukkhena <>^ena aor. 3. sg. anu-pariy-aga (pasanam) {instr.) „why should I suiTer this pain?" 104,13. 32,32. *anupariy aya, m. {fr. anu-pari- *anubhavana, n. {fr. anubha- Y^i) goinp round along; •'-patha. m. vati) parlakiiig of (enjoying, suffering). acc. rwarii 90,33 — anupariyaya-na- — dukkhanubhavanattbaya 23,i8 (in niakam maggam, 91,28 (the path round order to endure their punishment, cp, the town). attha'); kamma-karananubhavana- *a n u p a s 8 i )J , mfn. {fr. anu-y'pa?) tthanam 23,27 (a place where one has looking after, looking for; para-vajja-**, to endure the results of his bad deeds), looking after the faults of others, Dh. anubbava, v. anubhava. 253 {gen. m. *anupubbikatha, f. {fr. preo, proDOUDced by the Buddhist priests at ; anuyuijati 24 ~anti thid eud of the meal, or after receiving (aec. ep. vioareti); pr. 3. pi ~itva gifts or offerings to the fraternity) (samuddatirara) 21,i7; ger. ace. /%/am karonto 8<),i5; -vam kana- (thala-jala-patham) 19,sf. vb. (sa. anu-vi- sJnii 87,80 ; "-attbaya 87,i8 (in order anuviciateti, part- to hear the benediction), (cp. Dhpd. \/oint) to meditate upon (acc); -^ayam (1855) p. 168,7. foil.) m. ^ayanto (tarn eva) 47,85; anuyufijati, vb. {sa. anu-v/yuj) (dhammam) Dh. 364. attend- to practise, to give oteself up to (acc); anuvicca, ger. discovering, Dh. pr. 3. sg. >N^ati (bhavanaih) 97,9; 3. ing to, observing, exaraining(?) word pi. ~anti Dh. S8 (panuadaiii), Dh. 229 (viiinii pasaiisanti). This commen- 247 (sura-meravi-panam); pot.med. is generally explained in the 3. sg. Lia pa nafiarii o^etha, Dh. 27. taries by anuviditva, janitva. etc.-,, — pp. anuyutta, m. r-vO „in the enjoy- it is perhaps ger. fr, anu-vi-\/ci ment tf T4,a2(ditth8-dhamma-8ukha- (*anuvicitya, *anuviciya. cp. Sn. v. v. or viharam q. v.). 630 and viceyya ib. 529) fr. Tr. MN. I anuyoga, ni. < — sa.) study, raedi- anu-v/vid (— anu-vijja, totion, application to. - ki^masukh'-al- 379,3 (Note p. 662) cp. Morris, JPTS. lika-', mfn. whose applicaJon is wholly '86. p. 121.). but it can hardly be concentrated in pleasure and lust, m. derived from anu-^/i or anu-\/vrt. cp, /vo (sc. anto) 66,20. — atta-kilamatba-", Dhpd. (1865) p. 368. mfn. q. v. (cp. pre':-.). anuvijja. anuvijjati, v. anu- anuyogi/i, mfn. {fr, anuyoga). vicca. V. attfinuyogid. anusancarati. vh. (sa. anu-sarii- anurakkhati, vh. (sa. anu- ^/car) to walk along (acc); part. med. ^raksh). to gunrd, to wutch (acc.); m. pi. -wUiSnii (kipillika viya tbaiu- imper, 2, pi. -vatba (sacittam) Dh, bbaiTi) 60,2. 327. '^'anuNuiidlii, m, (cp, sa, ami* *aiiurakkhin. mfn. (fr. aim- sandbana) application, conclusion, rakkhati) watching.- vaca-**, uifn.q.v. connexion; acc. .-%/iui giia^etva („mak- Anuruddha, m, nom. pr. (-^ sa.) ing the connexion'*) 32,5. cp. Fans- nunie of a cuUHin of Ootuma Huddhu, bell, JllAS. '70, p. 8. Fecr, .fAs. one of Ills great disciples; nom. >^o '76. II p. 293, 80,80. 109,17 (inahiigani). 109,8 (dib- an u Buy a, m, (sa. anu-tjaya) in- biicakkhutiilii[aggo{); ((rcnk^aiii 80,u; olinatiuii, uttacliinent; acc, /%.iira 96, it voc, O.U, ib, (v, adliittlmna). - tanli&iiusaya, v, anuriipa, mfn, (— sa.) confotm^ tanliii, - niiinrmusaya. v, iniina. cp. ahli', itdaptuil tu, fit, Huitahlt>; tad- HlilO. X_p. HI. anurupa, mfn. 57,ji. q, v. anusasaka. m. (sa, anu-gasaka) anulitta, pp, (fr. anu-y/lip, sa. a counsellor, - attha-dliamma-". v, anuli))ta) anointed, scented. ~ iiabii- attlui' (7). tiinubtta. 41,0. v. nahata. aiiusfiHati, vb, (sa, anu-y/Qjls) aiiuloMia, mfn, ( - sa.) 'with the ') to adiniiiiisli, to inntruct (acc.)\ inf. hairs', ill natural ordur (»;<;>. pa^ilotna), .^.jtuiii H1,ih; grd, m. .^itabbo 79.15; - "-patiloniarii (adv.Y) „forward and pot. 3, sg. ->^eyya Dh. 77, 168. - back" 66,6. (cp, loiiia). *) to give one (gen.) advice concerning anuvattin. mfn. (sa. anu-vartin) (acc); aor. 3. sg- ~i (rafifio attban following. - dbamraanuvattino (m. ca dliamman ca) 68, so (cp. attba' pi.) following the law, Dh. 86. (7)). - ') to rule, to govern (acC,)\ a II u V i c a r a t i, i;i(. (sa. aiiu-vi-Y/car) aor. 3, sg, ,>,i (viniccbayaiu ^udinini- to wander or roam throu^jh, to explore stored justice") 42,87. ; : ^26 antarCi anusikkhin, mfn, (sa. anu-Qik< (s-bilara-nisakkana-mattam (pakara- shin) studying, learning; ahorattanu- vivarain) even large enough that a sikkhinam. gen. pi. Dh. 226 (studying cat can creep in, 90,85. (cp. antima). day and nightV antara, n.(—ea,) ')the interior anussarati. vh. (aa. anu-\/8mr) part of a thing, interval; •) as the first to remember, to recollect ; aor. ,^i part of comp, (—> anto, v. below), 28,96 (gune); gen. rwitva 17,4 (attana •) at the end of comp.'. kalantareaa katakammam) 28, is (Buddha-gune); (instr.) „by progress of time" 99,28; part. m. >>^&m (dhammaiii) Dh. 364; buddhantaram, a period between two «». pi. /N.anta. 28, is. Buddhas, 84,30; dant' antara -gato Anotatta, n>. (sa. An-avatapta) „having got in between the teeth" nom. pr, of a lake in Himavanta; 13,29; pi. loc, lomantaresu, in the "-daharii (ace.) 61, is. coat, 16,5 (v. loma). uddhanantaresu, anta^, )». {d; n.) (— sa.) ') end, 9,24 (v. uddhana); pi. ahl, sakhan- term; nom, ^o (phalanarii) l.is; ace. tarebi, amongst the branches, 62,ii, r^nm karissatha (dukkhassa) „raake pupphantarehi, 62,i8. For antaram, an end of" Dh. 275; comp. loc. vijay. antara, antare v. separately. - *) dif- ante, immediately after the victory, ference (at the end of comp, — other): 60,85; marananta, mfn. q. v. - *) limit, purisantararii, another man, 48,ii, boundary, border, edge; acc. /%/am 83,91. (cp. antarika, an-antara, santara). comp. loc. velante 20,4 (ep. vela); antaram, indecl. (— ea.) ^)adv. vanante, Dh. 306, v. vana; accanta, within ; /%/katva, having shut in (?) santika, samanta, samanta, q. v. - 23,10, - *) prp. w, gen, raihsinam *) side; acc. adv. ekamantam. q. v. - /%/ pavisitva, 87,89. '*) extreme; pi, dve anta, 66,S5; acc. antaradhana, n. (sa. antar- pi. ubho ante, 66,98. 96, it; eko , . , dhana) disappearance; pariyatti-", dutiyo anto, 96,i6-i7. cp, ekantam 102,2 (q. v.). (adv.) Dh. 228, q. v. - «) nearly antaradhayati, vb. (sa. antar pleonastically at the end of certain -y'dha) to disappear; aor. 3, sg. /x/ayi, comp., kammanta (m.), suttanta (n.) 24,7. 72,25; (impf.) 3, sg. med. ^ayatha, q. V. 104,18 (cp. Kuhn, Beitr. p. 110); pp, anta*, n. (sa. antra) the intestines; antarahita, q. v. - caus. antaradha- (v-aih 82,4, 97.91. anta-guna, q. v. peti. to cause to disappear (acc); Antaka, m. (fr, anta'/ — sa.) pot. 1, pi, fv-eyyaraa (iabhasakkaram) nom. pr. the king of death (Yaraa or 73,1. Mara); n. o^o Dh. 48; instr, ^ena, *antarantara, adv, (antara (q, Dh. 288. V.) repeated) now and then, 35, i, anta-kara, m(fn). (— sa.) put- 83,8. ting an end to (gen.); m.pl, f>^& 105,90 *antara-vithiyam, adv, (fr, (dukkhasssa). antara -j- vithi, loc.) in the very - /". *a n t a k i r i y a, (aa. *anta-kriya) streets, 39,e. extinction; dat, /x-aya 70,i7. antarahita, }H/n.(i?i).antar-;/dha, ""anta-guna, n. (sa. *antra-guna) cp, antaradhayati) disappeared, hid> mesentery (Sp, Hardy, Man. of Buddh. deu; f. f^a. (pasadamatta) 94,8s. - p. 400: „lower intestines"); <%/am 82,4. an-antarabita. mfn, (q. v.). 97,28. antara, adv, <& prp. (ahl. fr. an- antamaso, adv. (sa. *antama tara, — sa,) among, on the way, dur- -\- Qas) even; /N/anjalim paggahetva ing; Dh. 237; comp, antaramagge thite, even those who were standing (loc) on the way, 32,i4. 85,8 ; repeated with theii' joined hands raised, 22,7 antarantara, q. v. antarSya 26 sa. antah-pura) antarSya, m. (— »o.) ')obitBcle; pura, Tr. PM. 79,i6, f^^ 38,i7, ace. yaih 30,80 ; in comp. anto-nagaraifa 3, sg, ^me (tanilia) 14,i; aor, 3, sg. 43,8 — anto-nagate „inMide!tlie town" ^nii (etto) 104.1S, 73,M {opp. bahi-nagare); Hnto-gal)blie, apaguccliati, vh. {sa, upii-\/galn) witiiin tliti uhiiinlit'i', Ur),u8; aiito-jjiliilil, to go away pi>. ii|iai^atu. dcpiuti-il, into th«4 ni't, HH.AA. (cp, antara). gone oil; uh the tlrnt part of mlj, comp, s *antcgudlia, mfn. (probably fr. "-kalaka, "-tucupapatika. '-phegguka, ante + ogadha {pp. ava-^'gali) for "-vattha, "-sakliapalasa, 5. v.\ dvin- Ogalha) included, contained in. "-hetu- nam itthakanarii "-tthanam. the inter- attha, mfn. containing a causative val between two bricks, 91,29. meaning, 85,9 {cp. attha * (6)). apacayati, vb. {sa. apa-\ ciiy) "'an t o-dii li a, m, an intetiial ilitnie; to honour, to renpcct («fv',) )ir, 3, sg, ; tassa fs^o iippajji „bu grew aflame (metri causa --..ayati) 30,9. within" 45,1. a p a c a y i »( , mfn. {sa. apa-cayin, antopura, n. (often written ante- fr, last) rendering due respect; vad- 27 apSruta dhS,pacayiH, mfn, „who reveres the side to side, 2,27. 40,24. - pubba-para, aged", m. pi. ,>^ino. Dh. 109. mfn, (q, r.), aparajju, aparabhage, apaciti, /". (— sa.) honour, respect; V, below, ace, «^im, 29,26, 30.4, aparajju, adv. (sa. apare-dyus) *apajita, M, (pp. apa-^ji), what on the following day; 101,27. is lost, defeat; ace, ^aih (opp, iitam) aparajjhati, vb. (sa. apa-v/radh) Dh. 105. to offend against (loc); ger, o./itva Apannaka-jataka, n, nom, pr., (parassa vatthunibi) 58,i8. the title of the first tale in the Jstaka* aparapaocaya. v, a- (p, 4). book, 102,80 [a-pa^^aka, mfn. evident, aparadha, m. (— aa,) oifeuce, certain, leading to salvation (/V, 5a, fault; acc. ek&parSdhaih, one such a-parna, without leaves, opp, sa-pajj- fault, 47,8. - nir-aparfidha, »»/»., naka, but the semasiological process innocent, guiltlesi; aco, m, /vam, is unknown; Weber, Ind, Str. Ill, 160 39,ie, and Kulm, Beitr, p. 53 talce it — *aparabbage, adv, (fr, apara *a-pragna-ka]. -\- bhaga, loc) afterwards, later; 22,i4. apattha, mfn. (sa. apasta, pp. 24,18-16. 38,11. apa-y'as^), thrown away; n, pi, «N^ani *aparopita, mfn. (apa -f ropita, (atthini) Dh. 149. pp.') consumed (?). This word is only apaneti, vb. (sa. apa-y/ni) to due to my own conjecture (see Note take away, to reraove (ace); pot. 1. p. 126); the Colombo Edition reads sg. rveyyam (atthim) 13,i4; aor. 3. sg. aropita (fr. aropeti, q. v.) 87,ii. apanayi (putte) 13,*; ger. /vetva, apaviddha, mfn. (— sa. pp. 44,12. 66,32; pp. apanita, n. /^&m apa-y/vyadh) flung, thrown away; neg- etam Tathagatassa, T. is free from lected; acc. m. 23,21 ; aparam pana ekadivasam „and loss; piyapayo, loss of the belowed, again on a certain day", 63,24-28; n. Dh. 211. — *) state of suffering (esp. naparam, nothing more, 71,i6; instr, dwelling in hell, or in the world of ^ena samayena, afterwards, subse- animals, petas and asuras); acc. sag- quently, 95,23. 101,i«; loe. ^asmiih gapayam, heaven and hell, Dh. 423. (kanakaviiuane) 23,22; m. pi. ^.-e pi — apaya-gamiw, mfn. going to an evil 'ssa tayo sahaya ahesum, further he state ; m. pi. /s/ino 88,8& (opp, saggSya had three friends, 14,9. - aparam (n.) gacchati). is often used adverbially, esp. aparam ap&yi», mfn, (= sa.) going away, pi, besides that, also, too, 34,i«. 54,21. — an-apayiw, mfn. (q, ».). — aparaparam, adv. to and fro, from aparuta, mfn, (sa, apavfta, fr. apt 28 pi. ~a (few) Dh. ape,-\/vr) open, '^-civa.ra. mfn, with at a trifle, 52,6; m. v.). open doors; loe. »ve fnivesane) 39,»8. 86. - an-appaka, mfn. {q. {sa. alpargha, api. adv. (— «ti.) ^)ge:ierally enclit. *appas;gha. mfn. of little value; "-bhandam «= pi (g. V.) or -api after prec. a, a. cp. aggha) 26,9. — *) beginning a eentence (before a „ware8 of little value" {sa, vowel Honjetimes app' or ap') ') even, *appabodhati. vb. {fr. appa present forma- *•) . a rare Dh, 187. api ca . . va . va, whether alpa) + bodbati. to slight . . or, 96,81 (w. foil, api ca kho, ne- tion of ybudh, cp. bujjbati) vertheiens, 97,i); api ca, nevertheless, disregard; pr. 3. sg. ~ati (nindam) 101,18 {cp. kiiicapi); api ca kbo pana, Dh. 143. {Weber. Ind. Str. I, 137; but at all events, S2,95. ") app-eva others (Fausbell d; Max Mailer) have prabodhati nama, perhaps (w, foil, pot.) 17,36. taken it — a (a: na) + 69,5. *) particle of interrogation {w, (does not excite), or (Childers & Sti- indie, or pot.) 13,96. 69,i. 71,3i. 104,i4 bhiiti) — apa-bodhati (to ward off), (ap'); api nu, 73,4. cp. the readings ap(p)abodheti and apekkhati. vb. {sa. apa-v^iksh) sa. alpabuddbi. mfn.) to look for (ace); pr. 3. sg. med. ,-vate *appamannati, vb. {fr. appa -|- (kame) 103,9*. v^man, cp. last) to despise, underrate {w. gen.) pot. 3. sg. med. ,>./etba (pa- apekkha fcapekba./". (sa. apek- ; sha) dehire, regard, care; Dh. 346 passa, pufinassa) Dh. 121. 122. (-kh-, w. loc). appamatta, wi/'n. (sa.alpa-inatra) apekkhi/i & apekhin, mfn. (aa. little, slight, mean; m. ^0 (gandbo) apeksbin) looking for, regardful of. — Dh. 66. {cp. a-ppamatta, p. 6.) an-apekkhiH, mfn. (q. v.). *appamattaka. mfn. {fr. last), t , sa. next) of little importance; »», ->^o (arakkho) a p e a mfn. (= ; pp. fr. free from, deprived oi {w. inatr. or 17,16. comp.); m, ^o (damasaccena) Dh. 9. *appalabha, mfn, {sa. *alpa-la' — apeta-kaddama, mfn. without mud, bha) receiving little; m. r»,o (bhikkhu) m. >^o (rahado) Dh. 95. - "-viufiana, Dh. 366. mfn. senseless, m. .^o (kayo) 107.6 appasattha, mfn. {sa. *alpa- — Dh. 41. sartha) having few companions; m, apeti, iJ6. {sa. apa-^/i) to go away; rvo (vanijo) Dh. 123 {cp. sattha). pr. 3. sg. o-eti, 60.i; 1. pi. apema *appa8sada. mfn. {sa, *alpa- 104,16 (nibbijjapemaGotamam „ being svada) having a short taste; m. pi, disgusted, we shall go away from Go- ^a (kama) Dh. 186. tana", Fausholl, Sf.E. X^ p. 71, *appassuta. mfn. {sa . *alpa-gr uta^ who prefers the reading Gotama, cp, having learnt little; m. '>>{o) (puriso) 8N. I, 124). ' Dh. 162. app', V. api. ap pice ha, mfn. {sa. alpeccha) appa. mfn. {sa. aipa) small, little; who has but few desires; acc. m. <%/am. m. <^o 88,30 (only a few — kocid eva Dh, 404 {cp. iccha). satto 89, i); instr. «^en' eva (trifling) *appo88ukka, mfn. {sa. *alpa 38,34; n. /%^am, a little, a small portion, -{- autsukya. cp. ussuka) unconcerned, Dh. 20. 269, loc. />.asmi yacito, asked living at ease, with few wishes; m. >v/0 for little, Dh. 224.- appa-kilamathena (viharatu) 74,2i. Dh. 330. agito si „you had no mishap?" 28, i» abbahati. vb, {sa. a-\/vrh) to pull out {acc.) 3. sg. {cp. kilamatba). ; pot. abbabe (sallam) a p p a k a , nfn. {fr. last, sa. alpaka) 108,9. small, little^ trifling; iustr. n. ^en' eva. abbuda, n. {sa. arbuda) the foetus 29 abhinikkhamana in the first or secood month after con- W..0, Dh, 423 (v, vosita). - cha-1- ception; ffen, ,^assa 99, lo. abhiiiiia, mfn. having the six super- abbha, n. (sa. abhra) cloud; ahl, natural faculties, m. pi, f>^&, 109,2a /wS (mutto candima) Dh. 172. (cp. cha). — jfianabhiiina, f. super- abbhakkhana, n. (sa. abhy-S- natural power attained by meditation khyana) false accusation, calumny, (v. jhana), acc, «^am, 47, ss. ace. /^ara, Dh. 139. abhiiinata, mfn. (pp. abhijanati, abbhantara, M. (so. abhy-antara) sa. abhijuata) known, distinguished; the inner part, interior, interval ; ^am m.pl. bahu-abhinnata, highly esteemed (opp. bahiraiii) 106,ii — Dh, 394. - (savaka) 109,i9. loc.prp. w, gen. ,>.e, in, with, within, abhittharati, vb, (probably an 3,85 (tuyharii), 38,88 (ranfio). old error for abhi-tvarati or abhi- abbhuggacchati, vb. (sa, abby- ttarati, sa. abhi-\/tvar) to make haste; ud-\/gatii) to po out, to Bally forth; pot, 3. s^.>ne({./vetha(kalyane) ^hasten get'. below, joicing at; f. tatra-tatrabhinandini abhinia, f, (aa, abhijfia) super- (tanhS) finding its delight here and natural faculty or intuitive knowledge; there, 67,i8. dat, ^aya samvattati, conduces to abhinava, mfn, (— aa,) quite knowledge, 66,so. 93,8; instr. ~aya new, modern; loc, pi. xwesu pottha- (saTakanam dbammaih desemi) from kesu, in modern manusoripts, 62,i9 my iDtuitive knowledge, 90,i6. - ®-vo- (opp, porana-V sita, mfn, perfect in knowledge, m. abniniKkoamana, n, going abhinimainSti 30 forth, delighting esp. retiring from the houiehold abhirati, f. (- »a.) life. — maha-", n. „tbe great retire- in, pleasure; acc. tatra -^irfi iccheyya discontent ment" o: Buddha's leaving his house Dh. 88. - an-abhirati, f. in order to become a monk ; ^am («• f.). nikkhamitum 66,is abhiramati, t;t. {sa. abhi-\/ram) abhinimminati, vh (sa. abhi- to delight in, to take one's pleasure nir--y/ma) to create, to asBume another with; pr. 3. sg. <^dX\ (niaya saddhirii) aor. aijpearance (ace); ffer. /x/itva (kassaka- 46,2i; 3. pi. ^anti (ubho) 60,c; vannam. the appearance of a plough* 3. sg. ^i (tena saddhiiii) 20,ii; part, man) 7/., 88. med. m. ^mano (taya saddbim) 19, 19. abhinivesa, m. (^sa. abhinivcQa), -pp. abhirata, v. an-abbirata; *abhi- adhering to, inclination to; upayupa- ranta, only in conip, yathabbirantam, think fit dana-** 96,io (q.v.) ; comp. to. the synon. adv. as long as you like or adhmh.ana {v.h.} 96,u. 70,80 {v. yatba, cp. yatbakamarii). *abhippakipaa, pp. (sa. *abhi- dur-abhirama, mfn. (g. v.). pra-\/kir) strewn v, ith Unstr.); "-sayana, *abhirainapeti, 1)6. {caits, II fr. loc.>,e (pupplianam r.mmananiattena) last) ') to ciiuse one to take his plea- 65,39. sure with; pot. 1. sg. -^.eyyaiii (raja- '') *.ibhippaharaiii, f. {adj. fr. nam inaya saddbim) 46,2j. - to "'abhi-pra-y'hr, tn.ced only in the foil, delight, to divert; part, f. pi. ^eutiyo paisage) ,^ni (sena Kaabassa) the (itthiyo) 64,31. offensive (army of Kanha) 103,31. abhirSpa, mfn.{-^ sa.) handsome, abbibliavati, rb. (sa. abhi-\/bbu) beautiful, lovely; «(. ^^o (mabasamano) to overcome, to overpower (acc); pr. 76,31 ; acc. ,>^am (purisam) 10,25; f. 3. Rg. ^ati (paccamitte) 3,84; ger, f^a. (haiiisapotika) 10,4. ^bhuyya (sabbani parissayani) Dh. abbirShati, vh. {sa. abhi-yruh) 328; pp. ^bhuta, m. khuppipasabhi- to ascend, to mount {acc.)\ pr, 3. sg. bhiito (felo), tormented by hunger ,>^ati (dantam, sc. nagaiii) Dh. 321; and thirst, 84,88. imp. 2. eg. ^& (pitthim me) l,i9; abhibhii, »i/Vi. (-=• sa.) one who 2. pi, rvatlia, 22,5; aor. 3. sg. I,i9. conquers or overcomes (at the end of 25,19 (navam); 5. pi, n,.imsu, 22,6; comp.)\ sabbabhibhu, ,«. having con- gir. •) ^ruylia, 20,i3; >•) ^riihitva. quered all, Dh. 363; sabbalokabhi- 21,10. 61,18 (pabbataiii). bhuiii (viram, acc. m.) having con- abhilakkhita, mfn. {sa. ablii- quered all the worlds, Dh. 418. laksbita, pp. abhi-ylaksb) fixed, de. abhimatthati or abhiman- termined for; Mi. ^0 (maha-uposatba- thati, vh.isa. abhi-v/raath, nianth) divaso) 22,19. to crush (acc); pr. 3. sg. 3\ amraa dana-sili«, mfu, {cp. sa. "-(jila) re- anointed king" 36,29; etassa imasmim Bpectful; gen. m. ^is8a, Dh, 109. rajabbisekakale, now when he is being abhivadeti, vb. (cans, abhiva- anointed king, 11,6. dati, sa. abhi-\/vad) to salute respect- a b h i 8 e c a n a , n. (sa. abbishecana) fully (ace.) ger. -m prec. (ulukassa) ll,i6. ; ^etva ( Bhagavantam) /^am €8,17. 96,3. a mace a, m. {sa. amatya) a com- abhisaihkbata, mfn. {pp. abhi- panion or minister of a king, courtier; saiiikbaroti, so. abhi-sam-s-y'ki') pre- rwO, 38,17; pi. i^a, 40,9; acc. pi. >^e, pared, cooked; gen, r^assa (sappi- 40,7; instr. pi, rwehi, 39,3i. - "-adayo, madbu-sakkara-°. payasassa) 6 1,36. the courtiers and others, 102,6 {cp, abbisarakhara, {sa. abbisaih- adi). sesamacce {acc. pi.), all his skara) ') preparation. *) development, courtiers, 40,6 {v. 8esa). mittamacca exercise, practise; aco. /^aih 68,36. {pl.) friends and companions, 92,8. 69,2. (iddha-°, v. next). "-brahmana-gahapatike (acc. pi.) o: *abhisamkhareti, vb, {cans. all people of higher rank (opp. 8abba- abbi-sam-8-\/k}') ^ to prepare. *) to seniyo) 42,2 {cp. Fick, Soc. Glied. exercise, practise, effect (acc); pot. 1. p. 93 & 164). "-sabassena {instr.) sg. ^eyyaih (iddbabhisaihkbaram, a thousand courtiers, 39,26, 62,8. °-pa- „an exercise of miraculous power" {v. rivuta, mfn. 40,8o. •'-gana-parivuta, iddhi) 68,36; aor. 3, sg, ^esi (id.) mfn. 39,98, "-parivarita, mfn. 112,26. 69,2. sattamucca-satanuga. mfn. v. anuga. abbisajati or abbisajjati, vb. samacca. mfn. {q. v.). {sa. abbi-y'sanj) to offend pot. 3. sg. amuka. mfn. {fr. the pron. base ; == ~saje (yaya na , . kanci, by words) aniu-, sa. cp. asu & asuka) this or Dh. 408. that, such and such a person (or thing) *abhi8ambujjhati {sa, *abhi- referred to without name; loc. m, /^as- 8ain-\/budb) to gain perfect knowledge mim okase, 7B,e. {cp. ayam, 4.) of; pp. ,x/buddha, part, /^budhana, amba, m. {sa, amra) the mango V. bcloto. tree (Mangifera Indica); «vO. 37,22; *abbi8ambujjbana, n. {fr.last) gen. <^assa, 37, i; pi. n^a. 100,i3; acc, enlightment, gaining the perfect know- pi. ^e, 100,u; instr. pi. -^ebi, 2,io. ledge (possessed of a Buddha); "-kala, — *'-pakka, n. {sa. *amra-pakva) a m. 63,7. mango fruit; rwam, 36,31 — ambapba- abhisambuddha, mfn, {pp. 1am, 36.34. "-panas'-adibi, 2,90 {v. abbisambujjbati, sa, id.) having panasa & adi). "-pindi, f. {sa. *amra- attained perfect knowledge; m. pa- pindi) a bunch of mangos, acc. ^irii, tbamabhisambuddbo (Buddho) „hav- 15,2, o-labujadinam, l,i4 {v. labuja). ing just attained theBuddhaship", 66,3. '-vana, a mango grove, loc, /^e, 77, ao; *abbi8ambudhana, mfn, (part, 46,14 (Makhadeva-", g. v.) 46,7 (M-x/ fr, abbisambujjbati, op. sa. part, aor, uyyane). "-samika, m, the owner of a budbana) who has learnt, understood; mango tree, t^o, 100,is. m. .vo (kayam marioidhammam) *ambho, indecl, (fr, ham -j- bhos, Dh. 46. cp, hambho & bho) ') a voc. particle *abhi8ambbava, m. {fr, abhi- Hallo! {w. voc), /-vsarathi, 43,2i, *) sambhavati , sa. abhi-sam-\/bhu), exclamation expressive of anger or in- reaching, attaining. — dur-abnisam- dignation {w, voc), 2,« gen, ^Eya. 46,8; voe. amme io usually that, 31,6 (imam acchadanara) ; shorteued to amma: *)u8ed by children (imesaiii sattanarii, like «»)' ^*'" ayafi oa, 43,88; addreBsiog their mother, 9,i9. 22,it; (id.); repeated : ayaii ca asuka, a- ') by any perion addressing one (or idafl c'idaii ca, 44,i3 (cp. pron. relat.X more) women, 49,81 (a maid to her muka). - *) combined u: yAyam Indy); 87,10 (a father to his daughter), y'ayarii (= yo ayarii) Dh. 66; idarfi, 97... - '')ayam am m ana, n. (sa. armana ? cp. If.) 67,i»; yad used as pron. 3. pers., Childers 8, v.) a certain measure of is gometimes — copBcity, a trough, a canoe; O-mattena esp, the gen. eg. assa, assa, enclit. eta- (esa). {instr, V, matta') in a measure of an tassa, tassa (v. ta-). cp. cp. eti) walking, a- (pupphanam .>^ abhippakinna-saya- ayana, n. (-= sa. v.). na) 66,29. road. - ekayana, mfn. (q. «ow^ ayo, amha, ainhi, v. atthi. ay as, m. {comp. ayo. amha(n), n. = asmax (so. a^man) sa. ayas, «.) iron; instr. ayasa (= 240. a Btone; instr. -^ana, 104,6 {cp. Win- ayato, Comm.) 106,i9 = Dh. disch, Mara, p. 8 & 12). - amha-maya, {cp. ayasa. mfn.) an mfn. (sa. a^ma-maya) made of stone, ayo-gula, m. {sa. ayo-guda) hard; acc. f^nm (maniifa) Dh. 161. iron-ball; ^0. 107, i = Dh, 308. amhakam, amlie, etc., v. aham. ayya, mfn. (sa. iirya, cp. arya) honorable, worthy; hi. .>^o Devadatto, ay aril, pron. m. & f. (sa. ayam, 75,4. - The voc. ayya is frequently f. iyam) n. iiarii (si. idam). The otiier forms are taken from the base used in respectfully addressing a person : etc. 33, i (ayya 'ti); ima- or a- : nam. eg. m, ayath, 3,i. 2,29. 4,3 6,3; by contraction with a preceeding pi. ayya (by addressing more persons) oven the nom. eg. a-sound : c&yaih, QQa; by elision ; 21,10. 73,4; and 'iiyarii 17,98. 37, so; Dh. 66, or 'yaih, ayyo is used as voc. particle (la both ; 18,8-91-25. lU8,i7; before palatals : iiyafi, 74, 31. genders and numbers) {cp, - f ayarh. 21, n. 9,ih (iiyiifl oa). - ariya.) «. idaiii, 16,16; 'idarii, 67,8; imarii, ayy a-putta, »». {sa. arya-putra) 1(!0,4. - acc. imarfi 2,8 (m.); 3,26 (/".); the son of an honbrable man, master; 17,j; Dh. 196 (im') (m.). - instr. m. nom. ,vO. 65,32; voc, -%.a, 65, 15 (de- n. imina, 8,33; oi,i5. f, iniaya, 42,i8; signation of a master by his servant), 75,35. — gen, (dut.) m. («.) imassa, ayyika, {fr, ayya. .sa. aryika, 2,99; 4,31; assa. 1.5; 'ssa, 3, 11; f. aryaka) grandmother; ^a, 108,i5. imissh. 3,8; 31,4; ussa, 48,96; 73,23 ayyo, v. ayya. (assa -= issa ?); 87, 10. - abl. m. asma, araiifia, n. {sa. aranya) a forest; Db. 290. - loc. m. («.) imasmiin, 1,13; acc. (^arii, 6,7; abl. .^ato, 6,15; loc. asmiiii, Dh. - pi. nom. m, i^e, pi. ->.ani, Dh. loc. (n/BSU, 3 23; 242. 5,80 ; 99; iiiie. 4,6 ; 66,25 ('m 3) ; 60,t (ma-y-irae). 73,84. - *<*-ayatana, n. a forest haunt; - acc, m. ime. 41,3s; f. ima. 2,9; n, loc, ^e, 1,4. 3,80. - *Htliana, n. a imani, 81,97. - instr, m, imehi, 55,95. place in a forest; loc. m, n, imesu, 31, jo; bl,s7. - ') this, worthy; m. pi. .>.ii („holy men") 109,8. this here (referring to a person or - pujaraha, mfn. {sa, pujarlia) de- thing 2^r£sent or in qtiesfion) opp, serving hommage; acc. m.pl. /^e^ Dh, pava, Dh. 220. 410. - ^) referring to 195. - maharaha, mfn. {sa. maharha). the preceeding, 67,.-, (ayarii kho sa); Very valuable, precious, splendid; m. 73,23 (ime divase, acc. pi. „the lust 0^0 (manto) 32,io; acc. ,-vaiii (utta- few days"). — ') referring to the follow- maratharii) 63,4; (sayanarii) 112,2; n. ing, 67,3-10; 85,28. — ')—. such, like pi. -^ani (asanani) 61,25. {cp. next.) ;; 33 alika araha<, m. {sa. arhat) a venerable sun. — *arunuggamana, n. sunrise person, a saint, an Arhat, who has abl. rwS, 12,18. - *aruna-vela, f. (id.); reached the highest stage of sanctiiica- loc, ~aya, in that very moment when tion from which he can enter Nirvana; the sun was rising, ih. (cp, vela). nom. sg. araha (dasah* aiigehi sam- arhati, v, arahati. annagato) 82,i4; gen, «^ato (Sani' ala, n. (?) (sa. ala, cp. ada) the masambuddhassa) 81,5; ace. /v^antam, claw of a crab; instr. ozena, 4,35; Dh. 420; pi. .^anto (satta) the first instr, pi, f^ehi (kammara-sandasena seven Arhats, viz, Buddha himself, the viya") 6,8, poDoavaggtyil bhikkhQ ($.v.), and Yasa, alaih, indecl. (—= sa.) enough: 70,18; gen. pi, ^atam, Dh, 164, (op. ») w.voc. />/ Devadatta, 74,s4; /vavuso, arahiitta.) 76,3j, - ') w. gen. pers. -wmayham, arahati, vb. (sa. y'arh) ') to be I have had enough, 28,84. - *) w. instr, or soraetimes de- worthy of (ace. inf.) ; pr. 3. sg. .x* (vo ratanehi) 27,8b; /vati (kasavaih, metrically — arliati) noting what a person dqol^ care for ; Dh. 9; 2. sg, ^asi (mama vijite o^etehi ambehi, 2,io. - •) w. dat, final. vasituiii) 38,20 ; part. araha< {v. /«.). „who would dare to blame him?" alamkata, mfn. (pp. fr. next., S(?i. Dh. 230. alam-krta) adorned, decorated; »». r^o, arahatta, n. (sa. arhatva) Arhat- 45,30. Dh. 142; *'-sirigabbhe, 41,34 ship (cp. araha<); ace. .%/arii, 89,i6. (q. v.); "-patiyatta, mfn. splendidly *Arahanta-vagga, m. name of dressed or decorated (q. v.). the seventh chapter of Dhammapada. alamkaroti, vb. (sa. alam-i/kr) ariya, mfn. (sa. arya, ep. ayya) *) to adorn; ger. />/itva (ace.) 20,9. honorable, noble ; elect, holy ; m. o^o, 68,19. 63,4. — ^)to adorn oneself; -x-itva, Dh. 270; ace. ^am (= aryara) Dh. 19,13. - pp. alariikata, v. above, - 208; gen. pi. /s.anam (= aryanaih) cans. /N.'karapeti, q. v. Dh. 22. 164. 206; instr. pi. ^ebhi, alamkara, m. (=- sa.) ornament, Dh. 162 bis; ~o atthangiko maggo, decoration; inslr. sabbalariikaremi *o. 67,3. 108,14; ace. 107,2o. _ ppave- alamkaritva, adorning it richly, 63,4; dita. mfn. preached by the elect; loc, instr. pi. sabbalamkarehi, 58,i8. /N^e (arya-, dhamme) Dh. 79. - - sabbalamkara-patimandita, mfn. *''-bhumi, f. the world of the elect; 64,29 (g. v.); "-vibhusita, mfn. 61,7 ace. -'wiiii, Dh, 236. - an-ariya, mfn. (2. v.). (q. v.). *alamkarapeti, vb. (cans. II. ariya-sacca, (sa. arya-satya) alamkaroti) to cause to be decorated sublime truth; n^&m (dukkham) 67,8 (ace); ger. ^etva (maggam) 62,7. (the sublime truth [concerning] the alapu, n. (sa. alabu) a gourd; pain); 67,i2\(dukkhasamudayam, q. pi. f^nui, Dh. 149. v.); pi. /Np-ani (cattari) 82,io. 107,i8. alika, mfn, (sa. alika) false, dis- *ariya-8avaka, m. an elect or pleasing. — n. falsehood, untruth holy disciple; «vO, 28,3. 71,5; acc.pl. fN/am bhanam, speaking a falsehood, «N/e, 73,32. Dh. 264; na tassa o^am bhanitara aru, n, (ad. arus) a wound; *aru- (sc. maya) I did not tell him a lie, kaya, m, a wounded body (or mfn. 108,3o; fN^am bhasasi, 97,3i (— musa- covered with wounds?) aco, <^ain, vada). - alika-vjidin, mfn. lying, Dh. 147. speaking a falsehood; ace, m, /viuam aruna, m. (—> $9.) the davo, the 44,9. Fill OlMMTT- 3 ; allBpa 34 when they have been allapa, m. {sa. alapa) speaking (iMara-jalena) in Mfira's net, 88,56. to; "-scllapa, n^ oonverBation ; /x/am caught n. (- sa.) ascer- kf.tva, 1j6,ss. ep. illapati. avadharana, emphasis; ~am, the signi- *allika. mftu {probably fr. 5-^1^ tainment, „kho|', 85,31. "alayaka-*alyaka) adhering, devoted fication of the particle v. osakkati. to, only comp. w. suk'ia-, v. kama- avasakkati, ava-v/sr) to sukhalUka-. avasarati, vb. (sa. towards, to comH (down) to; alii yati, vh. (sa, a-v/Ii) to adhere; proceed avasari, 77,i9. 81,9. part. in. an-alliy?.nto. careless of {w. aor, 3. sg. tad sa.) conclusion, ace. kilesaratirii) 4o,i9. avasana, n. (— adv. ~e, at last, ava, indecl. (— sa) prefix to verbs termination, end; loc. bhattakicca-". 86,15; and nou-is expressing „down, back, 34,8; comp. 89,a. Con- as.de, away". Thit prefix is very fre- gatha-», 87,1 ; desana-", "-gatha, a final quently contracted to „o", both after traded ! osana, f. pariyo- another prp. (ajjh-0-harati) and before stanza, acc. -^aiii, 27, ai. cp, a single or double consonant (okasat Bana. ava^ishta, okkamati); but after „vi" we find it avasittha, mfn. (sa. sometimes uncontracted (vavatthapita, pp. ava-^Qish) left, remaining; n. 78,u; -^arii cp. vohara etc.) and in comp. like <%./arii (sukaramaddavaih) ahesuiii an-avakasa, likewise before vowels hoti (ayuiii) 44,28 ; m, pi. /^a (avekkhati). cp. ora, orima. (dve jana) 33,8i. avagesba. n.) avakasa, v. okasa. avasesa, mfn, (sa, a vac a, mfn. (— sa.) low {opp. left, remaining; m. pi. ^y^a,, 7,i4. 86,23 pi. ,%^anam, ucca) V. uccavaca. (opp, eka); gen, (dat.) avacara, m. (=» sa.) only at the 7,15. - avasesa-sigala (m. pi.) 40,2i. end of comp. -= the sphere or dominion *avassuta, mfn. (sa. ava-sruta leaky' of, V. a-takkavacara. or *ava-a.-sruta. \/3ru) 'rotten, *avajalla, v. rajovajalla. metaph. lustful (cp. Jat. IV 20,22 : an- avajanati, vb. (sa. ava-\/jfia) to avasButa niTvii (watertight) and SBE. despise (ace); pr. 3. sg. -^ati (raetri X,i3). - an-avassuta-citta, mfn. (q.v.)^ causa) 103,30. cp. an-ussuta & asava. avajiyati, vb. (sa. pass. ava-\/ji) avaharati, vb. (sa. ava-\/hr) to to be conquered; pr. 3, sg, .%^ati. take away (acc); pr. 1. sg. .>,iTmi Dh. 179. (nabam ambe 1^, I did not take away) avatthita, mfn. {pp. fr. avati- 100,u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya (ambaih) (thati, sa. ava-v^stha) firm, steady. - 100,19. - pp. avahuta. »n. i)l. r^&, an-avatthita-citta, mfn. (q. v.). 100,13. avattharana, n. (sa. avastarana) "avapurapeti, vb, (cans. It. spreading; deploying an ^rmy; raniio avapurati — sa. apa-Y/vr & apa-y/vr) ''-bhavam fiatva. „wheD he saw that to cause to bo opened; ger, -%^etva the king bad deployed his forces" 36,2* (nagaradvarani) 39,25. cp, aparuta. (cp. bhava). Avici, n. (or f.) nom. pr. (-=> sa. avattharati and ottharati, m.) the last (lowest) of the eight great vb, (sa. ava-y'str) to spread, scatter hells (cp. niraya); loe. rvimbi, 27,i4. about, overturn; to overspread, over- avekkhati, vb. (sa. ava-y/iksh) whelm (ace); ger, «./itva, (bhatta- to look at, to look down upon (acc); patim) 34,13; (turiyabhandani) 6.5,5; pr. 3. sg. ^ati (bale^ Dh. 28; pot. 3. •jttharitva (sc. jalam, referred to the sg. ~eyya (attano katani) Dh. 60; :igen8 sakunikena) 88,34. —pp. otthata, part, acc. m. />^antam Hokam) Dh. overwhelmed, cuught; loc. pi. -v-esu 170. 35 ahaiii avhaya, ni. {sa. ahvaya) appella- assa^ pot, 3. sg. v. attbi. tion, name; only at the end of adj. assa^ assa, pron. gen. v. ayarii. comp., V. savhaya. assatara, m. (sa. aQvatara) a asani, /". (sa, agani) a thunderbolt, mule; pi. ^R, Dh, 322. lightning ;_»jo»i. sg. ,^i (patita) 17,29; assama, m. (sa, acjrama) the hut loc. «^iya (sise . patantiya) 39, lo; of an ascetic; loc. «N^e, 36,o, — "-pad a, "-vegena (instr.) tastily like a flash n. a hermitage, a place where ascetics of lightning (cp. vega) 12,82, have made their huts; aec. ^am, 36,6. asi^ H). (sa. asi) a sword; aco, assava, mfn. (sa. a(;rava) com- -%-iiii, insti; 111,25; <>^ina, 33,i7; asi- pliant, obedient; f. ^a (gcpi) 104,33; satti-dhanu-adini (avudhani) 6,12; n, ^&m (cittaiii) 105,2; pi. ,>wa, 105,2S. "-cammam, »i. sword and shield, 76,i6, assada, w?. (sa. asvada) enjoy, asi^ pr. 3. sg. atthi (3. v.). ment, delight; a delicacy; ace. ^aiQ asiti, mm. (/".) (sa, agiti) eighty; 47,90 (opp. adinava") 104,i5. caturasiti — 84 (sa. catur-aQiti), ""assadana, f. (cp, sa, asvadaiiai "-vassa-sahnssani, 44,8o, - *a8iti-koti- n.) a delicacy, 104,u. vibhava, mfn. very rich, gen. m, -vassa assasa, nt, (sa. S(;va8a) breathing, (setthino) 22,i3. - "-sahassa, m. pi. inhaling; "-passaso, inhaling and (bhikkhu) 80,000, 97,4, cp. asitika. breathing forth, 80,89, asu, pron. mf. (sa. asau) n, adura assaseti, vb, (sa, eatis. a-y'gvas) (sa. adas) that; the other cases are to cause to take breath, to comfort, lornied on the base amu- (cp. amuka). to encourage (acc.)\ ger. -v^etva, 20,o. *asuka, mfn. (fr. last. cp. sa. 40,39. amuka) this or that, such and such assu, n. (sa. acjru) a tear or coll. a person (or thing) ; loc. m. ,-wasmim tears; nom. sg. />^u, 82,5. 97,23; rwum, (game) 92,u. - comp. "-kale, 88,23; 89,14; instr. /^/una (akkbihi paggha- "-gehe, 58,3. cp. amuka and ayaih'*). rantena) 5,i4. — "-mukba, mfn. asura. m. (-= sa.) an evil spirit, with a tearful face, m, r^o (rodaifa) demon; pi. the opponents of the gods; Dh. 67, nom. pi. /N^a, 59,24; ace. r^e, 59,25; aba, n. (sa. abar & aban) a day. gen. o^anam, 60,i4; loc. ^esu, 60,i7. •) at the end of comp. ek.aben' (instr.) — **'-kaiifia, f. daughter ot the Asuras, in the course of one day, 57,8; ekaba- ace. rvaih (Sujatb) 54,7. - *"-bhava- dviba'-ccayena, in a day or two, 32,24 nam, n. the world of the A. 69,27. (cp, accaya); ekabadviham (ace.) one astu, asmi. v. atthi. -or two days, 50,6; katipabara (q. v.) assa', m. (sa. a^va) a horse; ace. a few days, 7,27 etc.; dviha-tiharii, »vam, 66,17; pi. o^a, Db. 94; acc.pl, two or three days, 36,6; sattfiham, rs^e, 44,11 ; maiigalasso, a horse of seven days, 23, lO. 66,4. — In some state (v, mangala) 24,29; valahassa-, few cases we find -anba (fr. the weak a flying horse (t;.va]aha)21,34 (*'-yoni); stem aban) v. pubbanba, sayanha. sigbasso „a racer" (v. sigha) Dh. 29 — *) as the first part of comp. 'abo' (opp. abalassa „a hack", v. a-bala). (fr. sa. abar) v. abo-ratta, aho-ratti. — ^'-diita, m. a messenger on horseback, abam, pron. 1. pers. (sa. abam) 68,31. - **'-pota, m. a foal, 2,i8 ("-ppa- 'I'; nom. abam (abam, aban) 1,7. 2,9. — horse by contraction or elision : mana, mfn.) ; **'-bhandaka, 65,15; abam, trappings (saddle and bridle) 65, 17. — 'bam, 1,21. 7,9. 104,2i; after the verb: "-ratana, n. (coll.) valuable horses, janeyyahaih, 94,3i ; labbami'ham, 24,19. — *-rajaH, m. 'king /f horses' 108,25; patam' abam, 108,36. — ace ' ; (Kanthaka) 65,i». — ®-sala, f. a stable ') mam, 2,3. 13,i5 (man'ti) ') mamam, for borsep, 65,i7. cp. assatara below. 16,2. 47,10 (mamafi ca). — instr. (abl.) 8» ahimksra 36 mays, 3,1*. 4,«e. — gen. (dat.) •) may- 1. )iam, 2,11-29. 3,9. 4,11 etc. *) mama, towards, 1,17. 71,88 [mam') 72,jo (mama-y-idarii). a, prp. (= sa.) near to, verbs and ') mamam, 72,so. *) l,i9. 2,«. until generally prefixed to me, ; 'a' 112,20 (m'); this form is also often their derivatives, but shortened to accha- eubstituted for other cases : ~> instr. before more consonants, e. g. 4,S3. 45,5. 66,23. 90,!!6. — abl. 72,i. — deti, assaseti, allapa, etc.^ loc. mayi, 19,29. — pi. nom. •) mayaih, akamkhati, vb. (sa. a.-\/k&nksh) sg. 1,8. 66,32 (^ sg.). ") amhe, 21,3o. - to wish, to desire (ace.); pr. 3. ace. amhe, 4,i9. 73,5. — instr. (ahl.) />.-ati (pacchasamanam) 82,26; part, amhehi, 6, is. 74,i2. — gen. (dat.) *) med. m. ^amano, 79,ii („if it should amhakaiii, 1,2*. 4,i. *) no, 11,3. 12,3. 80 wish"); ger. akamkha (viragam) 56,33 (= sg.); substituted for itistr. Dh. 343. b4:,ib. — loc. amhesu, 4,ii. — Com- akaddhati, vb. (sa. a-\/krsh) to bined w. pron, demonstr, es'ahaiii, draw to or away with one's self; ger. 6r>,i9; ace. tam mam, 103,2; gen. /^itva (hanukattbikena, by the jaw- tassa lie, 103. 3; w. j)ron. rel. pi. bone) 40,18; 59,8. ye mayaiii, 106,23; gen. {daf.) yesan akappa. m. (sa. akalpa) gestures, no, Dh. 200. — Constructions to be manners; instr. <-wena, 49,8. noticed : na te ahari;, T am not among akara, m. (— sa.) plenty, multi- tho.ie, 72,33; tumhe mam . . . janatha tude; a mine; gantbakara, q. v. (6c. pesakarasalam gaccbamanarii) akara, »». (— sa.) form, appearance, 8b', is; mama rattindivam . . . na conditio!); sign, token, hint; manner, jilnami (sc. maranabliavam) 88,22. way; anekakara, mfn. multiform (v. ep, next. an-eka);apanetabbakara-ppatta, «!/«. *abirakara, m. {ft: aham & \/kr, intolerable (v. ap.aneti); patanakara- su. ahamkara) the false view that there ppatta, mfn. being on the point of is an Ego, the first of the three anu- falling out, 12,21; sabbakara-puri- sayas ((£. v.), explained in the comm. punna, »«/"«. altogether perfect, 10, 20; by 'ditthi' (5. v.); 94,ii : sabba-ahim- sabbakara-varOpeta. mfn. endowed kara - mamirakara - mananusayanam with every grace, 81,4 (cp. vara); khaya. Some Mss, iiave here and in dvattimsakara, g, v. ; chatakakara, parallel passages the reading ahaiiikara sign of hunger, 41,8 (v. /(.); olokita- (— sa. cp. SN. Ill 32,1-3 (vol. I p. k.arenOva (instr.), at the first sign of l32)), vtrhich generally means ^selfish- her being looked at (?) 87,25; agama- ness, pride". nakivra, 41,8i (how he had come back); aho, indccl. (~= sa.) an exclama- annenfikiirena (instr.) in another way tion {w. nom. or a fuH\ sentence) (o: wrong) 91,32. expressive of satisfaction or enjoyment, akaaa, m. (sa. akiiqa) the air, 42,17 (aho vata bho), 68,12 {r^ pufifia- sky; space; ace. rvaifa, 14,i6; instr. riaiii phalaih), 86,m (^ Buddlianara ^ena, through the air, 19, i7. 36,io; katha minia acchanya), or of re- abl, ^a. 33,6. ^ato, 32,ii; loe. ^d proach, 59,21 (.^ andhabiTlasi). 11,19. 17,35. Dh. 264-6 (cp. bahira m. (sa. ahoratta, ahor.atra) day & SBE. X, p. 64 Note). - O-carika. and night; "-anusikkhiji, study- mfn. mfn. going through the air, 36,35 (m. ing day and night, gen. pi. ^inam, ~o). - "-anaficayatana, n. 80,5 (v.h.). Dh. 226. cp. aha. akincaniia, w. (sa. akiiiicanya, *ahoratti, (sa. *ahoratri) f. = fr. a-kincana. q. v.) want of any prec. ; ace. sabbaiii r^iiii, through the possession, nothingness, "-ayatana, n. whole day and night, 107,25 — Dh. 387. the abode of nothingness, non-existence, ; 37 Scikkhati "- ace, «wam, 80,7 j -samapatti, 80,8 Mahapadane "-nayena „in the man- ner related in M." — ^) known 63,12. ; akirati, vb. (sa. a-^kir) to eoatter agatagania, mfn. {= sa,) acquainted sprinkle or over (ace); get; ,%^itva with the figamas {q. v.), m. pl, <^a, (paiilSUiii, filled them up with earth) 109,20. — an-agata, q, v. 40,e; (padapaiiisiini upari muddhani, agama, m, {•— sa.) ') arrival. the dust at his feet over its head) 77,8 *) knowledge, science, esp. a sacred pr. 3. sg. med, <^ate (rajaih') Dh, 313. work containing traditional doctrine, *akoteti, vb. {sa, *a-)/kuii, cans, the five Nikuyas or Sutta-pitaka thus cp, kotteti) to beat, to trample in called by the northern Buddhists (who, (ace); ger. n^etm (pariisum) 40,0. however, know only fragments thereof); agacchati, vb. (sa. a-ygam & "-pitakam (suttasammatam) 110,8 — ga) to go, come, approach, arrive; to Sutta-pltaka, — agatagama, mfn, v, return, come back; pr, 3. sg, ,vati, above, 12,9; 1. sg. «N/ami (padena) 98,8; 1, agamana, n, (— sa.) coming, pl, /x-ama, 23,i9; — imp.3.sg. ^atu, arriving, returning; ace. >^am, 22,88. 4,83; 2. sg. ~a, 75,7; 3. pl, -vatha, 33,29. 87,6-86; "-bhava, wi. the having 75,9. 76,85; — pot, 3, pl. 101,0 ; — fut. 3. sg. agacchissati, 15,o, of returning, 41, 31 (3. v.), and agamissati, 22,87. Dh. 121; l.pl, agami H, mfn. (— sa.) coming, agamissama, 23, 19; — aor, 3, sg. returning; v. sakad-agami/i. agama, 18,34. agami, 57, u, aga, 114,8; agara, n. (— sa.) a house, v. 3. pl. agamittha, 39,8; 3, pl, aga- agarn, cp, an-agara. miiiisu, 73,31 ; — part, vi, agacchanto ilghiita, m, {— sa.) 'striking, (maggarii) on the way, 28, 18; 57,3a; killing'; ill-will, malice; ^0 (Deva« ace, -^^antarii, 2,3i; ace. f. rN./antim, duttassa Bhagavati) 74,82; "-niatta, — ger. 49,1 J agantva, 6,30, 7,5. 9,34. n. fN./ani pi nakilsi „not so much as 10,8. 31,23; agamma (sa. agamya) en angry thought", 40,i {cp. matta'). Dh. 87. 192 — 107.33. 61,i9. 110,28; acariya, »n. (sa. acarya) u teacher; - pp. agata. q. v, quently used as finite tense : 9,27 ('vo), riya-vada, m, pl. r%,E, the doctrines 67,33 etc. agato'smi, 98,2; agat'amhi of old teachers, 113,27, — cp, afina- (/".) 73,18; — comp. mam tava santi- tbacariyaka. karii agata-kale ganhahi (when I have acara, m, (= sa,) good conduct, returned) 3,i7; "-velaya {loe.) when morality; sllacaro, nvirtues", 43,S3; he returned, 20,io; agatagata {m.pl, sila-gunacaro, a holy life, 28,s4. - rattbavasino) who from time to time *acara-kusala, mfn, perfect in beha* came, 18,8; '-bhava, m, coining, ar- viour, m. /vo, Dh, 376. -- an-acara, riving, coming near, ace, «vBlh, 40,iT. ti. . g. 88,8; ""ttbana, n, — agatabbava acikkhaii, vb. {sa, a-v/caksh) {cp. tbana) aco. /x acinati 38 connection to (karanBih) 37,8«; — get. ^itva, ardent, strenuouB; used in rvino 53,13. 56,34. 58,j (w. gen. -bhariyaya) with jhayin (3. v.), gen. m. ~ino, an-acikkhitva (tesam) without telling (brahmanassa) 66,ao; m. pi. 143." them anything about it, 25,31. Dh. Buffering, acinati &acinati, vh, (sa. 5-\/ci, atura, mfn. (— sa.) Dh. -cinoti) to gather, accumulate; part. ailing; ace. m. n^&± (arukftyam) (manussesu) Dh. «». aoinain (^acinanto) Dh. 121-22 147 ; loe. pi. r^esu (thokathokam). 198. — an-atura. q. v. taking, seizing; achanna, mfn. (sa. acchanna, adana, «.(— sa.) ») taking what pp. a-\/chad) — acchanna, pp. accha- a-dinnadana (abl.) from not given to you 0; stealing, 81,22. deti {q. v.) covered ; m. bhasmachanno is O-patinissagga. (pavako) covered by ashes, 106, aa - «) affection, greed; --- Dh. 71. m. abandonment of affection, Dh. 89. *ajanna, nifn. (=-• ajaniya, cp. sa. cpi. an-adtina, sadana. ajaneya) of noble birth, v, puri- 11 day a, ger. v. adiyati. sajanna. adi. m. (= sa.) •) beginning, start- *ajana, mfn. only in the comp, ing-point; liom, tatrayam adi bhavati, (dovarike, ace, dur-ajana, q. v. Dh. 376; adiiiikatva ajanati, vb. (sa. a-\/jna) to un- pi.) from (doorkeepers) and upwards, derstand, to perceive; pr. 3. pi. /^anti 68,21 (c]i, karoti); *adi-brabmacari- (attham) 90,3o; aor. 3. sg. afinasi, yika, mfn. belonging to the principles 67,a. 65,ai. 87,a5; 68,ai {w. double or fundamentals of a religious life, n, aa.); ger, aanaya, D.i. 275. 411; ^.^aiil, 93,7-H. — ^) This word is very last cans, iinapeti, q. -'. -- cp. afifia, /"., often used as the part of com]). ,,et-ceterB, so on, ana, /"., dur-ajana, mfn. expressing and and ajaniya, mfn. (sa. ajaneya) of the like". ») sttbsf. pi. n. kasi-gora- noble birth, of good breed (as a horse); kkhadini, 21,3; naccadini, 65, i. etc, m. pi. ^^Vi sindhava „noble Sindhu instr. "-adibi, 18,28; 61,28 (anuehi); horf-es", Dh. 322. loc. o-adisu. 64,29; rattin-divam-puD- iijiva. »«. (— so.) livelihood; banbadisu, whether at night, day, samma-iTjivo, the right way of suppor- morning or at other times, 88,23; m. tii\g life, 67,4. - suddbajiva, mfn. & pi. "-adayo, 6,11; amaccadayo, 102,s; BuddhtijiviH, mfn. (q. t.). f. gen.pl. kbattiyakannadinaiii, 47, 15. ana, f. (sa. 'tjfia) ') order, com- Such comp. occur also as the first part mand; ace. ,v.aih, il9,35; - *''-sam- of a greater comp., 6,7 (muggaradi-), patna, mfti. a ithoritttive, ace. m. >^am 47,13 (nlluppaladi-), 66,22 (uyyanaki- (purisam) 10,86. - -) sentence of death, ladi-), 88,32 (aniccadi-vasena), 113,3o cap'ta] punishmen;; ^aih katva, hav- (Sariputtadi-). — '') adj. n. sg. tandu- ing passed sentence on (gen.) 42,7. — ladi (nava(tbam) lll,3i; n.pl, o-adini ci. afiiia, f. (.avudbani) 6,12; (punnani) 17,33; anapeti, vb. (denom. ft. ana, cp. instr, m. pi. "-adibi (phalarukkbebi) sa. ajfiapayati, ca:ts. a-\/jfia) to com- 2,20; gen. n. pi. "-adinaiii (pbalanam) mand, to give orders (ace.); imp. 2, 1,14. — *) Similarly used, but uncom- sg, <<^ehi (purise) 76,3; aor. 3. sg. pounded after „ti" (or ti evaiii) 21,4. f^^esi (manusse) 75,i. 73,30 (n. pi. adini). In this way it *atappa, n. (/"»-. a- \/lap, bj). *atapa, is to be found even as adj., (tarn m. sxertion) perseverance; .^.^aril kic- yeva) „sassato loko" ti adina (instr.) cam »you must make an effort", Dh. nayena puttharii pailbara, the question 276. cp, ottappa. ».. asked in that way by the words ,.sas- atapi H. mfn. (fr, atapa, sa. atapin) sato loko" etc., 91, 31. 39 SnubhSva adicca, m. (^sa, aditya) the sun; sabbalokadhipaccena {instr.) „the ^0, 107,83 — Dh. 387. - »-patha, lordship over all worlds", Dh. 178. t». the path of the bud, the eky, at- anafioa, n, {sa. anantya, fr. an- mosphere; loc. /N^e, Dh. 17B. ~ *'-lBan- anta, q.v.) infinity; akasananca, the dhu, m. a member of the Adicca* infinity of space, "-ayatana, «. the family, uame of Gotama Buddha; instr, abode (state af mind) of the infinity ~una. Dh. p. 94, v. s. of space, 80,6-fl; vinnananca, the in- *adinnava<, mfn. (sa, *a-dirna- finity of 'consciousness, 80,6-7. (con- vat, fr. a-Y^df, to split) one who has tracted fr, vinfiana + ananoa) cp, torn asunder ; m. ^va (uarindo) W, ayatana. ace. (siliara), 112,3i. anantarika or anantariya, iiditta, mfn. (sa. adipta, pp. 5- mfn, (or anantariya, n. — sa, anan- y/dip) set on fire, burning; m, t^o tarya, n., immediate succession, fr. (cakkhusamphasso) 70,so; n. <%^aih, an-antara, q. v.) immediately follow- ib,\ m. pi, f^a (rasa) 70,8s. - ing; *''-kamuia, n. a deed which will "-geha-sadisa, mfn, like a burning bring retribution immediately (in this house, 65,11. («». pi. ova). — "-panna- life) (= anantare yeva attabhave salam {ace.) a burning hut of leaves, vipaccanakam kammaih, Ss.), ^aiii 44,29. — "-pariyaya, n. name of a (patbamam Devadattena upacitam) chapter in Vinaya-Pitaka, the Fire- 76,5. — pancanantariya-kamma, n. SermoD, 71, is. sg. {coll.) the five crimes that con- *adiyati, vb. {sa, a-\/da) to take, stitute „proximate karma", owam {ace.) seize; to accept, choose; to take along 97,13; such crimes are killing one's with, carry off (ace); pr. 3, sg. o^ati father or mother, an Arhat or a Buddha; (adinnam) 97,u. Dh. 246. 409 (adi- cp. SBE. XX, 246. yate, med.); the formation adiyati ananda, m. {— sa.) *) joy, plea- (adeti is also to be found), which sure; owo, Dh, 146. — *) Ananda, occurs only in comp, w. prp. a, upa m. nom. pr. the (younger) cousin of etc., is possibly an old denominative Gotama Buddha, his favorite di- form from ger. adaya (or perhaps we sciple; (vO (ayasma) 77,i7. 90,38; have to suppose a weak form of the (bahussutanara [aggo]) 109,?; (ba- root; confusion w, sa. adriyate may hussuto) 109,18; voc. /x/a, ace. /s/arii, also be admitted in some instances) cp. 77,16; gen, js.'&asa,, 90,23; "-savhaya, dadati & upadiyati. — ger. adaya, m, {q, V.) A. _by name, ace. /N/am, often used almost like a prp. w. ace. 109,16. — ^) *Ananda, m. nom, pr. of = with, together with etc, 2,4. 6,7. a mythical fish, the king of the fishes; 12,88-29. 32,13. 48,30. 101,3. 106,8 -= ace. ^aih nama maccbam, 10,28; Dh. 49. Dh. 287 ; varam ~, choosing "•-maccham, 10,3. the best, Dh. 268. — pp. atta {sa. *anapeti, vb. {caus. II fr. aneti, atta) q. V, [The passive form is always q, V.) to cause to be brought or fetched; -diyati or -diyyati etc.] ger. .vetva (Bodhisattam) 45,2S. adinava, »».(= sa.) distress, mi- *ani8aihsa, m. {fr. *si'm-^qa.ms) sery, evil result, disadvantage, danger; blessings, profit, advantage; ace, >vam o.'O, 67,31 (the evils of life); ace. {w. loc. nekkhamme) 68,20; (vaclsu- /^.-am, 47,33-29 {opp. assada); 68,ao caritapatisamyuttam) 86,9 {opp. adi- (kamanam); 86,8 {opp. anisamsa). nava). — Bilanisamsa-jataka, the tale - ""aDekadinava, mfn. full of dangers, of the blessings of virtue, 28,i. 23,T. ""anubhaTa, m, {fr, anu-bbara) adhipaoca, n. {sa, adbipatya, power, extraordinary ability, esp. fr, adhipati) BOTereignty, lordehip; supernatural or magic power; ace. ; Sneti 40 6,it; /vam, 37,18; hstr. ^ena, 16,8; m' per8.)\ ger. /N/itvS (fajanam) [— me] /^ena, il2,.^o; iddhanubhav- (brahmanam) 9.84. pain, sickness ent, i7,afl (». iddhi); devata-", 17,25; abadha,»w. (— sa.) 78,3o. deva-", by the power of the gods, -v-o (kharo) 78,2*; ace. -x-am, 63,38. — mahanvbhava. mfn. of ijreat Dh. 138. decoration, night, /N^o (Bhagp.va) 75,3o; gen, abharana, «. (— sa) ^assa (rafino) 62,u. — ''-sampanna, ornament. - gabbabbarana-bbusita, with every kind of mfn. posBessed uf magio power; ^aifa f. {adj.) decorated (monikkhandbam) 36,2a. ornaments, 112,i. abhasvara) aneti, vh, {so, a-v/ni) to bring, abha88ara, mfn. {sa, name to b.-ing bacit (ace); pr, 3. eg. ^eti, Bhiniiig, bright; m.pl. ~a deva, 6,19; 1. pi. rwema. 55,24; imp, 3. eg, of a class of gods, Dh. 200. shine; «/ehi, \ll,8o; 2. pi. />.etha, 16,26. abhati, J'ft. {sa. a-v/bha) to (to reooveir) pr. 3. sg. <%/ati (rattirh candima) 57,1 ; pot, 1, sg. anaye 31,35) aor, a, pi. (^esuiii, 24,ai; -"way- 107,23 - Dh. 387. yes; imsu, 24,29; I. p^. anayimha (probably *ama*, indecl. {cp. sa. ara) incorrect for anayiniha) 18,23; hif. n,/ devai yea sire! 31,8; >%/ bhante, ~etuiii, 49,ai; ger, ~etva. 4,it, 6,t5. 99,18; amati, 44,5. - After a negative 20,!)o; pp. iTnila. m. ,^o, 18,22. 22,29; question : no, 31,30 (aoia na sakkomi). ru *, raw, uncooked, unbaked, f. ->.a, 112,14; n, i^am, 49, so; 113,26 a a mfn. (idhanitarii „extaDt here"); cans, unripe; n. ^am (pattaih) 104,8. — anapeti, q. v. amakii, mfn. id. {v. next). .apajjati, vb. (sa. a-^/pad) to get *amaka-susana, n. a cemetery in, to fall into (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,^ati where the dead bodies are left unburned; (raetri causa /-vi) Dh. 309; aor. 2. fg. nom. n^am 65, lo; arc. />^am. 39,33. ma apajji (vissasain) „do not trust", amanteii, vb. {sa. a-y/mantr) 30,12 ; apadi, Dh. 272 (vissasa-mapadi); ') to address, to call, speak to, tell, 1. sg. apadira, 94,2i (afinanam „I am command (acc); aor.3.sg. ^esi, 32,34. at a loss"); 94,22 (saiumobarii „I have 44,22. 66,24. 80,1 ger. ^etva, 9,ii. ; become greatly confused"); ger. /N^itva 63,1. 63,3. - 2) to bid farewell, to (samvegam „in deep emotion"). take leave {w. gen.) pr. 1, sg, /^^ayami ; Span a. *m. (= sa.) a shop; ahl, (vo) 80,1. r^&, 49,5; loc, rve, 30,10. — Bubba- amisa, n. {aa, amisba) ') fleth, gandhftpana, m., a perfumery shop, meat, food. — ') carnal lust, lokamisa, ace, ->.ara, 48,3i. - "-samipena {instr.'S n. „the baits of the world"; vanta- near the shop, 49,a. - "-dvaraifa (ace.) lokamisa, mfn, {q, v.), the entrance of the shop, 49,2a. ayatana, n, {— aa.) ') dwelling, apatti, f, (= aa,) ')' misfortune. place, home, abode; arafina-", abode ^) fault, tranBgression, oflence; "-sa- in a forest, loc. ^e, 1,4. 3,3o. - *) niantii bhanainano, lit. speaking from the six senses (v. salayataca) each the neighbourhood of .^ oi „wheu he of which containing *) the organ of is in danger of committing an offence sense {viz. cakkhu. sota, ghana, jivha, by the words he says", 83,4 {cp. kaya, niano) •>) the contact with the sarnanta). object of sense (samphassa) <=) the apana, >t. ('— sa.) drinking, ban- perception by means of the conscious* quet, "-mandala, n. a banqueting ness (vinnana); cakkhu-aampbassa- pavilion, 62,14. vinnanfiyatanaiii, the sense of sight, .apucchati. vb, (sa. a-\/praclA 72,1$ 8ota-s, etc, 72,9. i». 15. 10. 17, ask, ') to to offer (^cp. pucchati). *) the sense of hearing etc, — ') stage to take leave, to bid farewell (id. ace. (state of mind) of ecstasy or religious ; ; 41 Srama meditation; akasanaiica-*, the abode pi. ayati, f. (= sa.) the future; ace. strength, energetic; ace. m. »^am, adv. ^ira, in the future, 75,2C. 95, n. Dh. 8; aee.pl. m. ^e (savake) 108,i9. ayasa. mfn. (— sa.) made of iron arabbba, ger. {fr. arabhati, sa. n. ^am (bandhanam) Dh. 345, cp, arabhya) having liegun; generally ayas. used as prp. w. ace. -= about, con- ayasma<, m{fn). {sa. uyushmat) cerning, 28,8. 84,28; santim ~, keep- 'possessed of long life', used in ad- ing the tranquillity (of Nibbfina) in dressing or roentioning an older vene> view. rable person, ef^p. an Arhat or Thera arabhati, vh. {sa, a-y/rabh) to (g. V,, cp. 79,10); m. nom. /s/ma, 77, 17. begin, to undertake {w, inf.)\ aor. 3. 96,s-u; voc. r^m&, 79,io; ace, ^man- sg. r>Aih\, 10,15.113,21; d, p^, /viihsu, tarn, 77,15-16 ; instr, f^&io, 70,17 (tassa '^ato, without araddha, began, m. ^0, 17,2i; f. /x-a, nom. pr.)\ cp, ayu, 61,19; — part. gen. m. arabhato (vi- ayati, vh. (sa. a-\/ya) to come, riyarii dalham) Dh. 112 {cp. araddha- to return; imp. 1. pi. ayama, come! viriya). let us go (in summoning a single or iirammaiia, n, (probably another more persons), 77,i6 (ayam' Ananda); form for alambana, q. v.) base, sup- part, ayauta : an-ayanta, mfn. not port; object of sense or thought. — returning, loc. pi. /N^esu, 111, 15, *buddharammana, mfn. having its ayu, n. {sa, ayu & ayus) life, support in Buddha, f, i^a. piti {q. v.), duration of life; nom. o/U, Dh. 109; delightfully thinking on or putting />^um avasittham, the rest of his life- confidence in B., 28,8; ace. rwam pi- time, 44,28; aec. /N.-uih, Dh, 135. cp. tim, 28,6-9. ayasma< & next. ara*, f. (= sa.) an awl, needle; *ayuka. mfn. {fr,ay\i) living (at aragga, n. {sa. aragra), the point of the end of comp,), yavatayukam, an awl or needle, loc. o/C, Dh. 401; adv, {q. v.). abl. o^a, Dh. 407. {cp. agga.) ayudha, n. (= sa., cp. avudba) ara^. adv. {sa. arat) far, far off; a weapon. - naddha-pancayudha, Dh. 263 {w. abk asavakkhaya). mfn. „equipped with the 5 weaponH aradheti, «^6. {sa. a-\/radh, cans.) of war", m. ^o, lll,ie. *) to conciliate, propitiate (ace); aor, ayoga, m, (•= sa.) employment, 3, sg. (x/esi (ranno cittam, „won the occupation (ic. loe.); ^vO (adbicitte) heart of the king") 96,27. — *) to gain, Dh. 185. (cp. Fausbm, Bern. p. 36.) achieve {aec); ellipt. to be done for; aragga, v. ara^ pot. 3. sg. /x/aye (maggam) Dh. 281 arakkha, m. (sa. araksba) a guard, aradhe — aradheyy& (w, abl. kakka- protection; /x/O, 17, 17; ace. /x^ani (te ^aka) 5,23, gahetva, protecting you) 17,i6; /x/am a ram a, m. {— sa.) a grove, a (ga^bam) a close guard, 48,i5; r^O-m pleasure garden, a monastery; loc. rwB, tbapesi, 60,s6. - "'arakkhittbi, f, a (Anathapindikassa) 71,si; °-rukkba- woman on guard, loc. i^iyai, 49,88. — cetyani, ^groves and sacred trees", ''^-manussa, m. a watchman, instr. Db. 188 {cp, cetiya). - titthiyarama, Briya 42 the heretioB' grove, cce. >vain, 73,8. tena o-narffya (gen.), » •hip with Wm - paribbajaka,-', tbe grove of the on board, 24,i5. - caiia. II. Sropeti mendicant friars, abl. ^a, 29,s3. (q. v.). to ad- ariya. mfn. (Dh. 208) v. ariya. alapati, vb. (sa. S-\/lap) sg. aruyha, arulha, v. arohati. dress, to speak to (ace,)', pr. 3. pi. arogya, «. (— sa. fr. a-roga, ,^ati (theram) 86,28; aor. 3. q. V.) health; arogya-parama labha, o^iinsu, 73,3. cp. aliapa. to health is the greatest profit, Dh. 204 alambati, vb. (sa. a-v/l*mb) one a (c^:. labha). cling to, to lean upon, to support "aroceti, vb. (caus. a-\/ruc) to self on; ger. r^iya. (panina bhumim) tell, communicate, ncplain (aec, gen. 112,28. sa., cp. aram- pers.) ; to speak to, say to (gen.) a lam ban a, n. (— ; ob» air. 3. sg. /x/esi, 6,23. 7,4. 62,4; 3. pi. mana) depending on, supporting; /^esuih, 8,2; <%/ayim8u, 73,28; - imp. ject of sense. *alambani, f. (adj.), like 3. sg. /x etu, 79,25; P. sg. r^ehi, 15,32. hanging down; rajju valambani, 98,3 (me rathaia); - ger. o^etva, a rope for clinging to 0: a weak sup- 58,18; —pp. arocita; tumhehi •*-sannaya, port, 47,27. on account of your application to me, a lam bar a, tn. (sa. adambara) a 25,18 {cp. saiina) — caus. II. *aro- sort of drum; ace. ^arii, 67,S9. capeti, to cause lo be told or annouu* a lay a, m. (= sa.) ') house, ced, to make known, publish; aor. 3. dwelling. — *) longing, desire; pi. i^h. - sg. /x^apesi (manu88aaam) 8,6; (Bha- Dh. 411. - an-alaya, ni. (q. v.), gavutc kalarii, ainounced the hour ') dissimulation, pretence; acc. gil'in'- for the n.eal)) 78,3; - ger. /x/Spetva alayam katva, pretending to be ill, (: (rar.iio) 37, n. 49,23. - cp, al]iyati._ aropeti, vb. (cans. II. a-y'ruh, Alavi, f. (sa. A^avi) «o»>i. pr. cp. arohati) ') to cause to ascend, to of a town; acc. /x.-irii, 86,14. "-vasino cause to be placed (w. double ace), (pi.) the inhabitants of A. (cp. vasi»). to put on board; ger. ^/etva (taiii alasiya, n. (sa. alasya) sloth, mama pit^hirii) l,if ; (taiii [sc. navaih]) want of energy; acc. ,-vara, Dh. 280. 19,37. 29,4. (mancakam [sc. nam]) alikhati, vb, (sa. a-\/likh) to 73,26 (having placed her on a hand- delineate, to paint; ger. -x^itva (sasa- barrov). -- *) to cause co increase; lakkhanaiii) 16, 17. inf. return, comp. ^ etu-kama, mfn., aliiigati, vb, (sa. a-\/ling) to instr. pi. r^ehi (avannam Grotamassa, embrace; ger. o^itva (afmamannam) ^wanting to bring disgrace upon G.") 49,11. 74,12. - pp. aropita, undertaken, be- aloka, »i. (— so.) light; instr. w. gun (?), «N/0 (satako) var. led. ^ena, 101,7 ; dipalokena, by the lamp- (Colombo Ed.) 87,u. light, 41,27 (cp. dipa*). - *aloka- 1 arohati & aruhati (aruhati), sandhi, m, a window, casement; vb. [sa. a-^ruh) to ascend, mount, "-kannabhaga, 84,i9. to climb up on (aec); ger. •) aruyha aloleti, vb. (sa. a-y/lud, catts.) (ratham) 7,5; (sayanam) 53,33. '•) a- to stir up, to agitate, shake (acc); rohitva (suvanna-padukayo , putting ger. ^etvii (ghaiaiii) 56,28. on his gilt slippers") — 68,3, pp. *alha, /.(?) a rope or cord (?) cp. arulha, •) having ascended, pi. rva Mahratt. adha (or adha); this word (manusaa) 76,2o; ace. m. sg. .^^am is probably akin to ajhaka (or alha) katb.amaggam, the exposition of the m. (-=» sa. adhaka), ') a post to doctrine contained in [ace. saiigiti- which an animal is bound. *) a measure ttayaiii) 113,29. ') ascended (pass.); of capacity. - *ajha-baddha, mfn. 43 asava (or alha + abaddha?) secured to a beads); ger. ,>/itva (maccbe valliya) post by a cord, „8peU-bound''(?), m, 14.23. /vo (naro) lll,io, avudba, n, (sa. ayudha) weapon; avajjati, vb. (sa, a-\/vrj) ') to nom. rs^&m, 112,2o; ace. ovarii, 36,2?; reflect, consider, to think about (occ); pi, avajjeti, vh, (caus, Svajjati) to used in addressing equals or inferiors : turn over (ace.) friend, brotherl (also to more persons); ; fut, 2, pi, -N/essatha (imam (dadhigbataih)) 35,i8, 29,29. 76,6 (gacchavuso), 80,n. 90,2b. avattati, vb, (sa, a-y'vyt) tore- — *avusa-vada, m. addressing a per- turn; ger. ,>/itva (hinaya-") returning son by the word avuso, instr, /N.-ena, to the world (cp. hina) 69,s7. 79,7-9. — avuso is perhaps an old voc, avaha, mfn. (= sa.) bringing, fr. sa, ayushmat (*Svu8u fr. ayush. producing; sukhavaha, mfn. bringing man ? Tr,), cp, ayasmai. happiness, n, ~am (cittaih guttam) as a, m, (sa. aQa) food, eating; Db. 35; *hitavaha, mfn, id., f. patarasa, 8ayan]asa(3. v.) - an-asaka, sabbaloka-hitavaha, 113,33. f, fasting (q, v.). *avata, m. (cp. sa. ava^a") a hole asamkati, vb. (sa. a-v/(jank) to in the ground; acc.pl. «x/e (khanitva) doubt, fear, suspect; aor. 2. pi. <%/ittha 39,32. °-mukha-vattiyam, 40,»8 (v. (ma afifiam kiflci, cp, afifia) 7,n. vatti). asaraka, /". (sa. a^aflka) suspicion; avasa, m. (— sa.) *) dwelling, kabam vo /^a, where does your su- living; ^baravasa, the household life, spicion point to ? 73,22. ace. .^aih. 64,83; pi. sattavasa (nava) asanga, m. (-= sa.) clinging to, the 9 forms of existence, 82,i8 (v. attachment; uttarasanga, m. (q, v.). satta ^)- — *) intercourse ; manussavasa- asajja, ger. v. asidati. karana , because I have had to do asada. m. (= sa.) approaching, with men" 112,10. — ^) a convent (vi- attack ; naga-m-asado, approaching hara), loc. pi. clear; an-avila, mfn, (q_. v.). *) refuge, shelter. ') meanlDg, intention. avunati, vb, (sa, a-\/ve, but con- - nirasaya, mfn. (q. v.), founded* with a-yvr) to string (as asava, m. (sa. asrava) probably &rS 44 54,i« 'foam, dirt'; sin, pasBion, desire {synon. 64,8. Dh. 346; ahamsu, 4,i». kilesa); pi. ^'i., Dh. 93. 25S. 292; (bhastam balo'ti). fetching; ahl. pi. /v/chi, 69,88. *^-lckhaya, m. aharana, n. (— ««•) to fetch destruction of passiors, acc. >^aiil, dhanaharanatthaya, in order attha*). Dh. 272 ; ahl. »,&, Th. 253. - khl- the money,' 32,iT (cp, nasava, mfn. having subdued the pas- aharati, vb. (sa. a-Vhr)/) *<> (acc); sions, pi. /^a, 109,3. Dh. 89. - an- bring, fetch, take along with imp. 2. sg, asava, mfn. (q, v.) cp. SBE. X p. pr, 3. sg. -^ati, 6,20; - pi. 13—14. ,v.a, 36,19. 60,20 (te hattham); 2. i) - pot, 2. sg, ^eyyasi, asii, f. (^sa. aiqa.) wish, desire; ^atha, 41,16; pi. f^a, Dh. 410. - vantasa, mfn. 87,12; - aor. 3. sg. '^i, 36,i8; 1. sg, having renounced desires, m. />^0, Dh. ^iih. 29,1; 3. pi. ^imsu, 26,2; - fut. 97 (cp. vanta). - *) hope, expectation; 3. sg. r^issati, 35,o; 1. sg. .^issami, *-Cchedam a-katva, without relin- 48,10. 92,9 (take out); 3. pi. ^issanti, quishing all hope, 42,18 (cp. cheda). 63,25; — ger. ^itva, 16,3. 32,io. 33,23. a sal ha, »». (sa, ashadha) name 41,3; —pp. ahata; ahatahatam, n. of a month (June—July), — uttara- (everything) brought, 67,6; ahata-dha- salha, m, one cf the 27 lunar man- naih, the money brought along from sions (the 15th, rp. nakkhatta); home, 57,36; — pass, part, shariya- ''-naki eighty years of ags; acc, f. i^&m ahara-^thitika, mfn. living by food, (narirh) 47,si. pi. -x-a (sabbe satta) 82,8. iisidati, vb. (sa. a-\/8ad) to iihindati, vb, (fr. a-\/hind, cp. approach; to attack, to lay hands on sa, ahindaka) to wander, roam through - (acc); ger. asajja Tselaih^ 104,i6. (acc.) (to search for) ; imp, 2. pi, avr, 2, sg, asado (nagara) 77,8. - ~atha (nagaram) 73,29. 74,ii —part. pp. asanna (q. t.) cp. asada. -N.'anta, m. ,%^o (pavadino, in search asina, mfn. (— sa., part, yjm, for dieputaute) 113,8. cp. acchati) sitiing; acc. I mi. rwam, a hit a, mfn. (-= sa. pp, a-v/dha) Dh, 227. 386 („8ettled''). I put on, added ; m, ^0 (gini, „kind- asjvisa, m. (so. aQivisha) a led") 104,22. Venomous serpent; ucc Wacted ; I6,i7 (evaha), 112,i8 (aha- *iagha, indecl., a particle of in- dissamane); =- pr 8. sg. (bays) 74,i; vitation or permission : well! comet w. acc, gatham aha 8,25; w. accpers, etc.\ 12,5. 14^17. - 8. pi. 2,28. ahu (panahu, say) ice' — iti (q. v.). ; 45 itthi icchati, vb, (sa. -y/ish) to wish, Psli, can have the signification „mu- like, want; to Beek for (ace); pr. 3. tual" or adv. nmutually", it seems s(7. /vati, 34,8o; 3.sg.^a,si, 31,i6; 1. everywhere to mean „which8oever" sg. ~ami, 60,ii (w. inf.). 62,4 the instr. o.-ena is probably governed (iccham'aham) ; — pot. 3. sg. - ger. « icoha, f. (— sa.) wish, desire, chapter begins with the words 'vuttaril lust; Dh, 74; ace, ,%/aifa, 67,io. - hetara Bhagavata'; 109,88 (gath'* °-lobha-8amapanna, wfn. Dh. 264. - udan'-itivuttakam) a part of 'navan- "-dosa, mfn, ^dBinaged by lust", f. garii Satthu-sasanam'. /N^a (paja) Dh. 359 (cp. dosa'). — ito, adv. (sa, itas) ') hence, from yigaticcha, mfn. free trom lust, loc, hence; 77,4 ( pi. r^esu, Dh, 359 (cp. vigata). - (>N/ katamam disam gato); ito c'ito appiccha, mfn., yenicchakam, adv, ca „up and down", 36,2. — *) here, <— (q. v.). to this place, in this direction; 5,5. ijjhati, vb. (sa, v/r^h) to prosper, 3) from this time, 33, i4. 87,7; idam 46 king. 65,t women, 48,7. — *<*-kicca, «. (cp. sa. _ comp. ! janinda, w,, • ». sirl'krta) sexual intercourse, in comp. w. maha : niahiddhiko, m, a : macchasseva, 61,3i ("-evodake) of great miraculous power, pi. bahutinasseva, amitteneva, Dh. 75,30 ; 51,33; ~a, 109,20. 66. 207. ") shortened to va (q. v.). iddhima^, mfn. {sa. j-ddhi-mat) "*) by metathesis — viya (q. v.). possessed of magical power; m. nam. isi, m. (sa. rshi) a saint or sage, <%^ma (viya, like a person endowed an ascetic or hermit; **-pabbajjam with magical power) 27,23. pabbajitva, 34,33 (having left the i^dha, adv. (sa, iha, by contraction world and become hermit, v. pabba- or elision : idhtl-, -idlia, idh', 'dha) jati); "-ppavedita, mfn. taught by thd 1) hero, in this place; 7,7.36,35. 68,36. wises, ace. m. ,-warii (maggam) Dh. 86,82 (in the context); idh'eva, this 281. - niahesi (^am (migadtiyo) 68,7; loc. ^e, 66,21. even in this existence). — ^) here, to issara, m. (sa. ipvara) master, this place; idhagata, mfn, 21,8. 103, 13. lord; (x/O, 11, lu. — *) unaccented (sometimes without issariya, n. (sa. aigvarya) lord- any pregnant meaning) 30, 17 ('idha, ship, sovereignty, empire; r-^am (ace.) voili); 90,3( (idh'ekacce, 'occasion* 60,13. Dh. 73. ally'); 105,i5; _ 106,6 — Dh. 267; *i88uki«, mfn. (fr. issa = sa. tattha . . . idh'anita, brought thither irsha, irshya, by contusion w. ussuka 112,u; (tattha)idhapi, accordingly (q. V.) cp. sa. irshu, mfn.) envious; (igitur), 112,15. nom, m, a^i (naro) Dh. 262. in da, m. (sa. indra) chief, lord, king; r^o (devanan — Sakka) 80,26. - 47 ucca ligha, mfn. „who has destroyed all I. obstacles"; iicc. m, .vara, Dh. 398. ukkhipati, vb. {sa. ut-v/kship) idisa, mfn. (ga. idj-^a) such; m. to lift up, raise, reach out, draw up /v-o pati) 64,16, {acc.y, part, .vanta, m. rwo, 42,8; pi. is a, f. (ea. isha) the pole of a r^ii (jalaiii) 36,8a; - inf. .vitum (avu- chariot or plough ; 98,4-7. "-mukhena, dbam) 36,27; (hattham) 39,33; — ger, by means of the pole, 60,ie (cp. /vitva, (givara), mukha). 5,6. 12,31. 17,20 23,3o (supporting, khura-cakkaih). 40,28. 60,21, 61,10. 111,35 (asiiii). — pp, ukkhitta, q, v. — cans, II. *ukkbi- to cause to be lifted {ace.) U. papeti, up ; ger. «^etva (deviifa) 62,8; (Sundaririi) ukkaihsati, vb. (sa. ut-v/krsh) 74,10. to raise, elevate; to praise; exto', exalt *uklapa, mfn. dirty; m. .vO (deso) (ace); pr, 3. sg. rvati (opp, apasa- 82,33; (sometimes written ukkalapa). deli) 74,30. uggacchati, vb. {sa. ud-y/gam^ u kk a n t h a t i , f 6. {sa, utkantbate) to come forth, to rise; pr, 3. sg. .vati, to distressed, be weary or disgusted 27,3 (udakaih) ; - pp. uggata, ugga- {sa. 'to raise the neck' — to long for, todakaih, n. the water that risep, sorrow for etc); pari. med. an-ukkan- 27,3-8; loc. f. -vSya (uniiya) 27,4; thaniana, »i. i^o, 23,i9; pp, .vita, pa^hamuggata, mfn, newly come out, »». /vo, 46,18. in spring, m, r^o (kaliro) 47,9. cp, ukkamana, n. (sa, utkramana) uggamana. going out, getting out; rathassa ugganhati, vb, {sa. ud-Y/grah) "-ttbanam, n, room for a carriage to to lift up; to acquire, to study, learn pass another; 43, 19. (ace); pr. 3. sg. ,vati (sippain) 32,i2; *ukkainapeti, vb. (caus, 11. fr. - aor. 3, sg. .vi (Pitakattayam) 1 13, is; sa. ut-y/kram) to let (a carriage) drive - ger, r^iUa, (sabbasippani) 45,27; out of the way; imp, 2. sg. -^ehi uggahetvana (Jinasasanam) 109,2s, (ratham) 43,2o; ger, /^etva, 43,34. cp. uggahana, ukkalapa, v. uklapa. uggamana, n, {sa. udgamanu) ukkara, »». {sa. utkaia, cp. ut- rising, sunrise; abl. arun'-uggamaiia, kara, uccara & avaskara) feeces, dung; 12,18 {v. aruna); suriy'-uggamana- "-bhutni, f. a dunghill, loc, rwiyaifa, kale (loc.) at sunrise, 72,29. 18,31, uggahana, n. {sa. udgrahana) *ukkujjati, vb. (probably denom. lifting up; **'-rajjuka, m. a rope or fr, sa. kubja {cp. y/vibj, -y/kuc, kufic)) string for lifting, ace, 'vam, 14,83, to set up what has been overturned, uggirati, vb. (sa. ud-y/gr") *) '"* or, to straightoD what has been spit out. *) to draw (a sword); ger. crooked (?); J30^ 3. sg. -vcyya (nikkuj- .vitva (avudhani) 6,12. jitam, uparimukbam kareyya, Comm.) ugghoseti, vb. {sa. ud-yghush, 69,16. cp. nikkujjati. caus.) to cry out, exclaim, declare ukkufika, mfn, {sa. utku^ka) aloud; aor. 8. sg. i^&yi, 114,2s. sitting on the hams; ^'-ppadbana, n. ucca, mfn, (— sa.) high, lofty, the sitting motionless (as a kind of tall; loc. n. /ve (thane „to a high ascetic exertion) /vam, Dh, 141 {cp. position") 76,11. - compar. uccatara, padhana). mfn. m, /vO, 3,i. - ucca, adv. as the ukkhitta, mfn. {sa. utksbipta, first part of comp, v. below, — ucca- pp. ukkhipati) raised, removed; *'-pa- vaca, mfn. q. v. ;; uccaya 48 to climb uccaya, m. (— sa.) Ratherinfr, up, rise (from, abl.) to spring; accumulation to rouse oneself, to make ef- i «^o (papassa) Dh. 117. up (ace); cp. uccinati. forts; aor. B.sg. utthasi, 12,i«; uWhaht, ucca, indech (— sa.) high, above, 32,81.50,20; 3. pi. »^ima\i (SineruiiiJ, Dh. 168 upwards ; as the first part of comp. : 60,9; - pot. 3. sg. uttitthe, ucca-sayana, n, a high or honorable {opp. pamajjeyya); - imp^S. sg. uttnehi, seat or couch; "-mahasayana vera- 7,13. — part. med. utthahana; an-uttha- himself) mani, one of the ten precepts, 81,26. hano („who does not rouse 61,5. uccavaca, mfn. (— sa., dvandva- Dh. 280; - ger. ut^haya, 7,93. comp. of ucca & avaca) high and low, 70,19 (asana); tad-utthaya, because it v-iriouB; it, 106,ie = Dh, 240; ace. n. .vam (na . . . dass- springs from ayanti. „never appear elated or de- utthahitva (tato) 10,22. - pp. utthita, pressed") Dh. 83. pi. -^a (asura) 60,3; loc. sg^ m,^e uccinati, vb. (sa. uc-y/ci) to (suriye) 42,i. — caus, utthapeti, to jather, collect; to choose, select; ger. cause to stand up, awaken; to erect, ~itva (varam) 109,4. - uccaya, m. raise, construct; ger, /%^etva (navam) (a- v.). 23,4 (var. lect. for upatthapetva, cp, ucchanga, m. {sa. utsanga) lap, corrections), cp. ut^hana. bosom; embrace; Ice, ,^e (me putto) utt liana, n. (sa, utthana) ') stand- 31,34; instr. ,^ena (pannam adaya) ing up, rising; *''-kala, m. time to rise, 57,18. loc, z^amhi, Dh. 280. - ") yield, ucchindati, vb, (sa. uc-ydnd) revenues; sata-sahassut^hana, mfn, to cut out or off; imp. 2, sg. fs^a. yielding 100,000, ace. m. t^&m. (ga- (sineharii) Dh, 285. mavaram) 46,3. - *) effort, exertion ucchinna, ii'fr. (— sa.; pp. uc- instr, f^m&, Dh. 25; an-u^thana chindati) cut off, ertti.pated; "-mula, (3. «.)• «»/«. uprooted, »(. .x^am (riipam Ta- utt^ianavaf, mfn, (sa, utthana- t.iagatassa) 95,ii. vat) possessed of effort, zealous; gen, ucchu, m. (sa. ikshu) sugar-cane; m. rs. vato, Dh. 24. ace. o/urii, 100,23. *utthitatta, n. (fr, utthita, pp. uj u, «'/». (sa, rju) straight, upright; utthahati. sa, *utthita -{• tva, cp, right; aec. n. rwuii> (karoti medhavi) Utthita-ta) the state of having risen; Dh. 33. — *ujuka, mfn. id., ace. m. abl. r^a, (vijayante) 60,35. ~ain (matamanussarii thapapetva) u n li a , mfn. (sa. ushna) hot, warm 41,17. n. aec, ~am, 16,8. 83,20 (sc, udakam); ujju, mfn, (— iiju). - ujju-gata, instr, ~ena, ib.; loc, .^e „in a hot righteous; mfn, toc.pl. ^esu, Dh. 108. place", 83,8-9; loc. f. plaining of, being offended ;' *''-9afifiin, ace, i^&m, 1B,b, fnfn, inolfned to be olendeJ, gen, m, utu, Ml. (sa, ftu) ') seasoc. *) a <>.ino, Dh. 263. woman's menstrual discharge, the mucus *ujjhayati, vb, (sa, *ud-\/dhyai) etc. secreted at a woman's delivery; to be irritated or offended, to mur- aco. i^ura (givhapesum) 62,89. mur, to complain of; pr, 3, pi, r».atli(a), uttatta, mfn.{sa, ut-t!ipta) healed, 88,2c; — aor,3,sg. <^i, 88,a. glowing; shining; "-kanaka-sannibha, ujjhita. mfn. (— sa.; \/ujjh) left, mfn, like shining gold, m. ^o (kayo) abandoned; loc. n. r^asmiiii (samkara- 85,7. cp. ottappa. dhanasmim) Dh. B8. uttama, mfn. (— sa.) highest, utthahati & utthati, uttheti extreme, principal; best, excellent; (uttitthati), vb, (sa, ud-^stha.) to stand m. rvo, 25,15; voc, i^a, 108,ii; ace. ; 49 udaya m. n. ovarii (puccham) 91,15; (sara- the back; "-seyyaka, mfn. id. {cp. sa, nam) 107,2i = Dh. 192; (dhamniam) uttana-Qaya) m. ~o, 99,5. Dh. 115; — comp. uttamatthaih (aec.) uttinna, mfn. pp. uttarati, q. v-. 54,39 (an excellent thing), Dh. 386 („the uttit^hati, V, u^tbahati. highest end"); uttaina-porisa, m. the *Uttiya, m, nom. pr. of a wan- best or greatest man, ,>^o, Dh. 97 = dering ascetic; n.,0 (paribbajako) purisuttama, Dh. 78 {ace. pi, o^e); 89,19; voc. r^a,, 89,24; acc. (x/arii, 90,28; "-yobbana-vilasa-, 47,i4; "-ratham, gen. />^assa, 90,27. 63,4; "-rupa-dhara, mfn. 19,7; "-ve- utrasta, mfn, (a sanskritizised danam, 103,23. — uttamanga, n. (= form for uttasita, sa. uttrasta, fr, sa.) the head; rv-am, 47,7; o^ruha, ut-^tras) frightened, alarmed; m. <^o mfn, (v, anga). — saQgamajuttama, (puriso) 75,17; acc. /v-am, 76,i9. V. saQgama. — Sannatuttama, v, safi- ud-°, {— sa.) pi'efix to verbs and fiata. nouns (— up, out) variously assimi- uttara, mfn, (— sa.) ") upper, lated with a following consonant, but higher^Buperior; uttaro^^ha, m. {sa, before h sometimes taking the form uttaroshtha) the upper lip or jaw, u {v. uhannati). cp, uttama, uttara. loc, <%^e, 13,19. — ^) later, last {opp, uda, n. (= sa.) water (only in pubba); "-asalha. m. {sa. uttarasha- comp.) : o-kumbho, m. a water-pot, dha, f.) a lunar mansion, the last half Dh. 121. — "-bindu, »«. a water-drop, of the month asalha {q. v.). — ^) 108,j; ''-bindu-nipatena {instr.) by northern; acc, />^am (disaiii) 96,5; the falling of water-drops, Dh. 121. ••-disato {abl. from the North) 61, is; udaka, n. (— sa.) water; nom. *-dvara, n. the northern door or gate- acc. /N/aiii, 3,33. 6, is; abl. ,^ai, 16, ii; way, instr. ,%^ena, 66,3o; "-yavamaj- o^ato, 11,31. 89,14; ioc. /%/e, l,ao; 51,3i jhaka, m, nom, pr, of a village or a (niacchassevodake); . country district, acc, ^aib, 55, so. — uggatodakam „the water thus sucked an-uttara, mfn. {q. v.), cp, Anguttara away", 27,3. — khirodakena {instr.) & uttarasanga, with milk-water, 36,35, 38,3 (khiro- uttarati, vb, {sa, ut-\/tr) to step daka-). — gandhodaka-, scented water, out (of the water), to disembark 38,3. — darudaka-, wood and water, aor. 3. pi, .^.^imsu (nagarasamipe) 20,13, — padodakaiii, water for wash- 21,18; ger. -^itva, 84,2; pp. uttinna, ing the feet, 83,6. — *mah6daka, mfn. ^'-padaril (aec) footsteps of those who abounding with water, deep, f. /x/ika had gone out of the water (? perhaps (Gafiga) 1,16. — mukhodakam, water an error instead of otinna-padaih) tor rinsing the mouth, 82, is. — sakkha- 111,17. rodaka-, sweet water, 38,3, — *''-kila, uttarasanga, wi. (— sa.) the f, 62,28 {q. v.). - o-dhara, f. (= sa.) upper robe; acc. /^am, 74,i9. 82,i8; a gush or flow of water, pi. ,N.,a, 62,32. loc. pi, .^esu, 33,7. - *<'-pariyanta, m. the edge of the water, *uttariin, adr. (cp. uttara) further, loc. i^e, 4,2. — *"-ppamana, «. the a^ain; 88,i8-i7-8i. altitude of the water, >vam, 3,8. — uttari-bhayeti, vb. {fr. uttara *°-8appa, m, a water-snake, acc, >x/am, + cans, ybhu) to devote onaself ospe* 52.88. — cp. odaka, vodaka, sa-uduka. i) oially to, or (perhaps better) to subdue /udagga, mfn. {sa. udagra) completely, pot. 3. ag, vuttari-bhavaye high, elevated. ') joyful, elated; m, (panca) „rise above" Db. 370. cp, fvO, 68,16. — "-citta, mfn. elated, acc. Morris, JPTS. '87,ii6. m. t^&m, 68,88. uttarottha, m. v, uttara. udapadi, v. uppajjati. uttana, mfn. (— sa.) lying on udaya, »j. (— sa.) rising, origin; »li Oloiuijr. ndara 50 ''-vyajadi {ace.) origin and destruction, indicate (as my teacher)") Dh. 353. beginning and en 66,19. — ^'-vasena, 42,u {v. vasa). - sa. uddesaka) : solasa-vass'-uddesika, of age, 86,23. *) worn, pr, of a buddhist canonical f. about sixteen years work, a part of 'navangaiil Sfttthu- uddham, adv. {sa. urdhvam") up- sasanam', 109,88 (gath'-udan'-itivut- wards; <%/ul]oketva, 76,2. — uddnam- takam). sota, mfn. {sa. urdhva-srotas) whose iidaneti, v6. {sa. udanayati, rfe- stream of lite tends upwards, m. <^o, nom. fr. udana) to disclose (the joy Dh. 218. of one's heart); aor. 3. sg. r^&i\ (uda- uddhata, mfn. (— sa. fr. ud- narii) 64,18. 66,19; — ger, ~etva, v'han) lifted up; v. an-uddhata. 42,18. uddhana, n. {sa. uddhana, ud- udahu, adv. interr. {sa. uta & dhmiina) an oven, a fireplace; "-an- utaho) or (latin 'an', at the begin- taresu {loc. pi.) „into the oven", 9,24 ning of the second part of a double {cp, antara). interrogation), 59, 12 (without interr, uddharati, vb, {sa. ud-^/hr) to particle at the first part) ; 98, 1 (kin take out or up, to lift up, gather; pull nu . . . udahu); 99,9 (so eva so, out, draw out, take away, remove udahu afino). (ace); imp. 3. pi. ,-wath(a) (attanam udireti, vb, (,;a. ud-\/ir, cans.) dugRa) Db. 327; — aor. 3. sg. ud- to utter, speak; pot. 3. sg. <%/aye dliari (marii arakena) 20,26; — ger. (giram saccarii) Dh. 408. cp. ereti. ^itva 14,23 (macche). 26, i. 34,6 (da- udumbara, m. {sa. udumbara runi). 40,30. 44,26 (phalitaiii); — grd. (udumbara)) name of a tree, Ficus ^itabba, n. ^am (asanara) 82,22. - Glomernta; ,>.o, 2,ii; aec. ^aril, 1,26. cans. V. next. ~ "-rukkha, m. ioe. r^e, 2,5. uddharapeti, vh. {catis, II. ud- *Udumbara, f nom. pr. name dharati) to raise, to cause to be pulled of a queen, the mother of (Mahosadha up (out); ger. ^etva Tmiilani) 38,2. (Eodhisatta), 55,60 (~d'^vi). u d dh um a yati, y?*.(sa. ud-;/dhma) udda, ni. {sa udra) a kind of to swell; aor. 3. sg. «^ayi (galo) 13,ii. aquatic animal, nn otter; rvO, 14,io; unnadati, vb. {sa. ud-^'nad) to gen. />/as8a, ] 6,9. cry out, roar, make a noise; aor. 3. udda pa, m. 's<:. udvapa ?) the pi. ~imsu, 8,24. — cans, v. next. foundation of a wfill, "-adini {v. adi) ^unnfideti, vb, {cans, unnadati) 91,18. — dalhuddipa, mfn. n. ^am to cause to resound, echo, ring {ace); (nasaram) 90,ai — thirn-pakara-pa- ger. o^qUR (vanaih) 34,8«; — part, dam 91,20 {cp. dallia). mod, /N^ayaintina, f, />.a (devatu; va- uddisati, vb, (sa. xid-^/diq) *) to naiii) 5,20. show, point out, declare; pot. 1. sg. *unuala, »»/"«. evildoing, arrogant, -•veyyam . . . (kam „whom should I insolent (?); gen. pi. ^anaiii {opp. ; 1 51 upatta pamattanam) Dh. 292 {cp. the />^am karohi, „go through the usual expression ^akiccaih pana kayirati", custom'', 55,u. ib.). upacita, mfn. (— sa. pp. upa- up a, prp. (— sa.) prefixed to verbs cinati, upa-^ci) heaped up, increased; and nouns ->= nenr to, with (opp. apa). n. ,>.-am (kammam) 76,6. upakaddhati, v6.(sa. upa-^krsh) *upaccaga, aor. 3. sg. (upMi- to draw towards; pr. 3. sg. npaddava 62 «le»/«°8 upaddava, m. {sa, upadrava) thing; labhupanisa, mfn. (?) (sc, patipada i*) attack; miafortua«, calamity; nom, to wealth", f. ^a corupaddavo, nttack from robbers, Dh. 76. upa- 42,s {cp, cora). — an-upaddava, mfn. *upani88aya, prp. (ger. sa. Rajagaham UJiinjured, Dh. 338 (q. v.), — nir- ni-v/?ri) near to (ace); UT)addava, mfn. without mishap, 25,ao ,^, 84,26. (sa-upamta (a. t;.). upanita-vaya,»«/>i. vayas) upadduta, mfn. (sa. upadruta, (brought near, upa-v/ni) + m. r\.>0, pp. upa-y'diu) anuoyed, oppressed; whose life has come to an end ; m. ^0 (hatthihi) 35,u; n. -N^am vata Dh. 237 (cp. vayas). bho! »how oppressive is it all", 65,n. upapajjati, vb. (sa. upa-VP^'^) — an -upddduta, mfn. not oppressed, to approach, obtain; to appear: to bo born again; pr. 3. 68,14 {q. v.). — ".p. upaddava. produced, esp. to be upadhana, n. (-= sa.) the act sg. ^ati, 94,14; 3. pi. ~anti (w. ace. of placing upon Rabbhaii, nirayarii), Dh. 126; 3. pi. ; para-dukkh'-upadha- nena {insfr.) „by causing pain to mod. upapajjare (nirayara) Dh. 307. ethers", Dh. 291. — pp. upapanna, q. v. appearing, upadhareti, vb. (sa. cans, upa- upapatti. f. (=- sa.) ^/dhr) to consider, regard; to reflect the being born again; acc, t^\va. (satta- or nifiditate on; pr. 1, sg. -%^emi, 66,85; nam) Dh,4;9. pad. m. -^ento, b6,s9. upapanna, mfn. (= sa., pp. upadhi, ««. (=:= sa.) 'adding, addi- upapajjati) having approached, reached, tion' (increase, subttance?); pi. pas- obtained ; acc, m. jati-mant'-iipapan- sions, affections (technically : the four nam (brahnianarii) possessed cf high upadhis, viz. khandha, katna, kilesa, birth and holy wisdom, 30,9. kamnia, cp. SBE, X 96, Note); pi. up am a, mfn. (= «a., at the end ~i, 105,89 (narassa nandana). — nir- oi comp.) like, resembling; aggi-sikh'- upadhi, mfn. „free from all gerraa upama, m, o^o (ayogulo) „like flaring (of renewed life)", ace. m. o^im. Dh. fire-, 107,1 = Dh. 308; - indakhil'- 418. iipaiua. Dh. 95 ; kunibli'-fipama. Dh. upanayhati, vh. (sa. upa-y/nah) 40; nagar'-upania, Dh. 40; phen'- to tie or bind to, to put on; pr. 3, pi. ilpaiua, Dh. 46; riijarath'-fipama, upanay(i)lianti (ye tam ~) „who Dh. 171 (v. h.), cp. next. 3 harbour such thoughts", Dh. —4. upania, f. (= sa.) resemblance, upanameti, vb. (sa. cans, upa- comparison; a simile, example; acc, \/naiD) to reach, hand to; to offer, ~am (te karissami) 90,89; attanarii present; ger. »viHva (tassa blieriifai /^aiii katvil, supposing that it is your 36,13; — part, gen, f. -^entiya (tassa) case, Dh. 129; — loc, ^ayam (bhasl- 89,5; — grd. ^etab!ja, m[ rvo. 83, 13. tassa Htthaiii) 90,»b. — At the end of vb. (sa, upanikkhipat:, tipa* comp. ; upmiiu. mfn. (q, v.), cp, uih-y/kehip) to throw, cast down; to upanimu. place (down before), to procure; grd, uparava, m, (— sa.) noise (or rvkhipitabba, n, rs^arii, 83,6. bustle); ,x,o (rajuBgane attattbava) *upan)blia. mfn. (sa. *upa -\- 42,30. cp. almo.st nibha, sannibha) like; f, uparajaH, m. (— sa.) a viceroy; veluriya-vanli'-upanibha (fiiva) re- uoiti. ^ii, 45,3T. cp. oparajja, «. sembling tlid colour of lapis-laEuli, upari, indccl, (=^ sa.) ^) prp. = li),lU. above, over, upon, against; •) 10. ge». upanisa, f. (sa. upaiiisbad) the aiifiassa ^, 7,9; coraranno ^, 40,7; secret art of doing or obtaining eome- '') w. loc. arakkhitthiya ~, 60,i; ; 53 upahata «^niuddhani, 77,8. — ^)adv.= further, upusama, >». (— sa.) becoming moreover; 47, i7, — *) comp, "-pasada- quiet, tranquillity oi mind gen. o/assa, ; vara-tala-gata, f. „ having aBcended Dh. 206; dat. /%/aya (saiiivattati) to the roof of the palace", 64,i2; cp, 66,29. 93,8; dukkh'-vipasama-, „quiet- next & uparima, w/m, ing of pain", 107,8o — Dh. 191 ("-gti- uparibhaga, wi. (= sa.) the minaih maggam); nekkhamm'-iipa- upper part or portion of something; same, loc. „in the repose of retirement loc. uparibhage (prp, w, gen.) = (from this world)", Dh. 181; vitakk'- above, 13,2S (tassa .v), cp, uparima, upasame, loc. „in quieting doubts", *uparima, mfn. {fr. upari) upper, Dh. 360; sariikhar'-upasamaiii, acc. most, topmost; °-bhaga, »». — upari- cessation of existence, Dh. 368, bhaga; loc, {prp. w, gen.) ,ve (raniio) *upa8ampada, f. (/r. upa-sam- above, 40,95. j/pad) ') taking, acquiring; Dh. 183. upaladdhi, f. (m. upalabdhi) ^) acquiring a priest's order, ordination supposition, false opinion; sattilpa- of a priest; 70,i7. 97,ie; acc. <%/am, laddhi (g. v.) 91,i3-38. 70,15, - laddha-pabbajj'-flpasampada, upalabhati, vb. {sa. upa-\/labh) mfn, having obtained admission to the to find, to perceive; pass, upalabbhati, order and ordination, m, /^o, 89,ie pr. 3. sg. „iB to bo found", 97,3. (u'upa- {cp. pabbajja). labbhati) 97,7. — upaladdhi, f. {q. v.), upasammati, vb. {sa. upa-Qam- upalitta, mfn. {sa, upalipta, pp. yati, \/(;ain) to become quiet; pr.S.sg. upa-\/lip) besmeared, anointed; an- ~ati,Dh.4. (tes'upasammati = tesaih upalitta, mfn. {q, v,). upa-"), Dh. 100; pp. upasanta {q. v.), upavana, «. (= sa.) a small cp, upasama. forest, a grove, garden; "-arafifiesu upasussati, vb. {sa. upa-y/QU8h) {loc.pl. dvandva-C07np.) , in the parks to dry up (by degress); pot, 3, sg. and in the woods", 73,31. upa-sam-Y/dha) connected with, ac- upassagga, m. (—> upasagga, companied by ; sacc'-Qpasambita, mfn, sa, upasarga) an accident, misfortune; true, n. /N/am, 9,3i. acc. f^&m {var. upasagpaih) Dh. 139. upasagga, m., v. upassagga. upassattha, mfn, {sa, upasi'shfa, /upasamkamati, vb. {sa. upa- pp. upa-y'srj) afflicted, plagued; n. 8am-\/kraui) to go to, come near, <^am Tata bhol „how stifling is it all!" approach (acc); pr. 3. pi. /x/anti, 65,18. 68,19. — an-upassattha, mfn, 21,»; — pot. 1. sg. r^eyy&m, 71,87; - {q. V,). aor. f\/\, 68,2; — inf. /vitum, 8,19; - upahannati, vb. pass. {sa. upa- ger. /^itva, 6,14. 19,J8; — pp. m, V'haD, pass.) to be afflicted, oppressed; and grasping of upahara, m. (— sa.) ') receiving, to denote the coveting (na upetl acquiring. ') offering; present, obla- (wordly things), ace. ~am 96,ii; upayupadana- tion; an-upahara, «i. (q, v.). na upadiyati) {adj. ayara loko upagaccliati, v6. (sa, upa-\/gain) bhinivesa-nibandho (upon the whole to come near, approach (ace); to re- yebhuyyena) 96,io 0: a chain of cove- turn; aor. 3, sg. ,%/ganchi, 112,r, this existence is only) clinging to (the />.^gami, 103,4. 112,24. 114,32; — pp. ting, grasping, and upagata, m. ,>^o, „ru8hed at her", world), cp. abhinivesa. sa. ayasa) 111,92. *upaya8a, w. {cp> {dvandva comp.) ~a, up ad ana, n, (— sa.) ') taking, despair; pi. grasping, clinging to existence, the 9th 66,11-17; instr. pi. >^eh\, 70,3o. - sa- coupled with despair, link of the paticcasamuppada {q. v.), upiiyasa, mfn. originating with tanha, 66,9 (tanha- «. /-waiii. 94,2. nom.pr. of a paccaya ,>,arii) and causing bhava Up all, »«. (-= sa.) (^paccaya bhav \ ib.). — pane' upa- thera; "-pandito (aggo vinaye) 109,:; dana-kkhandha (m. pi.) „the fivefold ace. r^\m, i09,i,v, ^-thero satima, clinging to existence", 67, ii (v. khan- 109,18. dlia). — upadiinii-nirodha, vi. 66, lo upavisi, V. upa-visati. (cp. corrections). — upay'-upadana, upasaka, n. (= sa.) a faithful 96,10-11 (q.vX — ^)fuei; tina-katth'- layman, a lay disciple of Buddha; voc. upadanarii (a ?c.), the fuel of grass r«/a, 28,14; ace. ->.aiii, 28,3, 69,2o; pi. and wood, 94,30. cp. next. ^a, 28,15. upadiyati, tb. (sa. upa-\/d a) *) upiihana, f. {sa. upanah) a shoe, to take with, include, comprise, -) to sandal; ace. pi. ,>.a, 82,i7. grasp at, cling to the .vorld; pr. 3. sg. upeta, mfn. {= sa.\ pp. fr, next) '^diyati (uoilyupadanaiii, q.v.) 96, is; who has arrived at, entered into; pos- - part. med. upaJiyana. vi. an-upa- sessed of, endowed with {tv, ace, or C'iyano, „cirinp for nothing" Dh. 20 instr, or at the end of comp,); nt. /x/O (cp. S;1E. X, 8.V, — gei: upadaya ralasiyara, „full of sloth") Dh. 280; [uftkjn used as prp. ^^ including, on (daniasaccena) Dh. 10 {opp. apeto); account of, in ::oniparison with, etc.]', - piiiiupeta, mfn, lifelong, v. pana; nn-upadaya, having become free from vanna-gandha-ras'upeta.wi/'n. endowed attaclimeiit, 69,93: Dh, 89 (rata), 414 with beauty, odour, and flavour, ni. (nibbuto); anupadiiya is sometimes -^0 (ambo) 37,3o; sabbiikaravar'tipeta, shortened to an^pada (adv.) -^ abso- mfn., V. akiira. lutely, completely, 94,i2 (vimutto). upeti, vb. {sa. upa-\/i) to go to, [The passive form is upadiyati or approach, enter into {acc.)\ abs. to fit up.'id;yyati, rp. adiyati;] the case; pr, 3. sg. />^eti (nirayam) upaya. m. (=' sa,)' means, expe- 74,1; (upayupadanaiii) 96,i2; (gab- dient, Way; ^o l,io. 43,2g; insir, bham. to the born) Dh, 326; na /v-ena, by some means or other, 25,35. upeti, 94,14 („it would not fit the 26,10. 33,23 = eken' upayena, 4,i; case") pr, 1. ; pi. ^ema (saranam taiii, imina (eten') upayeTta, by these means, take reluge in thee) 10.5,si; - fut. 2. 65,8, 58,23; tett'eva (eten'eva) upa- sg. upehisi (jatijaram) Dh. 238 »=- yena, in the same way, 2,2i, 23,23; 348; 1. sg. upessam (gabbhaseyyam) vena tena upayena. anyhow, at any 105,20; - ger. upecca, 110,3o; - pp. 1,9; an-upayena, „by pjj^, misguided upeta, q. v. {cp. upaya). niedns", 34,i7-2o. - *upaya-kusala, uposatha. in. {sa, upavasatba) mfn. skilful, clever; )». ^0, 25,u. 40,ic. fast, fast-duy; holy day, sabbath (oc- - "^upayupadana, n. (cC- m. pi.) seems curring four times in the month), ,^0, ; 65 ubbayattha 14,17 — **>-divaso, 14,i6; maha-**, birlb; <%^o (Buddbanam) Dh. 194; 22,20; punnamuposatbadivaso, 22,i» 182 (metri causa : uppado); abl. r^a, (the fuUraoon-boliday); acc. ^am, (phalitas8') 44,8i; - *uppada-vaya- 22,20. '"-kanima, n. the fast-day ser- dhammiH, mfn, subjected to genesis vice, notn. acc. -vam, 14, 13. 22,i6, and destruction, vi, pi. i^ino (sam- *0-angani (pi.) the holy day vows, khara) 80,39. - anuppadadhamma, 61,7 (cp, Sp, Hardy, Eastern Mona- tnfn, {v. an-uppada, - Buddhuppada, chisni). m, {q. v.). uposathika, mfn.{fr. uposatha) uppadeti, vb. {caus. uppajjati, one who observes the sabbath, fasting; sa, utpadayati) to give rise to, to con- m. pi. f^a, 14,19. ceive, feel; to bring forward, produce, uppajjati, vb, (sa. ut-\/pad) to obtain, gain (acc); aor, 3, sg. owesi arise, originate, begin, appear; to be (ruciiii tayi, „fixed her choice on you") be produced, to be found; pr. 3, sg, 10,19; (visarii satasabassarii, „gained i^&ti, 19,1 (yava-N^, until be appeared); two millions") 23,a; 57,9; (ruhirarii, 25,32; 27,4 (saddo); 35,i2 (me duk- „made to bleed") 76,i; 3, sg. 78,31 ; uppajji, 26,2i. 46,i. 78,24. 89,io; "-dhanarii (acc), the money which be — ger, rwitva, having been produced, had earned, 67,35. 80,29; - pp. uppanna, q.v.; - caus. ubbigga, mfn. {sa. udvigna; pp. uppadeti, g. v. (cp.- upapajjati & ubbijjati, sa, ud-\/vij) frightened, next), anxious; m, i\,,o, 75, 17; acc. ^arii, uppatati, vb. (sa. ut-y'pat) to 76,18. fly up, leap up; to rise, ascend; aor. *ubbedha, m. {cp. sa. udviddha, 3. sg. uppati (akase) ll,i9; - ger, mfn. & vedha, m. depth) height; ^itva, 2,s-2i. 21,36. 36,24; -pp. o/ita. yojana-sahass'-ubbedha. mfn. 1000 leagues high, tn, r^o, 60,24. m. 'X'O, 3,80 ; acc, rvam (kodham) 106,33 -= Dh. 222, ubbhata, mfn, {sa. udbhrta, pp. 1 1 i /". (sa. utpatti fr. uppaj- ud-v/bhr) carried away or out, drawn u p p a , ; jati) arising, origin; thanuppatti, 3. v, up; m. c^, fvarijo okamokata) Dh. uppada, m. v. uppada. 34; pi. o^a (maccba udaka tbalarii) uppanna, mfn, {pp. uppajjati, 16,14 {cp. uddharitva, 14,23). sa, utpanna) arisen, produced, born; ubbhijjati, vb, {pass, ubbbin- to out, m. ^o, 1,23. 2,30 (dohalo); 42,5 (coru- dati, sa. ud-\/bhid) break to paddavo"); 62,24 (putto); loc, m. rve sprout; ger, ubbhijja (titthati „Btand8 (labhasankare) 72,28. sprouting" (lata)) Dh. 340. uppala, n. {sa. utpala) a lotus- ubhaya, mfn, (= sa,) both; inatr. flower, cap. the blue lotus; the >n both places, in both cases; 107,te ura & ura», ». (««• uras, «.) orasa.) — Ph. 15-18. breast; loc, ^e, 23,8i. 89,7. (cp. ura^chada), ubho, mfn. pi. (so. ubhau) both; uracchada, m. (sa. o.pasadhanam m. ubho pi, 5,i2. 43,i8; ubho pi te, a breastplate, armour; armour, 23,32. 74,? — Do. 306; ubho (gihi pabba- (q. V.) a splendid Uruvitva) now. jita) Dh. 74; n. ubho „both sidea", Uruvela, f. (sa. Magadha country, Dh. 269; ace. «». ubho (ante) 66,)i8 pr. of a town in the -= %,i7; ubho sangum (pufinaii ca near the river Neranjara; loc. />^ayam, papafl ca) Dh. 412, cp. sanga (Tr. 66,2. m. (sa. udupa) a raft, F. M. p. 82) ; ubho (attham anatthan ulumpa, ca) Dh. 266; inslr. m. ubhohi (hat- a float; ^acc. /s.-am, 23, 13. owl; 0..0, thehi) 27,19; gen. nin. ubhinnam, uluka, m. (— sa.) an 43,s9. 68,9; loc. mn. ubhosu (passesu) 11,19; ace. o^aiii, 11,2; gen. ,>^assa, 40,5. 11,10. - o.jataka. n. 10,25 £f. urn mar a, m. («a. umbara, cp. *ulloka, m. (fr. next) perceiving, mahratt, umbara) a threshold {cp, observing, sight; abl. i-^bl pa^bamam, indakhila); loc. '^e, 65,is. as soon as it is seen, 84,i8. ummujjati, vb. (sa. ud-\/majj) *ulloketi. vb. (sa. *ut -|- \/lok) to emerge; pr. 3, pi. ^anti, 26,26. — to look at, look up; aor. 3. sg. o.'Csi ummujja-niinujja, »i(?) emerging and (iikasarii) 33,5; (Bliagavantaih) 69,33; diving; ace. ^arii karonti (udake) - ger. ,%^etva (uddham) 76,a; — pp. 26,23 (cp. sa. unmrjavamrja). (ace); aor, 3. sg. -wes:, 19,22. 1. of a 61, certain hell ; "-nirayo, 23,26. (cp, 69,22 J - ger, ,-vetva, 43,i8. sa. ud-y'chad <& next). 67 eka ussanna, mfn. {sa. utsanna, pp. umi, f. {<& m.) {sa. urmi) a wave; ut-\/sad) extensive, abundant ; n. ,>^am loc. />/iya uggataya, when the wave (suvannam, „ttbundance of gold") 26,9. rises, 27,3. (cp. sa. ucchanna). ilru, in. (— sa.) the thigh; loo, ussava, m. (sa, utsava) feast, -N.'Umhi, 29,87. merriment; ,^^0 maha, 112,i5. ubafinati, vb. {pass, uhanati, ussahati, vb. {sa. ut-\/sah) to be uha'nti, sa. ud-|/han) to become de- able to, to dare, venture (w. inf.); stroyed, disordered, soiled ; aor. 3. sg. to bear, endure; pr. 3. sg, ^ati 50,3. ma viharo rajena uhaiiiii, „in order 81,17. 83,31. that the vihara may nit become dusty", ussapeti, vh. {sa. ucchrapayati, 84,28; - pp. uhata, destroyed, v, an- cans. ud-\/(jri) to raise, to lift up ubata {cp. (an-)uddhata). (occ); ger. /%^etva (sondam), 76,2i. ussareti, vh. {sa. ut-sarayati, caus, ut-y'sr) to cause to go away; ger. o/etva (caturaflgulaiii kannam E. .N^etva civaram samharitabbam, the robe ought to be folded up so that eka, mfn. {num. & pron, indef, a corner of four inches more is hang- — sa.) ') one; n. ^arii, 56,is. 82,8 ing over) 83,10 (ciJ.SBE.XIII. p. 156). (ekan); gen. ^assa, 56,i6; instr. m. ussisaka, n. {sa. uccbirshaka) loc. pi. mfn. abiding for one night, m. /^^o, 104,34; — eka-dvara, mfn. having U. only one gateway, n. /N^aih (nagaram) 90,31. 91,83; — eka-samgabita, mfn. unified, — uka, f. {sa. yuka) a louse; ace. m. pi. /^a, 99,io. ^) united pi. .x/a (vioinanti, rafino sise, being continual; comp. eka-pallankena (ms^r. about to louse the king's head) 46,2fi. V. pallanka) 66,4; eka-ppaharen'eva, una, mfn. (= sa.) wanting, defi- with one blow, with one voice, 27, 14. cient, less than, minus {w. instr.); n. 40.10. 74,6 {cp. pahara); eka-phali- ^am (dvihi /^am purisa-sabassaih phullam, 62,11 {v, /».); eka-viravam, o: 998 men = 600 + 250 + 126 + 60.11. — *) the same, one and the same; who {loc.) 46,84. — *) 62 4- 31 -f 16 + 8 + 4 + 2, eka-divase alone, had Buccessively been killed by their solitary; ace. m. «^am, 106,i3 = Dh. comrades) 34,9; loc. pi. f^^eaa (eken' 395; gen. ^assa, Dh. 330; ekacara unesu paficasu attabhava-satesu, in {q. v.), — *) some (. . . or other), one other, a certain pi. 500 existences but one) 17,7; comp, or ; some ; m. <^o ekanavisati {q. v.). (upayo) 1,10; (bako) 4,i; (Vijayo) . okaihsa 58 110,88; ace. />.am (udumbaraih) l,»e; *ekatra, •ekatya, cp. Tr. PM, p. 56) . instr. >%^ena (eken' upayena) 46,2*; one of two, a single; pi. some ( . . 90,29 Ice, m. n. /x-asmiih, 3,80. 8,20; ekas- others); m.pl. ^e, 18,4 (vanija), 22,&-e\ pi. mim samaye, once upon a time, 30,28 (viflfiu purisa); repeated : — ekaih samayarh, 66,23; eomp. eka- f. (vS, 65,s-T. on the divasam (ace), one day, 6,8i. 13,22; ekato, adv. {sa, ekatas) ') 14,8. eka-bhikkhussa (^CM.), 79,i7; —pi. one side (on the other side), simultane- m. eke, 77,i3. 104,i. - ') in the same 27,4. - *) together; at once, sense used as an indefinite article -=- ously; rwvasanta, 14,io; .^sannipatati, >^, 45,25; a, an; m. ~o (s';msumaro) 1,5; (di- 14,13. 72,29; tena saddhim (by help of pako) 2,19; a::c. /^arii (assarii) 65,ie; kena saddbim ^ butva — tini pi ~ inadditva, gen, f. ekissa. 6,32; comp. eka-pali- whom?) 72,32; taii, 46,53; oka-mi.^am (ace.) 6,19; 57,28; vacayimsu pottbakattayam .^, eka-gandhakutiyara {loc.) 73, u. - *) 114,19. rCjOeated or corresponding w. anfia or ek an tarn (& ekantena), adv. {sa. absolutely, exclusively, at dutiya = tlie ono . . . tlie other ; m. ekantaiii) Dh. 228. . . . . any rate, always; ^ nindito, eko . . eko, 33,84-25; instr. ekena ekena. 83, 17; comp, eka-divasam . . {cp. ekamsena.) {adj.) eka eka-divasam, 6,25-26; gen. ekassa . . *eka-purisika, f. {fr. -|- true to one man; ace. ^am, annassa, 7.»; eko . . . dutiyo (anto) purisa) S6,i6. {cp. an-eka, ekamsa etc.) 48,16; instr, r«^aya (ittbiya), 48,35. ekftirsa, ') mfn. (sa. ekaiii^a) *ekamantam, adv. {fr. eka -j" wit'i on« bhoulder, belonging to one anta) on one side, apart, aside; by Bhoulder', only constructed with ci- one's side, near; ,x/ nisidi, 28,u. 35,3. vara or uttarasafigB, ace. m. rvam 68,17; /s< tbatvS, 49,7; ».> atthasi, uttarasaiigam karitva, arranging the 87, 3(; n^ karitva {ace. laid aside) 75. 20; upper robe over one rhoulder, 74, le. ~ nikkbipitabbam (civararii) 83,29. 82,18. — ^) m. (sa.' ekamsa) one part, *ekarajja. n. {sa. *eka 4- rajya) totality (?); nom. ^0 (tava jivitam sole sovereignty; instr. <^ena, Dh, „only one part of thee is life" (Fsb.), 178. but perhaps we have to read ekaiiise *ekavaciya, n. {sa, *eka -\- va- (adv.)) 103,0; instr. ekamsena, adv. cya) a single remark or objection, ((£ loc, ekaihse, adv.) = in whole, private opinion; ace. o/am, 11, 11. upon the whole, entirely, totally, ab- ekavaraih. adv. (= sa.) once; solutely, undoubtedly, inevitably, 6,31. 50,10 {cp. vara). 86,3 (cp. ariisa). ekavisam & ekavisati, num. ' ekaka, mfn, (= sa,) single, alone, {sa. eka-vim^atli]) twenty. — ekavi- solitary; in, ^0 va (quite alone) 33, 31; satima, mfn. {sa. ekaviriiQatama) the ace. m, r^am, 22 28; ace, jf, ekikam, 21th; m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. 305. 31,20. ""ekasadisa, mfn. {sa. *eka -{- "ekagbana, mfn. {sa. *eka -f- sadi'Qa) fully alike or resembling, ghana) compact, boIIj, hard; mi. n./0 identical; pi, ^a (mataputta) 49,8. -=- (selo) 106,29 Dh, 81. *ekaseyya, /'. {sa. *eka + ?ayya) ekacara, Mfn, (= sa.) wandering lying, sleeping alone; ace. {adv.) f^a.m or living alone, solitary; »i. «^o, 2,19; (eko caram) Dh. 305. ace. rvam, Dh, 37. ekadasa, num. {sa. ekada(ja) *ekacariya, f, (sa. *eka -4- car- eleven. — ekadasama, mfn. {sa. eka- ya) walking alone; ace. nwam, Dh. dacj-ama) the eleventh; m. ,n^o (vaggo) 61 (metri causa read : ekacaryarii). Dh. 156. ekacca, uifn. (Jr, sa. ekatara, ekayalia, n. (— sa.) a narrow 59 ettha way, the only way to" salvation; mfn. parihare, 103,33; — ete te ubho ante, leading to salvation, »». r^o (maggo) 96,17. — esa ya rati, 47,27, — cp. 113,19. ayarii (idaiii), enaiii. *ekasana, n. {sa. *eka + asana) etarahi, adv. {sa. etarhi) now, sitting, living alone; ace. {adv.) r^aiOi at picHfnt; 29,30. 30,24. 56, 11 {opp. (eko caram) Dh. 305. atitfi' '^ite, cp. Dh. 228), 94,23. 99,5. ' ekaha, n. {sa. ekaha[n]) one day, - c]' rahi, carahi. V. alia ; mfn. lasting one day, n, /^am etailisa, mfn. {sa. etadr^a) such, (jivitara) Db. 110. of this kind; m, /n^o, 44,3. 80,24. 85, 20, ekika, f. v. ekaka, cp. tadisa. ekiinavisati, num. {sa. ekona- eti, vb. {sa. a-y/i) to go, to come, virii<;ati) nineteen. — ekunavisatima, go to, reach (acc); to come back, mfn. the 19th, wt. rvO (vaggo) Dh. return; pr. 3. sg. eti (to. acc, catu- 272. bhagaiii, is worth) Dh. 108; (pativa- ekeka, mfn. {sa, ekaika) one by taiifa) Dh, 64; 1. sg. emi, 108,28; 3. one, several, each; acc. rvaiii, 4,8-34; pi. enti (return) 56,i8; — imp. 2. sg, w. loc. i^&m (amhesu) 4,ii. ehi, 1,1ft. 9,21. 67,31. 68,i4. 108,38; 2, ekekaso, adv. {sa. ekaika^as) pi. etha, 21,80. 73,2i; Dh. 171; - one by one, severally, lll,u. fut. 3. sg. essati, 66,20; Dh. 369; *eja, f. {fr, \/ei) lust, desire, ehiti, 12,6; 2. sg. essasi, 56, 20; ehisi, craving; an-eja, >«/>(. {q. v.). Dh. 236. 369; 1. sg. essami, 56,3o; etaih, pron. dcmonstr, n. nom. acc. 3. pi. essanti, Dh. 86; —part, enta, {sa. etad), 8,27 etc.; etan, 1,21. 16,ii; loc. abs. ente (udake), 56,2i ; an-ente, etad (the original form, used in some ib. — cp. yati. cases of Sandhi before a word begin- etta, mfn. v. ettaka, ning with a vowel) 3,3, 23, a. 64,io *ettaka, mfn, {fr, *etavataka, (etad-ahosi), 68,13 (etad-avoca), 103, 13 cp, sa. iyattaka, Tr. PM. p. 80) so (etad-abravi), Dh. 390; — m. esa great, so much; pi. so many; acc. m. {sa. eshas) 1,8. 3.u; 6,1 etc. eso (with ~am (kalarii, all this time) 46,33; more emphasis) 59,3; 114,6; — f. esa (allapasallaparii) 66,22; n. ettaiii {sa. esha) 31,6. 87,28, 103,3i; —acc. (contracted fr. ettakaiii) Dh. 196 etc. — instr. m{n.^ (im' ettarii punfiaiii); instr. n. »«(/".) etarii, 24,24 ; ^enapi. etena, 4,24. 33, u (eten'); -r/en^ {dat.) notwithstanding this, 39,4; pi. m. ^a all m{n.) etassa, 1,7. 11,6; f. etissa, 55,5; (tumhe, of you) 88,25; (pana) - pi. n. etani, 2,i pi. m. {nom. acc.) 90,35; instr. n. /^.-ehi (ratanehi) 27,29; ; - ete, 3,26. 5,9 etc.; f. eta, 21, 31; gen, m. /v.anaiia (all these) 10,i2. 30,5, gen. {dat.) etesaih, 7,i7. 60,i3. 102,6; 54,14, cp. next. - instr. {all.) etehi, 2,io. Otherwise *ettavata, adv. (/V, etta — ettaka, the declension is that of tarn {q. v.). cp, kittaka & kittavata) thus, so far, - ') this, this here (what is nearest to that extent : rv sammadi^^hi hoti, to the speaker) 33,ii. - ^) referring 96,16. to the preceeding, 66,i8, 103,8i. 107,2i. *etto, adv. {fr, etaih, through - ') referring to the following, 3,30. *etato ? cp. ito, tato) from thence, 23,8. - *) = Buob, like that, 81,6; hence; over there; 104,i5; 87,38; 6,5 no h'etam ,not so", 70,s. - *) com- {opp, ito). bined w. other pron, (with an empha- ettha, adv, {sa, atra > *attha, plainly phonetically influenced by etaih, cp. sis) : es'abaih, 69,i9; sometimes constmcted with the 1. pers. of the etta etc, above) ^) here, in this place; verb., esa te sisaih chinditva bhii- 86,»9. 88,29 — Dh. 174 (in this miyaih kbipissami, 6,12; esa mufijam world); 104,i {-^ pagajba o: saiigame; etha 60 to be rendered diffe- Fausb0ll, SEE, X« p. 70 t plunged and consequently construc- to its different into this world ?) ; etth'eva — this rently according find also the very Koment, 46,j. 66,25. — *) there, tions). Besides eva we but their use in that place; 3,5>ia-32. 65,u. 112,24; forms yeva and fleva, conformable ettha ce te mane atthi, 72,2i (ettha in the texts is not strictly eva : phala- refers both to yam vadanti and to to phonetical principles. ^) (those fruits) 2,7; ye vadanti ; if your mind inclines to phalarii tam eva attano that about which people eay „it is sariram eva (it is true)_2,8; (his own) 2,i6; agacchantam mine", or to those who say so, then . . . eva ten'eva (the you shall not escape me). — ') there, eva (as soon as) 2,si; so eva to that place; 2,8 (^ nelii maiii). - same) 2,2i; eten'eva, 23,32; tasb'eva, 11,25 '') in this case, in this matter, in that (id. opp. afifio) 99,2; (to him alone) 37, is; particular; 37,7. 73,7. 79,90. 91, 1. 94,2i. \id.)\ tass'eva tatth'- 96,15. — If attha — atra cnn be traced tath'eva (likewise) 2,25. 106,28; spot, that very In the Pali texts (it is found in Abhi- eva (on that very (just dhrina), then \ve could possibly take moment) 3,6. 9,3 etc.\ aham eva eva {id.) 66,20; 'ttha in the phrane : kaya nu'ttha 1) 29,19. 51,8; imam therefore) ekam . (just 47,4; bhikkhave etarahi kathaya sanni- 'ti . . eva l2,2o; eva sinna in the sense of „here'' ; but eva (only) gunakatham ' attha is more likely pf. 2. pi. of the (id.) 43,7, cp. 49,1; ujjhayath'eva (only few) veib atthi {q. v.) 29, so. 31,23. {id) 88,26; kocid-eva 88,34, etlia, imp. 2. pi, v. eti. but 99,17 („gauz beliebig"); yen' eva edhati, vh. {sa. |/edh) to prosper, (by which verily) 96,27; ajj' eva (this to succeed in pr, 3. rvati (su- very day) 65,i3; atth' eva kahapane ; Sff. khaiii) Dh. 193; w. instr, (nikatya (again, as before) 24,33, cp, 86,25-27 sufiham ~) 5,ai. (oonstantly); — but, on the contrary: enaiii, pron. demonntr. (sa, ena, 96,18-15; 74,30 (Sariputta-Moggalla- substituted for etam, as narii {q. v.) nc'va); eva . . . pana (/Kcv-de) 88,22-23, for taiiil this, that, it; ace. m. tam These examples, indiscriminately cho- enaiii (nthe same", that person in sen, may easily be increased by others, question) 100,12; aoc. f. tam ena — ^) yeva, most frequently after words (rae'ri causa for enarii) 47, 21 ; ace, n, ending with palatal vowels (e, i, i), enarii, Dh. 118. 5.13. but also often after m and even after anta, mfn. (part.) v. eti. a, 0, u. ») after e : l,u. 7, 10. 9,3. 12,8 •>) Era van a, m, nom, pr. {sa, Aira- etc. after i (i) : 31 ,26. 39,7. 86,2; 66,20. Vana) name of Sakka's elephant; "-pa- «) after rii : 10,ai. 17,ie-2i. 23,20. 28.33. tibhaga, mfn. equal to E., gen, r^aBsa, etc. ^) after a : 21, 12. 43,39. 48,34. 45,io. 1 •) after : 43,i5 50,3t. 88,i7. 97,30. ereti, vh. (— ireti, cails. \/ir, sa. ') after u : 22,7. - ') neva, only after irayati) ';o move, to raise one'n voice; words ending with m, which often, 2. sg. pr. /N^esi (sace n'eresi attanam) through assimilation, is altered to n ! Dh. 134 (cp. Tr. PM. p. 76; Morris, tvarii fleva, 28,i4. 54,32. 77,6; itthi- JPTS. '87. p. 146). naiii neva, 48,33; passantanam neva, elaka, m. {sa. edaka) a ram, a 64,14; tan fleva. 6,10; tasmifi neva, goat; ^0, 16,27. 29,26; voc, r^tt, 17,i8; 46,14; ahan fleva, 99,io. - *) After ace, /^am, 16,34; instr. r^ena, 17, 19; long vowels eva is very often (by eli- gen, pi, rvanam, 29,24 {cp. menda). sion of e) shortened to va (v. h.). — eva, indecl. (— sa.) just, even, *) eva- as the first part of comp. ®-riipa, only (mostly used to strengthen or mfn. {q. v.), identical with evam {v, limit the idea of a preceediog word next). ; 61 ogha evam, adv. (— sa.) thus, in this thus O. way; •) (as follows) : l,is. 3,i6 (evam aha); 66,83, 93,2i (evarii me 0, indecl. -- ava (q. v.). „thu8 I have ; »") sutam heard") — thus oka*, «. (na. oka, m. & okas, »».) (as mentioDed before) : 3,38. 4,29. 6,38. house, dwellinij-place, home, asylum; 7,16 etc; evarii hoti, 66, u; evaih abl, i^ai, Dh. 87; repeated ; okam- passarii^ 71,*; yadi evaih (if so) 5,i6; okaiii (ace.) jabanti, „they leave their evaiii janahi („thu8 I declare thee") house and home", Dh. 91 (cp. next). 72,33; evaiii bhante (yes) 76,i4-, evam — an-oka, q. v. eva (even so) 91,8. 68,35 (corresp. w, oka*, n, (contracted fr. udaka or seyyatha); na evam (not so, corresp. odaka, q, v.) water; okamokata w, yatha) 62,86; evam ete (only in ubbbato (varijo) o; oka-m-okato, this way and only those) 91,8; evaih with m inserted, abl, „from his watery = therefore, referring to a preo. part. house", Dh. 34 (cp. oka'). denoting the cause (adinavaih sam- *okara, m. (fr, ava-\/kr) cp. sa. passamano. because you consider it apakara) worthlessness; ace. rx/aiii dangerous) 93,39. (kamanarii „the vanity of desires") *evam-gotta, mfn. (sa. *evarii 68,30. cp. vokara. + gotra) belonging to that family; okasa (or avakasa), m. (sa. ava* m. o^o, 92,12. ka(ja) *) place, room; ace. i^a.m (debi, evarii-nama, mfn, (sa, evain- give place) 43,2*; loc. /x/e, (amukas- naman) having that name; m, »^, mim, at such and such a place) 75,6; 92,12. yamb' okase (. . . tattba) 108,36. - *evam-ditthi, (so. *evarii ') occassion, opportunity, permission mfn, ; + dfshti) having that view; m, /N^i, ace. ^arii (dento) 40,i7; «vaiii (la- 93,37-31. bhati) 87,19; loc, abs, rvo laddhe, evarupa, mfn. (sa. evaihruna) 87,90 ; - katokasa, mfn. having got ') such, like that; n. /N^arii 51,28; ma the opportunity or one's permission; >N^aiTi karittha (ndo not do the like m. pi. ^a (maya, „you have my again") 39,2; (mukbarii) 11,6; (pa- leave") 49,34; - hatavakilsa, mfn, pakammaih) 51,7; abl, ^a, 16,28; (q. v.) cp, an-avakiisa, nir-okasa. loc. m. <%/e, 41,85; instr, f, «%^aya rat- okkamati, vb. (sa. ava-ykram) tiya (in the dead of night) 41,88; to go down, to descend, to enter into - loc. f. »i. ~o, (nianavo) 19,ii; ace. varil, „such a handsome figure") 22,25; - pp, okkanta : an-okkanta- 64,16. mattaiii, ace, m, adj. (before he has esa, pron. (sa. esha) this; m. esa passed (the boundary of the kingdom, & eso, f. esa, v. etam, rajja-simarii)) 39,i6. esati, vb. (sa. a-\/ish) to seek, ogadba, mfn. (— ogalha, so. search, to strive to obtain; part. m. avagadha, fr. ava-\/gab, confounded med. esano (sukhaih) Dh. 131. 132. with |/gadb?) immersed, plunged into; cp. gavesati, gavesaka d^ next. antogadba (q, v.) & amatogadha esin, mfn. (sa. esbin) seeking, (v. a-mata). desiring; v. dbaneslH, sukbesi/i; cp. Ogba, m. (— sa.) stream, torrent, gavesin <^ prec, flood ; /^o, Dh. 25. ace. i^&va (vineyya essati, fut. v. eti. „having overcome the torrent of pas- ebi, ebiti, etc. v, eti. iioDB") 104,8o; - ""O-tini^a, mfn. „saved ojita 62 - imp. 2. tg. from the flood", m. salam iv'otatam (ace. m.) „&% a surrounded ; m. pi. o^a. 37, 21 (sa- creeper (does with) the tree which it kbabi sakba), Dh. 146 (andbakar- surrounds" Dh. 162. ena). otarati, vb. (sa, ava-\/tr) to de- op am ma, «. (fr. upama, sa, au- ecend (from : abl., upon : ace. or loc); pamya) a Bimile, an example; ace. aor. 3. sg. otari (rukkha) 12,32; ~am (karohi „Rive an illuetration") (ukkurabhiimiyuiii, loc.) 18,3i; (nadiiii) 99,1); ijunditubliavassa "-attluiiii, in ,?8,;; (pSeadatalatc) 66^04; - part. order to give an example of prudence, M. ,^auto, 62,87; - ^er. ^itva (sariiiii) 91,21. 6,10; - pp. otinna, m. pi, r«.a (na- oparajja, n. (fr, uparajaH, sa. vaya bhumiiii) ^landed", 112,a7; - *aupariijya) viceroyalty; ace. ,^uiii caits, otateti (q. v.) cp. ot^ra. (katva, ruling as viceroy) 44, 21. otapeti, vb. cans, (sa. ava-ytap) opayika, mfn. v. tad-upika. to dry, evaporate (as clothes); grd. ""opateti, vb. (fr. ava-y'pat) 'to ^..etabba, n. /v-arii (civaraiii) 83,b. throw down', to interpose, insert; na otara, m. (sa. avata"a) 'descent, . . . bbanamilnasBa antarantara katba poi;it of attack (for temptations)', opatetabba (grd. f.) let him not be olVmtt), fault; aco, o.^aiii. 104,ia, iiitiTiuptt'd, 83,4. otiireti, vb. (raus. otarati) *) 'to *opuntiti, vb. (^ avapurati, fr. cause to descend', taku down, set down sa. apa-\/vr (?) but probably con- (ace); imp. 2. pi. ,»^etha, 41,s»; - founded with v'pii) to uncover, lay aor, 3. sg. «^efi, 56, s^; — ger. .^etva, bare (? opp, chadeti) or to scatter, 8,17. 33, Hi.. 40,0. ^ ") to lay down. dlnperioi; pr, 3. sg. /^iiti (parcsnrii uxpc.xf, uxplaliij nor, !l, ng. o-omi viijjiuii rv yatbit )>liuHitiii, thu fuulu ; 63 ovadati of others like chaff) 106,i7 ~ Dh. 262. *orima, mfn. (fr. ora) being on cp. Tr, PM. p. 63; Childers, JRAS. this side (nearest to the subject); 1871; Morris. JPTS. '87. p. 153; Mirato, abl. from this bank (of the avapurapeti & avunati above. river) 2,2i (v, lira). obhagga, mfn. (so. avabhagna, oruyha, ger, & oropeti, cans, pp. ava-ybhafij) broken, bent down; V, next, "-sarira, mfn. 63,9 (ace. m. ^&m). orohati, vb, (sa. ava-y/ruh) to (sa. obhasa, m. avabhasa) splen- descend (from abl.); pr. 3, sg. /x/ati dour, radiance; ace, ^am (niuncanto) (pasada) 67,3i; ger. /vitva (caiikama 26,4. nleft") 68,10 ; (suvannapadukahi „put obhasatl, vb, (sa. ava-\/bhas) off") 68,16; oruyha "(tato) 61,i8. - *) to shine forth, to gleam; part, m, caus, II, oropeti (sa, avaropayati) ace, (N^antarii, 26, 12; part, med, .-wma- to let down, to put away; ger, /vCtva narii (samuddain) 26,i8. - ') to light (soijqiftm) 76,35. up, illuminiite (ace); pr, 3, sg, med. olambati, vb. (sa, ava-y/lainb) *oraparam, adv. (fr. sa. avara pot, J3, pi. «weyyatha, 9,i8; — ftU. 1. + para) from one side to the other; sg. />^e8sami, 46,i; — aor. 3. sg. r^esi, 108,26. This word is acc. of the 19,14. 87,24; — ger. ,x/etva, 3,i. 14,i6. dvandva-comp, ora-para, n. — this 42,10. 65,31 ; — pp. ovSda 64 rections) 7,8»; — pot. 3. sg. .x/eyya, K. Dh. 77: — nor. 3. sg. ovadi, 40,8; ko, - inf. o/itum, 81,i7; — ger. rvitva, ka-, base oi pron. interr, m. 8,11 ; — grd. m. »,>itabbo, 79,i6. f. ka ete. v, kim. ovada, m. (sa. avavada)" instruc- kamsa, m{ osana, n, {sa. avaeana) end; v, fierce, cruel ; instr. m. pi, ^elii (yak- avasana. khehi) 41,3i. osidati, vb. {sa. ava-\/sad) to kamka, m. (= sa.) a certain bird, Bink (into, loc); aor. 3. pi. o^esi (udake maiii), l,!i; aor. 3. sg. kamkba, f. {sa. kauksha) doubt; nom. sg. rwesi, 1,90 ; fut. 3. pi. />^e88anti (na- ,>/a, 79,1?; nom, pi. i^a, vaiii) 25,34. 66,21. ossukka, n. {sa. Eutsukya) eager- *kacavara, m. {ep. sa, kaccara ness, desire, longing for; appossukka, & kavara, mahratt. kacara) sweepings; mfn. {q. v.) cp. ussuka. ace. rvam, 50,2. - "-cbaddana-paccbi, *obari>i, mfn. {sa. *ava-barin, f. a basket for removing of sweepings, fr. ava-yhj-) dragging down; n. ^inam 48,3*. -- mala-kacavara-, a dust-heap, (bandhanam) Dh. 346. cp. avaharati. 73,20 (o-antara), ohareti, vb. {caus. avaharati) to Kaccayana, m, (contracted : cause to be taken away, remove; grd. Kaccana. sa. Katyayana) nom.propr. n. ^etabbam, 84, is. of a thera, one of Buddha's chief di- ohita. mfn. {sa. avahi^a, pp. ava- sciples; voc. rva, 96,6; Kaccano ydha) put down, placed iuto; turned ([aggo] vibbajjanainbi) 109,io, - downwards, downcast; m. r>jO, Dh. *Kaccayana-gotta, m, (sa, "-gotra) 160. — *ohita-80ta, mfn. „with atten- 'member of the K.-faraily', name of tive curs ", »». pZ. ^a (bhikkhii dham- the same person, also often called iDiiiii sunanti) 7},u. — *ohita-mukba, Maba- Kaccayana; ,>^o (ayasma) mfii. with downcast face, m. /^o, 64,80 96,9. (with ji metri causa, cp. Notes). kacci, indecl. {sa. kac-cid) a *ohinaka, mfn. {fr. obina, sa. particle of interrogation (latin : nuni, avabina, pp. ava-^/ba) ' remaining, nonne) 28, 13; often combined with nu left; ace. m. pi, fwC, 22,io. and sometimes so that the old form kaccici is preserved by sandhi : kaccin- ; 6ft kannakita nu, 9,28", kacci nu kho (should it m. & n.) a kind of plant (probably a really be V) 3,5. cp. kiih, kinci etc, certain reed); gen. />.'assa, Dh. 164. kaccha', mfn. (sa. kiiccha, fr. kathala, n. (sa. kathalya & ka- kaccha, or = *kakshya. fr. kaksha ?) thalla) gravel; sakkhara-kathala-vai' growing wild, or made of a plant lika, pi. 97,35. that grows wild (Tr.), grown in the kathalika (or kathalika), v, water, on marshy ground (?); n, .%^aih (pada-)kathalika. (kandam) 92,i8 {opp. ropima, g. v.) kathina, mfn. (— sa.) hard, cruel; cp. next, f. pi. -v^a, 51,34; (-= thaddha-hadaya, kaccha*, m. ') (sa. kaksha) arm- hardhearted) 52,n. pit; abl. ^a. 10'l,i7; loc, »,e, 67,90. kaddhati, vb. (sa. y/krsh, kar- — *) (sa. kaccha) a meadow, gwamp, shati) to draw, drag, pull (ace); part, fen, marshy ground ; loc. ^e (rujha- m, pi, .vanta (matamanussam pade tine „abounding with grass") 104,97. Rahetva) 40,38; - aor, 3, sg, kaddhi kacchapa, m. (— sa.) a torfoise; (vemara) 89,7; 3, pi, ^iiiisu, 59,e; f>.,o, 11,86; ace, »/am, ll,8i; voc, gold, 46,31 ; — "-pallaihke, loc. on a dhati & (sam)uk-kamsati. throne of gold, 42,9; - "-riipaka-, a kanika, f. (= sa.) 'a small par- golden statue, 47, u. ticle', meal or flour (of rice)? instr. kanna, f. (sa. kanya) a girl, pi. rx/ahi (piivam pacitva) 57,3i. cp, virgin; daughter; asura-", 54,7 (-x/am, tandula. occ); khattiya-", 64,ii. 47,iis; deva-°, kantaka, m. (= sa.) a thorn, a 64,30 (>v>a, pi. ncelestial nymphs"), flsh-bone; instt. mandu-kantakena, kata — kata (q. v.). 37,6 (v. mandu); ace. pi, /ve, 4,99. kaiacohu, m.(?) {sa. katacchu, - **'-ra9i, 5,8 (v, h.). f. ?) a ladle, a spoon ; suvanna-", a kan(ha, m. (— sa.) the neck; golden spoon, ace, <^um, 53,39. loc. ts.'S, 16,95; abl, .>^to, 64,95. — katuka, mfn. (>= sa.) bitter, of kasava-", mfn, Dh. 307 (q, v.). a sharp, unpleasant taste; "-pphala, kanda, »». dr n. (sa, kanda & *) n. a bitter fruit (or perhaps name khanda) ') a part, portion (esp. of a of a certain plant) 73, ii (-katuka- book); ace. ^am (Dhammasanganiya, pphaladini, cp. phala); *) mfn. with Atthasalinim) 113,93, - *) an arrow bitter fruit, 37,31 {m, ^0 ambo) or the shaft of an arrow; acc. rvaiil, Dh. 66 (w. rwam, kammam). - *ka- 92,18; instr. o..ena, 6,24. tuka-pabhedana, adj. having pungent kanna, m. (sa, karna) ') the ear; juice (flowing from the temples, as acc, .N/am, 22,34. - pahattha-kanna- elephants), m. <^o (kunjaro) Dh. 324. vala, mfn, 76,9i (q. v.). — *) a corner ka(tha, n. (sa. kashtha) a piece (oi a room or of clothes); acc. '%/am in - of wood, stick; wood general; (caturangulam) 83,io ; gehassa kanna- tina-katth'-upadanam, 94,3o. - dan- kannehi (abl.pl.) „in the house from ta-^ n. a small piece of wood for top to bottom", 49,38 ; -kanna-bhaga cleaoiDg the teeth, a tooth-pick; >%/ain, (m. pi.) „the corner of the room", 82,18. - kattha-maya, mfn., made of 84,10. — cp. kannika, kalaka^ni. or consisting of wood, is/& (vana) kannakita, mfn. («a. karnakita, 48,6, cp. vana, n. fr. karnaka) dirty, musty (on account (sa. of mould or rust etc.) nuvi katthaka, m. kashthaka, ; f. (bhitti) FUI Oinuaj, ; KenniMDundA 66 tassa sevana) 84,«o; (bbumi) 84,m. cp. Vin. II, 115,i na seveyya] nirattba fr. b^ III, 198,5. ingrate, 14,i. («o- krtajnata) *KannainundR, m. nom. pr. of katannuta, f. a certain (mythical) lake; "-daha, m. gratitude; 14,2. {sa. kfta- abl. />^to, 36,31. kata-pufina. mfn. has done good (nie- kannika, /". (as first part of cotnp. punya) one who m, /^O. also kannika-, sa. karnika) 'an ear- ritorious) works, virtuous; ring'; the pericarp of a lotus; *pup- 107,26 — Dh. 18; ace. r^&m, Dh. pba-kannika-sadisa, mfn. „fair as the 220. openinpr bud of a lotus", ace. m. ^am kata ma. mfn. pron. interr, (— who, (puttaiii) 7,29. sa,; fr. the base ka-. v. kiih) ->^o kanha*, wi/m. (sa. krshna) black, which (of two or many) ; m. (ayam ettba Nagaseno, dark; metaph, -baf.' ; ace, m. /^am samuddo) 26,2?; /-^o (dhammaih, opp. sukka) Dh. 87. 97,18; aec. />^am (whom of three) 31, 16; Kan ha*, m. (sa. Krslina) nom, m. pi. o-e dve (anta) 66,25; — f. r^a., in which di- pr, a name of Mara (q, v.) „the black 66,80 ; ace. -%^am disam, one"; gen, o/rtssti, 103, oi. rection, 95,4, kata, mfn. (sometinies also written *kata-mafigala-8akkara,»n/n. loc. sg. kata, pp. karoti; sa. krta, \/kr) done, festively prepared ; f. <^aya made, performed, prepared etc.; ') (bhiimiya) 61,25. cp. mafigala, sak- Used as finite tensn ; m, <^o, ll.io; kara. . S!6,? (ratho); n. >N.aiii, 1,24. 3,23. 107,27 kata-viriya, mfn.{sa. krta-virya) -= Dh. 18; Dh. 74 (kata — katarii). energetic; gen. m. o^assa. 42,i3. — *) adj. as the first part of eomp. kati, pron. interr. (= sa.\ nom. (w. instr. of the agens) : kata-kam- aec. mfn. kati. instr. abl. /^ihi, gen. maiii, 17,4. 86,2; kata-parakkamena, .-winnam) how many; o^ na kho amlia- 12,8; kata-papaiii, I7,i7; kata-papa- karii sikkbapadani {n. pi.) 81,i9. cp. kammaiii, 73,27 etc, — ') subst. n.gen. next. /N^assa a-ppatikiirakam (q, v.) 14,i; katipaya, mfn. (=- sa.) so many, t;atakataiii, n. what has been committed a certain number, some (latin aliquot); (•,nd omitted, D;i, 50. — *) as the last instr. m. pi. rwebi (paharehi) 66,7. part of adj,-co)i'p. : aii-a-bhava-kata, *katipaham, adv. {fr, katipaya a-vatthu-kata, >/. v. kala-kata, dead, -\- alia/i. ; by elision of y) a few days, 22,16 (v. kala, cp, kalaiu karoti); 7,27. 36,15. 112,24 (vaaitva); 67, 17 ka}a-vanna-icata, blacked, 84,3i {opp. (vasi). - katipabaccayena, a few days a-kata, not prripr.red, not blacked, later, 49,22 (c. accaya). 84,2a); Cjtta-katP. variegated, Dh. 147 *katoka8a. mfn. [sa. *krta -|- {cp. citta*); pi>rikaniraa-kata, pre- avakai^a] who has got opportunity or pared : Ijlkna-*', 6,28; gtruka-", 84,2o; permission, v. okasa. vatta-kata, open, 6,13; sayaiii-kata, kattabba, grd., v, karoti. made by one's self, Dh. 347; cp. k at tar, »». {sa. kartr) *) a doer, a-kata, dukkata (fr dukkata), sukala maker; nom. katta (kammanarii) (or sukala). — *) as the first part of 97,13. — *) a benefactor; v, a-katta)". adj.-comp., V, kata-kicca etc, below, kattjirika (or kattari), f, {sa. kats.-; — kasniim atthe); -^ gamissasi, 87,36 nical Pali-book, the 5th part of the -= kaliaiii gacchasi, 88,5. — *kattha- Abhidharonia-pitaka; 102,19. vasika, mfn. living where ? m. pi. kathika, mfn. {== sa.) a speaker, tuuihe ~a, 21,8. — cp. kuto. narrator; dhamma-Katbika, q, v. katthaci, adv. {sa, kutra-cid) katbitaiW/w. (pp. katheti) spoken, somewhere; 62,i2. told, answered, pointed out; m. r^O katva, katvana, ger., v. karoti. fpucchitapanbo) 88,24; ace. f. /^am kathaiii, adv, interr. (— sa.) (gatbam) 102,24; n. /x/am, 88,26; m. how? 1,17, 4,38. Il,t7 etc. katham pi. <^a (guna) 44,5; — taya katbita- nama, how then? 41,30. maggena, 66,34. kathamkatha, /". (= sa., cp.sa. *katbiH, mfn, {fr, katba) at the kathamkathika, fr. katham) doubt, end of comp. — kathika, v. vicitra- uncertainty. — vigata-kathamkatha, katbin, mfn, free from doubt; m. /vO, 69.18, katheti, v 6. («a. ^/katb, katbayati) - a-kathaihkatbi«i, mfn, id. (y, h!), to tell, say, speak of {acc.)\ to spuak /". refer to *kathalika, n. (= ka^hahka ?) with (saddhiih); to mean; probably a foot-stool, or another im- {acc,)\ pr, 3, sg. (^eti, 24,27. 31,7. 88,4; plement, used by washing the feet (a ,9, s^. <^esi, 49,26; i, s^, <^emi, 85,28; towel? Rh, Davids & Oldenberg, 8BE, 5, p^/venti, 9,8o; —part, m, «N/ento, XIII, 92); nom, pada-katbalikam, 3,6; instr, ,x/entena, 1,24; gen, rs^en- 83,6 {cp. the foil, quotation : imesaiii ta88(a), 20,28. 30,14; part, med, f. yeva padanam candimasuriye pada- ^ayamana (gunam, praising) 29,9; ka^balikam katva nisldim, Fs. on MN. — imp. 2. sg. .^.-ebi, 64,82; — pot. 2. ch. 77; kathalikam (ace.) v. Dham- sg, /N^eyyasi, 49,28; — fut, 1. sg, /^^es- roapndatthakatha (Colombo '98) p. 161,6 bami, 26,33; - aor. 3. sg. />/e8i, 12,i9. fr. b.). 68,19 (anupubbikatbam); — inf. katha, f. (-= sa.) ') speech, talk, (x/etum, 49,27. 66,17; — ger. r^eUa. words; nom, r^a,, 24,33, 83,4. 86,24 (ranno gune) 42,4; a-katbetva, 49,2?; (Buddhanam acchariya); ace, /N.-aiii, - pp. kathita {q. v.), 4,18. 33,4. 73,9. 89,20 (sammodaniyam, kadariya, mfn, {sa. kad-arya) q. v.); — gima-katha, f. praise; loc, 'not liberal', mean, niggardly, avari- -N/Sya, 31,23; — sarambha-katha, f. cious; ace. m. /N,'am (danena jine) angry speech, Db. 133. — ') speaking 44,9 "= Db. 223; m. pi. ^a, Dh. 177. about, conversation ; ace, (x/aih (sam- kadali, f. {sa, kandali & kadal!) uttbapesum) 29,28; loc, />.'aya, 29,3i. ^) a sort of deer; ') a flag, banner; 31,24; — *katba-8allapa, m. conversa- ^) the plantain or banana tree (Musa tion, instr. /v^ena, 94,22; — ***-samut- sapienturo); °-punna-gbata-, 62,6. ^hapana, n, starting a conversation, kada, adv, interr, (— sa.) when? 64,10 (**-attbam). — ') exposition, ex- cp. next, planation; dfaanimi katba, a sermon, kadaci, adv, {sa, kadacid) ^) religious discourse, inntr, dbammiya sometimes, 6,19, *) perhaps, 55,s4, cp. /N^aya. 71,s»; — attba-katba, anama- kudacanam. tagga-katba, anupubbi-katba, dana-**, kaddama,ff}. (sa. kardama) mud, sagga-*, sila-® (g. v.); cp. Dbatu-katba mire, dirt; '*-makkbita, mfn, mud- & next, stained ( -ka) lasting kaniUha, mfn. (sa. kanisHha) {sa. *kalpa-8tha, re. suff. whole kalpa; '-rukkha, 69,89. the yoangeBt, /onger born ; m. a younger for a {sa. kalpana) 'pre- brc'her or the foungest son (opp. kappana, f. esp. oaparlsoning jettha(ka)); /vo, 35,81. B6,»o; gen. paring, arranging', elephant, tightening /vassa, 36,18; — •'-bhatfi, 9,?; — jet- of a horse or an (atigalha) thaka-kanitthe (ace. pi.) an elder of the saddle-girth; ^& and a younger brother, 32,«i. — ka- 65,21-88. kappara, n. {sa. kurpara) the flittka-bhagini, f, a younger sigter, instr. ^ena (sise indr. /viya, 66,86 (cp. bhagini). elbow, the forearm; kantati, vb. (sa. j/krt, krnatti) pahari) 60,i9, 51,i. kappika, mfn. {sa. kalpaka, & to spiij; part. f. n^anti (tapasi) ill,6. belong- kantara, n. (c^ m.) {sa. kantara) .>/ika) at the end of comp. = : — pathama- a forest, wilderneaa; a difficult road; ing to a certain kalpa pi. the first people of dittlii-kantaram, 94,i (q. v.). kappika, m. v.) pathama- Kanthaka, tn. (so. Kanthaka) this kalpa {q. 10,25; the be- nom. pr. of the horse of Bodhisatta kappikato, abl. n. (?) from (Siddhattha); ace. .^am, 65,i9-2o. ginning of this world, 4,io. kandati, vb. {sa. \/krand) to cry, kappura, m. & n. {sa. karpiira) weep; pr, 3. sg. /v-ati, 30,i9; aor, 2, camphor; -kappura-, 48,9o. 73,ii. sg. mU. kandi, Dh. 371; ger. -N/itva, kappeti, vb, cans. {sa. \/k\p, 49,10 (~ roditva). kalpayati) ') to arrange, prepare; kapanu, mfn. {sa, krpana), mise- imp. 3. sg, -%/ehi (assaiii njsaddle") - rable, poor; "-addliika, 88,u (q. v.), 66,17; — inf. rweturil (id,) 66,8o; kapala, «. (— sa.) a shell, the aor. 3. sg, -^esi (id,) ib. {cp. kap- skull; a howl or pan; tatta-kapale, pana); vasam ^ („lived") 1,*. 2,2/esi („got 108,M. - *»-yoni, f. 1,3, 2,n {v. h.). livelihood") 8,15; — seyyarii ^eti, to — *''-rajan, m. 1,7 {v. h.). lie, to sleep, 46,2J (ekako va); — kapi la, mfn. (— sa.) brown, pass. part. m. rviyamano (whilst he tawuy, reddish; "-ga/i, 61,28. was beiui? saddl^jd) 65,21. — *) to trim, Kapilavatthu, n. {sa. Kapila- to cut off; part. m. »N.ento (kattari- Vastu) nom. pr. of a town in which kaya kumudanalara) 5,i8; — gei: Gotnma Buddha was born (within the o.-etva (givarii) ib, cp. kappaka, m. frontier of Nepal, cp. JRA8. 1897 & kamati, vb. {sa. ykram) to walk, 1898); abl. c.-uto, 62,5; loc. ,x/U9mim, to go; intens. cankaniati, q. v. 81,7; "-nagare, 61,8. kabala, m. (sa. kavala) a mouth- kappa, »« (sa. kelpa) ') age, any ful, morsel; acc. ,N.am (na bhufijati, one of the ajeb cf the wbrld; acc kuiijaro baddho) Dh. 324. Bakala-kappaifa, throughout the whole kampati, vb. {sa. \/kamp) to kalpa, 16,15; loc. patbama-kappe, in tremble; part, m. rvamano, 36,8. remote antiquity, 10,2, — ^) mfn, (at kambala, m. (£• n. (— sa.) a t'le end of comp.) almost like or equal woollen cloth or blanket; *''-ratana, to; m. pi. Satthu-kappa, similar to w. ^precious ruft", 26,b {acc. rv-arii the Matter, 109,?7. - cp. kappatthiya, mabaggham). - ratta-", scarlet cloth, kappika. 6,27. - pandu-", 16,8 ("-silasanaiii) kappaka, m. (sa. kalpaka) a q. V. barber; r^.-o, 44,33; voc, ^v-a, acc, (^am, kamma (& kumman) n. {sa. 44,22. karinan), nom. acc. sg. ^arii & .-^a. *kappattbiya (& -x-ika), mfn. 1) what has been lone, deed, act; nom. 69 karuna «^aiii, Dh. 67; ^a, Dh. 96; ace. calimsu (came upon her) 62,i». (cp. rwEih, 51,19. 73,30. — raho-kammaih, vata). 54,17 (what is to bo done in secret). kammanta, m, (sa. karonanta) - ^) doing, action, work, labour; 6,i6; action, work, business; saimma-kain- - *kamma-ccheda, tn, interruption manto, right conduct, 67,4. of one's labour, 6,i; — karana-kam- kammara, m. (sa. karmara) a maril, 9,13 (what she is doing); ~ smith (blacksmith or goldsmith); t^o, pana-vadha-o, 60,i3 (killing of living Dh. 239; grcw.rvassa, 78,29. - "'•'-putta, beings); — papa-**, 9,i8 (wickedness, m. by family a smith, marii. 16,87 = attana kata-kanimaiii, karana, f. (cp, sa. karana), v, 17,4 (his own past deeds); papa- kair.raa-karana. kamma (abl.) Dh. 127; saka-kani- karaniya, n. (grd. karoti, = sa.^ mani (n. pi.) one's own deeds, 106,20 'to be done', duty, buRiness; katam -= Dh. 240; anantarika-*', 76,5 (q. v.); />^am, „the duty is fulfilled", 71,i6; yatha-kammaiii , adv. (q. v.); - instr, kenacid-eva rviyena „on some ^kamma-kilit^ha, n, evil karma, opp. business", 32,i9. *kamma-vi8uddhi, f. good karma, karandaka, m. (—= sa.) a basket Dh. 16. 16; — kanima-patha. »«. way of hurdle-work; *jaia-karandaka, m, of action, ace. pi. f^e (tayo) Dh. 281. probably a fence or enclosure of net- — •) mfn. at the end of comp. nihina- work, used as a sort of bathing-house kamma, suci-kamma (9. v.). - danda- in the river (Tr.), loc. .v/e kilantassa, kamma, parikammakata ^ next, 36^80 („oaBting nets and weels in the kamma-kara, m, (sa. karma- river for sport" ? Fau8b0U, Five .Tat. kara) a labourer, a servant ; /wO (nS- p. 27). vikanam) „a sailor's drudge", 36,80. karavira, m. (— sa.) name of a "'kamma-karana, f. (cp. sa. fragrant plant, Oleander; """-patta, n, karana) punishment, pain, torture; name of a sort of arrow, f^aoi, 92,94 ^'-anubhavanattbanam, 23,tT (v. A.). (cp, patta'). kammaja, mfn. {sa. karma-ja) karisa, n. (sa, karisba) feces; 'caused by karma', inborn. — *"-vata, f^&m, 82,4 — 97,99. m, pi. pains, birth-throes; assa r^ karuna, mfn. (— sa.) ^) miserable, ; karunS 70 here an pitiable, v. ati-karuna. — *) compaa- pi. (?) 48,7 (perhaps we have of pi. med., ep. Kuhn, tiionate ; ace. f. /N^am (vacam), 103,4. old form pr. 3. also pr. 1. cp. karufifia, nikkarunata S next. Beitr. p. 94; but kar6 is karuna, f (— sa.) pity, com- sg. med. — karomi, J5t. II 138,i8.). Dh. 42. paggion, mercy ^ tnsir. >N/aya, 22,2. 0) 3. sg. kayira {fr. *karyat), sg. med. karoti, vi. {sa. Y/kr) ») w. ace. 53. 106. 117. 159 (kayra); 3. to do, make, perform, accomplish, kayiratha, Dh. 25. 117. 313 (kayra- "*) kubbetha, 29,ii. - finish, esp. kalaih <%.., to die (q. «.); tha). 2. pi. to execute (vacanaril); to effect, pro- fut. •) 5. s^. karissati (mukham) 11,". 16,si duce, 6,3. 47,4, 89,6. etc, very often (satim) 63,18; 2. sg, rwissasi, (id.), 64,b3 (cp. the periphrastioally : kopaiil -^j 40,7 fto (— imper.), 77,6 become angry); satim «>., 63,i8 (to use of fut. bhavissati. v. bhavati); (lo- think of); sannam .x/, 6,7 (to imagine) 1. sp. fx/issami, 9,2i. 12,8. 47,4 etc.; to put, place, direct, 6,io. 15,sa. bharii iuiassa); 3. pi. .-wissanti, 4,6. »"•) 6C,i9. 66,15. 71,38. 83,11- ji; to treat, 7,15; 2. pi. ^issatha, Dh. 276. ka- 67,36. — ^) w, double ace. to make hami & kassami etc.; 2. sg, kahasi, (adj.) 73,6; to elect (subst.) 10,8. - 103,7 (pufiriani), Dh. 164 (geham). ^) w. adv. to act. tehave, 58,5; to - aor, •) 3-2. sg. akasi, 19,33. 67,26. manage, irrauge, 1 J,3. — The usual 60,19. 86,1 ; 1. sg. akas' aham, 108,3o; preiant foimation ii karoti, but besides 3. pi. akamsu (siham rajanam) 10,3. th B we fiud kubbati (I. sg. also 13,8. 21,83. 109,5. •>) 3. sg. akari, 80,33. kuQimi), aud even °^karati must be 85,5 (=• akasi, 86,13); 3. sg. ma kari, supposed as base for certain forms of 63,8; 1. sg. karim, 47,4 (karin ti); part., imper., pot. (kayirati is found 3. pi. karimsu, 10,87. 24,i2 (namam at the grammarians) ; 8. sg, o/Oti assa). 68,5; 2. pi. ma evariipaiii (ttitli' eva) 2.a5; 2. sg. .>..osi (sannam) karittha, 39,2. «) 3, sg. aka (Visud- B,7. (papakammam) 9,3o; 1. sg. i^omx dhimaggaiii nama, composed) 114,ia; ^evKrCpsMi), — fut.) 61,98; nao./, 74,i i. jsZ. med. akarani base, 13,36. - inf. {l did not do it); 1. pi, ,%.-oma, 4,7. katum, 11,8. 27,16. 61, u etc. - ger, 60,13 (-= fiit.y, -- pr. med. 3. sg. ») katva, 4,36 (givam sugahitam). kurute (vasara, subdues) Dh. 48. 6,2-10. 40,84 (dalham /^, with a strong (piyam) Dh. 217. - part. •) m. ka- grasp). 68,12 (kusulam z^^, sc. taya). ronto (voharam) 8,ib. (sotthira) 54,3i 66,15 (ummare sisaiii). 82,9i (nicam loc. o^e, 19,89, (viriyam akaronte) ^, holding down); a-katva, 24,i7. 42,11 ; ace, pi. ,%/e, 21,3; gen. sg. 34,3. 40,7. 42,13; adirii-katva, v. adi. karoto, Dh. 116; ace. f. .x/im (ana- '')katvana, 112,5. ") karitva, 42,i8. 62,3i; pi. kala, f. (— aa.) •) a part, portion thesis fr, sa. sakata, which also is {esp, the sixteenth part of the moon's found in the mss., cp, sa. Qata & diameter), acc, >vam (sojasiiu, a six- kash^a) bad, vile, nasty; a certain tepnth part) Dh, 70, — *) any rae- taste : sour, bitter, acrid, or : insipid, chiinical or fine art, 113,8 (vijja-sippa- tasteless = niroja, niyyusa; subst, kala-vedi). m. fault, vice; bitter juice, sediment, kalapa, m. (— sa.) *) a bundle; dregs (?); — kasata-phalani (n. pi.) aec. daru-kalapaih (sisenala adaya) a 1,18; — nimba-kasatam (acc.) bitter bundle of fire-wood, 67 nimba-juice, 37,25. quiver; aec. dhanu-kalapam, bow and kasati, vb. (sa. v^kysh, krshati, quiver, 75, 15, cp. kaddhati & (sam)ukkaihBati) to kali, m. (= sa.) the unlucky plough; pr. 3. sg. i^&ii, 56,i6; 3, pi. die, loss at game, misfortune; sin, rwanti, 30,99. cp, kasi, kassaka <& vice; n'atthi dosasamo <%/, Dh. 202 next. (— »in? cp. SBE. X, 55); aec. /vim *kasana, n. (fr, kasati, sa. kar- (the bad die), 106,i8 — Dh. 262 shana) the act of ploughing; o/am, [kali, opp. ka^a (sa. kyta) v. Jat. VI, 66,16. "-tthanam, n. the place where 228,19. 282,17. 367,i]. one is ploughing, 56,i. ""kalifigara, m. & n. (also spelt kasa, f. (sa. ka^a) a whip; acc. *) a kasam-iva kasam viya) Dh. 143; with }, Burm. read, kaliiikara) (= log of wood (explained by comm, by acc, pi. rwa, 55,u; instr, pi, .vahi, katthakhanda, khanu); n. «..arii (nir- 77,w. — """-nivittha, mfn, touched by attham) Dh. 41 (cp. Thi. 468, MN. the whip, m, <^o (asso) Dh, 143 >>. n. (sa, I, 449,i«). — ») (sa. kadaagara & ka- kasava, m. <^ kasbaya) dafikara) straw, chafif (Abidb. 453). dirt, impurity; fault, ain. — vanta- ; kasi 72 to kasava, nifn, one who haa thrown kakaochati, vb. onomat.^ o^antiyo, 65,6. away Bin, m. ,v^[o] Dh. 10. — a-nik- snore; part, f. pt. akin to ^kas, kasava {q. v.), cp, kasava. This word is said to be Bein. 1888, kasi, f, {sa. krshi) ploughing, to cough, cp. Faushell, Trenckner agriculture; "-kamma, n. id; instr, p. 38 (44), but Kern and 85,sf r^ensL, 8,16. — "-gorakkhadini, 21,8 derive it from ^krath, v. Mil. (ploughing, tending cattle &). Note. caw". kasma, adv. why? (pron, inter f. kaka, indecl. (= so.), „caw, abl.) V. kim. onomat, fr. the cawing of a crow, kassaka, m. {sa. karsbaka & 18,30. krshaka) a ploughman, farmer; pi. kaja, m, {sa. kaca) a yoke to /%.a, 31,1. — *''-kula, n. the family of support burdens; v, khari-kaja. a farmer, loc, r^e, 8,i4. — •"-vanna, kana, mfn. {— sa.) one-eyed, m. the appearance of a ploughman, blind of one eye; "-maha-macchaiii, ace. /varii, 71,27. ace. m. 4,16. Kassapa, »». {sa. Ka^yapa) ') katabba, grd. & katum, »«/"., nom. pr. of the Buddha before Gotnma; V. karoti. gen. ^assa (Bhagavato) 84,28. "-da- kiipotaka, mfn, {sa, kapota & sabala, gen, -x/assa, 22,is. "-saimna- kapotaka) pigeon-coloured, grey, white sambuddha, 28,i8. — ^) nom. pr. of n. pi, /^iini (attbini) Dh. 149. a thera, one of Buddha's great disciples, kama, m. (—> sa.) •) wish, desire; president of the first council; /^O most frequently pi. = desires, (sen- (dautavadanarii a^gc) 109,6; = Ma- sual) pleasures, (sensual) love; acc. hakaasapathero, lC9,i7. — ^JKumara- {adv.) r^&m, q. v.\ abl. ^Siio (jayati kassapa, q. v, soko) Dh. 215; pi. o^a, 20,i7. 45,5 *kahaiii, adv. inlerr. {cp. kattha, fmanusaka, opp. dibba-kame, acc. kubirii & sa, kuha) where? whereto? (ib.)); 103,35 (te [Marassa] pathama 1,25 (/^ thapetha). 21,8(gacchi8satha), senjl); acc.pl. ,>.e, 46,is. 69,27. 103,24. 34,1'j (kahan nu khoV 49,6 ^,>^ ga- Dh. 88. 383. 415; instr. sabba-kam- tasi), 73,13 (gacchasi), 88,6 (id. — ehi, 61,29; gen. .>^anam, 68,20; loc, kattha gamissasi, 87,9e). rwcsu, 47,29. 62,24 (atittarii), Dh. 48 kabapana, m, (c^ n,) {sa. kar* (id); 66,9 (viratto); 97, n (miccha shapana) a certain wfight of gold, carati, , commits immorality"); Dh. silver or copper a ooio, a piece of 186 (titti) 218. 401. - ^o-kalala {v, money, monej in general; iustr, o^ena, h.), — *''-tanba. thirst for pleasure, pi, <%.e 18,: o; ace. (attba) 24,sb; 67,14 (in the series : kama-, bhava-, dhuttiiDarii >we dalva, hiring some vibbava-). — *kama-rati {dvandva villains, ?3,t9; initr. pi. r^ehi (suram comp.), love and lust; "-santhava, p'vanta) 74,4. — ''''-vassa,'^. a shower Ml. familiarity with rv, acC, ^&n\, Dh. — ol money, instr. .^ena, Dh. 186. 27. — yattha-kama(m), g.w. — kama- "-satarii, n. 100 k.s, 18,i3. — "-sa- kama, etc v. below. — *) mfn. (at the hassena {instr. n.) 1000 k.s, 67,8s. end of comp.) desiring, longing for, k.a, pron. interr, f,, v, kiiii. intending; a-kama, mfn. {q. v.); kska, m, (— sa.) a crow; iv/O, sukha-kama, mfn. longing for happi- 11,5. 18,16; ace. /vam, 18,8. — '•'"-sisa, ness, n. pi. rwani (bbutani) Dh. 131; mfn. having a head like a crow, nt, very frequently comp. w. inf. in tu- : fs/O. — 21, SI. *''sura, ni. „a crow hero", aropetu-«, 74,i2. uddisapetu-", 84,6. designation of a cowardly or impudent khadapetu-o, 1,23. kbaditu-o, 1,7. 4,ii. fel'ow, instr. Dh. — ^ena, 244. disa- gaiihitu-'',_ 66,10. _gantu-o, 4,i8. 22,2. kaka, m, q. v. 60,9 (brahmanam paharitva r^o, 73 kfirana kama- is here logically to be com- 65); loe, fvasmim, 71,io; ace. pi, r^e, bined with paharitva). caritu-o, 36,io. 112,80. — aru-kaya, m, or mfn. (?) jivitu-o, Dh. 123. daUbu-«, 19,ia. V, h. — santa-kiiya, mfn. whose body (datu-^ V. a-datu-kamata). nahay- is quieted, m. r^o, Dh. 378. — *''-gata, itu-", 83,24. nikkhamitu-", 65,i6. adj. f, directed to the body (sati, paripucchitu-**, 84,7. pavisitu-", 82,34. q. V.) Dh. 293. - *»-duccarita, n, 83,87. paharitu-", 29,85. bhunjitu-", the bad deeds of the body, ace. <^am, 83,18, maretu-", 9,2o. vaiicetu-", 5,j. Dh. 231. — *°-ppakopa, m, bodily 51,16. sotu-", 87,13. anger, acc, /^aiii, Dh. 231, — "J-ban- kamaiii, adv. (ace. sg. fr, kama, dhana, », a girdle, /v-am, 82,85. — = «a.) willingly, readily, with pleasure; *''-vififiana, n. body-consciousness, the r%, cajaina asuresu panam, 60,i7. sense of touch, rw-am (dukkha-saha- kama-kama, mfn. (— sa.) desi- gataih, a painful perception) 98,i. ~- 10U8 of lu8t, having desires; m, pi, ""o-samphassa-viilAa^&yatana, n. the na 'va (lapayacti santo) Dh. 83. sense of touch, *kamata, f. {cp. kama, *)) in- sadhu-**, cp. purekkhara, sakkara. clination to; comp. w. inf. in tu- : karaka, m(fn). doing, making; kilitu-** (salavana-kijam, deviya uda- a maker, doer (at the end of eomp,), padi) 62,16. cp. a-datu-kamata, 16,i4. V, ku^atta-', gaha-**, pesuftna-", *kama-bhava, »>., v, kama- bhatta-", sassa-", sasana-". bhava. karana, n, (— sa.) *) cause, *kama-8ukha, n. sensual plea- reason, motive (means) ; nom. <%^am, sure, the pleasure of love; aec. r^&va 3,1. 7,4. 29,1 (taiii f^&ra, that is why). (pahaya) 47,s8 — Dh. 346—47. - 37,7. pabbajja-" (tumhakaib), 46,9; *kamasukh'allika, mfn, (?), "-anuyoga, acc, «N/am (imam, the cause of that) mfn. 66,80 (v. h,). 15,9. ; kinoi (x/am ajananto, unsuspect- 7,88 ; itistr. />^ena (safifiato) 84,89; 35,1 (samvuto) Dh. 231—234 (in the ing, 50,17. — ') doing, making (at the end of comp.; sometimes written -ka- series : kayena, vacaya, manasa); /wena dhammam passati, nsees the rana); asanta-paggaha-^ 29,87 (v. law bodily", Dh. 259 (cp. 8BE. X, a-santa). in the course of time, karana, f. (— sa.) pnniBhment, kale gacchante, pac- paio, torture (in comp, often shortened 14,18. 102,4; tasmin kSle, 2,»6; of death, to kardns-); '"kanna-ghara, n. dt m. chime kale, in the hour in the winter- houBe of ^rment, loc. is^e, 21,i5. cp. 86,18; hemantike kale, in comp. (kamnua-) karanf.. time, 100,24; very frequently '. rajabhiseka-", kSrin, mfn, (;.= ,»o.) doing, mak- w. verbal nouns or pp. maha- ing (at the end of comp.), v. nisamma-^ 11,«; 8uriyuggamana-°, 72,2_9; papa-", satacca-". janassa nagaram pavisana-kale, 73,i3; san- kariya, mfn. (sa. kirya) grd. v. dhitu marana-kale, 89,i3; tava karoti & a-kariya. tikam agata-kale (mam ganhahi) karufina, n. (/V. karuna, sa. 3,17; asuka-kale, 88,23 (v. h.)\ utthana- to rise) I)h. 280. - compasBion ; (w, kalamhi (time karunyp,) ace. <%^am - loc. brshmane) '.6,8i; instr. /^/Cna kalantarena (=- sa.), v. antara. (tayi) 17,13. 68,14. cp. karuna. kalika. mfn. (q. v.). - a-kala, m. k are tar, m. (sa. karayitr) one (= sa.) wrong time; *''-pupphani wlio CHUseB somethini; to be done; (n. pi.) flowers out of season, 37,18; wow. sg. o^ta (kamtnanam) 97, 13, **'-vatam, n. unseasonable wind (con* ep. kattar. trary wind?) 25,si. kareti, vb. {caus. karoti, sa. kala (or kala), mfn. (sa. kala) karayati) to cause to do or to be done black; m. «^o (puriso) 92,i3; n. pi. (accX to cause another {ace.) to be ^ani (kesani) 47, 1. — °-pasana-, a (ace), to cause another (ace.) to per* black rock, 24,9i. — *°-vanna-kata, form (acc); periphrastically : rajjam mfn, blacked, f. r^& (bhumi) 84,9i. fs,, to reign, to be king (cp. karoti : cp. next & kala-kanni. rajjam karotha, 42,6); part. loc. m. kalaka, mfn. (sa. kalaka) black; rvente (rajjara) l,a; part. med. loc. subst. n. (?) dirt, speck, stain : *apa- m. karayamane (id.) 5,S4; — imp. 2. gata-kalaka, mfn. free from dirt or sg. «^ebi (id.) 47,io; — aor. 3. sg. black specks, n. rvaih (vattbaiii fvesi (rajjam) 19,6; (mangalam) 58,ao; suddham) 68,25. a-karayi (yakkhiiii sapatham) 111,89; kala-kanni, f. (sa. kala-karni) — ger. /^etva (danaspla) 88,13; (pu- ill luck, misfortune; a fatal or ill- rohitam rajanara) 4i),i6; (abhisekam, boding person or thing, a fury; -• q. V.) 36,29. — subst. karetar, m. (v, *~i-8akuna, m. a bird of ill omen, h.)', cp, kakkareti. instr. ^ena., 12,io; — *«vi-9alaka, f. kiTla, tw. (— sa.) time, space or the lot which points out the guilty point of time, right or proper time; or fatal person, 23, 11. death (in the plirase : kalaih karoti, *kala-kata, mfn. (— kata-kala, to die); worn, r^o bhante! the time sa, *kala-krta, cp, kala-gata) dead; has come, sir! 78,s; abhisambujjbana- ace, m, >\^&m, a dead person, 63,25; kalo, 63,7; nekkhaimia-kalo, 45,6; loc, /"ve (pitari) 22,i5. 78,a; a?r. ^aih (arocripesi) '>.'am kala-kiriya, f. (sa, kala-kriya> (nkiiri, died) 80,!iii; /N/arii (kiitvii) 34,S8. death; putbujjana-killakiriyam (ace.) B'tfiio (c)), ktila-kiita, ktilu-kiriyii); katvil, hnving liiud llkn common people, gen, o^asHa (ass'eva, betimeH) 82,1?; 87,29. ubl. o^ato, comp. tass' agata-kalato kala, /*. (sa. kala) name of a certain pa^^haya, „froiii tlie day of his com- plant, tt climbing or creeping plant iDK", GotaniaBsa 18,99; uppaima- (— kala-valli, Comm.); *»-pavala, f. kalato pa1;thaya, 72,8o; tassa nikkban- u tender stalk (said of a tender maiden), ta-", y,jft; loc, kiiln (or ktiliiinlii) in 47,20. time, seasonably (opp, vikale) 9,12; killika, mfn. (— sa.) 'depending ; 76 kicca on time', future o: which will not come — gen. m. ») kassa, 98,i3; '') kissa, before long (opp. sandit^hika, MN. 36,38 (phalarii, scil. rukkhassa). — I 474,6. SN. I 117,86); n. ma ~am gen. n. {adv.) kissa, why? 101,6, — anudhavi, 47,io (cp. bhavitabbam abl, n. {adv.) kasma, why? 7,7. 87,28. ev'etarii kathesi, 47,ii). — As to the rest the declension is that kasava, mfn. (sa. kashaya, cp. of tarii and other pronouns, e. g, instr, kasava) yellow, dark-yellow; n. the pi. m. kehi, 74,9. An old neuter form yellow robe of the Buddhist monks; kad- has been preserved in kac-ci & ace. ^am (vattham), Dh. 9— 10. - kad-ariya {q. v.). — kiii carahi, ko ***-kantha, mfn. 'yellow-necked', wea- carahi, v. carahi. — cp. kiiica, kifi- ring the yellow robe; m. pi. ^a, Dh. cana, kincapi, kinci, koci etc. 307^ {cp. SBE. X. 6 Note.) kim*, adv. interr. {— prec.\ in its Kasi, m. (pi.) (sa, Kagi) nom. different meanings often combined with pr, of a country and its people, whose other particles). — i) — how? 1,8 (kin cipital was Benares (Baranasi, q. v.) ; ti); 70,94 (kin ca sabbam adittam); ^-rattha, n. the kingdom of K., ace. 74.28 (Icim pana, „how much less"); -x,_aiii, 38,21 ; Ice. ^e, 34,3i; "-rattha- 86.29 (kin nu kho bhavissati, how is vasi-manusso. m. a man from K. 35,»8. she now, I wonder?); 87,13 (kin nu Kasika, mfn. (sa. Kagika) com- kho); Dh. 146 (kim anando). - «) ing from Kasi or Benares; "-vattha, — why? 1,14. 3,8. 85,32. 88,4 (kim n, Benares-cloth, a sort of fine cotton nama, why then?). — ^) interr. particle cloth; Joe. o^e, 62,29 (cp, Fick, Soc. (introductory of a full sentence) : ») = Glied. p. 176). latin -ne, num\ kiiii janasi, do you k i rii *, pron. interr. n. (= sa.) know? 113,11 ; kim so sabbarattiiii what? mf, ko, ka, who? which? — dipeyya {pot.) 99,i8; kim bhavissati, kiih, ») MOW. n. 13,i3 (-x-dukkham); Dh. 264; kin nu kho. 38,27 {w. pot. 16,11 (kiih nam' etaih); 93,9 (kin ca, siya, should be possibly be?); 89,22, and what?); constructed «;, ^en. |jers. 97,18; kirii pana (by putting forth a noise is this", 60,9; kimsaddo iti — ') kim . . . na . , . (disjunctive, — (apucchi) 112,8; kiriikarana {ahl.) utrum , . an), 9,24 (kim mata vo ana- karoti karotiti). — *) used why? 9,20 ; kinnama, mfn. (q. v.Y, caram na kimattham & kimatthaya, v. attha ); as a mere interjection, by calling one's - '') (cintento) (ka- attention to a question (without full ace. n, kim 4,8 ; rissanti) 7,i8; (karomi) 55,6; (mafi- sentence) — now I look here! hallohl flasi) 69,84; kin'ti vyakareyyasi, 95,8; 8,11 fkim bho vSnarindal); 73,i6 (kim - «) kirfi (adv.) V. below. — m. nom. Sundari, kaham gat&si). ko (si tvaiii) 3,ij; (janati) 13,i7; kicca, ^) mfn, {gra, karoti, sa, (ettha) 65,14; (pan' ettha Nagaseno) kftya) to be done or made; n, <^am 110,8i; (/%/ nu (atappam) Dh. 276 ; kiccaih, a-kiccam, 97,81 ; («^ nu dipo) liaso) Dh. 146; - aec. kaiii, 25,i8. Db. 292; kiooclkicca, loc. pi, /^esu, Dh. 74. — *) n. duty, service, kindness Dh. 363. — f. nom. ka (nama tvam) purpose, cause, motive, use, 56,10. — instr, •) (w.) n, kena, 16,ss. buBiness, 35,5. 70,28; •>) adv. why? 22,8». 54,27. need ; nom. tumbakam vioasena rvam n'atthi, „tbei'e is no need for" {instr,) - instr. {etc.) f. kaya, 29,8o (katbaya). kiccha 76 which 106,i8 - Dh. 252, 55,7 ; ace. i^am, 13,s6 (gervice); sa- gambler, written kitava kicca-ppasuta, mfn. intent upon one's probably ought to be being nom. (— sa. own businegs, m. pi. /N/a, 86,88; kat- satho, kitava analogy of words tabba-kicca, ». pi. ,,the objects of kitavaA) after the (Tr. cp. Jfit. VI, one's mission", loc. i^esu, 114,8i. — ending with -va< sikkhito yatha, m both itthi-", kata-o, kilamana-", bhatta-", 228,19 : kitava gen. ^assa, SN. V. instances before 's'; q. The Comm. kiccha, mfn. (sa. krcchra) pain- I, 24,4 - Vin. Ill, 90.) — kitavaya, but Weber ful, attended with pain or labour ; m. takes kitava Miiller f^o (Buddhanam uppado) Dh. 182; (Ind. Str. I, 168) and Max take it for an abl. — n. /v-aifa (saddbammasavanam) ib. (8BE. X, 63) from the player. kiiica, n, pron. indef. (— sa. cp. vor dem Spielgepner, (formed after the kind) auything; afiiiarii kinoa yathi- *kittaka, mfn. Tr. PM. cchiteii), whatever else you might wish, analogy of ettaka etc. p. how much? how 111,28. 80, cp. sa. kiyat), how much kiflcaDa(m), h. p.-on. indef. (sa. many? n. -^aiii pacanii, cp. next. kira-cana) anything; na .-vaiii, nothing, have I to cook? 67, 10. Dh. 200. 421. - a-kiiicana, mfn. *kittavata, adv. (cp. ettavata & how far? to what extent? 96,5. (q. v.). — cp. akincanna, n. & ea- prec), kincana, wt/w. kinnara, m. (= sa.) a kind of kiiicapi, indecL (— sa.) certainly, mythical being, a male fairy, f. /^i; although, in spite df; «^ na janati {w. the kinnaras are of extraordinary beauty, celebrated dancers and musi- /bW.pana) 63,3i ; rw 8 J evam vadeyya, - 100,M („in spite of what he might cians (cp. Jat. IV, 262 & 438). say"). ""-lilha, f. the grace of a kinnara, kiiici, *) w. pron. indef. (sa. kirii- instr. ~aya, 49, 12. cid) something, anything (whatever); kinnama, mfn. (sa. kim-naman) w, foil, negation — nothing; nom. having what name; m. r^o 3i bhante, is yajb kinci . . . sabbarii taiii (whatso- what your name? 96, 20. ever) 68,87; adj. r^ ditthigataih, 94,6; kipillika, m, (sa. pipllika, cp. ace. api kiiici labhamase (any reward) pipilika) an ant; pi. /x-a, 60, 1. 13,28; ai.fiaiii ^ (v, h.) 7,ii; ma kinci kimattham & kimattbaya, v. vadetha, 66,26; <^ Yattura na visahati, kiiii & attha ^). 87,21 1 adj. na kiftoi paparii, 104,34; kira, adv. (enelit, — sa, kila) r>.^ na . . . anumuttaiii dubbbasitaih indeed, really, probably; namely, often padam (not even thu smallest) 110, 12; to be rendered by „you know", „you instr, kenaci, 73,4; kenacid-eva see"; „we hear", „it is said"; or in- (karaniyena) 32, 13; loc. kismici, Dh. dicating what the subject concludes 74. — *) adv. altogetter, u), foil, from facts mentioned or imagined; — negation — not at all; sace kiiici 87,6 ; evam kir', 40,3, 61,86; saccara aharam labheyyam, 16,ii; na kinci kir' evam, 64,i6; na kir', 31,6; ex- abhavissa, 42, 11; >^ karanaiii a-ja- pressive of astonishment : 64,i8; in nanto, 60,17. — koci, m. (v. h.) cp, interrogative sentences : 61,7. 68,15. kacci & kinca above. 69,7 (kiraham); after a question : 32,i7. kinati, vb. (sa. \/kri) to buy; 87,28; - 3,2. 18,5. 23,26. 29,22. 32,9; pr. 1. sg. ^ami (dadhim tava hat- - 8,8. 11,10. 31,8. 39,14. 64,18. 60,2. thato) 101,29 (— I did not buy); 61,2-9. 72,27; — ayam pi kira r.^ja ger. kinitva, 101,26. yeva, 43,25. kitava, m. (•= sa.) a gamester, kiriya, /". (sa. kriyii) doing; work, gambler; kitavasatbo, a fraudulent undertaking; nom. rwS (pannavanta- 77 kiva nam i.i.ihati) 57,6, - anta-«, kala-o, *Ki8agotaini, f. nom. pr. of a sacca-", q. V. theri, a relative of Ootama; nom. /^i kilanta, pp. v. next, (khattiyakaiina) 64,ii; gen. {dat.) kilamati, vb. (sa. yklain) to rviya, 64,25. grow weary, to become tired, to be kismici, loc. sg. n., v. kiilci, troubled or exhausted; pr. 3. pi, kissa, ^) gen. pron. interr. ^) adv. «.anti, 6,si; 1. pi. kimattham .>^ama — why, 101,6. V. kim'. (why weary ourselves) 66,»; irnper. 3. kidisa, mfn. {sa. kidrQa) of what pi. /*^antu, 60,iJ, — pp. kilanta, m. kind? what like? m. »vO (silacaro) pi. f^si, 112,28. cp. next. 43,83 ; n. rwarii (kammam) 85,ia. kilamatha, m, (sa. klamatha) kija'ti, vb. {sa, ykrid) to play, fatigue, exhaustion, suffering; inatr, to sport, to amuse one's self in or by appa-kilamathena, 28,is (v, h.). - (w, loc. or acc. of the name of the play, •atta-o (v. h.) very often a comp, ending with -kija, *kilamana, n. — prec, —o-kic- q, V.)-, pr, 3, sg. i^kH (jutarii Tam- caiii (n'attbi aiifiesam, nDone shall barajena saddhim, plays at dice) 19,io. suffer") 39,16 {cp. kicca). 48,b; (nakkhattam, enjoys the festival) kill tt ha, mfn. {pp. y/kWq, sa. 61,8; 1. pi, /s.-ama, 48,22; —part, m, klishta), impure, dirty; n. impurity; rvanto, 48,5; gen. ^antassa {w. loc. ^kamma-kilittham, evil karma {opp. jala-karandake, q. v.) 36,3o; part, o-visuddhi) Dh. 15, cp. kilissati & med. m. ^ amaiio, 7,29; — aor. 3. kilesa. sg. klli (raiiiia saddhim) 48,8i ; (pok- kilinna, mfn. {pp. ^klid, sa. kharaniyam udaka-kilam, amused klinna), moistened, wet; lala-kilinna- himself in the lotus tank) 52,28; — gatta, adj. 65,s. inf. (N/itura (jiitam) 20,*; comp. kilitu- kilissati, vb. {sa. \/k\\q) •) to be k.amata, f. 62,i5. — cans, kilapeti tormented, feel pain, suffer; pot, 3. sg. {q. v.\\ cp. next & kila, kilika. /veyya, Dh. 168. — ^) to be impure kilana, n. {sa. kridana) playing; (through sin); pp. kilitt'ia (9- ''O <^P' *>-kiile (amhakarii pokkharaniyarii) playing at dice, next.* 63,0 ; jiita-kUana-, kilesa, m. {sa, klega) pain; de- ao.ti. pravity, passion ; acc. pi. i^o (jabitum^ kijii, f. {sa. krida), play, sport, last 44,31 ; ioc.i)?. /ve8u(virattaniana8a88a) amusement; frequently part of 64,19-39; sabba-kilesa-darathesu {loc. comp. (object of the verb kilati) : pi.) „all passions and torments", 64,8i; udaka-kilam kill (amused himself by kilesa-vasena, „under the influence of bathing) 62,28; uyyana-kiladi-gamana, passion", passionately, 20,ii; *''-rati, n. riding in the park etc. 66,22; ku- love, acc. (sa. kutas, ep. soever (quamvie) ; - '-mahanta, mfn, kuto, adv. interr. how great, ace. n. /". accord- kucchi, m. & f. (sa. kukshi, m.) synon, w. kutti. (sa. krti ?) ; the belly, womb, uterus; acc, <^im, ingly it is possibly derived from sa. 61,2i; — dbl. matu-kucchito, 62,9b; suff. krt). ahl. m. />.imha, 42,23; — loc. m. »x/is- kudacanaih, adv. (sa. kadScana) =-• mim, 38,9; .^..imJii, 61,8i; — inHtr. f. ever, at any time; w. negation /viya (parihariiva) 62,a; — loc, f. never at any time; na <-«/, 106,»8 — /x/iyam (pakkhipitvi, „even if you Dh. 6; ma -^, 106,J5 — Dh. 210. had her inside you") 50,84. cp. kadaci. kujjhati, vh. (so, ykrudh) to be- kuddha, mfn. (sa. kruddha, pp. come angry; pot. 3.sg. na kujjheyya, y'krudh, v. kujjhati) angry; m. <%.o, Dh. 224; aor. 2. pi. ma mayham 67,28; instr. ,%.ena, 11,?; gen. /N/assa, .>.^ittha, ger, 33,ie; a- — a-kuddha, v.); cp. 19,31 ; ,^itva, 11,6. mfn. (q. kujjhitva, 67,25. -pp. kuddha (g. v.), kodha. i t , cp. kujjhana, kodha. k u p a mfn. (= sa. ; pp. kuppati, *kujjhai. a, n. becoming angry. ^kup) offended; angry; «». /^^o, 74,30. — "-sila, mfn. prot.e to anger, irascible; cp. kopa. f. pi. <%.a, 52,6. kubbato, kubbanam, kubbe- kufljara, m. (-- sa.) an elephant; tha, V. karoti. voc. -^a, 77,3-4; pi. r^a, Dh. 322. kuniara, m. (— sa.) a son, a kuti (& kuti), f. (sa. kuti) a hut, young roan, prince; *"-kilam [katva] ahouoe; nom. r^i (channa) 104,22-25; (having amused himself as prince, cp. Zoc. />^iyam, 14,i»; (eka-)gaiidha-kuti- kila) 44,20; *°-panha, n. the novice's yaiii (q. v.) 73,i7. questions, 82,i4; deva-kumara, a son ku^umba, n. (= sa.) household, of a god, /%/ vanni/i, mfn. 46,26 (v. h.). iamiiy; acc. ->>aiii (vicarenti) 22,i5; — kuniara is often used as last part (santhapetum) 66,e. of u worn. pr. — younger, junior, v, kutumbik t, m. (— so. cp. ku- Ajatasattu-, Brahmadatta-, Siddha- trtnbin) a householder, 'paterfamilias ttha-, Silava-, Supparaka-, Susinm-. (tsp, of the miduie class, cp. Fick, Soo. cp. kumari. 61. 166); *nahapi'.a-'', m. 28,ib (v. h.). *Kumara-ka8sapa, m. mm. pr. k una pa, n. (— » sa.) a corpse, a of a thera; -wO (vicitrakathi) 109,9. dead body ; vippKviddhf-naiia-kunapa- kumari. f. (^ sa.) a young girl; bharita, mfn. 65,io. acc. r^^im (daharim) 47, 19. cp. ku- w, sa.) a ring, ear- kundala, (— mara. - dimin. kumarika, f. (^ sa.) ring or bracelet; loc. pi. mani-kun- id. r^si, 86,36. 112,14; voc. .^e, 87,35; dalesa, precious ston^is and rings, acc. o.-arii, 48, 19; instr, »N.-aya, 86,30. i)h. 345. kumuda, n. (= sa.) the white kundika; f. (-=- sa.) the water- lotus; acc. ^&m. (saradikam) Dh. 286. pot of au ascotic; loc. ix/ayaiii, 110,38. — **'-na}a, m. a lotus-stalk, acc, rwam, ; . 79 kuhim 5,18. — "-patta-vanna, mfn. having kulavaka, n. (sa. kulaya, m. + the colour of the petals of the white -ka) a nest; ,>^ka, f. (or pi.?) brood lotus, ace, ph ~e (maBgala-sindhave") of birds (= supanna-potaka, Comni.) 63,4. 60,16 (cp. SN. I," p, 8,1 flf.) — viku- kumbha, m. (= sa.) *) a jar, lava, mfn. (q. v.Y pitcher; *°-'upama, mfn. like a jar kulin, mfn. (— sa.) belonging to (fragile), acc. /v^am (kayaiii) Dh. 40; a noble family; *a-kuli«, of base ex- — uda-", »l. a water-pot, ,>^o, Dh. 121. tractiou, 102,4 (q. v.). one of the frontal *) globes of an ele- *Kuveni, f, nom. pr. of a female phant; acc. -%.am (hatthissa) 77,i, yakkha; o/i nama yakkhini, 111,5. kumbhila, m. {sa. kumbhira) a kusa, m. (sa. kuQa) the Kusa-graas crocodile (of the Ganges); /vO, 2,a6, (Poa CynoBuroides); 1^0, 26,2o; Dh. 108,27 (ruddadassano); gen. pi, Ha- 311 (duggabito hattham auukantati^ naro, 3,17. — *°-raja, m. I,i8 (voc.) nila-kusa-tina, m. dark K.-grass, «^am, cp. raja /I. 26,18. kuru&ga, m. (sa, kuranga) a kind kusagga, n. (sa. kugagra) the of antelope; *<'-miga, m. the k.-deer, sharp point of a blade of Kusa-grass; f>^o, 11,24; ~jataka, p. 11 — 13. instr. /N^ena (bhuiijetha bhojanam, kurute, kurumana, v, karoti. like an ascetic) Db. 70. kula, n. (= sa.) a family, house- Kusamala, m. (?) nom. pr. of hold; class or caste in general (v. Fick, an ocean; acc. ovarii (nama samuddam) Soc. 61. 22, cp. jati), and more espe* 26,19. = Kusamalin, m. (?), 26,22 (^ cially designation of a family of the maliti vuccati), cp, Aggimala. numerous castes of the middle class kusamudda, m, v. ku-. (merchants and tradesmen, v. kula- kusala, mfn. (sa. kuQala) good, dhitar & "-putta below); nom. tam right; clever, skilful; m. />/0, Dh, 44; kulam, Dh. 193; jati-gotta-kula-pa- n. ovarii, 4,82 (sace . . ., icc-etam ku- desa, m. 43,8o (v. h.); para-kulesu salam); acara-kusala, mfn. perfect in (loc. pi.) „among other people", Dh. behaviour, m. r^o,,i>h. 376; para- 73; raja-kula, n. the king's palace, ppavada-**, skilled in disputation, m. acc. rv&m (pavisitva) 68,17; abl. 66,81 (v. /».). cp. upaUhaka-", 81, 11. good deeds, merit; nom, /^am, 97, 12; /warn kulin, mfn. (g. v.). >vBm bahum, Dh. 63; acc. kula-dhitar, /". (sa. kula-duhitr) katva, 58,12 ; instr, 89,i; kooid eva & ^a. kuha) *) wheret other pron. : na aniio koci, nobody 24,21 ; gaha-kutam,. M. Dh. 154; pab- w. bata-kuta, m. pi. 75,8c. cp. Gijjha- else, 61,8. yo koci (samano) which- kuta. soever, 110,8; pi. ye keci pana . . . te kupa^, m. (^= sa.) a^hole, — loma* sabbe, 91, 1; ye keci pathavitthita. kupa, m. a pore of the shia; "-mattam „any earthly being", 110,ii. a pi, 16,10 {y. matta'). *koiica^, nt. or «. (?) name of kupa* & kupaks,, m. (= sa.) certain sound, a cry, roar, esp, the the mast of a ship; kilpagge, on the roaring or trumpeting of an elephant top of the mast, 18,6 (v. agga); pi. (also written kunca (& kufija) cp, kupaka (tayo) 28,s9. V'kuc & v^kvij & kuiijara; Jat. VI, kula, n. (= sa.) the bank of a 681,18. V, 49,16. VI, 638,8); konca- river; loc. nadi-kule, 108,24; para- nada, m. the trumpeting of an ele« kule, on the opposite ba'nk, 108,19. — phant, ace. r^'Am naditva, 61,i9. paihsu-kula, n, {v. h.). kofica^ m. (sa. kraunca) a kind kedara, ». (=^ sa.) a field; instr. of heron; pi. jinna-koncii, old herons, pi. ^ehi, 66,30. Dh. 166. kevala, mfn, (— sa.) ') alone, ko^i, f. (= sa.) ^) end, top, point; only. *) whole, entire, all; ace, m, loc. ,M..iyam thito. last, 17,8. - *atthi- /N^arii (dhammam) 109,9&; gen, .x^assa koti, the end of a bone, acC. rwim, (dukkhakkhandassa) 66,ii-i7. 13,20. — vema-**, the part of a loom kevalam, adv. (= sa.) only, that is moved, loc. .^iyaiil, 89,6. — merely; if only; 88,a«; 11, is. ^) the highest number (10 millions); kesa, m, & n. {sa. kepa fn.) the asiti-koti-vibhava, mfn. (g. v.). hair of the head; ace. rs. 81 khanti ace, ovarii (ekam, one half part) 58,a»; *kha.jjopanaka, >«. (akin to sa. pi. r\^a. (dve, two companies) 33,2o; khajyotis, khadyota etc.) a firefly; ib, so (-= two portions); ace, pi. ^e, "-sadisa, m. pi. like fireflies, 72,S9. 41,18. k b a n a . »i. (so. kshana) ') an instant, •Kotthita, m. nom.pr. of a thera; moment, the ripht moment, ^o, 108, /S.0 (patisambhida [aggo]) 109,io. (ma upaccaga); ace. tarn kbanarii kodanda, »i, (= sa.) a kind of yeva, just at that moment, iustautly, bow; rw.0, 92,15. 17,81. 32,30. 63,18; loc. tasmiiii khane, kodba, »». {sa, krodha) anger; by this time, 12,8o; khane khane, from ace. n^&m, 44,8, 106,83 = Dh. 222. - time to time, Dh. 239; comp. w. vb, a-kkodha, m. mildness (g, v.). - nouns or part, : vanditva (hita-kkbane, kodha-vagga, m. the XVIlth chapter 87,88; khanatita, mfn. who allows the of Dh. cp. kujjhati. right moment to pass, pi. <^&, 108,7. kodhana, mfn. {sa. krodhana) — ') leisure, state of rest; ace, ovarii angry. — a-kkodhana, mfn, free from parara, llO.is {synon, santi). auger {q, v.). kbanati, vb, {sa, ykban) to dig, kopa, m, {= sa.) anger; ace, dig up; pr. 3. sg. /N^ati (mulaiii) Db. 's.am akatva, without getting angry 247; imp, 2. pi. turmoil ; ace, ^am (katva) 73,2a. berg, KZ. XXV (1881) p. 326. kovida, mfn, {= sa.) skilled, khanda, *)»». n, (= sa.) a piece, learned in {gen, or comp.)\ ace. m. fragment, section of a book; n, puva- o^am (maggatnaggassa) Dh. 403; khandam, a morsel of cake, 63,i8. — Sambuddha-mata-^ (saihgham) ex- ') mfn, broken ; **'-danta, mfn, „bro- perienced in the doctrines of Buddha, ken-toothed", acc. m. >vam, 63,8. 114,13; uirutti-pada-kovida, Dh, 352. khandeti, vb, {denom. fr. prec., (3. f.). sa. khandayati) to break, to inter- kosajja, n. {sa, kausidya; cp, rupt; — to renounce, to remit (acc); kusita) indolence, sloth; /v^aib, Dh. ger, yetanam <%/etva (in stead oi), 241. 19,85. Kosala, m. (= sa.) mm. pr. of kbattiya, «». f. {snbst, <& adj.., a people and its country (north of the sa. kshatriya) one who belongs to the Ganges). — "-rattha, .w. the kingdom warrior (or royal) caste; (>wO, 92,io. of K. loc. rs/e, 30,89. — "-raja, m. the 107,21 = Db. 387; rajano khattiye king of K. 43,16; gen. -raniio, 31,i. {ace. pi.), „valiant kings", Dh. 294. - "-rajja-samiko, id. 43,»s. — '"-kanfia, f, a maid of that caste, kosiya, m. {sa. kaugika) an owl 64,11 ; /v/adinara, 47,i5. — *"-sukhu- (= ulnka); «x/0, ll,io. mala, m. „a delicate prince", 97,33. klesa, V. kilesa. k hat turn, indecl. {sa. krtvas) a suffix of numeral adverbs, implying multiplication (ntiraes"); v, ti-kkhat- turh. Kh. kbanati, vb., v. kbanati. khanti, f. {sa. kshanti) ') patience, kbagga, m. {sa. kbadga) a sword; forbearance, forgiveness; "-mettanud- ace. /vam (gahetva) 33,»4; "-talena, daya-sampanno, 7,i8. 38,i5; nom, with the flat of the sword, 41,se. - khanti, Dh. 184. - *»-bala, mfn, ma&gala-**, a sword of state, ace, whose strength is patience, acc. m, khandha acqniesoing in, belief, faith, v. afifia- khalu, indecl. (= sa., generally khantika, mfn. contracted tokho, q.v.) indeed, surely; khandha, m. (sa. skandha) ')the 111,18. shoulder; loc. /v-e ^karitva) 71,28; khanu(ka), v, khanuka. (-varanassa) 46,si; hatthi-", on the khadaka, m. (= sa,) an eater, instr. pi. back of an elephant, 102,J3. — *) a eating (at the end of eomp,) ; stem, a mass, multitude ; v. aggi-kkhan- lohita-mam8a-kbadakehi,_41,94. i) dha, mani-kkhandha. — ') in the dog- khadati, «6. (sa. ykhad) to eat. : to gnaw matics ») aggregation ; dukkha-kkban- ») to chew (e. g, tambulam), dha. aggregation of misery, ace. rv&m, (asunder), to grind one's teeth (dante). 108,»i!; gen. r^a,8S& (samudayo, niro- *) to destroy. — pr, 3, sg, ^ati, 13.S3 dho) 66,11-18; — '') pi. ^a, the five rvana-mahisam) ; 106, 19 = Dh. 240 constituent elements of a human being, (destroys); 1. sg, n^ami, 13,i6 (== ftit,); viz. rupa, vedana, saiina, saihkhara, 3, pi, r^aati (sassani^ 7,86; — imp, vinfiana {q. v.) 94,8-io. 96,9. i6. i8. 19; 3. sg, kliada (puvaifa) 67,36; 2. pi, 99,97 (in one comp.)) paflc' upadana- /vatha, 6,10 (maiiisath), 21,s (kha- kkbandha, „the fivefold clinging to daniyam); —part, gen. m, (^antassa, - existence", 67,ii. 82,ioi loc, kwCSU, 53,18; f. pi. /^antiyo (dante) 66,6; 98,31 (santesu, .^anam, pot. 3. sg. ciram khadeyya (might long Dh. 374 (udayE,vyayaih); — *khan- have eaten) 9,i; 2. sg. .^eyyasi, 13, 15; dha-disa, mfn. '.ike the elements of 2. pi. rveyyatha, 14,2o; — fiit. 1. sg. the body, pi, ,>,h (dikkhil, q. v.) Dh. rvissami, 4,2-12; 8. pi. .^issanti, 21,3o; 205J. — aor, 3, pi, /x/iifasu, 22,ii; — inf. kliamati, v?». (sc;. i/ksham) *)tobe rvitum, 1,16. 12,7 (camma-varattam) patient, 'Endure; to forgive anything - ger. ^itva, 2,21 (phalani); 41, i4 ((icc.)i imp. 2. &g. kbarna (ekapara- (tambulam). — grd. ») khaditabba; dham) 47,8. — *) to b« fit, to seem tumhehi khaditabbaharato datva, good to (gen.); yatha te khanieyya „giving food from your own table", (pot, 3. sg. „a8 may seem good to 14,19; *>) kbadauiya (q. v.); — pp. you") 94,98. — cans, v, next, (cp, kbadita (q. v.); — cans, khadapeti khaflti, f,) (q. V.) cp. khadaka, »». khainapeti, vb, {cans. II. kha- khadaniya, n. (sa, khadaniya, TOati) to propitiate, conciliate; to ask grd, fr, khadati) hard or solid food onu's (t/m.) pardon : ger. /^etvfi (rS- (opp. bhojaniya, q, v.)\ ace. ^aiii janaih) 41,96. (khadantassa) 63, u ; 78,i; khadaniya- khaya, n, (aa. kshaya) loss, de- bhojaniyam, 18,8o. struction, extinction; ace. <^&m. (tan- khadita, mfn, (pp. khadati) hanam) Dh. 154; a^l, f^a. (sabba- eaten, gnawed asunder; m. pi. ^a etc.) — mannitanam 94,i2. asava- (inaccha) 6,9; f, pi. ,N.a (varatta) kkhaya, jati-", jivita-" {v. h.)\ tanha- 12,20. — *''-tthana, n. eating-place, kkhaya (v. tanha) cp. khiyati. ace. r^&m, 62,». kbara', mfn. (= sa.) hard, rough, *khanuka, m. (often written klia- sharp, painful; m. «^o (abadho) 78,2i; nuka, fr. khanu or khanu (^/kshan?) /'. pi, rwa (vedana) 13,i3 cp. Prakr. ; (sakkhara- khanu, sa. sthanu, Tr. PM. kathala-valika) 97,35. 68. Note 6, Pischel, Gr." § 309.) a khara*, m. (= sa.) a donkey (= stump or trunk; loc. ^e, 12,25. gadrabha), a mule. — *"-putta, m. a khayati, vb. (pass, ^khyii. sa, derisive name of a sindhava (q, «.), khyayate) to seem to be (nom.), to 64,19 (voc); Khara-putta-jataka, n. have the aspect of, to appear as (viya) p. 62 ff. pr, 3. sg. r^ati (uccataro) 3,i; part. 83 Khuddaka-Pa^hs med. (x-mana, ace, »i. ^am (veluva- fmamsesu) 103,2i; fut. 8. sg, n^ieanti narh viya) 26,25; aor. 3. pi. rJimsn (dhanam) 48,ii. - pp. khina, v. above, (aditta-geha-sadisa viya) 65,ii. subst. m. khaya, q. v. (cp. khepeti). khari. f. (= sa.) a certain measure khira, n. (sa. kshira) milk; nom. of capacity (of grain etc.); the provi- ace. /vam, 26,ti-i3; (matu >x/) 24,82; sions of an ascetic, worn by means of (duyhamanam) 99,28; 106,2i = Dh. a yoke (*khari-kaja, m. (or -kaca, cp. 71; — *duddha-khira, mfn. one who sa. kaca)) = *khari-bhara, m. 30,i7 has milked, 104, 21 (m. 1^0). — khiro- (vattito -^o) cp. 8BE, XIII, 132. daka, «, milk-water (v. udaka). — khitta, mfn, (pp, khipati, sa. *°-ghata, m. a pot of milk, ace. /»/am, kshipta) thrown, cast; »». (n/O (rajo 101,26. - *"-paka, mfn, drinking milk, pativgtam) Dh. 125. ratti-khitta, uoking, m. rvO (vaccho matari) Dh. shot by night, m, pi, ,vg (sara) Dh. 284 (var, khira-pano). "-paiiiriiw, 304. m, (sa. kshira-par^in) name of a tree khipati, vb. (sa. ykship) to throw, whose leaves contain a milky sap, cast; pr, 3. sg. force) 44,1 ; — fut, 1. sg, thrown; raiifia (instr.) pasaka-khi- comp, U), anu inserted : khuddanu- pana-kale, when the king was throwing khuddakani (n. pi,) sikkbapadani the dice, 48,ts. samuhantu (saihgho), the order may *khipapeti, vb. (caus, II, khi- in the course of time abolish some pati) to cause to be thrown or cast; precepts or other that are of minor aor. 3. sg. r^eai (a6ure Sineru-papate) consequence, 79,i2. 69,26; ger. quickly; 27,i7. Dh. 137. the foil, books : Khuddaka-Patha, khila, m. (= sa.) stubbornness, Dhammapada, (Udana), (Itivuttaka), obduracy; vigata-khila, mfn. free from Sutta-Nipata, (Vimana-Vatthu), stubbornness, m, <^o, 104,24. (Peta-Vatthu) Thera-Gatha, Theri- khina, mfn. (sa. kshlna; pp. Gatha, Jataka, (Niddesa), (Pati- khiyati) destroyed; exhausted, sub- sambhida-Magga), (Apadana), (Bud- dued; n. .>.«aih (mayham kammam) dha-Vamsa), Cariya-Pitaka. Spe- - khinusava, cimens of these books are found in 24,1 ; f. /v-a (jati) 71,i6. mfn. having subdued the passions (v. the Reader, except those put within asava). — **'-iEaccha, mfn. without parentheses. The name Khuddaka- fishes, loc. n. /s^e (pallale) Db. 165. Nikaya is probably due to the title khiyati, vb, (pass. \/kshi, sa, of its first section, viz. Khuddaka- kshiyate) to perish, to waste away; PStha; nom, Khuddanikayo, 102,ie. part, med. (vmana, loc, pi, n, ^esu *Khuddaka-Patha, m, name 6» khappipSBB 84 NibbBna); of the fltat section of Khuddaka-NikSya; tranquillity, happiness fof Bpeoime&B thereof p, 82,'i-u. yoga-kkhema, n. {v. fc.). {sa. kshemm) en- k h u p p i p S B a, /". (sa. kshut-pipSsS, khemin, mfn. cp. khuda) hunger and thlrit; >vu Joying security or peace; m. is^l, Dh. (tatiya sena 103,80. *<*-ftbhi- 258. MSrassaJ , , , {sa. bhuta, mfn., v. abhiuhavati. khe|a (or khela), m, kheta, khura, m. (sa. khura & kshura) cp. kshveda) phlegm, saliva; /n/O, - *) the hoof of an animal. *) a razor; 82,5 = 97,28; instr, ^ena, 57,2*. *''-cakka, n. a wheel sharp as a razor, paggharita-", mfn. „with trickling nom, ace. ,^am, 23,3o-s6; — *khura- phlegm", f pi. -x/a, 66,5. - *<'-mal- nasa, mfn. {cp. $a. khura-nasa) having laka, m. a spitting-box, nwO, 84,i5. R nose like a razor, m. pi. ^a (maccha) - vi-kkhe}ika, mfn, {q. v.) cp, lala 25,23; "-nasika, mfn. id. pi, /^a (ma- & next. nussa) 26,26. cp. next. *khelapaka, m. (t>ar. khelasika, lit. 'whose khurappa. »». {sa. khurapra & fr. khela + \/ap or a-\/pa) kshurapra) a kind of arrow; ace, ^aiii, teeth water', or 'eating spittle' 0: a 92,33. covetous person or a lick-spittle (?), *Khuramala, »».(?) name of an used as a term of abuse of Devadatta; use ocean ; •'-saraudda, tK. 25,82 {ace. o^aih). gen. -^assa, 74,28. <'-vada, m. of - *Khurainali(n), m. (?) id. 26,si the abusive term khelapaka, calling {cp. Aggimala). one by that name; instr. ,^ vadena, khetta, n, {aa. kshetra) a field; 74,29. {cp. 8BE. XX, 239; Dhp. (1855) r^&m, 100,87 (daddham); ace. ^aih, p. 143.) 8,7; 100,86 (daneyya); pi. o^ani (tina- klio, adv. (before vowels sometimes dosani) Dh. 366; loc. r^esu, 8,9; khv'-, sa, khalu) an enclitic particle sali-yava-khettesu, 8,i8. — *khetta- of ascertainment or emphasis : indeed, gopaka, m, a field-watcher; gen. verily, truly; kho 'ti avadharanani, <-..^assa, 14,2s, — khet'.a-pala, »i. id. 85,34; abhabbo o.., 69,37; pasada /n^, gen, ~assa, 16,ii. — "-rakkbaka, m. 79,39; avyakatam .-v, 89,23; — after id. (.sa. kshetra-raksha) pi. ^a, 8,18. pron, : mayhaiii f^, 2,29; ete p. 71 — 74; - inf. ganturii, 35, 3«. 62,5; comp. gantu-kama, mfn. desiring to ga, Mi/V». (= sa., only at the end go; m. /s/O, 50,0 (cp. kama); pi. >x /vaina (let us go) 39,i4; — part. m. *ganthika, f. (fr, sa. granthi, -x/anto, 9,11. 34,4 (on his way); acc. m.) a knot, tie; acc. >^&m (patimun- o^antaih, 2,97; loc. ^ante (kale) 14,i5. citva) 82,28. cp. gandika. 102,4; f. fwanti, 49,8; m. pi. r^anta, ganda, m. (= sa.) ') the cheek. 6,14; gen. m. pi. o^antanam, 9,i6; *) a boil, pimple ; a bump ; ^0 (ut^hahi) part. med. f. o^amana, 87,33; f. pi. 60,20. /". (id.) 23,18; — imp. 2. sg. •) gaccha, *g a n d i k ii , (or gandi, also written 2,13. 7,1 (/x '') gacchahi, 4,i9. 6,35; 2. pi. ~atha, a block; dhainma-gandika, f. a block 4,15. 8,3; —pot. 3. sg. 2. sg. rweyyasi, 7,39; — fut. •) 3. sg, to take, seize (acc.) ; to catch, capture, gamissati, 58,i4; 2. sg. *vasi, 7,96. 14,94. 32,90. 39,15; to acquire, obtain, 77,«. 87,86; 1. sg. /%^aini, l,i7. 4,36j get, 33,9,->. 52,17. 55,16; to take pos- 23,7 (/%/ain'eva); 101,97 (sve gahetva session of, to conquer, win, 35,i9. 39,8. f^ „I will come to-morrow and take 59,89; to keep, retain, 33,»9. 49,9i; if); 3, pi, ^anti, 104,io; l.pl. «^ama, to receive, adopt, 113,18; to assume, 6,88. 22,4; - •>) 2. pi. gacchissatha, put on, 58,16; to follow, obey, 9,ie. 21,8; — aor. •) 3. sg. a-gama (na- 52,83; to choose, 10,8-96; to take upon bhasa-) lll,r, - >") 8. sg. a-gamasi, one's self, 7,ip. 17,i6, — pr. 2. pi, 2,4. 87,94; 3. pi. a-gamaiii8u, 8,30. ganhatha, 33,s; 1. pi. /s/ama (let us capture) 39,i6; — part. m. 23,90 ; - ')2, sg. ma garni, 23,7; 2. ganbanto pi, ma gamittha, 39,i7; — *) 3. sg. (macche) 14,24; (gocaram, seeking a-gancbi (naganchi, 20,8o, probably food) 62,17; acc. f. .N/antim (attano from a-gacchati, q. v.) cp. Tr. PM. vacanam a>ganhautiin, disobeying) ganhSpeti 86 gata-gata- 52,8s; — imp, 2. ig. ganha, 1,»( gan- bhava, 19,i8 (y. thana); 8,it; hahi, 3,ir; 3. 8g. r^&tu, 10,8. 102,»8; t^hane (loc.) wherever he went, went, 3. pi. />^atha (niulena, buy it) 18,io; gata-gata-kaie, whenever he 74,«i 3. pi. ^antu, 39,17; — pot. 8. ag, 20,4. — comp. V. addha-gata, Dh. ganheyya, 12,8s; :'. sg. />.fiyyara, 33,82; (cp. gataddhin below); ujju-», 90,95; - fut. ») 1. sg, gf.nessami, 39,8; •>) 5. 108; kaya-o, Dh. 293; ditthi-", sg. ganhissati, 65,8; 2. sg, .^issasi, nitthafl-gata. Dh. 361 {v. nittha, f.); 4,28. 2ij,32; 1. sg. «x .*. pi. fviifasu, 18,2P, 22,6. 33,8; 2. pi. duggata. -saha-gata, su-gata, sugatin. (cp. sa. «^iUha. 18,93. 33,1 ; — inf. ») gahetura *gataddhiH, mfn. gata- (sa. grahitum) 4,34. 36,8; ') ganhiturii, dhvan) one who has finished his jour- 1,9. 13,u (gocararh, lo est); - ger. ») ney (= addha-gata. v, addhan); gahatva (so. grhitva) 1,23. 4,8. 15. 98. gen. m, rwino, Dh. 90. 7, brought the elephant); '') ganhitva, in hell, among animals, petaa, men, or 4,19; —pass, (gayhati), part, gayha- devas, cp, next)\ nom. /^i (sakunta- mana; >>i/ka, mfn. being captured, naiii ak.^se) Db. 92 ; atta hi attano loc, pi. rvesu (vat^akesu) 88,34; - gati, Dh. 380 (refuge); gati papika. pp. galiita & gahita (v. h.). — caus. the evil way (hell) Dh. 310; ace. V. ganhapeti & galiapeti. cp. gaha", /viiii, Dh. 420. — a-gati, f. not ad- gahana, gaha, gahin. mission; ^ tava tattha, there you ganhapeti, vb.(caus. 7/. ganliati) cannot come, 72,8. — variika-gati. to to cause be taken or beized; to pro* adj. f, 48,0 (v. h.). cp. duggati, su- cure (ace.)', part. m. ^x-ento (akala- gati (suggati). phalani) 37, le; ger. ,>.etva, 39,3o. cp, gatika, mfn. (sa, gatika, n.) at giihapeti. the end of comp. = having a certain gat a, tnfn. (pp. gacchati) gone gati (q. v.); niyata-", mfn. whose (away), arrived at, directed towards, path is certain, f, ^a, 87,30 ; a-niyata-", fallen into (ace. or comp.), pften used 87,29 {v. h.). as finite tense = went, ha^ gone; wi. gatta, «. (sa, gatra) the body; gato, 2,15. 3,28; f. ^fi (kahaih gatfisi) ace. f^&m, 84,9; abl. />^ato, 84,8. - - - 49,e ; upari pasada vara- tala - gata, lala-kilinna-°, mfn. 66,6 {v. h.). ascended on, 64,i2; n, r^&m (patitva gadrabha,»i. (sa. gardabha) an o., fell away) sitbst. 13,2o; n. gatam ass, donkey; r^o. 8,24; ace, rwam. =^ ganianaiii, 31. instr. 51, 62,i; ».ena 8,17; gen. -^assa, 16.; gen.pl. 1 ; — == 14,31 gata-tthfina, n, gata- ace. ^am, 8,25; instr. -ravena, 113,io. ; - 87 gamana gantabba, gantu-, ganturii, ace. -waiii, 19,3i. — ^) n. (?) (sa. gan- gantva, v. gacchati. dharva) music, song; ace. />^am (ka- gantha, m. {sa. grantha) >) a roti) 19,80-28. band, fetter; j3?.,>^a, fetters (o: desires) gandhiji, mfn. (= sa.) fragrant, Dh. 211; sabba-gantha-ppahina, odoriferous; f. candana-gandhini, nifn. „who has thrown off all fetters", having a scent of sandal wood, 20,34. gen. m. ^assa, Dh. 90. - ^) coraposi- gabbha, m. (sa. garbha) *) em- tioD, text, book ; often opp. to attba : bryo, foetus, child; (dibba-); 38,8; — "-kuti, f. v. sepa- anything; loc. gabbbe, at the end of — O-jata, sort rately ; n, a of perfume comp. : afSgara-", amid the flame, 15,83. gen. pi, f^&n&m, Dh. 66; — Mela, n. — *) a bed-chamber, any interior cham- scented oil; instr, ,^ena, 37,3; "-tela- ber; ace. /%..arii, 63,8; loc. anto-gabbbe, ppadipa, 66,8. — *''-paiicangulika 66,28; gabbba-dvara, n. the door of (v. /*.); — dibba-gandha-puppha, »». the bed-chamber, >^aiil, 66,27; — a flower of heavenly perfume; instr. sayana-", airi-" (v. h.) cp, next. pi. /v/Cbi, 20,9. — puppba-", sila-", gabbhini, f. (^adj, sa, garbhini) suci-" (3. V.) cp. su-gandha, a-gan- pregnant; ace, ,>^iin (duggatitthim) dbaka, sa-gandhaka & gandhi». 48,17; "-migi, f. 6,32. gandha-kuti, f. (sa, "-kuti) 'a gam a, (at the end of comp, =i perfumed house or room', name of a sa.) ^)mfn. going, able to go; v. du- room or house occupied by Buddha, rangama, mano-pubbangama, veba- esp. that made for him by Anutha- saiigama. ^) m. going, course; v, pindika in Jetavana; Gotamassa in/- atthagama, attbaagama. satnipe, 73,3o; Gotameoa saddbim gamana, n. (= sa.) going (to or eka-gandha-kutiyam (loc.) vasitva, away); ^aiii (= gatara) 62,i; ace. dwelling in private with G., 73,i4-i7 '%.'am(na labhami) lOS.ss; instr. <^en& (cp. eka*-«). (cp. .Tat. I, 92,98. Ind. (saggassa) Dh. 178; ^oc. uyyanaki- Ant. XIV, 140. ZDMG. XL, 65.) l&di-gamane, 65,88; nibbana-gamana, gandbabba, m. (sa. gandharva) mfn. leading to Nibbana, aoc. m. ^am ') a Gandharva or heavenly muBieian; (maggam) Dh. 289; - 'O-antaraya, <%^o, Dh. 105; o-manusa, pi. Gan- m. <^o (me, hindrance to ny depar- dharvas & men, Dh. 420. - *) a singer ture) 65,38 ; - *'*-bhava, m. the having or musician in general; /vO, 19,to; departed, going away, aec, /x>am (afi- gatnl 88 eubst. tn. f. flassa purisassa) 9,i»; ~ *''-niagga, gava-, base of the sometimes used ia tn. way; afiflo me «vo n'atthi, 3,i4; go, a bull, cow; loc. tassa ; adj. gavesaka, gavesin his profundity (elo<;uence?) in prea- ^itum, 64,2 1 ching the law, 11S,!0; — *''-paiina, (2- v.). {sa. gaveshin) mfn, one whose knowledge is deep, gavesi)!, mfn. end of ore. m. »s/am, Dh. 403. seeking, locking for (at the Db. gamma, mfn. {sa, gramya, cp. comp.); kama-o, Dh. 99; para-°, giima) 'relating to villages', relating 366; 8Uoi-o, Dh. 246. to common people or to sensual plea- gaha', n. {sa. grha, cp. geha & sures, mean, sensual; m, hito), the peak of a house, roof, ridge ; /-vatu, garu, mfn. ('sa. guru) heavy; valu- Dh. 154 („ridge-pole", SEE. X, 42). able; reverend; m. pi. »>/U, 109,27. gahattha, m, {sa, grha-stha) a cp, garavi:. c& nexi, householder, one who leads a layman's garuka, mfn. (sn, guruka) heavy, life; inatr. pi. rwehi, Db. 404 {opp. hard, serioua; ace. m, (v-ari (abadhaifa) an-agara). Dh. 138; (dandarii) Dh. 310. gahana, n, {sa, grahana) seizing, gar hit a, v, garahati. catching, getting; grip, hold; ,N.,am gala, 'H. (=^ sa.) the throat, neck; (ambakaiii su-gahanarii, „w6 have rwo, 13,11; all. o^ato (patthaya) 85,3o; got a very tight grip") 4,35; *'-atthaya, loc. ^e, 13,11 ; — *"-pariyosana, mfn. 3,6 {v. attha^); ajjhasaya-gahana- forming the end of the throat, n. (^am ttharii, 11,4 {v. h.); — dariidaka-", (mukhatundakarii) 18,7; — *''-ppa- 20,13; — nama-gahana-divase, 38,9; mana, mfn. going up to the neck, - maccha-", 25,35; — hattha-", 51, u. ace. m. pi. ~e (avate) 39,33. gahana, n. (= sa.) an impervious vh. {sa. \/gal) to drip; galati, wood or thicket, abyss ; metaph. im- part, galanta, mfn. dripping, n. ovarii purities; ovarii (abbhantaran te) 106,u (lohitaih) 23,32. = Dh. 394; dittbi-", a jungle of 89 gKha theories heresy, or 94,i ; — *»-tthana, {loc.) before a v., 8,8o; - *°-vara, m. «, a place or lair in the jungle, abl, the best of villages, an excellent v., .N^ato, 6,12 ; loc, /^e, 33, ai, acc. t^&m datva, 45,8; - "-vasin, w. gahapati, wi. (& gahapatika. sa, the inhabitant of a v., pi. i%/ino, 8,23-aa; gfhapati) a householder, esp. designa- - *''-satnipe, near a v. 33,88 ; - "svi' tion of a man of higher rank within kara, m. a village pig, <^o, 46,3» the third caste (cp. kutumbika); (gStha-kalale nimugga-). - dvara-", setthi /^, gen. - 68,31 ; /x-jssa, 69,9; paccanta-", matii-" (v. h.).) cp, gamma, brahmana - gabapatikesu {loc, pi, nigama. dvandva comp.) 7,85; amaoca-brah' gamika, mfn, {e. c. = sa.) going, nana-Rahapatike {ace. pi, v. amacca) wandering, travelling; m. a traveller; 42,2. cp. Fick, Soo. Gl. p. 166. pi. ^a, (Jambudipa-, nPf^^Bengeri gahita & gabita, mfn, {pp for India") 28,3j. ganhati, sa. g^hlta) seized, taken g5mi»i, mfn, (c. o. == sa.) going, captured; m. ^o (hatthe) 23,9; pi leading to; acc. m. rvinaiii (dukkh'' taoi turiyani, the various instruments 191; f. ^ini (dukkba-nirodba-°, which they held in their hands, 65,8 pa^ipada) 67. i7. - apaya-°, nibbana-", - *°-arakkha, mfn. carefully guarded para-" {q. v.), {v. /«.); — M. a grasp, tug; *<'-nimit- gayati, vb. {sa. Vgai) to sing; tena, by a tug {v. nimitta) 89,7; - recite; pr. 3. pi, -x^anti, 77, u; part, dalha-", duggahita, su-gahita {q. v.). m. /N^anto. 48,8; ger. ,%^itva, 48,83; gahetum, gabetva, gahessa- pp. gita {q. v) cp. gatba, geyya. mi. V. ganhati. garava, >». & n. {fr. garu, sa. gatha, f. (= sa.) a verse, stanza; gaurava, n.) venerableness; reverence, f^sL (catuppadika) 102,22; ace. r^afix, respect; Satthu-garavena {instr.) out 3,85; osana-^, the final stauza, 27,8i; of respect to the teacher, 79,24. instr. />^aya, 42,i8; anantara-gatbaya, galba, mfn. {sa. gadha,, pp. Vgab, in the stanza next following, 26,7; pi. as to the signification confounded fs^a (satarii) Dh. 102; ace, pi, ~a, with -y/gadh) tight, close, fast; acc. 2,9. 103,11 ; ->.ayo, 80,8o; instr. pi. m. ovarii (arakkharii) 48,i5; *''-pale- ; — '"-pada, firmly tied down, acc. m. »jam (ban- stanza has been ended, 87, i n. a word of a gathu, -%,am (ekara) dbitva) 39,31 ; - ati-galha, mfn. {q. tightly, Dh. 101 ; — gath'-udan'-itivuttukaifa V.) - galbaiii, galhakarii, adv. (parts of navaiigaiia Satthu-sasanara) 49,6; 40,19. (a younger form of 109,38 ; - *gatha-dvayam, two gSthss, *gavi, f. go, 47,23-29; 114,9 (gatba-); - catuppa- pi. gavo) a cow; kapila-gavi-dana, dika-gatha-jananaka, m. 102,87. - n, a gift of tawny cows (to Brahmans), Thera-o, Theri-gatba (g. v.). 61,28. gam a (& gamaka), m. {sa. gra- gavuta, n. {sa. gavyiita) a mea- ina(ka)) a village; acc. ^am, 82,2$; sure of length, a quarter of a yojana luddassa vasana-", 12,8; gen. ^&s^i^_ {q. V.) = 80 usabhas (about 5,6 Kilo- 32, n metres); ti- gavuta -ppamana, mfn. 96,81 ; loc. rv-e, 67,7 (sakala-); (gamake); -^ambi, 111,*; - *''-jana, having an extent of three gSvutas, loc, m. the people of the v., 101,5 (•^o); (x-e (padese) 63,83. — purana-gama-tthana, n. a ruined gavo, V. go. {e.s.sa. seizing, v., 35,sa (loc. -x-e); - "-daraka (wi. gab a, mfn. graha) pi.) the village boys, 52,i7; -*Mvare holding; v. rasmi-ggaba, m. 106,84. gahSpeti 90 of gEhapeti, vb. (eaus. II. ga^hati) n. singing, song; *0-rava, w. sound *»-8adda,^ to canoe to take; to cause to be taken, song, ace. -^am, 112,7; - *»-8sara, seized or feiahed; to remove (ace); m. id. ;v-o (madhura-) 23,b»; - dvandva- aor, 8. pi. o^esum (utuA sarire) t»2,s»; m. id. aec. .^am, 19,82; - 81,«4. - ger. ^etva, 16,»4. 21,i. 55,i4; 59,8 comp. nacca-gita-, 64,»e. (darakaih matara padosu); w. double juta-o, 48,8 {q. v.), the nsoic, ace. tnahajanam tava kathaih Benson, summer; loe. pi. hsmunta-gitn- f, praise, 31,«3 {loc. .^^ayu); 43,6 {ace, hisu (metri causa for -gimhesu?) in «^arii); — anta-", kama-**, mala- {q. winter and summer; Dh. 286. cp, V.) cp. a-guna, sa-guna. next, *gunaggata, f. {sa. *guniigrata) qualities, *g i m h 1 k a , mfn, {fr, prec) relating the state of having the best to tliu summer, made for the summer; perfection; ace. o^um (gatii) 109,3. w». 9,31 ; aec. f. <^am (saccam . . . yaya) is well-guarded with respect to the Dh. 408. law) Dh. 257 {cp. iirartbikassa bhin- giri, m, (= sa^ a mountain; i>. no, Jst. I 317,31 and the curious Nalagiri. rending udarassa pbaletva, Jfit. Ill gilati, «&. {&a, \/gf) to swallow, 297,37, o: udaraiii assa (?). Otherwise devour; aor. 2. sg. (ma) gili (loha- Fausbell & M. Mull' ' who take gulam) Dh. 371. gutta = sa. goptr („gunrdian of the gilana, mfn. {sa. glana) sick, ill; law")), n. .^am" (cittam) Dh. 36; f. -^.a, 46,6; m. pi. />^a, 6,m ; - *"'-alaya, (nagararii) Dh. 315. - atta-" {q. v.) m {v. h,); - '*-paccaya-i»hesajja-, me- cp. gopeti & next, dicine for the help of tiie sick, 97,8. gutti, f {sa. gupti) guarding, gibiii, w. (sa. grbin) a householder, protecting, protection; nom. indriya- one who leadn a domestic life; nom. gutti, Dh. 376 {v. h.), pi gibi (laymen, )pp. pabbajita) Dh. gumba, m. (so. gulma) a bush; 74. cp. paha, ge'ia, a thicket, jungle; the lair of an animal git a, mfn. (r= ,ia., pp. gayati, in a thicket; rukkha-gumbadayo {pi. recivcd, yi^ai) BUDg, arc. m. /vain V. adi) 6,11 ; loc. ^e, 11,24. 15,4; (kathamaggarii, Saripu itadi-", pro- pasanapittharii nissaya jata-", 17,so; pounded by S. and others) 113,30. — nivasa-**, vaaana-", sayana-", the 91 gopeti thicket where one is dwelling, 14 15, pr. of Gotama Buddha, by non-Bud- 87-33 ; vana-", 16,i8. dhists mentioned as samano Gotatno, gula, m. {sa. guda) a globe, ball; 7 1,2s. 93,30 etc., and adressed as ayo-gulo, 107,1 (3. v.) = loha-«, bhavaih Gotamo (nom. in stead of Dh. 371; mani-«, a jewel, pearl, 6,26. the pron. of the second person) 93,27, 18,7. or bho Gotama! (voc.) 89,22; instr. guha, f. (= sa.) a hiding-place, bhota Gotamena, 90,i6. His mother cave; the heart; °-8aya, mfn. being was Maya : Maya janayi Gotamaiii, hiding in the heart, n. ^am (cittaih) 108,91, his father Suddhodana (64,5), Dh.^7. cp. Sattapanna-guha, 109,si. and his son Rahula — maha- =" (64,7). gu, mfn. (e. c. sa.) going; v, Gotama-buddho, 87,7. — *Gotama- addha-gu, para-gu. savaka, m. pi, the disciples of G. gutha, »i. «.(= sa.) faces, dung; Dh. 296; gen. ix-anam, 74,i8. cp. *°-kalala, «. 46,33 (q. v.). Bhagavai!, Sattha)*, Sugata. geyya, n. {sa. geya) a certain Got ami, f. (sa. Gautami) nom, kind of the holy scriptures (navaiigam pr., V. Mabapajapatl. Satthu-sasanam) mixed prose and gotta, n. (sa. gotra) family, race verse; ^am, 109,38. (more comprehensive than 'kula', but n. geruka, & geruka, f. (sa, not so extensive as 'jati') ; instr. >N/ena, gairika, pwka) red chalk; "(N.a-pari- by family, 106,8 = Dh. 393; 79,9 kammakata, wfn. ^coated with red (by the family name) ; — evaih-gotta, chalk", f. ^a (bhitti) 84,i9. mfn. 92,12 (q. v.) ; — jati-gotta-kula-, geha, n. (= sa.) a house; nom, 43,30, - cp. Kaocayana-gotta, Vaccha- f^&m, 48,31 ; ace. .^am (home) 8,29. gotta. 13,6; abl. ^a, 3B,2»; .v-ato (pesakara-") *godharani, f. (adj.) being able 88,6; loc. -N^e, 41,28; asuka-", 68,3; to be paired (said of a young cow) ^-patana-, falling of the house, 19,i6; or : being with calf (?); pi. cp. gaha, gihin, god ha, f. (= sa.) a kind of great go, m. f, (= sa.) an ox, cow; pi, lizard (which is eaten by poor people); cattle; gen. gavassa, 92,2i; nom. pi. nom. sg. ^a,, 15,2o; acc. ^am, 14,30-32. gavo, 61,33. 104,27; instr. gohi, 105,28; gopa, m. (= sa.) a cowherd, gen. gavam, v. gavampati. cp. gave- herdsman; rvO, 104,20 ; Dh, 19, cp, sati, gavl & next. gopi, f. gogana, m, (= sa.) a herd of gopaka, m. (e, c. = sa.) a guar* cattle; acc. pi. i^e, 21,4. dian; v. khetta-gopaka. go car a, m. (= sa.) *) pasture- gopanasi, f. (= sa.) the wood ground, hunting-ground; pasture, food; of a thatch; "-bnogga-sama, mfn. nom, n^o (mando) 4,5; acc. «>/ain, „bent like rafter-tree", acc. f. ivaril 13,11; Dh. 136; - *'»-tthana, n. id. (narim) 47,22. 14,11 (loc. -^e); - *<'-pa8uta, mfn. gopala(ka), m. (= sa.) a cow- intent on seeking food, m. r\^0, 13, 13; herd; /x/lo, Dh. 136; gen, rwlakassa, - jala-o, mfn. 1,8 & thala-', mfn. ib. 101,2s. (q. v.). — *) sphere of perception, gopi, f. (= sa.) a herdsman's object of sense; />/0, Dh. 92; loo. r^/Q wife; 104,38. 105,2S. cp. gopa, m. (ariyanam) Dh, 22; - ananta-", mfn. gopeti, «&. (sa, gopayati) to guard, Dh. 179 (v. an-anta); — miccha- protect; pot. 3. sg. (med. or imp. S.pl.) samkappa-", mfn, & samma-saih- sa.) killing, ""gomika, m. (cp. sa. gomin) the ghataka, mfn. (= v.). owaor of cowb; /w6, 105,(8. murderer; manussa-", 76,9 (g. n. {fr. ghatita, pp. gorakkba, f. {sa. goraksha) *ghatitatta, the having oow-keepliD^, tending cattle; kasi-go- ghateti; sa. *ghatitatva) I had killed) rakkhA.dini, 21,3. killed; abl. ~a (because 17,7. ghatiM, mfn. (= sa.) killing, murderer; pana-ghati, m. 17,29 {q.v.). €!h. ghateti, "v6. {caus. -v/han, gha- to be killed; ghacca (gid. = fo. ghatya?^ to tayati; cp. hanti) to cause kill, slaughter (ace); pr. 3. be killfid or riestruot^d ; mula-goac* to slay, imp. 2. sg. ~ehi cam, adv. (q. v.) cp. ghateti. sg. -^eti, Dh. 405; 112,i9; *ghafl6a, n. (/r. su. ghana, cp. (yakkhe) 112,n; ghataya, sg. hatya & ghatya) Itilling, degtruction; pot. 3. sg, f^aye, Dh. 129; 1, 1. sg. ^e8sami, atti-ghafifia {q. v.). o^eyyam, 33,s8; fitt. ghata, m. (= sa.) a jar, pot; 112,18; 3. pi. ."vessanti, ll2,io; aor. ace. «wam, 16,s9; kadali-punna-gbata-, 3. sg. aghatayi, 112,8i; 3. pi. gha- pSantaintreeB set in pots, 62,6; **'-ppa- tayiifasu (aniiamauiiam) 33,23; ger, niSna, mfn, as largo aa a waterpot; «^etva, 16,3o; ghatiya (sabbe yakkhe n. -i^am (ambapakkaih) 36,38; khira-", ca ~) 112,9, is probably a modern dadhi-**, yasu-", q. v, formation {cp, cintiya, fr. cinteti) ghateti, vb. {sa. ghatayati, Vshat) which however more likely ought to to connect, unite; gir. »vetva (anu- be corrected thus : sabbe yakkha ca saudhim, q.v.) 32,5; .-wetva (vamsarii ghatiya {m, pi, grd., sa. ghatya). osakkamanam, to restore) 46,i7. cp, ghacca, ghata etc. ghata, w. {sa. ghrta) clarified ghana, n. {sa. ghrana) smelling, butter; ace. f>/aiii, 99, aa. the nose (as the organ of smelling, cp, ghana, ') mfn, (== sa.) compact, nasa); ovarii, 70,9i; instr. -^ena (spelt bard, firm, dense, thick; ace. r^tim ghanena) Dh. 360; loc. <%^a8mirii, (pamsum akotetva) 40,6; "-sa^aka, 71,8. — "-samphassa-vinnanayata- m. a thick cloth; acc r^aih, 50, ta; nam, the sense of smelling, 72,i2 {v, ekaghana, mfn, (q, v.), — *) »». (= ayatana). sa.) the loetuB at ti oertaia stage (the ghayati, vb, {sa, \/ghra) to smell, last before birth?); pen, r^asssi, 99,u. scent; ger, />/itva (macoha-gandhaiii) ghara, n, {sa. grha; cp, gaha & 14,95. ghana, n, {q. v.). geha) a house; noni. ^am, 101,s; ghuUlia, mfn. (sa. ghushta, pp. ace, rvam, 56,28; abl. .%^ato, 48,30; ygnush; cp. ghoseti) proclaimed; n. loc. o^e, 23,6. 48,18 (/v/e karissami, /vaiii (asalhi-nakkhattatfa ^ ahosi) .,to keep under lock in the house"); 61,2. pi. ^a (= gharani) Dh. 241. 302; ghosa, »«. {sa. ghosha) sound — '-dvara, n. a housj-door; loc, rve, (of speech etc.) v. Buddha-ghosa. 27,27; — "-avasa, m. {v. h.). — ka- *ghosatta, n. {fr. prec.\ sa. rana-" {v. karana); - nati-", q. v, — *gh08hatva; only e. c.) the having a cp. jantaghara, sayanighara; Maha- certain sound; gambhira-", 113,20 padnana-ghara. (t;. h.). ghasa, m. (= sa.) an eater; v. ghosavaf, mfn. {sa. ghoshavat) mahagghasa. sounding, roaring; m. rx,ya. (kusam- ghana, v. ghana. uddo) 20,16. ghata, m. (= sa.) ki'.liug, murder; ghoseti, vb, {$a. ghoshayati, pantba-ghata, m. 32,i5 {q, v.). caus. yghush) to cry aloud, pro- ; 93 catu claim; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 28,3i; ger, cakkhu, n. (sa. oaksbus) the eye; «^etva (tikkhattuih) 14,»6, cp. ghu- sight, insight (esp, e, c); nom. sg. ghosa, etc. ttba, fvuih, 70,25. 71,32; instr, i^unsi, Dh, 360; loc. — . . . . 19,24. *) ca ca, both , , and, 68,10. etc. 3,2. 7,13 ; c'eva . . . ca, 16,32. 18,i4. caflkamati, vb. (intens. v^kram, 30,8. 63,io; 107,17 (thrice); connecting sa, caiSkramyate) to walk about, walk whole sentences (or parts of sentences) : up and down; pr, 3, sg. ivati, 68,9, 'ti sanipaticchitva . . . 'ti ca vutte, 75,33. l,io; 42,12 etc.; yo cayarii . . . yo '''oamgota(ka), m. a casket, box; cayarii. 66,86; hoti ca na ca hoti, suvanna-camgotake,ike, loc, in a golden 89,30 ; api ca . . . api ca kho, 96,3i casket, 102,24. (v. api); anacoluthic ca . . . ca, 112,9 cajati, vb. (sa. \/tyaj) to leave, (but see corrections). — ') = but, 9,2, abandon, give up, offer; pr, 1, pi. 18,34, 108,1 (yo c'etam); often after >v>ama (asuresu panam) 60,i7; pot, a negation : 2,i2. Dh, 54, 190. 256, 3. sg. caje (mattksukbam) Dh. 290, - *) sometimes = ce, if {q. v.) : 96,n cp, caga. (tan c'ayam). cp. kinca, can da, mfn. (= sa.) fierce, violent, cakka, n. (sa. cakra) a wheel; passionate; m. ^0 (battbi) 76,8, pi. /v-ani, 98,8. — khura-", n, (v. /«.). catasso, f. pi, v. catu. cakkavattin, m. (sa. cakra-var- catu (in comp, also catur) base tin) a sovereign of the world, universal of the numeral pi. m, cattaro, caturo, monarch; worn, sg. »Ji (raja) 61,82. f. catasso, n. cattari (sa, catvaras cakkavala. m. (sa. cakra-vala (ace, caturas), catasras, catvari) =: & -Tada) a mythical range of moun- four; nom. m, cattaro, 14,io; Dh. 109; tains supposed to encircle the world; caturo, 3,26; Dh. 273; ace, cattaro, pi, worlds or spheres (thus encircled) 25,11. 45,1s; instr, rs^uhS, 3,23; gen. of which an infinite number ii>iupposed (vunnam, 89,u; — f. oata880, 38,ta to exist through the space; abl, pi. (dSnasSla); - n. cattSri, 61,6. 83,9; «vehi (afl&ebi, from other' worlds) loo, /vU8U, 88,12. 86,st. 91,7. The 60,«o. inatr, dt loo, >vubi, kJSam. are very — catuttha 94 (sa. oatur- frequently spelt of male and feiaale bhikkhus and scent of sandal wood; f. ^\m, 20,94; apSsakaR; catupf risa-majjhe, amidst — '"-vilepana, n. perfumed powder of an assembly (thus cumpounded) 86,6. of sandal wood, ^am, 23, ss. — tagara- catuppada, m. [sa. catushpada) candani/i, mfn. (q. v.). a quadruped; />,o, 3D,8; pi. /^^a, 7, is. candima, f. (?) or candimas, catuppadaka, mfn. (sa. catush- m. (sa. candramas, m. & candrima, padaka) consisting cf four parts; f. f cp. piirnima) the moon; nom. .>^nia, c a t u • b h a g a , m. (5a. caturbhaga), ox, the Yak; gen, o^assa (valadhi) the fojr'.h part, quarter ; aco, rs/&m 5,88, eti, is worth a quar*,er, Dh. 108. camma, n. (sa, carman) ') skin, catur-aHgiH, mfn. (= sa.) leather; nom. o^am, 29,98; siha-", a 'having four limbs', comprising four lion's skin, 8,8g; instr. fs^ena, 8,18; parts; f. iN/ini (sena) an army consist* °-jataka, p. 8; - *"-varatta, f a iiig of elephants, chariots, cavalry, leather-thong, ace, rvaifa, 12,7; — and infantry, 36,83; instr. rs^iniya *''-8ataka, m, an ascetic weaving senaya, 36,i4. (ep. Jat. VI, 275,25.^ clothes of skin; acc, r^snh (nama catur-angula, mfn, (= sa.) paribbajakaih) 29,99; "-jataka, ib. - four fingers or four inches broad; n. *) a shield; asi-cammarii, sword and /vaih kannam (ussaretva, v. ussareti) shield, 76,15. 83,10. car a, mfn. (= sa.) going, wan* 96 cSti dering; v. eka-cara, saddhim-cara. and also other pron. & adv. = then, (cp. gocara.) in that case; kiiS ^, 90,i6; ko />.-, 97,7. carana, n, (= sa.) acting, be- The change of t into c is probably haviour; good conduct, virtue; sani- due to the frequent combination with panna-viija-carana, mfn, Dh, 144 interrogatives (analogy of kinca, kiiici, (r. /..). koci etc.) cp. etarabi.* carati, vb. (sa. ^car) *) to go, carapeti, vb. (caus, II. carati) walk, wander about (w. ace. carikam) to cause to move; bbei^ilii n.', to beat travel; dwell, live, *) to behave, con. the drum; ger. .^..etva, 42,2. 102,26. duct one's self; to practise, exercise, carita, n. (= sa.] fr, carati) commit (ace, dhammam, anacaram acting, behaviour, conduct; living; etc.). — pr. 3. sg. <^ati (gocaram ekassa caritarii, living alone, Dh. 330, ga^hanto) 52,it; (viravanti) 53,8i; - duccarita, sucarita (q. v.). (kamesu miccha rv, comroitB immora- carima, mfn. (sa. carama) aub. lity) 97,11 ; 3. sg. -x-asi, l,i4; 1. sg. sequent, last (opp. pubba); a-carima, <^&tni (sabbaloke) 105,e; (gaveBanto mfn, (q. v,) cp, a-pubba. >v, I am looking for) 64,i8; 3. pi. cariya, «. & cariya, f. ^mostly /s.^anti, 104,«7; 1. pi. med. caramase, e. c. ; sa. carya & carya) wanaering; 105,85; — part, m. ») cararii (mom.) conduct; — eka-*", f (v, h,)\ — kapi- travelling, Dh. 61 (carafi ce); Dh. raja-", n. a chapter of Oariya-pitaka 306 (eko /%.-); gen. m. carato, 103,8; (q. V.) 108,28; — nagga-®, f. naked- *>) o/anto (dhammam, walking in ness, Dh. 141 ; - brahma-*, n. (v.h.), righteousness) 7,25; (samam, q. v.) - sama-®, n. (v. h.). 7,26; (bhikkbaya f^, wandering about Cariya-pitaka, n. nom. pr. for alms) 29,24; f. aec. -N/antim, 47,82; name of the last book of Khuddaka- gen. pi. /N^antanam (amhakaib) l,2s; nikaya; specimen thereof 108,28 ff. part. med. m. caramano (carikam, cala, mfn. (= sa.) moving, trem- wandering) 81,8; — imp. 2. sg. cara bling, unsteady; a-cala, nic-cala (dhammam) 7,2i; 47,s (cara, with (.;. ;..)• a metri causa); (brabmacariyam, oalati, vb. (sa, ^/cal) to be moved; lead a holy life) 70,i6; — pot. 3. sg. to tremble, to be agitated, excited, ») care (game, dwell) 106,3 = Dh. confused, or frightened; fut. 3. pi, 49; (eko ~) Dh. 329; (nanneaam (Spa 96 madhu-*, a honey-jaT, 63,Jo. cp. Hindi duttha-®, namita-o, nana-S patibad- cjita. dha-«, pamudita-®, pasanna-', mudu- capa, m. & n, (a.- sa^ a particular metta-», vadhaka-«, vinivarana-", su- kind of bow (dhanu); nom. m. ,^0, vimutta-o, viratta-". santa-", n, 92,15, abl. ^ato, Dh. 820 (metri patitthita-", suddha-"; - sacitta, or cause capato); pi. capa (atikhi^a, (sa. sva-citta) one's own thought q. V.) Dh. 156.. mind, ace. ^am. Dh. 327; "-pariyo- cp. 8a-». - Cftra(ka) & carika, mfn. (e. c. dapana, Dh. 183 (v. h,) cinteti, = sa.) wandering abcut; v, vana- citta-k(i)le8a etc. (q. v) cp, caraka, akasa-carika. (sa. citra) *cariku, f. {fr. \/c&r) wandering; citta« & oitra, mfn. ace. rvaiii carati, to wander about variegated, manifold; bright, brilliant, (said of the mendicant friars) 81,8. excellent; ace, m. r^&Ai (imam lokam) very brilliant; Dh. 326 ; ,^aiii pakkami (yena Gaya- Dh. 171; 8U-citta, mfn. Dh. — sisam tena, went forth to G. ; other- m. pi, ^a (rajaratha) 151; wise w. ace, Vin. I, 80,9) 70,ai. *citra-pekkhuna, mfn, having a varie- cariij, mfn.' (t. c. = so.) wan« gated tail; ace. m. ^am (moram) dering, living; "v. atidhona-", anu- 10,10. cp, ati-citra, vi-citra; citta- dliamma-**, dhamma-", bala-saiigata-'*, kata etc, brahma-", pamatta-*', safinata-". *cittakata, mfn. (fr, citta^ -f- cala, m. {— sa..) moving, trem- kata) adorned, decorated, dressed up; bling; v. bliumi-". ace. ,-^am (bimbam) Dh. 147. caveti, vh. (caus, cavati; sa, *cittak(i)lesa, m, (fr, citta') cyavayati) to cause to fall (occ); to V, kilesa. drive away from {abl.)\ aor, 3. sg. "cittakkhepa, m, (fr, citta*) v. a-cavayi (ma mam t^ana rv, that khepa. he may not drive me away from my Cittapatali, f (fr. citta* -f- place) 104,4. patali) nom. pr. 'the pied trumpet- ci, ind. {sa, cid) suffix to inter- flower , name of a tree (kappa^thiya- rogativea, rendering them indefinite; rukkha) in the world of Asuras, 69, 29; V. kacci, kadaci, kinci, koci; cp, ca, loc. pwiya, ib. cana(m). *cittarucita, mfn, (fr. citta' oinna, ^) mfn, (pp. carati; sa, -f- rucita) being after one's heart; citna) that has been wandered over; ace. m. ^aiii (samikam) 10,5. /". practised, performed ; cinna-tthane *Cittalata, (fr, citta* -f* lata) yeva, „in this old familiar place", nom. pr, of Sakka's garden; *'-vana- 1.14. — *) n. deed, good deed; v. sam- sadisa, mfn, equal to the C. -grove in mukha-". SSakka's heaven, 62,14. m. 'litaka, (sa. citaka, & f, *cittavagga, m. (fr, citta^ + cita, citika) a Leap, pile; a funeral vagga) name of the third chapter in pile, pyre; ace, <>.am, 34,8. cp, cetiya, Dhammapada. ciyati (y/ci). citra, mfn. (= sa.), v, citta*. citta^, n, {= sa.) thinking, cintana, n. (= sa.) thinking, thought, intention; mina, heart; nom. reflecting; care. '^ *cintanaka, mfn. .>.am (pabbagiiya rami) 65,is; ace. thinking for, taking care of; maccba- ->.am, 96,27; instr. ^eua. (mettena) nam "-bako, 4,io. 76,j4; 80,34; pi. ^ani, 71, is. Very cinteti, vh. (sa. y'eint.) to think, often used at the end of adj. comp., reflect; to care for (gen.); pr. 2. sg. V. an-avatthita ", an-avassuta-", /^^esi (amhakaih) 4,*; part. m. o..ento u(Jagga-», kalla-', thita-o, tu^tha-o. (nisidi) 4,3; (tumbakam) 4,4; aor. u 97 sdeti 5. sg. ^esi, 3,a; 2. sg. ma cintayi cuddasa, num. (contracted fr. (etarii nissaya) „don't worry yourself", catuddassa {v. catu); sa. catur-daga) 14*'', 49,31 ; 61,30 (be not anxious); 3. pi. = 14; — cuddasama, mfn. the ~e8Uiii, 6,3; ger. *) ^etva, 3,n; •>) m. ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XIV. cintiya, 111, is. 112, n. - cintana (g. *Cunda, m. nom. pr, of a smith V.) cp. oitta ', cetas. (kammaraputta) in Pavu, whom cira, mfn. {^ sa.) long, lasting Buddha visited before his death; nom. a long time; ace. m. ^aiii (addhauam) ^0, 77,so; ace, n..am, 77,24; gen. 110,5; — n. adv. ciraiii, long, for a -x^assa, 77,20. long time; 9,i ; 23,34 (long enough); oe, ind. {sa. ced) if; most frequently 69,83 (^jiva); Dh. 248; - dat. adv. combined with other particles {v, sace, ciraya, id. Dh. 342; — *ciragata, noce, yance) and never found at the mfn, V. agata; — cira-ppavasin, mfn. beginning of a sentence; ettba ce te long absent; ace »rt. ^vasiih (purisam), mano atthi, 72,8i; tan c'ayam, 96, Dh. 219; — a-cira, mfn, (g. v.) cp, (cp. ca); attha ce patthayasi, 104,3a next, sg.; punfian ce puriso kayira, Dh. 118; cirassam, adv. {sa. cirasya, gen.) passe ce vipularii sukham, Dh. 290; after a long time, at last; -^ vata bho yan ce vinnu pasaihsanti . . , ko tarn nago nagena samgamessati, at last etc, (si quern , . ., quis eum . . .) Dh. we shall see an elephant (sc. of men) 229; yan ce = than if, 107,3. Dh. that can fight a fight with (this) ele- 106, V, yance; — api ce or pi ce, phanti 76,33; na cirass'eva or naci- even if; sakalo pi ce . . . (n'eva) 16,i3; rass'eva, shortly after, until in no alamkato ce pi, Dh. 142 = alamkato long time, 23,3. 89,i6. pi ce or : sace alamkato pi ; — ti ce ciyati, vb. {pass, cinati, sa. y'ci) (in commentaries = if you ask so) to be gathered, heaped up, acquired, 83,39 (kirn idan ti oe ti aba = viz. constructed; pras. 3. sg. ciyate (= with the following words; cp, cor* sa.) 103,9 (pahutaifa (te) ^ puiifiam). rections), civara, n. {^=^ sa.) the robe of ce^a & cetaka, m. (= sa.) a a Buddhist monk; nom, 'x.am, 83,s; servant, slave; aec. pi. ^ke, 55, 13. ace, 83, ao; patta-civaram, bowl and cetas, Ml. w. (?) (= sa.) mind, robe, 76,16; civara-" 97,8; - "-rajju, thought; instr. ,>^asa (vippasannena) robe, ace. Dh. gen. -^aso, 91,6. 96,i3; f. a rope for hanging up a 79; 80,35. with all one's /N^um, 83,91 ; - *°-vaihsa, m, a bamboo sabba-cetaso, gen. adv. peg for hanging up a robe, aec, i^&va, mind, 71,a» ('^samannaharitva dham- 83,30. mam sunanti). - an-anvahata-cetasa, cunna, *) mfn, {sa. carna) pul- mfn. (g. v.). verised, grinded, crushed; cunna- Ceta, m, pi, {sa, Cedi) nom, pr. vicunna, mfn, severely hurtaA or in- of a people and its country, south of jured, "«. ovarii (hadayam) 1,86. - *) the Ganges; >^R, 34,si. cp, next. n. aromatic powder; /x/am, 83,s7; Oetiya*-rattba, n, {cp, sa, gandba-°, id. 63,i6; gandba-dbupa- Cedika) = prec; ace. f^a,m, 32,ii. cunna-, 48,8o. cetiya^ n. {sa. caitya) a sepulchral ciita, mfn. {pp. cavati; sa. cyuta) monument, sanctuary, temple, place of fallen; having died or passed from worship; loc. rwe TAggafave) 86,1a; one existence into another; m. i^o pi. -N/ani, Dh. 188 (arama-rukkha-*'). (tato) 46,i«. - a-couto, mfn. {q. v.). codeti, vb. {sa. codayati, cans. falling down; to exhort, correct, punish, re- cuti, f. {sa. cyuti) ycud) destructioD; ace. '^im (sattanam) Dh. prove; to request, ask; imp. 2, sg. 419 {opp, upapatti). oodaya, Dh. 379 (coday' attanam, TkU Olottary. ; ; cors 98 33,i«; (sinvi sifncn. patimaso, ib. & safifiSmaya, (brahmanaih magge) (rejecting); 380); pp. m. oodito, 113,i4. bbavaA)' 47,88; 52,8-4 (aBivisam cora, m. {sa. cora. & caura) a 64,83 (gharavasam) ; 86,»i n. >^&m thief, robber; ace, <^arii, 36,sa; pi. dandakena); grd. ,%^etabba, o-bhavam papuni, ^a, 30,3o; ace. pi. f^e^ ib. ; — payut- (samkaram) 84,84; bhava). - taka-°, pesanaka-^ (v. h.). — cora- 42,32 („wa8 deserted", cp. rajan, m. gen. /v.r8Bfio („the ruffianly eatis. II. chaddapeti {q. v.) cp. chad- king") 39,35; — corupaddava, tn. dana, n. parasol, attask from robbers, ^0, 42,5. c halt a, n. {sa, chattra) a umbrella, canopy (ensign of royal cori, f. {sa. con & cauri) a female thief; as adj, «= f.hievis.i, deceitful power); gen. seta-cchattassa hettha, cp. cha- pi. r^iyo, 61,f4. 52,«; (= prodigal, under a white canopy, 42,8. extravagant?); gen. pi. /%/inam (thi- deti (v/chad) etc. num. {sa. shat- narii) 51,30; — daraka-**, f. a female chattimsati, f. kidncpper, ace, .%^im, 5P,i5. triiiKjat) thirty-six; Dh. 339 (^ti cclaka, m. {sa co-ia(ka) & cola* sota). (ka)) cloth, rag, eep. i rubbing-cloth chadana, n. (= sa.) a thatch, or mop; ace, /%^ain, 84,20. roof; loc. pi, o^esu (arulha) 76,89. chad da, n. {sa. chadman ?) a thatch, roof (Abhidhana.); only in the comp. vivatta-cchadda (3. v.). chanda, m. sa.) delight, wish, €h. (= will, desire; ace. rwam (na tamhi .>^ cha, :nfn. (mom;, ccc. pi.) num. kayiratba, let him not delight in it) {sa. shaeh (shat)) ^ 6; 38,i8. 82,n; Db. 117; chandadi-vasena, according the declination is : instc. abl. chahi, to one's will etc. (by chandadi is gen. dat. channam; loc. chasu or probably meant chanda, dosa, moba, chassu. cp. next & chattimsati, bhaya. or the four wrong courses chabbanna, chabbisati, cbalabhinna, (modes of proceeding, agati)) 42,27 {v. sa^thi, solasa. vasa); - *cbanda-jata, >«/«. in whom chattha, mfn. {sa. shashtha) the desire has sprung up, m. r^o (anak- sixth; f. />^a (seoa) 103,»7. khate) Dh. 218. chaUhfinifl'* w'/"- {^^- shash- clianna', mfn. (=^ sa..,pp. Y/chad, thama) — prec.\ ace. f, ^aih (ga- cp. chadeti) covered, thatched; f, ,%.a thaih) 54,8S. (ku^i) 104,88 {opp. viva(a). — due- chaddana, n. (sa. cbardana) channa, mfn. & succhaona, mfn. {q. v.). throwing away, ejecting; kaoavara-', *Channa*, m, ') nom. pr. of h. Buddha's servant; .%.o, ace. V. , 66,15; chaddapeti, vb. {cans. 1^1. y/chtd) -x/arh, 66,26. — *) nom. pr. of a certain to cause to be tbrcwn away; aor. 3. bhikkhu; ,-wO, 79,14; gen. ,^a8sa, 79, 12. sg. f^tai (appagghabhandam) cast *cbabbanna, mfn. {fr, cha + overboard, 26,8, vanna; sa. *8had-varna) six-coloured; chaddeti, vb, {sa. chafdayati, gen. pi. ^anam (ramsinam, the six- cutis. \/cbrd) to flingf, throw away, coloured rays of lij^ht emitted from eject, vomit; to leave, quit, expose, Buddha's body) 87,33. reject {ace.); pr. 3. sg. />^eti (kaca- chabbisati, f. num. {sa. shad- varam, tassa upari) 60,2; part. m. vimQati) = 26; A^ti vagga, Dh. p. pi. r^enta (matamanussam amaka- 94, V. 3. — chabbisatima, mfn. the susane) 40,3i ; aor. 3. sg. ,>..e8i, 60,i 26'"; ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXVI. 3. pi. ^esum, 40,3a; ger, «^etva cbajabhiniia, mfn. {fr, cha + 99 J» abhinna, sa. shad-abhijna) posgesBed Dh. 370; - fut. 3. sg. checchati, Dh. of the six abhijoas, v. abhiniia. 350 (esa-ccbeccbati, probably fr. chava, ') »». «. (so. (java) a corpse, a-cchindati); - aor. 3. sg, acchidda dead body, ~ *) mfn, low, vile, con- (= acchida, B. acchindi, fr. chindati temptible; gen. m, .N^assa (khejapa- or a-ccbindati) Dh. 3,51 ; - inf. cbet- kassa) 74,88. turii, 105,18; - ger. •)chinditva(givain) chavi, /". (= sa.) skin, colour, 4,33; (sisam) 6,19; (dvidha »/, to cut splendour; *chavi-vanna, m. beauty; in two) 33,18; a-chinditva (vissasaih, ace. ^am, 18,6; — *chavi-8anthana, ,in unbroken amity") 13,7 ; - ••) cbetva, n. the appearance of the skin; loo. 33,!ii. 105,19; Dh. 283. 369; - <')chet- >N/e, 85,sa (vaijinasaddo idha >v va vana, 47, a8; Dh. 346; — caus. II. daUbabbo, the word va^na ia here to obindapeti, pass, chijjati, pp. chinna be underitood as oomplexioo);- man- (q, V.) cp, ohidda, cheda. gura-cchavi, mfn. (q. v.) cp, anu- ohindSpeti, vb. (caus. II. chin- cohavika, mfn. dati) to cause to be cut off, to let be ohata, mfn. (= sa., cp, sa. psata) removed (acc); ger. .%/etva, 36,ie. 38,i. emaciated, hungry; m. pi. r\,si, lll,8i chinna, mfn. (== sa,, pp, ^'chid^ (cp. Pischel, Gr. d. Prakr. 8pr. § 328 cut down, torn, split; m. /s^-o (rukkho) & next.) Dh. 338; aee, o.-arii, 34,b; m. ^am. *chataka, n. (fr. prec.) hunger; (musika-cchinnam tbanaih) 26,7; "-akara, »». sign of hunger; ace. />^am chinna-pasibbaka, 13,5; chinna-tata-, (dassesi, gave them to understand a sheer precipice, 27,3; chinna-tthana, that he was hungry) 41,8, n. a crack, fissure, 91,30 ; vata-ccbinna, chadeti, vb. (sa. cbadayati, caus. mfn. driven away by the wind, •*-vala- ycbad) to cover, hide (ace); pr. 3. haka, m, 40,28 (v. h.). sg. ^eti (attano vajjani) 106,i8 = chuddha, mfn. (sa, kshubdha, Dh. 262; aor. 3. pi. ^esuih (devata y/kshubb) thrown away, rejected; m. pottbakaih, rendered the book invisible) ,-wO (kayo) Db. 41 (Coram. = apa- 114,16. cp, cbatta, chadana, channa. viddho; cp. Jat. V, 302,4. 303,4 = chaya, f, (= sa.) shade, shadow; chaddita). Fausbell (Bern. p. 19) & nom. o^a (anapayini) Dh. 2; gen. Trenehner (Mil. p. 422—23) refer it rwSya (abhavena, on account of the to ^/kshiv = v'shtbiv; cp. Pischel, Gr. absence of shadow (sign of being a d. Prakr. Spr. § 66 & 120. v. ia\\hx- Yakkba) 69,u; - *8ita-cchaya, mfn. bhati & nuttbubhati beloxo. cheka, mfn, (= sa.) clever, chijjati, vb, {pass, chindati, shrewd ; skilful, skilled in (loc.) ; instr. V'chid) to be cut off, to be split, torn, m. /x^ena (sakunikena) 88,33; nom. destroyed; pr. 3, sg, - 7* ; jagati 100 a n«tio»» yoni-", varl-', SihabShu-narinda-". the kingdom", i02,s. - *) op. jayati. tribe; subjects, cp. janapada. janinda, m. {fr. jana inda; jagati, f. (= 8a.) the earth, + king; voc. world; ""jagati-ppadesa, m. a Bpot In sa. janendra) a sovereign, the world, /vO, Dh. 127. ^B,, 47,10 (janinda'ti); 55,i. sa. ja- jacca, instr. ~ jatiya, v. jSti. janeti, vb. {cans. Vjan, jayati) to bear, bring jaggati, vb, = jagarati {q, v.), nayati, cp. jajjara, mfn. (sa. jarjara) infirm forth (ace); aor. 3. sg. j&myi (Maya age, decayed, old mfn. Gotamara). 108,2i. cp. jana, janana. from ; jara-", place {v. h.) cp, jara etc. *jantaghara, n. a bathing jafifia, mfn. {sa. janya) 'to be for hot sitting baths; nom. acc. r^&m, Ioc. born or produced', charming, excellent 83,27-31 ; all. ^.a, 83,85; ^e, 83,34; belonging to the (? cp. MN. I p. 528, ad p. 29,19); "-pitha, n. the chair V. a-jafifia & purisajafina. jant.^ghara, acc. o^aiii, 83,38. The janna, pot. v. janati. etymology of this word is not clear; Oldenberg) take it = sa. jata, f. (^ sa.) the platted or Bilhler {& m (wearing matted hair) ; instr. pi. cause yanta {sa. yantra) frequently puriina-jatilehi (who had been Ja^tlas occurs in Pftli-texts. E, Hardy, (Deut- before) '70,«>. sche Lltt. Zeit. 1902 p. 339) refers jana, m. (•- so.) people {ooll. to sa. jentaka (a dry hot bath) the aoroetimei conatructed u>. pi, of the etymology, of which is likewise un- V'drb), pi. men, prrsoni; nom, rvO, known, cp, 8BE. Xm p. 167. 106,31 — Dh. 222; Dh. 249 (w. pi. jantu, W(, (— sa.) a creature, dadanti); bahu-jano, many people, man, person; nom. r^n, Dh, 107; acc, a multitude of people, the vulgar, .^um, 106,13 = Dh. 395; gen. .-vuno, 88,38; bahujiano, ici. Dh. 320; maha- 106,11 = Dh. 176; Dh. 105. 341. id. jano, 17,23; niahajana-tnajjhe, janibu, f n. (-= sa.) ') f. the before iA\ the people, 51, lo; loka- rose apple tree (Eugenia). *) n, the niiihajano — loko (q. v.) 88,31 ; ace. fruit of the Jambu tree; instr, pi. jinam (aunam b.ihukaA) 108,i9; /^am, Dh. 201. - jayaih (Dh. 201) leaving behind) Dh. 29; (kame) Dh. part. »«., V. (jinati &) jeti. 88; Dh. 91. 231. 417; pp. hina (v. jara, mfn. (only as first part of h.) ; cans, hapeti, pass, hayati (q. v.) comp. = sa. jarat) old (an epithet cp, jaha, mfn. implying contempt or vexation); jara- jagarati (& jaggati), vb. (sa, Sakko,^ 59,31. cp. jirati, jinna instr. ^aya. 70,89; - *»-jajjara, m. /x-, ever watchful) Dh. 226. cp, pa^i- a decrepit old man; ace. ,>.am, 63,8; jaggati & bahujagara, - *jarappatta {sa. *jara-prapta) mfn. jata, *) mfn. (^^ sa. pp. y/jsLiij cp. decrepit, decayed; gen. f. pi. <>^a,n&m. jayati & janeti)born, grown, produced; 47,15; — "-maranaih, w. old age and become (in this sense often used as death, 66,io-i6; - jati-jara, /"., jati- finite tense); m. f^o, 18,28. 34,2<. 45,24. jarupaga, mfn., yava-jara, adv. (v.h.). 113,s; instr. f^ena (maooona) Db. - Jara-vagga, m, the U*"" chapter 53; gen. /^ena, 110,a!i; loo, />,e (aaniattho. f, r^a, 28,8; acc. ^am, Dh. 340; q. V.) 4,ii; - *''-gocara, mfn. living Yakkhini jatftsi (you have been born in the water; w», pi, ^a, 1,8; - thala- a Yakkhini) 59,2i; n. >v^am, 31,>i. jala-, 19,28, lona-jala-, 24,i6 (v. h.), 49,84; m. pi. ^a (danta) 12,8t; n. jalati, vh. (sa. VJ^^O *° bum, pi. fN^ani (kesani, sisamhi) 47, i; shine; pr, 3. sg. ^ati (aggi) 94,3o; camp, piti-somanassa-jata, adj. f. part. loc. pi. .^.antesu (padipesu), filled with pleasure and satisfaction, 65,18; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya, 94,s9; aor. 64,13; pasanapittham nissaya jata- 3. sg, a-jali, 95,7 ; cans, jaleti & jaleti (gumbe) 17,2o; — *jata-divasa, m. birthday, loc. f^e, 24,3i. 45,2i; — jaleti, vb. (cans. fr. prec.) to set chaiida-", mfn., sayam-", mfn. (q. v.). on fire, light, kindle (ace); ger, — '') n. a kind, sort; gandha-" (v. h.) -^etva (aggirii) 100,34. cp. jaleti. cp. jatarupa & next. Java, mfn, (= sa.) quick; Java- jataka, ') mfn. (=: sa.) born; m. sakuna-jataka, n. (the tale of the a child; nahapitassa /vo, 25, lo (a dexterous bird) 13,8 (if not Java is bastard). — ^) n. •) nom. pr. name of the name of a bird; Trenckner refers a Pali work, the 10"" section of the to sa. cavya = vaca, but this seems Khuddaka-nikSya; acc. r^&m, 102,i6; not to agree with rukkha-koUhaka, loc. ^e, 102,8o; com^}, jatak'-abbbuta- 13,10, which is = sa. Qatapattra. vedallaih (parts of the navafigaifa Jutakamala p. 235,2o). - m. speed; Satthusasanaih) 109,34. The Jataka instr. />^ena, quickly, 23,u. is the Book of Birth-Stories, containing jaha, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) leaving, 547 tales of the anterior existences abandoning; v, sabbafijaha. cp. next. of Gotama Buddha (jatakani) and an jahati (& jahati), vb. (= sa. introduction (nidana-katba) about the y/h&) to leave, abandon (acc); pr. 3. legendary history of the Buddhas; cp. pot. L. Feer, ]^tude sur les Jfitakae, lAs. pi. /N..anti (okamokam) Db. 91 ; 3. «^. jahe, Dh. 221. 370 (cp. vippa- (1875) sir. 7. vol. V-Vl; a useful jaheyya); 1. sg. jaheyyam (rajjam) bibliography is given by H. Wemel, 8,s; fat. 3. s^r. jahissati (attanam, JRAS. 1893, p. 351. Specimens are will loose his life) 54,so; inf jahitum, found p. 1-60, 72-74; of NidSna- - *>) 44,81. 46,34; ger. hitva (abalassam, katha p. 61-65. a tale of the ; jatariipa 102 Jataka-book, consisting of two chief age, 47,ji. - *) caste; ace, /x/im, lll,ti parJ^s, viz. paccuppanna-vatthu (story (mama jatin ti, my royal lineage); of the present) generally in prose only, instr. jacca, by caste, 106,9 — Dh. posi- and atlta-vatthu (story of the pastj 393 ; - "-gotta-kula-padesa, m. in mixed prose and verses (gatba) tion with regard to caste, race and together with a verbal commentary family, ace. r^am, 43, so; — °-mant'- ep. (atthavannana Dr atthakatha) ; the upapanna, mfn. (v, upapanna). tale concludes in a short summary Fiek, 80c. Glied. p. 22. - *) kind, (samodhana, identification of the ac- sort; catu-jati-gandha, m. (v, catu, tora ;n t)ie atita-vatthu). Jataka-tales cp. jata, n.). are also found in Cariya-pitaka, jatu, adv. (— sa.) at all, ever Buddba-vamsa and passim in other (generally explained by ekamBe(Da) holy scriptures (cp. Bhys Davids, or kadaoi); tasu ko -v vissase, 61,i. Buddhist Birth Stories, Introd.), with *janana, n. (nom. act. fr. jaDati) the northern Buddhists in Maha-vastu, knowing, knowledge; *'-manta, m. a Jataka-mala, Divyavadana, Avadana- spell of knowledge, ace, ». Qataka etc. ; numerous scenes of Jataka* sabba-ruta-janana-manta, m. 63,i4 tales are figured on the Bharhut-Stupa, {v. rata). Boro-Boedoer, and Mangala Cheti Da- *jananaka, mfn. (fr.pree.) know- gaba (cp. the notes of Pafrt 1). Spe- ing, a knower; catuppadika-gatba-", cimens of Jatakas in their whole ex- V. catuppadaka, 102,27. tent (without commentary) are found janapada, mfn. (— sa.) living in p. 28-32, a little proof of the verbal in the country; m. pi. country-people; commentary p. 52, 1-7. />^aiii samo- ace. pi. ,^e, 6,2 (negama-"); - *jana- dhanesi („identifijd the birth") 29,x6. paditthi, f. a country-woman, ace, 30,24, 32j5. nwim, 30,28. jatarupa, n. (= sa.) gold; jata- janati, vb. {sa. \/jna) to know, riipa-rajata-patiggahana, n. accepting understand, learn (ace); perceive, ob* gold and silver, abl. ^a, 81,26. serve; recognize; be aware, fiod (find jati. f. {=^ sa.) ') birth, re-birth, out); experience (suffer); pr. 3, sg. (former) existence; nom. /^i, 66, lo. -Np-ati (ko ->. kim karissati) 13,i7: 67,8; instr. rviya (or jacca, v. helotoS 30,6. 32,9. 72,24. 102,25; 2. sg. .^asi, gen, /N/iya, 63,i3; loc. 70,99 ; rwiyam 6,11; 1. sg. .>.,ami, 41,s3. 61,io. 87,S6. (atita-**) 86,12; — •"-kkhaya, m. end 92,io; 1. sg. med. jane, 113,i»; 2. pi. of - births, ac:. .^jair, Dh. 423; o^atha, 59,16; 3. pi. r^anti, 61,35. ^'-jara, birth and decty, f. ace. /^aih, 69,30. 104,2; - part. •) (janam) gen. Dh. 238. 348; "-ja.-'-upaga, mfn. {v. m. janato, Dh^ 384; a-janato (te) upaga); — ^'-nirodha, m, cessation 101,30; >>)»!, jananto, 67,3; pi. ^a of births, ^0, 66,16; ahl.\ /N^a, ib.; (nama naheaum, no one knew) 19,i9; - *'*-paccaya {v. h.) - ***-marana, ; a-jananto, not knowing, unaware, un- n. birth and death, gen. ^asaa, 1 05,26 suspecting, 5,1. 50,17; pi. ^a, 21,6; =)_ -saicsara, n. the revolution /". of j-^anti, 67,24; *=) med. pi. m. jana- being, — 108,i8; *°-8ambhava, m. mana, 17,28; — imp. 2. sg. janahi, existence, 17,38; — **-s8ara- {sa. jati- 46^8. 72,23 (evam); Dh. 248; 2. pi. SDiara), remembering one's former -^.atha (find out) 74,8; — pot. •) 2. existences; """-iiaaa, n. the power of sg. janeyyasi, 94,29; 1. sg. janeyya remembering one s former existences, (^ahaiii) 94,3i; 3. pi. ^eyyum, 17,s8; instr. ^ena, 17,4 ; - i)anca-jati-satani 2. pi. ^eyyatha, 9,i4; ") 3. sg. jaftna, {are. through 500 births 600 times) = Dh. 157. 352; - fut. 3. sg. ^issati, 17,10. - ^; age ms^r. j jacca=:jatiya, by 66,8; 2. sg. ^issasi (tuyham pattam. 103 jiva suffer) 1. sg. 6,35; ^issami (paccha, old, decayed ; »>. ^0, 74,20 ; ace. i^&m see to it afterwards) 15,ig-, — aor. ») 3. (purisam) 63,i5; — "-konca, w». pi. sg. afinasi, v. ajanati; «>) 5. pL ja- Dh. 156. - mogha-o, m. Dh. 260 nimsu (tarn karanam) 37,8; - ger. ») (v. h.) cp. parijinna. fiatva, 3,20. 8,95. 12,9-86. 33,5. 34,u jinnaka, mfn. (sa. jirnaka) old, (sabbam)._Dh. 12. 22 etc.; >;) janitva, worn out; n, pi. ^ani (pilotikani) 50,31 _a-janitva, 63,i; -pass, fiayati, 57,5. ; pp. fiata, caus. iiapeti & janapeti jita, mfn. (pp. jeti & jinati; = {q. V.) cp. nana, iiataka, iiati, -fiiiu, sa.) conquered; atta jitaiii. seyyo & janana(ka). (n one's own self conquered is better") janapeti, vh. {cans, II. janati) Dh, 104 (where jitam is an old to let know, to inform any one (occ); nasalized form instead of m. jito, cp. imp. a. sg. />/ehi (nam) 65,23; ger. Dhpd. (1856) p. 287; Knhn, Beitr. *>^etva (tam) ib, cp. fiapeti. p. 59); ace. m. f^&m (Maraiii) Dh. jani, f. (sa. jyani; fr. japeti, Vjya) 40; — siihst. n. victory; Dh. 179; *) I08B (of property), amercement. *) ace. ~am, Dh. 105 (opp. apajitaih). growing old, infirmity; ace, ^vim, Dh. Jina, m. (= sa.) 'victor', epithet 138. of the Buddha; "-sasana, n. the doc- jayati, vb. (=- sa. \/J£in) *» ^« trine of Buddha; ace. i^&m (navaSgam) born; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Db. 193; o.ati, 109,22 (— Satthu-sasanam, 109,32); Dh. 212 foil. Dh. 282 foil. (birm. loe, -we, 109,6. read, ^te); pot. 3. sg. med. ->.etha, jinati (& jeti, q. v.) vb. (sa. ^/jya Dh. 58; aor. 3. sg. jayi, 46,82; pp. & y/ii) to win ; to conquer, overcome jata, ^rd. janna (v. h.y, caus. janeti (ace); pr. 3. sg. .x/nati (niccam) (2. V.) cp. jataka, jati, jana etc. 48,9; Dh. 354 (sabbadanam, exceeds); jar a, m. (— sa.) a paramour, lover; 103,32 (nam); — pot. 3. sg. jine ace, rwam, 51, 1. (kodhara) 44,8; 107,s = Dh. 103; jala, n. (— sa.) a net, snare; aor. 3. sg. a-jini, Dh. 3; pass, jiyati, cob-web; wire-net, lattice; ace, »/aih V. parajiyati. (khipapetva) 26,i; Dh. 347 (cob-web); jiya, f. (sa, jya) a bow-string; ace, antojalam, 88,35 {v. anto) ; suvanna-**, rv&m, 92,iG. a golden net, 62,23; instr. .>/ena, 88,3*; jivha, f. (sa. jihva) the tongue; 62,23 (savanna-"); 88,35 (Mara-"); 70,31. Dh. 65; instr. -^aya, Dh. 360; abl. ^ato (muccati) 88,34; "-mutto loc, /x^aya, 71,9; — "-samphassa-vin- (sakunto) 88,30; - *nana-jala, n. the iianayatanam, 72, 15, the sense of taste limits of one's perception; gen. o^assa (cp. ayatana). (anto pavittham disva, calling her jiyati, vb, *) = jirati (q. v.) - into his mind) 86,28; - *°-karandaka, *) pass, jinati & jeti, v. parajiyati. m. (v. h.). jirati, vb. (sa. yjf, jiryati) to jali'J, mfn. (— sa.) 'having a net', grow old, become decrepit; pr. 3. sg. -wati, Dh. 152; 3. pi. /x.anti, Dh. ensnaring, deceptive, fascinating ; f. ,^ini (tanha) Dh. 180. 161 (are destroyed); pp. jinaa, (q. v.) jaleti, vb, {caus, jalati) to cause op, jara, jara, iajjara. to burn or shine (occ); pr. 3, pi, jiva, m, n, (= sa.\ ') n. life, aoul; ««enti (dipara) 37,» (cp. jaleti}. nom, ^aiii, 89,ta-i9 (opp. sariraib); (e. c. — sa, jit) winning, ace, m. jivati, vb. (sa. Vjiv) to live; to *jetthaka, mf(n). — pree.\ iiv<( by, Bubsisv. on (nissiiya); pr. 2. niyyainaka-jetihako, 24,i4; "-kanitthe, sg. .^asi, 13,89; 1. sg. med. (or pot.) ace. pi. m. two brothers, 32,si (cp. ace. ovarii, jive, 103,31 ; 1. pi. /v-ama, Dh. 197; kanittha); "-tapasa. m. ace. /^aiii, 32,Ji. part. m. juram, 103,7; f. med. jiva- 36,2; "-bhatika, m. mana, 31,i7; pot. 3. sg. jive, Dh. 110 Jetavana, n. nom.pr. of a garden bought from prince Jeta {1. sg. 103,34 ?) ; imp. 2. sg. jiva near Savatthi, (cirrm) 69,»3; jiva bho, 103,7; fut. (a son of Pasenadi) by Anathapindika, 1. sg. /viissami (rajauaih nissaya „in who built a monastery there and pre- th.^ king's service") !:4,i8; inf. ^ituril sented it to Buddha (Jat. I p. 92. abl. -^^a, (asakkonta) 39, i; jivitu-kama, mfn. II, 216); aec. o^ain, 86,20; loving life, m. i>^o, Dh. 123. cp. jiva, 87.3; Ioc. r^e, 28,2; — "-abhimukhi, jivika, jivita, jimh. f 73,13 (v. abhimukha); - "-magga, J., ace. >^aifa, is. jivika, f. (=i--'sa.) livelihood; ace. m. the road from 73, n^aih (kappeii, kasikammena) 8,is. jeti,v&. (sa. jayati, v/ji ; cp. jinati) jivits, n. (= sa.) life; mow. /N^arii, to win; to conquer, overcome, exceed 86, 'v5; aC'^. <^am, 4,33; abl. o.a, 76,3; (acc.);pr. 3. S51, jeti (sadhum sadhuna) — "-kkhaya, m., dmtb ; ace. ^Siva, 4,28; „pay8 good with goodness", 44,2; part, — life; (the victor) Dh. pot. *'*-dana, n. sa/ing one's ace. m. jayaiii 201 ; ovarii (dassami) 12,26 ; 42,i2. - *<*-pa- 3. sg. jeyya (jeyya-m-attanarii, con* tilabha, m. rescue, escape, V. dhamma-jivi/i. naiii viya) 62.3o, cp. juti, f. juti, f. (sa. dyuti) splendour; — *jutin-dhara, mfn. bright, splendid; m. pi, rs^a, (pakkbi) or voe. n^a, (?) — id., 11,14; jutima^, mfn. (= sa.) Jh. m. pi. ^inanto, Dh. 85, cp. jotati. juhati & juhati, vb. (sa. \/hu, jhana, n. (sa. dhyana) abstract junoti) to offer; to sacrifice to, wor- religious meditation, ecstasy, divided ship (ace); part. gen. m, jiihato into four stages, through which the (aggihuttam) 103,8; pp. huta (q.v.). mind comes into a state of complete juta, M. ((& m. ?) (sa, dyuta) indifference; mm. .vaifa, Dh. 372; game at dice; act. rvait, kijati, plays ace. palfhama-, dutiya-, tatiya-, ca- at dice, 19,io. 48,5; — *°-gita, n, a tuttha-jjhanaifa, 80,s-8; abl, <^a., ib.; verse sung for luck in game; ace. »/ara Ioc. a-parihina-jjhane, 46,is; - *jha- (gayanto) 48,8; 60,29; — "-mandala, nabhififia, f (v, abhifina); - *<'-pa- n. a game-chamber or dicing-table; suta, mfn. given to meditation, m. pi. ace. «^am, 19,i!.; 60,28. ^a., Dh. 181; — *samadhi-jhana, juhati, vb. =: juhati {q. v.). n. the ecstasy of self-concentration, je^tha, mf(n). (sa. jyeshtha) first, ace. rvam, 109,2i. chief; first born, eldijr brother or sister; jhapeti, vb. (eaus. jhayati') to m. gen, (dat.) ,>.as3a (yakkhassa) burn, set on fire (ace); pr, 2. sg, niyyaraaka-", 112,13; 24, jo; "^-putta, ^esi (gamam) 101,6; 1. sg, ^emi m. ace. ^aih, 45,3; "-bhata, 34,33; (naham khettam ,-v, I did not set the ''-yakkhini, f. 21, 21; "-vanija, m.ace. field on fire) 100,28; pot. 3. sg. ~eyya, f^am, ib. 101,4; aor. 3. sg, /^esi (ayarii aggi ; ; 105 ^hapSpeti ma maiii ->.) 51, is; ger. -x/etva, 34,6; of intelligence, m. .vO, 24,i4; — pp. jhapita, »i. ^o (gamo) 101,8. a-nn_ana, n. (v. h.). h ay ati v6. {sa, j S kshayati.Vkshai) *Nanodaya, »». (^sa. jnana + ») to. burn (intr.); pr, 3. sg, ^ati, udaya) nom. pr. of a work by Buddha- 65,28; 3. pi. o^anti, 65,8; pari, med, ghosa; acc. i%/&m (nama pakaranam) •^^mana, m. >^o, n. <^ari), 101,4. — 113,28. to waste *) away, dry up, to be nata, mfn (pp. janati; sa. jnata) emaciated, perish; pr, 3. pi, .^..anti, known; pi. m. /va (guna) 41,34; gen, Dh. 156. cp, Bollimsen, ZDMG, /x>anaiii, 90,33. a-iinata & a-nnataka, XVIII, 834; TTefccr, Ind.Str. I, 143; mfn. (v. /«,), Pischel, Gramra. § 326. Fausbell, *fiataka, m. (fr. *iiatika, cp. sa. Dhpd. (1866) p. 323 refers to ^jya. jflati & next) a relative, kinsman; pi. Trenckner to y'dah {cp, PM. p. 66,15), /va, Dh. 43; raja-o, 76,it. (op. Tr, but jhama, mfn. (burnt, scorched) PM. p. 76,1.) must be identical with sa. ksharua. - fiati, m, (sa, jfiati) a relative, cans, jhapeti (sa. kshapayati) v. h. kinsman; pi, nom, to contemplate, meditate; part, m, *) 207 ; loc, /visu, Dh. 288 ; iiati-mitta- ace. «%^antam, 103,8; 106,is = Dh. etc. 47,31 ; fiati-mitta, m. pi. kinsmen 395; gen, /v-ato, 66,«o; a-jhayato, and friends, Dh. 219; — *"'-gharam, Dh. 372; - *) nom. ^anto, Dh. 27; „home to her relatives", 62,3; — '•-8a- - iinp. 2. sg. jhaya, Dh. 371. jhana, lohita, m. pi. 92,8 (v, h.), n. (3. V.) cp, next. napeti, vb. (cans, janati, sa. jhayi«, mfn, (sa. dhyayin) re- jnapayati) to make known, explain flecting, thoughtful, absorbed in medita- part. m. «vento (iti .v) 9,3o. cp. tion; nom. m. ^i (brahmono) 107,8i janapeti. = Dh. 387; ace. ~im, Dh. 386; naya, m. (sa. nyaya) *) method; gen. »x/ino, Dh. 110; m. pi. /x-iuo, *) right manner, fitness; the right path Dh. 23. 276. (= ariyo atthangiko maggo, 67,3); gen. /^assa (adhigamaya) 90,i8 (cp. Tr. PM. 58,15). nayati, vb. (pass, janati^ to be called, named pr. 3. sg, .^ati (katbam N. ; bhadanto /v) 96,2o; 1. sg. .^ami, natta, «. (sa. jnatra) the intellec- (Nagaseno ti -v) 96,3o. tual faculty; nom. »^am (balassa n e V a , indecl. (after a nasal = yeva), jayati) Dh^ 72. (cp. Dhpd. (1855) V. eva'). knowing; p. 262 = jananabhava; it can hardly "-finii, »»/M.(e.c.,sa.jfla) be sa. jnapta, Max Miiller, SBE. X, V. a-katannO, mattaiinu; cp. viiinii. p. 22; fiatte (loc.) Jat. V, 26,6 & 486,13 (= santike. near) stands for nante. sa. ny-ante). 11 at V a, ger. v. janati. Th. nana, n. (so. jnana) understanding, knowledge, intelligence; nom. i^aih, thatva, ger., v. tit(hati. (caus. II. 71,15; 79,80 (opp. pasada); 90,35 (assa ibapapeti,t)&. tifthati) to cause to stand, to cause to be placed; evam <^ hoti, he reasons that) ; 96,1* instr. -%/ena (sekhena) 69,8*; jatis- ger. /^etva (matamanussam ujukam, setting the dead body upright) it; sara-", 17,4; -'O-karana, »»/>»., "-jala, 41, mfn, full 102,14. n. (g. V.) ; — **-8ainpanna, ; thapita 106 {v. gan- thapita, mfn. {pp. thapeti; cp. - dhamma-gandika-", 6,» aa, stbapita) placed; left at one's dika); - nivesana-", 2,i6; - purana- yujjhana-', disposal, prepared for; mukhe ^bapita- gama-", 36,2» {v. gama) ; - *) matta (yagu, as soon as It bad come 29,2*; - vasana-", 2,m. ^.i©. - into her nioath) 57,82 (cp. matta*); place or room for; rathassa ukkamana- *'-vasita-udakani, 41,s; like ^bita this t^hanam, 43,i». — *) space, extent; word is ofteo combined with a pre- aec. ^aifa (yojanamattaiii) 6,9; (attbu- circum- ceeding ger. : saihbaritTa ^hapite (sii- sabbamattaiil) 27,27. - *) case, take, ace, m. pi., the clothes that were stance, point, occasion; loc.pl. catusu lying folded up) 41,4. (N^esu, 86,82. — *) state, condition (e. thapeti, vb, {caus. tit^hati; sa, c. = bbava); ace. : office, loc.) ; to place aside, save, except loc. {e. c.) = instead of putta-ttbane, (ace); pr. 3. so. kim ^bapesi (why do 9,9. — *") position, office, rank; loc. you except her?) 50,3i ; 2. pi. o^etba, raja-tthane, ll,i; ucce thane, 76, it l,2o; — imp. 2. sg. ^x-ehi, 44,26; - {ep. nica-thaniya, mfn.). — ') cause, aor, 3, eg. (vssi, 6,i7. 76,8; 3. pi. object, thing, means {e. c, ^= things '^eiiuib, 16,27; — inf. ^etuiii (nica- that serve to or cause); instr. pi. thaniyaifa ucce ^baue) 76, n; — ger. tihijhanehi, Dh. 224. 391 ; O-pamada- ~etva, *) 6,27. 9,10 (te putta-ithane) ttbana, abl. (veramam, which cause 13,19; (pitu yagum rw, having saved indifi'erence) 81,23; "-vibbusana-ttbana a portion for her father) 56, 3i ; 57,33. {id. which serve to decoration etc.) 65,90-31 ; 87,27 (laid aside); (cittam 81,28. — a-t^bana, «. (g. v.) cp. next. idam .^, making firm) Dh. 40; a- (baniya (or ^bauiya) mfn. {sa. thapetva (hattbe) 56,27; — ^) used sthanika & sthaniya) e. c. = having likfi a prp. to. ace. (oefore or after) a certain position; v. nica-thaniya. — except, but; ekam eva vaddbarii *tbanuppatti(ka), mfn. {fr. ^, 12,20 ; /^ mam (except me) 27, is; thana + uppatti) 'arisen on the spot', ^v mama manavi)..am, 48,24; tumhe immediate; (or : resulting from one's ^v^, 61,9; Savatthi-vaaino '^i 73,32; — office (o; practice or competence?)); ijrd. " ») (hapetubba, yuttakam {ace. instr. f. ^iya (medhaya samanna- m., raja-ttliane) ll,i; - •) thapaniyara gato, comm. on 'medbavi') 91,27. cp. (paiiham, ace. m., a question not to Jat. VI, 304,18 & 308,23. be isked) 91,si; —pp. thapita {q. v.) tbita, mfn. {pp. ti^tbati; sa. stbita) cp. tbapapeti. standing; »i. .^0 (dipake) 2,32; (ko- (bassati. fut., v. tittdati. tiyam, q. v.) 17,8; kiinattbam .^^o'si, tbahati &thati, vb. — tittbati; why do you stand there? 16,it; aec. V. nttbahati, adhi^tbati. (^arii, 66,19; loc. .^^e (saraih nissaya) ^b. n. {sa. place, ana, stbana) ') 3.3i; aec. m. pi. <^e (mige) 6,8; often spot, locality, dwelling-place; nam. combined with a preceeding ger. {cp, /vara, abl. ->.a, loc. ,%/e, 85,7; 104,4; tbapita) : nahatva .-wassa, gen. m. sg. 17,24; cinna-ttbane, l.t4 {v. h.); (when he had finished his bathing) pbasuka-", 35,26; a-vijjamana-", 18,l^ 41,3; nivasetva ^, 41,4 etc,\ also {v. vijjati) loe.pl. saka-saka-tthanesu, comp. w. kale, khaiie : 41,7-14; 87,35; 22,9; paiicasu ^esu, 30,2?; — apa- darakam gahetva o^a, f. (she who gata-", 91,29 (g. v.); — arafina-". has taken the child) 59,i4; ,^puriso, - 32,14; gala-", gata-gata-", gabana-® 86,21 (like a man who, having seen a V.) — chinna-" (-= {q. vivara) 91, ho; snake from afar, has cast it away by ; 107 tam means of a stick). - *o.oitta, mfn. the older form tad is also to be found whose mind is firm or constant, gen. before vowels : tad avasari, 81,9; tad m. ^assa, 80,32; - pathavi-o, yattha-", eva, 91,10; tad abhinanditum, 97,5; mfn. (g. v.). tad ajj'aham foittam) Dh. 326, and *thitaka, »»/>!.(= prcc.)standing; in some comp. (v. below; cp. takkara); m. r^o (pade pasaretva) 62,38; 65,3i. - m. so or sa : l,i8. 2,4. 7,9 (sv-aham thiti, f. (sa. sthiti), 'standing, = 80aham); 106,7. 107,4. 114,8 c te, 3,24. 21,!)o etc.; f, nom. ace, ta, 20,33. 59,3-4; — instr. m. n. D. tehi, « 25,28; f. tahi, 21,6; — gen. m. n, tesam, 4,i7 etc. Dh. 4 (tes'); /". tasam, dayhati, vb., pass, dahati (g. v.). 21,17; — loc, m, n. tesu, 14,2i dasati. vb. (sa. dahati, Y^damc) ; f. tasu, 61,4. — ') it, that, this; to bite part. = m. ; ace. m. (rned.) -%/manam he; f, she; (subst, & adj.) : 25,97. 29,27. (givaya) 40,i8; inf. «^ituih, 40,i7; 58,17 etc, — ') corresponding to. prec, ger. ,x/itva, 4,88; 14,J7 (valliyam); pron. rel. (cp, ; yam) 68,23 (ya . . . 35,24 (manikkhandham mukhena). tam) ; 84,7-8 (yasmim ... so) ; 99,8o cp, sandasa, 107,4; and sometimes combined w, dahati, vb. (sa. dahati, Y^dah) pron, rel, in the sense of a pron, to burn (trans.); pr. 3. sg. /^ati indef. = whichsoever, whatsoever; n, (agarani) Dh. 140; part, nom. m. yan tam, Dh. 42 (quicquid); instr, dahani, Dh. 31 ; nom, n, rwantam yena tena upayena, 1,9; pi, m, ye (papam kammam) 106,2a = Db. 71; te manuBsa, 76,3o. — ') repeated : pot. 3. sg. r^eyya (khettam) 100,26; ace, m. tam tarn (bhaccam, each) pp. da^dha (always spelt with initial 112,23; loc. m. pi. tesu tesu (kathen- *d', which occurs also in the other tesu, all of them constantly) 49,9; forms) V. aggi'da^^ha; pass, 4ayhati tuiii jivam tadi sarlraiii (= the same, (sa. dahyate & fs,i\)\part, m, ^mSno, opp, aflAam . . . afifiam) 89,98. — *) Db. 371. cp, next, (Pisohel, Or. emphatically, *) before subst. or nom. § 222.) pr. : tassa sS bhariya, 2,87 ; ayam daha, m, (sa, daha) burning, kbo sa majjhima patipada, 67,5; h«at; V, anto-(j[aba. 80 Kassapo, 109,6; — •>) before pron. 1. pers. : sv'aham, 7,9; aco. tam mam, 103,9; gen. tassa me, 103,88; — «) T. before pron, 2. pers. : tassa te, 97,84; cp. so karobi, Dh. 236. - ') pleonasti- tam^, pron. demonstr. (sa. tad), cally : m, pi. te (pamatta) 77,5 (or n. tam, 13,S9. 22,si etc.; by sandhi : corr. w, a prec. ye that has dropped). tam, 26,16 (tam pi); 97,28 (tam abam); - *) several cases are used adverbi- tan t'aham, 85,85; tafi fieva, 5,io; ally : tam (ace, w.), tena (instr. n,), ; tarit 108 !>•«• tasma {abl. n.) v. neparatety. — ') slope; precipice; chintia-", » comp. t. tud-, takkara, tam-namaka. precipice; 27,t. m. sa.) rice-grain; Jam*, adv. (by iianclhi tad = tam', tandula. (— ace. /^am, 67,i8; pi, --vS, 16,i; ace. ace. ».) ') = there, to that place : pi. 33,25. 67,20 ; instr.pl. mula- tad avasari (corr. to. yena = where) ^e, the roost coarse-grained 77,is. 81,9. — *) = DOW, then, in that tandulehi. majjhima-", the middle- case; thereafter; tad eva (^corr. w, rice,, 57,2o; the rice, ib., opp. kanika, the yad evaj 91,io; tam kira inanfiasi, sort of finest grains or flour, 67,»i; — tan- 94,29. 09,4; tam aham, 97,«e. 98,io; adj. n. (navatiham) consisting tam eaarfi, 47,i!i. 100,is. — *) there- duiadi, of rice etc. 111, si; tila-tandultldayo, fore; tail c'ayam, 96, i:. tam*, pron. 3. pcrs. acc,\ v, tvaifa. 16,6. (rarely tasina, sa, takka, m. {sa. tarka) reasoniDg, tan ha, f, 'thirst', desire, craving; , originating from takkara, mfn, {sa. tat-kara) (vedana-paccaya vedana and causing upadana, q. v.) doing that; m. rs.,0 (naro) Dh. 19. 67,13; 107,29; Dh. 180; catuttbi Takkasila, f. {sa. Taksbagila) (sena Marassa) 103,26; ace. -%.am, nom. pr, of a city in the Gandhara- gen. -N.^aya, is. abl. 108,1 ; 67, 108,4; country {TdBi^a in Panjab) ; ace. ^aya, Dh. 216; gen. pi. .>..anam ^am, 42,25; loc, «^aya, 46,ac. (khayam) desires, Dh. 154; - *°-anu- takkola(ka), n. {sa. kakkola, aaya, m. the attachment to desires, cp. takkola) a sort of perfume, Bdel- loc. -wC, Dh. 338; — tanhakkhaya, lium; tambiila-takkolakfidiDi, 49,i6. »(. (tanha -|- khaya) destruction of tagara, n. (= sa.) a kind of tree desire, loc. >^e, Dh. 353 ; '>,rata, and a sort of perfume or fragrant mfn, delighting in tliat, »«. ^o, Dh. powder prepared from it; ,-«,aih, Db. 187; - o-bhava-, Dh. 416 {cp. kama- 56; — **-candani», mfn, prepared bhava); — **'-vasika, mfn. being in from Tagara and Candaua v.)\ m. {q. the power of desires, enslaved by ^i (gandho) Dh. hC; — "-mallika, desire, m. »^o, 23, 20; — "-vagga, m, Tagara and Mallikri {q. v.) Dh. 54 the XXIV"' chapter of Dh. ; - kama-O, {cp, SBE. X p. 18). bhava-", vibhava-tanha, f, 67, u; taca & taoa«, >». d)- m. (sa. tvac. hetu-», /: 108,18 {v. h.)\ - vita-tanha, tvaca, f. & tvaca {comp. -tvacas) ».) mfn. who is without desire. Dh. 351 ») skin ; num. ^0, 82,8 — 97,80, ^) bark -62 («(. rvo). cp, pipasa. •"-papa^ika, pi. f, „loo»e shreds of tatiya, mfn. {sa. tftiya) the third: bark", 95,22; e.pagata-", mfn, free from acc.f, ^am, ll,i5; Dh. 309 (tatiyaiii): thiit, III. »>^o (salaiukkho) 95,23-24. loc. m, o^e (vare, for the third time) ta';chaka, »i. {sa. taksbaka) a 114,17; ace. n. adv, ^aih, thirdly, carpenter; pi, i^a,, 106,28 =- Dh. 80. for the third time, 74,2.'i. 79,22 (-^am tajiita. mfn, {sa. tarjita, pp. pi kho); yava-tatiyaiii, up to the tajjeti) frightened; »«.^?. ^a (marana- third time, 3,7 {cp, 102,26); - "-jjhana, bhayena, struck with horror of death) n. {v, 80,4 jhana); — o-savana, f. »i. 6,21 j marana-bbaya-tajjito, 5,u; {v. h.) cp. addhatiya, addhateyya, bhaya-tajjita, m, pi. (^driven by fear") & ti^ (tayo, tini). Db. 188. tato, adv, {sa. tatas) *) thence, tajjeti, vb, {sa. tarjayati, Vtarj) from that place; 2,23. 3,2i; -^ yeva, to threaten, frighten, scare; ger, «%^etva from the same source, 101, 13. — *) there- (niraya-bhayena) 17,3o. upon, then, afterwards, further; 6,18 tata, m. (=- sa.) a shore, bank, {^ patthaya, q. v.); 63,i4 (^ va); . 109 tad-uUhaya 101,16. 103,16; Dh, 42 (papiyo ^)] Ihe Buddhas], probably orig. a designa- tato tato {corr. u>. yato yato, as soon tion of an Arhat, afterwards esp. of Go- as, the more ... the more) Dh. 390. tama Buddha (as Sammasainbuddha, - 3) for that reason; 112,3o (corr. w, while still living as a human being, yato). preaching the truth), used in the holy tatoparam, ady. (so. tata/jparam scriptures when Buddha is represented & tato 'param) then, afterwards, im- as speaking of himself in the third mediately after; 55,i5 (cp, itoparaiii, person; hence pi. r^a. appellatively = para & apara). the Buddhas {cp. the most important tatta, mfn. (sa. tapta;i)p. tapati) note by Bhijs Davids & Oldenhwg, heated, hot, red-hot; w. (vO (ayogulo) 8BE. XIII, p. 82; E. St'nart, JRA8. 107,1 Dh. loc. ^_ 308; f. ^aya 1898 p. 866; E. Chalmers, ib. p. 103; fbhumiya) 97,84; - o.jjapala, m. BUhtlhigk, Ber. d. Sachs. Ges. 1898 (v. /».). p. 78; Dbammasaiigani, transl. p. 294). tattato, adv. (sa. tattvafas, fr, - nom. 0^0, 80,25. 94,io; hoti /^o tattva) accordinpr to the truth, really, parammarana, does T. exist after accurately ; r>^ ajanitva, „not knowing death? 89,29; rOpasamkhavimutto the truth", 63,i. T-o, gambhiro appameyyo duppa- tattha (& tatra, v. next) adv. riyogaho seyyatha pi mahasamuddo, (sa. ') there, tatra) on that (this) 95,12 ; ace. fs^Sim, 76,27 ; instr. ^en&, place; 2,23-25, etc.; 108,27 (tatth'); 66,39. 94,8; gen. ^assa, 76,4. 94,7. tatth'eva, *) on the same place, 3,6. 110,2ti; pi. -vS (anupakkamena «%/ 12.24, ••) on that very spot, straightway, parinibbayanti) 76,28; aggadhamma 72.25. 104,18; — tattha tattha, here ~a, 109,28 (v. h., otherwise Geiger, and there, 21,3; yattha . , . tattha, Dipavamsa u. Mahuvaibsa, 1905, p. 5); 72,7-8 ; tattha idbapi, hoth there and akkhataro ^vS, Dh. 276 (the "iD.s are here, 11 2, is; — very frequently used only preachers); nippapanca 'va, Dh. n- at the begin of commentaries : 85, 254 („free from vanity"). 17-27. — *) there, to that place; l,i5 tatba-bhava, m, (= sa.) the (^ gantva) l,i7. 2,4; lll,u; tatth'- being so; ace. /v^aih (fiatva) 3,so. eva, to the same place, 58,is; tattha /tatba-riipa, mfn. (= sa.) such, tatth'eva (bhijjissama, in all direc- like that; pregnantly = so great, im- tions) 11,8. — ') then, therefore, thence; portant, etc. ; ace. m. tatra, adv. (— prec.) 110,2i; gen. f. /^aya (parisaya) 87,34. {cp. tatr'assa, 73,23. 90,.s2; tatrapi, 43,8-9; eva-rupa). tatrayam, 82,i7; tatra kho, 66,24. tad-, pron. demonstr. w., used by 70,23; - tatra-tatrabhinandi«, mfn. sandhi instead of tam (v. tam *'^) & 67,13 (v. abbinandin). comp. {v. tad-anurupa, tad-utfbaya, tatha, adv. (= sa.) so, thus; tad-ilpika). tath'eva, in the same way, likewise, *tad-anurupa, mfn. conformable, 2,25. 39,5. 105,28; 44,20 (id. without suitable to that; ace, n, r^&m (vyau- eva); tatha ... c'eva ... ca, 10,8o; janam) 57,2i. often tada, adv, (== sa.) at that time, tatha . . . ca . . . na, nor, 113,»7; then ; ; 29,i8. 3'0,2i (cp. corr. w. yatha, so . . . that, 12,s-8; 1,6 tena sam- as . . ayena, tad&si, 81,t Dh. 282; yatha . . . tath'eva, 32,6); (= tada that, asi). 0 alio, 6,9; corr, w. yena, •© . . . 77,6. comp., V. next, tad-utthaya, {fr. ger, utthahati) Tatha-gata, m. (— sa.) 'who = having sprung from that, 106,i» comes and goes in the aame way' [as = Dh. 240; tad- stands possibly for tad-upika 110 or weary; pp, tat' (Comm. tato utthahitvS, Bhpd, Y^trp) to be satisfied (1866) p. 870). titta {v. h,, cp. titti.) red, *tad-upika (or '-Spiya) mfn. tamba, mfn. (sa, tfimra) 112,i9; — (fr, tad- + opiiyika = ««. aupayika) copper-coloured; "-bhunai-, a conibrmable, suitable to that, answer* tamba-panni, 112,2», ie probably adj. m, pi, ing; f. ^S, (pafiiia) 2,i2. (Trenckner, pun (= tamba-panayo, in order to PM. p. 78, takes it =- sa. *tadopya, with red hands, c^). pani) of the nom. pr. fr. a T- \/vap). make the etymology to agree with the tale. tanaya, m. (= sa.) a son; nom. Tambapanni m, nom. pr, of a king; raja-tanayo, 112,* (a prince). Tamba, voc, ^&. 20,17; ^raja, 19,8; instr, tanu, mfn. (= sa.) thin, little, />^rajena, 19,io. small; *<'-bhuta, mfn. id.; '*-soka, Tambapanni, f. (sa. Tamra- mfto. whose mind has been relieved, parni) nom, pr, of a city in Ceylon light-hearted, comforted, »n. o^o, 89, is. and of the island itself, 1 12,30 ; acc, cp, su-tanu. ^iih — "-nagaraiii, 112,21-25; - (=^ sa.) prec.\ tanuKa, nfn. = "i-dipa, m. the island C, loc. /n/C, M. »vO (tanuk' ettlie vipassati, few 20,32; - "i-sara, m, n. a lake in C, only) 83,2f Dh. 174; 88,82 na = (= loc. 'oC, 21, 3«. cp. Lanka. bahujano). tambula, n. (sa. tambula) betel '\a,) a string (of a tanti, f. (= or betel-leaves (to chew after the meal); luto); *''-ssara, m, the sound of the acc, <>,arii, 41, u; "-takkolakadini, strings; instr. «^ena, 19,82 {cp. sara'). 49,10; - """-pasibbaka, m, a betel-sack; tantu(ka), w. sa) a thread; (= loc. ^e, 57,33. tftsara-" (g. v., cp. correitions). taya, w. (sa. traya) a triad; e. e, tandila, mfn. (sa. tandrita; fr, -ttaya, v. Pitaka-", potthaka-°, SaiS- tandi, drowsiness, lassitude, sloth, = giti-o. sa. tandra & tandrl) only comp. w. tayo, ntim, mf. (sa, trayas) v, ti*. the negative p:'efix {v. h.) cp. a- tarati, vb. ') (sa. y'tr, tarati) to dandha. cross over (acc); aor, 2, sg. atari (sa. tan-na- tam-namika, mfn. (samuddam) 20,i9; pp, tinna (g. r.) named thus; tvii.E, 56,ii. mika) f. cp. 8u-duttara, mfn. — *) (sa. ytvar) tapa, m. & tapas, n. {sa. tapas, to make haste; v. abhi-ttharati. n.) ') religious austerities, penance, tarahi, adv, (sa, tarbi) then, at devotion; nom, rwO (sukho) Dh. 194; that time; 74,bi; cp, carahi & etarabi. rvO (paramaiii) Dh. 184. - *) virtue, taruna, mfn, (= sa.) young, chastity; ^o (bbinno, manavikSya) tender; new, fresh; m. /^o, 46,22. 50,82; gen, ^vassa, 60,29. cp, tapasa, 99,1; f. r^\ (darika) 101, 19; taruna- tapasi. kale , while (they I yeva, were) yet quite tapati, vb, («a, \/tap) ') to shine young, 9,8; "-daoba-tina, n, young (as the sun), to be bright; pr. 3, sg. Kusa-grass, 16,iT. -^ati, 107,23-21 = Dh. 387. — «) to 'taro, v, itara. burn = to cause pain or repentance; tala, n. (= sa.) level, surface, paccha tapati dukkatam, Dh. 314. bottom; side, end, flat, tool etc. \ loc. — pp. tatta, pass, tappati (q. v.) cp, imasmirh .^e, on this side, 35,i3; tapa etc. pathavi-0,28,7; pasana-", 10,7; bheri-^ tappati, vb, *) (^tass. tapati ; sa, 35,21; Manosila-", 61, n; mahi-", tapyate) to be burnt, tormented ; to 113,21; hetthima-", on the lowest suffer; pr. 3. sg. ^ati, Dh. 17. 136 level, 59,27; — instr, khagga-talena, (sehi kammehi dummedho). — *) (sa. with the flat of the sword, 41,26; — ; Ill tSvatfi abl, pasada-talato, down from the (vanno); ace. .^am, Dh. 76. 208; palace, 65,34; — pasadavara-tala-, aoc. m, pi, ,ve, Dh. 196. cp. etadisa. the roof of the palace, 64,i9; — maha- tapasa, m. (— sa.) a hermit, tala, n. (v. h.), ascetic; ^o, 36,6; panduroga-", 35,4 tasa, mfn. {sa. trasa) moving, (v. h.); ace. jetthaka-tapasam, 36,8; trembling; feeble; loc, pi, ^esu gen. r^assa, 36,7. (bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. thavara). tapasi, f. (— sa.) a female ascetic; tasati, vb. {sa, ytras) to tremble, 111,6; ace, .^im, 111,7. to be afraid of (gen.) pr, 3. sg. ; r^&nti tala, m. (= sa.) the Palmyra or (dandassa) Dh. 129; tasa. mfn. {q,v.). fan-palm; "-vanta, n. (sa, "-vfnta), tasara, m, (so. id, & trasara) a the leaf of P. used as a fan; loe, pi, shuttle; ace. - *"-tantuka, m. 87,n {v. corrections); 41, a; — '•-vana, n, (— sa,) a grove - *"-pacchi, f. a basket or box with of P.'trees; ace, -vara, 60,7; - *tala- a Bhuttle,_89,6; ace. /vim, 87,«7. 89,8. vatthukata, mfn. (— tala + a-vatthu- tasina, f. (= tanlia, q. v.; sa. kata) npulled out of the ground like trshna) ace. /vara, Dh. 343; instr, a P.", n, .vaiii (rGpaiii Tathagatassa) fvaya, ib. 95,11. tasita, mfn. (pp. tasati; sa. taleti, vb. (sa. tadayati, Y/tad) trasta) trembling, frightened; m. pi. to beat, strike (acc); ger. ivetva, bhita-tasita, 27,5. 61,21. tasma, adv. (abl. n. pron. taiii; tava, adv. (before vowels sometimes sa, tasmat) on that account, therefore; tavad- ; sa. tavat) ') so much (before 12,35. 86,22. 110,25. Dh. 211 etc.; adj.); *tahim (or *taham), adv. (formed 33,21 ; 102,3, Dh. 284; na /v, . . . yava *") after the analogy of kuhim, kaham) ua. not , . , until, 92,2. — mean- while, first = there, thither; 112,25 (^ vasi); 37,22. — ") now, (w. fut.) : 114,18 (-x- santhapesuih). vlmamsissami •«/, 3,6. 38,3i; 41,a, tana, n. (sa, trana) protection; 65,26; likewise w, pr. 1. sg, 55,25. dat, /vaya (na santi putta, „are no — '') tavad-eva, at once, immediately, help") Dh. 288. straightway; 7,s. 23,i4. 33,6. 62,i». 64,2o. 105,11. — ') well, indeed, really; well tSijata, f. (fr. tana w. suff. -ta) protection; Dh. 288. and good, be it then (often w. imp, tata, m. (= sa.) a father; voc, or fut.) 7,18-21. 44,6; w. foil, pana : tata & pi. tata is very frequently used aham <>/,,, ayam pana (quidem, ^ev) as a term of affection to one or more 17,10 ; — yasma taya ^v ditiham, . . 8&,3i yakkhini r^ janati, persons (esp. to younger or inferior tasma ; persons) -» friend, my dear etc.; tata, 111,81. — ^) emphatically in exhorta- 9,21. 16,82. 69,81 (tataYasa); to two tions (w, imp.) : ehi (v, 9,22; tittba gaccha <^, 19,2i; tarn tava persons : 9,i» ; - tata, 16,24. 26,i8. 38,88. vutte); l,«i *) on that account, for that reason; sampaticohitva); l,i9 (ti cintesi), but also 106,5 (na tavata, sell, yavata bhik- (ti aha); 3,i (ti word preoeedmg or khate pare = Dh. 266). without a such 3,6-9-12. 35,39. etc. etc. tavatimsa-", *) mmw. (sa. trayas- following : we find often one trim^at) 33, only at the beginning of Of such quotations another : ti saflfii comp, ^= the 33 gods, whose chief is included within quoted end Sakka (while the vtum. 33 always is ahosl, 2,6 etc. Verses stands without tettimsa)-, *<'-bhavana, n. Sakka's always with ti which etc., but in poetic devaloka on the mount Sineru (Meru), the metre : 2,i8. 3,27 style it is often omitted, 103, lo (followed loc. r^e, 59,21 ; — *"'-devaloka-ppa- bhanam); 104,i6 etc. mana, mfn, „ equal in extent to the by ima gatha forms the realm of the Thirty-tree", «. .^am, (cp. 111,4. 113,17, where iti foot), and even in 59,28. - *) mfn. id., frequently m. pi. half of the last omitted by very -^a (deva). cp, Pis:hel, Gr. § 254 prose ti may be (questions and answers^ & tirasa below. short sentences generally before maiiiie (g. v.) ti , indecl. (sa. iti) thus, so ; besides and ' Dh. ti we also meet with the full form iti 3,25. 5,7. 35,35 {cp. 50,33. 74). of the use which is contracted to -iti with a prec. Useful examples illustrative found 88. - *) ti i, 1,16-17, and before a vowel is changed of ti are also on p. (in nom.) : into ice', 4,82; but generally the first after single words or names as a mother, i drops by elision, and a prec. short mata ti, such a thing vowel (a, u) is lengthened, 1,9-18-19 99,7; pita ti, 99,8; ditthigatan ti. the etv.f while prec. lii is changed into 94,7; saddo ratho iti, sound n, l,;i-2i. 3,1 etc.; instead of the final (word) 'ratha', 98, 30; satto ti sam- the phrase 'a living being' 98, 31; i we find also y ; ty'aha, lll.ao (= muti, ti c' after prec, i : nt, karomi c'alia, Nagaseno ti, 96,a9 etc.; balo 63. cp. Dh. 218. 257. 74,1 = Dh. 306) and even v : tv'eva, vuccati, Dh. 42,24. 00,25, or the i drops before 3B7. 370. 388; likewiEe by glosses in e : r/eva, 32,i8. - ') The full form commentaries : 'me' ti mayharfi, 85, 20; iti is used ») at the beginning of a sen- 'tan' ti tasma, 86,27 etc.; cp. above teuce = thus, in this manner (as told under iti '). — *) ti is sometimes used before) 30,23. 47,2s. 88,2. 110,33. Il2,ii. to connect two sentences (coordinate) Dh. 62. 74. 186. 286; dittham h'etam = in this way, by means of, for this Tathagatena : ici rupaiii etc., thus reason, etc, : atth' eko upayo ti kha- (is) form = vhis is the nature of form, dapessiimi tarii . . ., l,io; abbirupa 94,3. — *•) after ovarii, 47,26, cp. ahositi so tassa varaiii adasi, 10,4: evaihgot'.O iti, 92,is. — <>) after an- pufinam me katan ti nandati, 107,27 other (i)ti : ino;jharii annan ti iti = Dh. 18; so siham adinnava iti pat(ho (iti perhaps = etc., cp. ^) Sihalo, for that reason (he was called) **) **) below) 90,4. — in the apodosis : Sihala, 112,3i. — = and, and so on sace . . ., icc'etara kusalaih, 4,83. - •) (w. foil, adi) ! 73,80 {cp. adi *)); metri cauisa like the ordinary ti : 98,80. ti anukkamena, and so on by degrees, 111,1. 112,81 («. below). - »)ti (iti) 34,8; ti iti, 90,4. v. above ••<>). - is most frequently u&ed by quoting in ") ti is sometimes strengthened by a oratio diresta one's words uttered or foil, eva or evarii : 32,i8. 42,24. the c.'>i:i^:entB of one's thoughts, emo- 60,25; 86,17. — ') emphatically after tioQS, or judgemenlB, preceeded or other adv. ; kin ti, how? 1,8 (= followed by a verbum sentiendi et kiiii*); tasma ti ha, accordingly, 92,2 declarandi : l,8-i6 (after aba); 3,5 {v, tasma). cp, Franke, ZDMG, vol. (after ten'assa etad ahosi); l,i8 (ti 48, p. 87. ; 113 tibba ti*, num. {sa. tri) three; n. tini, Dh. 356; dabba-", nivapa-", nila- nom. 21,11. 82,9; ace. 28,S5 (saranani); kusa-°, rulha-" (v. h.). 67,88. 86,86; — wj. tayo, nom. 14,9 tinna, mfn. (pp. tarati, sa. tirna) (sahaya^; 6B,ii (bhava); ace. 6,ai who has crossed, gone through, passed (pahare) ; - f. tisso, nom. 82,9 (vedana) over to, overcome; m. i^o ("I have ace. 20,81 (gatha); — instr. tihi, Db. passed over to Nibbana") 104,3o; 224. 391 ; - gen. tinnaih, 14,i8. 28,26 *''-vicikiccha, mfn. having overcome (ratananarii); Dh. 157; — loe. tisu, uncertainty, m. rwO, 69,i8; *''-soka- 31,16. 114,88. — comp. V. ti-kkhattum pariddava, mfn. "who has crossed the etc., tiha, te-pitaka, etc., cp. tatiya, flood of sorrow", ace. m. pi. «x/e. Dh, taya, tavatimsa (tettimsa), timsa, 196; ogha-« (q. v.). terasa. tinnaih, gen. pi., v. ti*. timsa (& timsati), num. (nom. tinha, mfn. (generally tikhina, timsaih or timsa; sa. trim titthati (& (hati, eomp. w. prp. titikkha, f. (sa. titiksha) endu- aho (hahati; sa. tish^hati, \/8tba), rance, forgiveness, long-suffering; Dh. to stand; to stay, reroaiD, stop; to be 184 (synon. khunti). present, be alive; to abide by, acqui- titta, mfn, (pp. tappati*; sa, in, 3. sg. o.^ati, satisfied ; v. a-titta, cp. titti. esce etc, ; pr. 102,8 trpta) (pali, is extant); 103,82 (bhiyyo ->./, tittaka, mfn. (sa. tiktaka) bitter; "gets more steadfast"); 110,6. Dh. **'-bhava. m. a bitter flavour, ace. 340; 2. sg. ^asi, Dh. 235; 3. pi. />^anti, 110,i; — part. med. gen. f. titti, f, (sa. trpti) satisfaction; tittbamanaya(8akham gahetva) 62,2o; Dh. 186 (kamesu). — imp. 2. sg. ti^tba, 11,5. 16,is. Ul.io; tittha, n. (& rarely »t.) (sa. tirtha) — pot. 3. sg. tittheyya, 98,3s; - fut. a landing-place (on the shore of a 2, pi. thassatha (mama vinicchaye) river), a bathing- place; a ferry or 59,6; 1. pi. ^ama, ib.; - aor. 8. sg. harbour, metaph. religious persuasion; •) attha, 103,11, '') atthasi, 3,22. 15,io. loe. .%^e, on the shore, 28,5. — paniya-", pervaded, a watering-place; loe. i^e, 11,28. cp, 26,4. 41,20 ; pharitva ~, 57,28; 3. pi. ^amsu, 22,7. 87,i8; - next. (sa. tir- c/er. ihatva, 3,6. 8,i3 (Bodhisattassa titthiya, m. tirthya & ovade); 17,83 (id.) 34,S9 (yavatayu- thika) an adherent of another sect, kam); 36,«o. 46,i. 108,S6; -pp. a heretic; pi. <% ti-bbBgft 114 - eomp. ti-bhagft, m. («a. tri-bhSga) the tu^him asinarh, Dh. 227; being silent; tbird patt; «,o, £0,:i8, tunhl-bhava, m. the Bhagava) *ti-mandala, n. (sa. *tri-man- instr. ^ena (adhivasesi mfn. dala) 'the three circles', vie. the navel 70,11 = 77,«»; - tunbi-bhuta, «/am, and the two knees; acc, •N/am, 82,ii silent; m. /^o (nisidi) 87,so; acc, {cp. SBE. XIII, 166), 87,81. strike, timira. m. (= sa.) name of n tudati, vb. {sa. v't« 43,31. ntirii, suffering from disease and death, tila, m. (= sa.) aesame, Besarae 108,88. seed; pi. /va (tatta-kapale pakkhit- *tunna-kamma, n. the trade of ta-") 11,7; "-tan^ulaclayo, 16,fi. cp. a tailor; acc. f^&m, 67,8. tela. tunna-vaya, m. (= sa.) a tailor; tisso, tini, V, ti'. -^0,57,8; •'-upakaranani, n. pi. 66,8» tira, n. sa.) a shore, bank; (= {v. upakarana); "-vesam gabetva, in acc. «^am, Dh. 86 (anudhavati, "runs the disguise of a tailor, 58, le. up and down the shore", i. e, without tumhe, pron. pi. & tuyhara, reaching the other shore (NibbSna)); gen. sg., v. tvam. 4,20 (sara-o) ; 21,i7 (samudda-^) ; 28,t turiya, n. {sa. turya) any musical ^Aciravati-**) ; Ice. <-^e, 66,3; 1,12 instrument; pZ. ^ani (gahita-gahitani) (Ganga-"); 2,i9 (nadi-«); 3,si (para-», 65,3; nana-", all kinds of musical on the opposite bank); abl, oriina- instruments, 64,30 ; instr. r^ehi (nip- tirato {v. h.) cp. anutire. puriselii) 67,83; *°-bhandani, n. pi, tiha, n. {sa. tryaha) three days; musical instruments or implementp, dviha-tibam, two or three days, 36,6 66,4; *''-sadda, m. souud of music, {cp. aha). acc. tuUl»ii /"• (sa. tushti) joy, enjoy- loc, o^e, 87,81. men;; nom, tutthi, Dh. 331; acc, tussati, vb, {sa. y/t\iih) to be rviiii ("the glad news") 64,6; instr, satisfied or pleased; ger, o^itva, 24,83. iiis 66,8 {v. ati-tutthiya ("by extreme joy") ; pp. tuttha h.) cp, i\i\\h\, f. 10,13. te, pron, ») gen, sp., v, tvaiii; tup da, n. (= .«a.) a beak; instr. *)m. pl.^ V, tam'. ^ena, 4,8i. — *tundaka, n. (?) id.; teja & tejas, m{n), {sa. tejas) raukha-", 4,8. 18,7. splendour; power, efficacy; ins 90,89; ny ahesum, 79,.ii| by sandhi ; Butta-o). ; 115 thala tejana, n, {=> so.) an arrow; tayS, 4,29. 5,fl; - gen, dat. ») tuyharh, ace, ~ain, 106,2? = Dh. 80. 146. 3,16. 3,26 (^ abbhantare); 7, 19; *•) tena, adv. (instr, fr. tam*; =so.) tava, 1,23, 3,16 (n^ santikam); 12,i. *) in that direction, there (^corr, to, 66,4; ") te, 1,15 (va^tati); 2,8 (dus- yena) : 68,s (yena nivesanadvaram sami); 2,8 (atthi); 7,i8 (pasanno); ten' upasamkami); 68,6 etc, 74,so. 13,26 (ty' atthu); 78,i8, 85,4 etc.; te ') for that reason, therefore, now then may also be used for instr. (and ace.) : (in this sense often comb, w, hi) : kathentena te sundaram katam, 1,24; 3,3, 7,13. 54,30. 106,4; tena hi : l,to-i9. 78,7 (?); cp, t'Sham = te aharii 2,3. 19,81. 83,80. 41,11, 118,u. (000,?) 85,87 [Pischel, QGA. 1877, ''tepitaka, mfn. {fr, tipitaka) p. 1066; ZDMG. 86, p. 714]. - he. btlongiDg to 'the three baikets' (op, tayi, 10,19. 17,14; — pi. nom, tumhe, pitaka); n, loo, ^e Buddhavacane, 1,16; to a single person : 25,i7. 85,t8; the word of the Buddha contained in - aoc, tumhe, 4,ii. 12,88; 97,t6; - the holy icriptures, 102,i. instr. tumhehi, 12,88; — gen. dat. *temeti, vb, (cans, \/tim) to wet, *^ tumbakaiii. 4,4, 6,i», 36,i8, 97,7 moisten; grd, temetabba, f, fs^si (mat- ^) vo, 9,9S. 108,8; dat. ethicus : 42,i6; tika) 83,38, 47,19 (id. or gen, partitivus); vo may terasa, num, (sa, trayodaga) 13; also be used for aec, 4,8. 108,6; — terasania, mfn. the IS**"; m. ^o loc. tumhesu (= sg.) 50,io. (vaggo) Dh. XIII. tela, n. (sa. taila) oil (prepared from the seeds of the sesame plant); ace. »^&m, instr. r^ena (gan- 50,24; Til. dha-°, with scented oil) 37,2; - "-ppa- dlpa, m, an oil-lamp; rwO, 67,i7; pi, thandila, n. (sa. sthandila) an f^S, (gandha-") 66,3; — "-pajjota, m, open place, bare ground; ''-sayika, f, id. aec. o^aih, 69,i7. cp. tila. the act of lying on the bare ground *tevacika, mfn, (sa. *traivacika, (as a penance), Dh, 141. cp, trivacika) effected by the three thaddha, mfn. (sa. stabdha) firm, words or the triple formula, vie, Bu> hard; m. ^0 (paliaro) 50,22 (opp. ddbam saranam gaccbami etc. (v. muduko); — *'*-hadaya, mfn. hard- sarana); m, /^o (upasako, a lay- hearted; f.pl, /N^a (comm. on ka^hina) discipei by the triple formula) 69,2i. 52,6, tevisati, num, (sa. trayovim^ati) thambha, m. (sa, stambha) a 23; r^ima, mfn. the 23">; m, .%/0 post, pillar; metaph. insensibility, stu* (vaggo) Dh. XXIII. por; /vO, 103,28; ace. /s/am, 60,3, torana, n. (== so,) an arch, portal, tbarana, n, (sa. starana) the act gateway; dalha-pakara-°, mfn. 90,3i of spreading, v, bhumma-tthara^a, (w. /vain, nagararii); 9 1,21 (dalha- which is probably "-attharana (sa. carpet, toranam = thira-pittnasamgba^kuih). astarana, a -f- {/stf) = a ty', ») = ti» (iti), 11 1,20 ; cp, c', 84,17. 74,1. — >)= te (gen, tvaih) 13,26. thala, n. (sa. sthala) the land, tv', = ti» (iti); 42,24. 60,86. 64,9. dry land, firm earth; ace. book, a section of the Khad* ""thavikS, f. a purse; ace. sahassa- eanonioal thavikaih, a purse containing a 1000 daka-Niklya; specimen thereof: 108,jc pieces of money, 102,14, teqv. little, thavira, v. thera. thoka, mfn, (ta, Btoka) a little : thama, n. (sa, sthSman, n.) small, short; ace, ~am (adv,) streng^th, powtrj *'-sainpanna, mfn, ^ netva, l,8o; >^ gantva, 36,ii; o^ 58,8s; Btron^;; m. ^o, 1,8, 40,st. sayitva, 12,ir, ^ kilapetva, t ha vara, mfn. (sa. sthavara) im- f «^a (yagu) 57,i ; - thoka-thokam, 121—22 moveable, firm, stron;; ; loc. pi. rvesu adv. little by little, Dh. (bhutesu) Dh. 405 (opp. tasa). (^am pi); Dh. 239. thira, mfn, {sa. sthira) firm, hard, *thokaka, mfn. (fr, prec.) amall, solid, strong;- n. pi. r^aai (uddapa- short; f. ^ika. (rati, a short pleasure) dini) 91,18 (opp. dubbalani); *thira- Dh. 310. pakara- etc, mfn. 91,20-.i (comm, on thometi, vb. (denom. fr. *thoma, dolha-»). sa. stoma, stomayati) to praise (ace); thi, f. (sa. 8tr!) = itthi, a woman ger, r^etva. (panditarh) 69,»3. (v. h.); gen. pi. ^hinam, 51, si. thina, n, (sc, styana) sloth, in- diiTerei'oe; *'-middlia, n. "nUith and (IrowNi Mini" (i iiflc'ui'i Hoiitt MftniHMa), 103,»7. tiiula(& thulla), m/«, (sa. sthula) -d-, sandhi-consonant, inserted in large, thick, coarsii; v. anumthula. attadattha, sadattha-pasuta (q, ti.V, thera, m. & («/i) f. (lo. sthavira) likewise in samma-d-eva etc. (v. old, venerable; an 'Elder' (Haid of sanima), On account of sandhi an vtmuruble bhikkhiu); m, nam, ^o, old 'd' is often preserved in some 61,12. Dh. 260; Dh, 261 (to be scan- pron. : tad-, yad- (v. tarn, yam), aed thaviro); maba-thero, 113,8; kocid- (= koci) etc, [Euhn, Beitr. instr. *x/ena, 85,is; pi, ~a, 109,8*; p. 62—63; Tr. PM. p. 82; Windisch, inaha-', 109,ii; ace. />/e (bhikkhu) Ber, d. Bachs. Ges. 1893. p. 228 seqv.] 83,ll^; tnstr, r^ehi., 109, u; pen. ^annm, *dakkhati & dakkhiti, vb. 109,5; addud to a nom. pr, ; llpiili-", (v^drO to nee, perceive; pr. (fut.) 3, 109,18; MahtikiiHsupa-", 109,1?; - eg. ^Asi (na me raaggam rv, "the dhamma-kathika-", m. (v. h.) — com. path 1 tread you never can fiad") par, theratara, »i./>^o (bhikkhu) 79,io; 72,s8; 3^ pi. ^inti, 69,i8 (^cakkhu- instr. ^ena, 79,e. cp, next. manto rupani ^); - aor. a.ldakkhi, pi. Thora-Biitha, f, name of a ^. 8.(7, 77,8! 3. sg. 20,10. Formally canonical book, a Keotion of the KhuO* (lakkhati & dakkhiti look like fttt. iipecimeu daka*Nikaya; thereof : 107,!i) fr. v'drQ (sa. drakshyati), but really seqv. these forms may have sprung either ''thera-Tada, mi. the doctrine from aor. addakkhi (ia, adrakshit) the of the ThoraB, urthodoxe Uuddhist or from an old base *d)rksh-° [Kiihn, doctrine; /x/O, 109,u (therehi kata- Beitr. p. 116; Tr. PM. p. 61; Phchcl, i-j MaiiiKivho); HKHavtido, 109, no; itco, 117 dadhi the southern sea, gen, rvassa, 60,4, — ') to permit, allow (ace, dk inf.) cp. padakkhina. 6,10. 12,17. 17,19, 39,24. 48,19. 52,20 dajja, pot., V. dadati. — *) constructed w. ger. of another datthabba, grd, & datthum, verb = to do that to any one : darHni V. inf., dissati. aharitva . . . dassati, 35,9; rajjam d add ha, mfn, (pp. dahati, q. v.) gahetva datura. 35, 19; aharitva burnt; n. r^&m (khettain) 100,27; adaihsu, 41,4; vibhajitva adasi, 41, 19. aggi-°, *»fn. {v. h). — )i>r. 1. sg. dadami, \Um\ 3. pi. danda, vi. (= sa.) *) a stick, dadanti, Dh. 249; part. 7/n. m. da- staff; a handle; ace. .%/aih (gahetva, dato, Dh. 242; part. mcd. m. dada- "staff in hand") 47,s»; instr. -x/ena, mano, 12,33; f. /va, 6,20; pot. 3. sg. 77,18; loc. 'N/e (the handle) 36,5; - *) dadeyya, 98,84; 2. sg. f^&si, 53,i5; "-battha, leaning on a staff; ovarii, ; mfn, 1. sg, 33,13. 41, i ') 3. sg. dajja, ace. m. (vaiii, 63,9; — a-danda, atta- Dh. 224; — ') pr. 1, sg, dammi, danda (g, v.). — *) punishment; aec. 7.14, 15,24. 29,8; — ") pr, 3. sg. deti, <%,am, Db. 310. 405; instr, i^ena, 12,17. 28,24. 98,8; 2, sg, desi, 3,9; 1. Dh. 131; purisa-vadba-", punishment sg. deini. 31, le; 3, pi, denti, 37,2; for murder, 74,u; gen, «%/assa, Dh. ^.j)!. detha, 18,ii. 52,2o; i. p2. dema, 129; — "-kamma, «. fine, mulct, 18,11. 39,94. 114,10 (dema'ti); imp, penalty; idam me /vam, "in this way 3, sg, detu. 36,2i. 39,2o; 2. sg. dehi, I make amends", 63,i3; — *®-ppatta, 5.15. 69,32. 101,28. 111,27 (read : jivi- mfn. liable to punishment; m. /^o, tarn debi); 2. pi. detha, 18,9. 31,2. 100,15; — patidanda, brabiua-danda 114,8; part. m. dento, 40,i7. 86,24; 10*'' (g. v.). — Danda-vagga, tn. the — ["•) rare or ficticious present-forma- chapter of Dh, tions are : dajjati (cp. pot. dajja) & _ dandaka, m. (= sa.) a stick, dati]; - fut. 3. sg. dassati, 3,8. 30,i3; staff; ace. /^am, 13,ie; 36,t (a twig 2. sg. rwasi, 2,2; 1. sg. 2,4. 5,io; 16,i2 from a tree); instr. /x/Cna, 86, »x; — etc.; 1. pi. />^ama, 17, 19. 60,i4; - *ratha-°, m. (g. v.). aor. 3. sg, •) adasi, 3,ii. 6,18. 36,36; datta, mfn. [e. c. = sa.; pp. dasi, 114,9; 1. sg. adasim, 17,6. 42,i3; dadati, cp, dinna) v. Devadatta, 3. pi. adamsu, 4,i5. 31,s. 41,4 etc, Brahmadatta. cp. atta^. '') ada (5. s^.) 111,12 (nada), 114,25; datva, ger., v, next. — inf. datum, 16,6. 31,30. 102,8; dadati, vb. (sa. y/da) *) to give a-datu-kamata. f. (q. v.); — ger. (w, gen. pers. etc. ; to hand, deliver, give in charge, — grd. ») databba, n. >^&m. 14,i2. pay (do.) 82,18; 31,2; 39,2o. 111,ij; 82,18; ^) deyya, n. ^a.m. 112,9; - 37,18 ; 102,8; to offer (an oblation, pp. dinna (& datta, e, e.) v. h.\ — aec.) 17,6 (e}akam); — *) variously [pass, diyati, cp. a-diyati]; — caus, constructed w. ace, : okasam •>/, to dapeti (v. h.) cp. dana, daya, dayaka. give an opportunity to (inf.) 40,i7; dadhi , n. (= sa.) sour milk, curd^ ovadam, to admonish, 86,24; danam, nom. dadhi, 99,28-so. 101,27; dadhim, to make gifts, give alms, 14,i2. 86,14; 26,13; ace, sa.) pain, suffer- '-vahana, m. n. pr. of a king; «^o daratha, »!. (= sabba-kilesa-darathesu, Dama raja, 36,»9; "-jataka, w. 34,80. ing; loc. pi, danta', m. (= so.) a tootb; worn, sa.) a cave, hole, jjj. ^a, 12,1. 82,« = 97,Jo; ace. pi. dari, f. (= a lair in a hole or /ve, 65,6; instr. pi. /x/chi, 12,6; cleft; *"-8aya, m. cleft, loe. f^e, 108,«4 (if not to be khanda-^ mfn. {q. v.)] danlantara- (mfn.) 'having gata, V. antara; - "-kattba^ »• (f» '*•)• corrected into darisayo hole on the bank of a danta*, mfn, (pp. y/dam, sa. my lair iu a danta) tamed, mu-jdued; tame, mild, river', cp. .Tttt. I. p. 18, v. 106, & V. 70,t5). patient; wi. r^O, 77,io-iJ; Uh. 321; daricara, mfn. Jfit. p. firm, aco. m. r^ara, ib.; n. i>^ara (cittam) dalha, mfn. (sa. drdha) (bhumi) Dh. 35; pi. m. ^a. Dli. 322; - *atta- hard, strong, fast; f, /n/S ("viriyarfa) Dh. 112; dauta, mfn, St sudanta, mfn. (v. h.) 110,7i n. /^am h.) cp. danieti. />/am dajhassa khipati (v. 44,i; *dandlia, tM/w..8low, slothful, in- "-ppahara, m. a violent stroke, ace. docible; ov/am, adv. elothfully, Dh. ,^&m, 30,18; — *°-parakkama, mfn. 116. The etymologi' of this word is Undaunted, firm, energetic; m. pi. ^a, doubtful; Faushell & Weber, ZDMG. Dh. 23; ace. />^e, 108,i9; — *°-pa- strong walls 14. p. 48 refer to 3a. *tandra (cp. kara-torana. mfn. having a-tandra); Trenckner, PM. p. 66 to etc., strongly fortified; n. r^&m (na- drdha (& dhandha), but cp. tandita garam), 90,si. 9l,!i; — *°-uddapa. & dalha. According to Miiller, PGr. mfn, havirig a strong foundation; n. p. 22 we ought to look for Bomething r^&m, 90,31. 91,80. — dalham, adv. like *dardhra or drdhra (cp. Ltiders, firmly, strongly; Dh. 61. 313; r^&m ZDMG. 58 p, 70C). katva (gahita-sigale) with a fast hold, dabba (& daboha), m. (sa. dar- 40,24; da|ha-gahita-, 40,80. (cp, blia) the Ku9a-graBs; — *°-tina, n. dandha). id., pi, ^ani, 15,*; °-sayana, n, a dasaS num. (sa. da(;a) ten; 31, is lair of K. -grass, abl, .%/to, 16,4. (bhataro); 81,!i (sikkhapudani); dabbi & dabbi, f. (sa. darvi & "-mase (ace.) 62,t; instr, dasahi. i>A) a ladle, spoon; nom. ^i, Dh, 64. 18,16, 82,14; gen. dasannarii, Dh. 137 dama, m. (^= sa.) moderation, (dasann'). At the end of comp. num. self-command (synon. sa.'ifiania); Dh. 261 ; instr. ^.^ena, Dh. 25; cp. a^tharasa, ekadasa, cuddasa, '-aacca, n. temperanct and truth, terasa, pannarasa, so}asa. instr. ^ena, Dh. 9; duddama, mfn. dasa^, mfn. (e. c, sa. drga), v. (q. v.). duddasa, sududdasa, (cp. dassa). daniatha, »». (= sa.) self-cora- dasabala, m. (sa, da damayanti (dandena) 77, i»; (attanam dassa, mfn, (e. c, sa. dar?a), v. pandita) 106,88" ~ Dh. 80; part, sudassa. (cp. dasa-). nom. m. damayaiii (Httanain) Dh. dassati, fut., v. dadati. 305; inf. df.metum (vat^ati, q. v.) dassana, n. (sa. darpana) seeing, to convert, 113,9; cp. danta & prec. looking; perception, intelligence, in- dan mi, pr, 1. sg., v, dadati. sight; religious persuasion; ^Am dara, *.j. (=- sc.) tear; v. niddara (appiyanam, to see what is unpleasant) & vita-ddara. 106,30 = Dh. 210; (ariyanam, "the 119 daraka Bight of the elect") Dh. 206; instr. tara, mfn, the younger of two, gen, dassayati, vb., t;. dasseti. dinna-") 29,2; — dan3,dini punfiani, dassiH, mfn, (e. c, sa, dar^in) 1 7,33; danadibi, 22,i7 ; - '*'daDa-katba, seeinp, finding; v. ohaya-", vajja-", f, talking about (the duty and profits diissiyas, mfn. (e. c, sa, dar^i- of) almsgiving, acc, r^&m (pakasesi) vas) seeing; v. bhaya-". 68,19; — "-sala, /"., a hall for alms- dasseti, vb. {caus. y/djq, cp, giving, pi. -x/S, 38,13} — jivita-", dissati) to cause to be seen or to dhamma-* (t>. h.), apppar, to show, point out, produce, dani, adv, = idani (g. v.). manifest, give to understand (acc); dapeti, vb. (caus. dadati, sa. to show to, present to, to bring be- dapayati) to cause or order to be given fore {acc, & gen.y, pr, 3, sg. /veti (acc. dk gen.) ; aor. 3. sg. «vesi (tassa (may nam apacitiih) 29,s6; 3, pi. attba kabapane) 24,28; fut. 1, sg. fventi, 21,4; dussayanti (uocavaoaifa, /vessami, 43,(7; pp. dapita, n, /vam q. v.) Dh. 83; part. m. dassento, 2,i; (aggaih) 111,86, imp, 2, sg. ,%.-ehi, ll4,io; 2. pi. «vetha, dama, n, <& m, (sa, daman, n,) 24,28*, pot. 3. sg. (veyya, 100,i2; fut. a rope, cord; a chain, wreath; m. pi, 1, pi. 'X'essama (pubbanimittaih) 63,b ^a (munjamaya) 106,t7; n.j^^^ani ; aor. 8. sg, ") ^esi (attanaih) 12,2?; (ma1a-°) 37,2; kusuma-dama-sadisa-, (unbakaraih) 15,8; (chatakakaramj mfn, 47,13} rajata-dama-vanna, mfn. 41,8; (paharam, q. v.) 62,33; (som- 61,19 (v. h.), riipena, sell, attanaih, presented her- daya^, m. (= sa.) a gift, dona* self) 111,2; '') dassayi, 113,is. 3. pi, tion; /x/O, 2.'),io; nabapita-", ib. (a . -N^esum, (core raflno) 38,33. 74,8; barber's fee). 63,10 ; inf. dassetum, 91,25; ger, day a*, m, (sa, dava) a forest, -%/etva, 4,16, 86,9. grove; v. miga-daya. daha, m, (sa. draba, by metathesis dayaka, mfn. (= sa.) giving; v, ^ hrada) a lake, pond ; acc, Ano- paccaya-dayaka, sg. (sa, tatta-daham, 61,is ; abl. Kannamun4B>* dara, m. dara, m, pi.) a dabato, 36,3i, wife; loo. pi. >s/6svi, Dh. 345; para-**, dahati, vb, ') Tsa. dadbati, \/dha^ another man's wife, acc. <%/am, Db. to put, hold, oonBider; pp. bita (3. v.^ 246; paradSriipaseTiti, mfn, one who ep, dheyya; antaradbayati, pidabati, ooveti another man'i wife, nom, m, saiiividanati, saddabati, sandabati. marim) ; — dabarittbi, a young wife, (q. v.); *-matar. f. nom, /vfi, the gen. /^iya, 49,i$; — compar. dahara- child's mother, 69,(2. darikft 120 darikS, f. {== «a.) a daughter, esp, false theory; gir), youDg m dale'. i, vh. {sa. dalayati, \/dal) dit^hi, mfn, & anna-di^thika, mfn, to cause to burst, to break through *dinna, mfn. (pp, dadati) given, (ace); ger. dalayitva (putilatam), presented; n. ^aih. 21,6 (tahi); 49,2i 105,t9. (raiilam); Dh. 366 (vitaragesu, a dasa, m. (= sa.) a slave, servant; gift bestowed on . , .) ; as finite tense : fs.0. 5,7. m, t^o, 8,2; f. .-va, 67, i; n. /s.^arii, da si, f. (= sa.) a female servant 7,7; — "-dana, n. almsgiving, 14,i8; or slave; voc. r\>i (term of abuse) "-sunka, f. (maya) 10 1,21 (v. sunka). 111,25; dksi-gana-, 21,i (a troop of -%/). cp. a-dinna. di-", at the beginning of comp. dipada, m. (sa. dvipada) a biped, = dvi (two, double), v. dija, dipada, a man; gen, pi. ^anaiii, Dh. 273. diyaddha. dibba, mfn. (sa. divya) heavenly, digaocha = jigaccha (q. v.). divine; charming, beautiful; acc. m, bird; dija, m. (sa. dvija) a pi. ^&m. ^yogam) Dh. 417; f. ^&m (N^a, 60,17. cp. dvija. (ariyablmmim) Dh. 236; loc, pi, m. dittha^ mfn. (pp. dissati, y/djq', «^e8u (kamesu) Dh. 187 ; comp. dibba- sa. dfshta) *) se^n, perceived; m. f\^o, kame (acc. pi, m.) 46,5; "-gandha-, 12,u. 108,17; n. ^am, 85,s&; t>i5^r, 20,8-0; -cakkbumhi (loc.) 109,8; -pa- <»vena (imina, what we have seen here) naiii, 69,25; -pupphani, 61, u; -bW 54,15; "-pubba, m/'».; yatha-", mfn, janaiii, 20,7; -vattha, n. 20,8. 6l,is; (v. ft.); — *) known, understood; n. -sampatti, 23,i7; -sayana, n. 20,9, /N^aiii (h^etam Tathagatena) 94,8; 61,18. — ') belonging to tins world (cp. di- diyaddha, mfn. (sa, dvyardha) ttba-dbamma below); loc. o^e va lV»i "-yojana-satika, mfn. 160 yo- in dhamme, the present life, 92,ss, janas long, instr. m, ^en&, 60,*. cp, dud-d^ha, mfn, (v. /».). addha. dittha*, »». (sa. dvishta, tnfn.) divasa, m. <& n. (= sa.) a day; an euneray; acc. i^am, 3,87. nom. m. ^0 (uposatha-^, fastday) dittha-dhan;iDa, (sa, drshta- 14,16; ace, ^&m, by day, in the course dharnia) ^)mfn. having seen the truth; of the day, 2,32; taiii .^am, on that tn. »vO, 69,12. — ') "ti. this world, the day, 87,31 ; ^am pi, 'all day long', present life; '-sukhaviharam anuyutto, 42,3o; ,-^am pi sapathaih kurumana "in the enjoyment of happiness reached nanacitta va honti, even on that same even in this world '\ 74,22; cp. dhamma day they will change their minds and & dittha* abovt. take their oath . . ., 61,28; eka-°, one ; ; : 121 Dipavathsa day, 13,»8. 63,2; instr, ,>^ena (eka-", dissamane, invisible) 112,i8; pp. on one and the same day) 64,3; all. dittha, seen (v, h.); grd. dat^babba, /^ato (sattama-* patthaya) 61,8; mfn. to be regarded or understood, (dbaiTimadesanam 8uta-°, from the m, tapati adicco, 107,i8 = Dh, 387; daUbu-kama, mfn. wishing to see, f. rattim pi div&pi, night and day, 9,i6; /vS (tam) 19,12; ger. ») disva, l,e etc; f\> va rattim va, Dh. 249; «v/ ca *>) disvana, 67,8i. 68,io. 76,i9 (at the ratto ca, Dh. 296. cp, rattindivam, beginning of a sentence), cp, dasa', adv. 86,25. dassa etc, di^^hi, disa^ disa^ mfn. (e. c; sa, dr^a) like digba, mfn. (sa. dirgba) long; that; V. idisa, eta-°, ki-°, ta-", sa-**; m. ^0 (puriso, tall) 92,i8 (opp. rasso); khandba-disa, v. kbandba. cp.dasa*. f. «^a, 107,8r = Dh. 60; n. >^&m, disa*, m. (sa. dvisha) an enemy; Db. 409; ace. ^am (addbanam) 44,2i; /N..0, Dh. 162; ace. ,^&m, Dh. 42. (pacanayattbim) 71,29. disa, f. (sa, di^ & di^a) quarter, "'Digba-nikaya, m. name of a direction; region, country; ace, r>.^&m Pali work, the first of the 5 Nikayas (katamam, in which direction) 95,6; (q.v.)\ ^0, 102,16. Specimens thereof (agataiii /%/, "the untrodden country" p. 77,14-81,4. = NibbSna) Dh. 323; abl .^wato "'Digba-bbanaka, m. a repeater i^a, (expounder or follower) of Digba- Tuttara-", q. v.) 61,i8; ace. pi, , fsabba) 85,*. Dh. 54; loc. pi. ^sisa nikaya; pi, ix^a, 64,2. (sabba-", in each direction) 63, lo. cp, digba-rattaii), adv. (sa, dirgha- catuddisa & next, ratram) for a long time ; 90,27. 104,88. ""disa-kaka, tn. a crow kept on dipa^, m, (== sa.) a lamp; aec. board ships in order to search for land i^&m, 37,2; dipalokena, 41,2T (v, ace. fs,&m, 18,4. (cp. Fick, Soo. Gl. aloka). cp. padipa. p. 173; E. Hardy, Buddha, p. 18.) dip a*, ».(&«.) (sa. dvipa) *) '*'disa-painokkba, mfn, world- an island; land, continent; t^o, 110,si. famed, very celebrated; m. /vO (aca- 112,8o; ace. pr, 3, sg. /^ati, 44,26. 62,ii ; na dipin 122 31,m; oatne of aPsli work, ; *diikkhanupatita, or leopard; gen. ^ino, 8,i7. >^ehu 70,80 -comp. Dli. - dipeti, vb. (caus. )/dip) *) to mfn. "beset with pain", 302; illustrate, explain, teach (ace); pr. *o-anubhaTana-, 23,i8 (v. annbha- causing 3. sg. />/eti (atthadi dhammaii ca) vana); — "-flpiidhana, n. Dh. 383; - ^) intr, to emit linht, pain; Dh. 291 (para-', v. upadhana); uhine - *0-ftpftsama-gamiH, mfn. leading to ; pot. 3. sg. /-^eyya (sabbaiattiiii) 99,'.8. quieting uf puin, ace. m. -«^inaiii (mag- du*, indecl. (an. dus-) prefix to gam) 107,20 = Dh. 191 (v. upnsaiiia); nouns (subst. & aclj.) implying 'evil, - *»-kkhandha. m. (v, khandha); - bad, difficult' (opp.su-). Before vowels "-domanassa, n. pi. (dvandva comp.) the old form dur- is preserved, e. g. 90,18; — *"-nirodha. m. cessation or dur-accaya, ets., before consonants destruction of misery; -^.^am (ariyasac- du- with the foil. cons, doubled, e. g. cam \q. v.\ adj. n., a scholastic ex- dukkata, ducchanca, dummana, etc. pression "> concerning the cessiation {v becomes bb : dubbaca, dubbanna), of misery) 67,is; "-nirodha-gamini — except before r, where the u is length- (adj. f. leading to that) 67, n; ened, e. g. dii-rakkha. By vrddhi *"-ppatta, mfn. afflicted by pain, m. we have do-", e. ^. domanassa (cp. 1^0, 59,io; — *"-sauQudaya, m. (v. h.); dohtla). /N.-am (adj. n, cp. dukkba-nirodha duk:{ata & du'ckata, n. (sa, above) 67,i»; — *"-samuppada. m. dash-kfta), evi! deed, sin, oHending; 107,19 (v. h) cp. 8a-dukkha, mfn. & vara (akatam) V)h. 314: (-1-, manasa) next. Dh, 391; 8ukat('-dukkr(a, mfn. good dukkhix, mfn. (sa. du/ikhin) evil, and gen. pi. o,a.n&m (kamma- pained, afflicted, sorrowful; m, ,-vi, nam) 97, u. 2,u. 72,25. dukkara, tiifn. (sa. dusli-kara) dukha, n. — dukkha. difficult to do, difficult; m. fs.fO (maggo dugga, mfn. (sa. dur-ga) difficult, padbanaya) 103,10; n. parama-dukka- impassable; painful, evil; m. ^o ram, vary d. Dh. 163. (maggo) 103,10 ; ace. «^am (samsa- dukkha, *) mfn. (sa. du/ikha) ram), Dh. 414; abl. n. ^S. ("out of unpleasant, painful (opp. auklia); m. the evil way") Dh. 327. ^0, 66,27. 67,10. Dh. .U7; f ^a, 67,s; dugga ta, mfn. (sa. dur-gata) n. «^am, 67,9 70,i7; j a-dukkham- unfortunate, miserable, poor; "-itthi, asukhari), neither plensant nor painful, f. a poor woman, ace. rvilii, 48,i6; 70,s7; - dukkham, adv. Dh. 201 - *"-bhava, w. poverty; ace, f^BiA, (-"w seti, "is unhappy"). - ») n. (some, 67,2. times written dukha uietri causa, Dh. duggati, f. (sa. dur-gati) 'evil 83. pain, misery; grief, suflfering; 203) path', hell, unfortunate existence; ace. nam. ^am, 36,i9. 77,8; kin te ^, ^im. Dh. 17; 106,20 — Dh. 240, "what ails you?" 13,ib; dukkh', 17,.8; (cp. suggati). ,>. ariyasaccam (q.v.) ^7,8; sabba-**, *duggahita, tn/n. badly grasped 108,13; ace. ,^am, l6,3o. 23,ie. 107,i9; tn. ^0 (kuso) Dh. 311. (raarana-<*) (sisaccheda-") 7,9; 17,ij; duccarita,') mfn, (sa. duQ-carita) instr. r^ena. (-kh-) Dh. 83; dat. evil; ace. m. ,>.,am (dhammam, — ^aya, Dh. 248; gen. ^assa, 70,i7. sin) Dh. 169; - ») «, ill-conduct, sin; 107,19; abl. «) ..a, 16,28. kaya-o, 107,2» = mano-o, vaci-o (v, k.). 123 duroroana *ducchanna, mfn, ill-thatohed; stupid, foolish, ignorant; m, >%>o, Db, M, 'N^aiii (agaram) Dh. 13, HI. 140. *dujjana, mfn. (cp. sa. dur- duppabbajja, n. the painful jfiana & janana above) difficult to be life of a pabbajita (q. v.); nom. rvam underBtood; m. -vo (dhammo, taya) (durabbiramaifa) Dh. 302 (dififerently 94,86. Max MUller, 8BE, X. 73). ^p, pab- dujjiva, mfn, {sa, dur-jiva) dif- bajja, f ficult to live; n. ,^am (jivitaiil) Db. "'duppamunca, mfn, difficult to 245 (w. instr.). be loosened; n. r^&va. (bandbanam) duttha, mfn. (sa, dushta) bad, Dh. 346. (cp, pamuncati). evil, malignant; f. pi. ,^a, 62,8; *dupparamattbai ''»/^> badly "-brahmana, voc. 33,i6; *''-citta, mfn, practised; n. o/am (samanfiam) Dh, eviUminded, with evil intention; m. 311. (cp. paraniasati). 35,10 ; f. 'vuih (gatbaih) 8,st ; *>-jjb&na, duboaoa, mfn. (sa. dur-vaoas) n, (v. jhSna)) — dutiyarii, adv. for abusive, unruly; difficult to reason the second time, .N,am pi (^kho) 74,8S, with, self* willed; "'''•bhava, m. self'will, 79,si. 88,17; yava confused, misguided ; ace, m, r^Rva, gen, paiiiiaya, soil, pafica nivarane) Dh. 339. 91,7. duddha, mfn. (pp. dohati, duhati dubbuddbin, mfn, (sa, dur- (-U-); «tt. dugdha, ^/duh) milked; burldhi) fuolish, without insight; m, *<'-khira, mfn, (v. h.) op, duyhati, pi, /vino, 76,80. pass. dubbhati, vb. (sa. ydrub, drub- dundubhi, m. (= sa.) a kettle- yati) to be hostile to, plot against drum; deva-°, m. & f, thunder, pi, (loc); fut, 1. sg, -vissami (tayi) 41,85. /^iyo (f.) 80,80. op. dubba. dunniggaha, mfn. (sa. dur-ni- dubbbasita, mfn. (sa. dur-bba- graba) difficult to be restrained; gen, shita) badly spoken ; n. f^&vd (padam) n, o/assa (cittassa), Dh. 35. 110,18. dunnivaraya, mfn. (sa. dur-ni- duma, m, (sa. drama) a tree; varya) difficult to be kept back or dumagga, n. the top of a tree, dbl. restrained; n. /^am (cittaih) Dh. <^amba, 13,4 (cp. agga*). 33; m. /vO (kufijaro) Dh. 324. cp. dummati, m. (sa. dur-mati) a nivareti. fool; nom, ^\ (abaifa) 30,88. duppaiida, mfn. (sa. dusb-prajfia) dura man a, mfn. (sa. dur-manas) dvinimedha 124 that in this case dussa dojected, in b»d spirits; m. /n/O, 2,u. but 1 think sa. dushya, corrup- 72,15. 104,18. must be adj. = spoiled or damaged, duinmedha, m. ($a. dur-medha) tible, easily to be rattibhattam). a fool; nom. >^o, Db. 136; voe. i^Bl, n. ,^am (khettapalassa III. 16, trans- 106,10 = Dh. 394. cp. next. Francis & Neil, J&t. p. adv.^ cp. ^dummedhlN* mfn. foolish, stu* late "wrongfully" (dussaiii, it is perhaps in pid; m. pi. /N^ino (jana) Dh. 26. dussati below) and this interpretation duyhati, vb. {pass, dohati, y/inh) order to avoid . not agree with the ten- to be milked; part. n. r>, manam (which does prose tale) that the Comra. ^khirniii) new milk, 99,28; pp. duddha dency of the pron. Trenckner v.). has taken it for gen. la. amussa) duraccaya, mfn. (so. dur-atyaya^ accepts the gen. dussa (= found else- difficult to be conquered; accf.r^&va although that form is not gramm. Pfilie, (tanham) 108,i = Dh. 336. where. Henrif (Precis de into amussa. duranubodha, mfn. (= sa.) p. 94) corrects dussa difficult to be comprehended; m. r^O dussati, t)6. (so. du8hyati,-v/(iush) (dhainmo) 94,s5. to sin, offend (against, gen. or loc. durannaya, w/n. (sa. dur-anvaya^ pers.)] pr.3.sg.-^a.ii (appadu^thassa) fappaduttbesu)_ Dh. 137; difficult to be fathtmed; f. <^a. (gati) Dh. 125; Dh. 92. pp. duttba (f. h.)\ caus. duseti (g. v.) *durabhirama, w/w. difficult to cp. dussa above. (sa. du/i-gila) ill- be enjoyed ; n. ^&m (duppabbajjam) dussila, mfn. Dh. 302. natured, bad, wicked, vicious; m. f^O, durabhisambhava, mfn. (= 107,2 ^ Dh. 308; Dh. 110. 320; f sa.) difficult to reach or enter upon; ~a, 9,11 ; inslr. f. -^aya, 20,29. m. »vO (maggo) 103,io. *du8silya, n. {fr. prec.) wicked- *duraja.aa. mfn. difficult to be ness; nom. P^aiii (accanta-") Dh. 162. understood; m. /^vO (bbavo thinam) duhati, vh.y v. dohati (duhati). 51,31. duta, M. (= sa.) a messenger; •duravaaa, w/n. difficult to dwell pi. rs^Bi (deva-*) 45,12; ace. pi. .-we in, d. to be lived or led; pi. (n.) (assa-") 68,81. .^a (ghara, the houEehold life) Dh. 302. *diiDha, m. (fr. dubbhati, v/druh; duliabha, mfn. (sa. dur-labha) base of dubhati, vb. = dubbhati; cp, difficult to be /ound or obtained; m, sa. droha) malice, perfidy, treachery; vo, 31,18. Dh. 193; ace. /%^am, Dh. only in comp. a-dubha (g. v.) cp. a- 160; M. 8u-dullabham (saccam) 61, so; dubhaya (dot.) Jat. I, 180,2!; a-drii- — ''-manussattem, n. the state of man bhaya, Vin. I, 347,2 «r.b. which is one dit3cult to obtain, 22, is. dura, mfn. (= sa.) distant, far dussa, 15 19, according to the {opp. vidiira); — diiram, adv. far Comin. gen. ;oron. dfmonstr, = amussa away, 12,29; duraiS-gama, mfn. going {ep. asL', aMuka), but this can hardly far away, ace. m. />.,am, Dh. 37 ; - du- b<) correct; the roaoing dussam which, rato (abl.) adv. from afar, 68,io. 76,20. T. spite of the Comm., has been main- 86,20. Dh. 219 ; - diire (loc.) adv. &. ained by the Cingalese Mbs., ought no ic. prp. abl., far, far away ; ^ (hito, doubt to be preferred; dussa, n. (sa. 56,8; ^ pakasenti, Dh. 304; dumag- dushya, dii^ya or dSrcja) a kind of gamha ^, 13,4; -^ito, 20,i7; cp.&ti' woven siuff, occurs frot^uently in the dilra. Pali texts; hence *dussika, »». a ma- diirakkha, mfn. (sa. du-rakshya) nufacturer of that stuff, or a cloth-seller difficult to be guarded; n. n^m\ (cit- (Jat. VI, 276,88. Mil. 262,u. 333,i»); tam) Dh. 33. ; ; 125 desanS dujafigama, mfn. {=Ba.) v. dura. deva-duta, m. a messenger of death; *durama, mfn. difficult to be en- pi. .x/a (uttamangaruba) 45,i2. - *) a joyed; yattha -^ain (n.), where enjoy, lord, voc. deva frequently used in ment is difficult, addressing a king ('sire, your majesty') duseti, vh. {caus. dussati, sa. 6,14. 31,9-19. 65,17; Makhadeva, m. diishayati) to spoil, destroy, infest nom. pr. (q. v.). cp. dibba, mfn., devi, (ace); aor. 3. s^. dusayi, 9,j (without f,, sadevaka, mfn, & next, ohj. = spoiled the game; = attanam devata, f. (& m.), (== sa.) a god, dusayi, Comra.). deity; a spirit, ghost; in sg, often deti, vh. & deyya, grd., v. dadati. used instead of deva (cp. deva-putta) deva, m. sa.) i)a god, deity; {= nom, fs/S (varanaruklche adhivattha) mostly pi, the gods, esp, the Devas 5,19; pi. r\/&, 63,7. 65,24. 114,is; instr, (opp. Asuras) or inhabitants of the 'celestial, superhuman', etc.) : "'deva- Devadatta, m. (^=: sa.) nom. pr. nubhavena {instr.) by the power of of a relative (cousin) and enemy of the gods, 63,3a(v.anubhava); devinda, Gotama Buddha; n,/0, 74,i9, seqv, m. the lord of the Devas (Sakka), ""Devadaba, n. nom. pr, of a 110,24-26; *>-kafifla, f. a celestial nymph, town, near the Lumbini-Grove, be- pi, ~a, 64,80 ; """-kuniara, m. a son of longing to the family of Gotama Bu- a god, "-Tannin, mfn. beautiful like ddha's mother; "-nagaram, that, pi. m, ^ino, 45,»6 {cp, °-putta); 62,B-e. [cp. Lassen, lA. II, 66 "-gana, m. a class or troop of gods, p. & XXXIII.] instr. ,%^ena, 60,28; "-ttbana, n. place '*'devasikam, adv. (fr, divasa, or seat in heaven, 16,i8; '"-nagara, cp. sa. daivasaka, mfn.) daily, every n. = "-pura, n. the city of the Devas, day; 6,2. devi, sa.) •) a goddess; 17,34. 69,S2; 27,31 ; "-putta, m. (= f. (= *-kumara) ace. <%^am, 63,8 (cp. putta) pi. ~iyo, 61,12. — ') a queen; nom. 'N/i, ; voc. devi, "-rajaw, m. (= devinda), nom. ,x/a, 61,23 55,26; ace. «x/iin, 45,30; Moka, m. the world of the 19,14; gen. /^iysi, I9,2i. 61, 30; comp. Devas or any superior world, heaven, to. nom. pr. Amara-", the wife of Mahosadha, nom. /N/0, 59,30; ace. ^am, Dh. 177 65,32. 56,22; = Amara, loc. />./asmim, 59,3o; loc. pi. -^esu 56,12; — Udumbara-" (g. v.). (dvlsu, vie. Sakka's and Brahma's desa, m. (sa. de^a) region, place, worlds) 60,28; <*-abhimukha, mfn. (v. country; part, portion; nom. /^o, 82,8s. abbimukha) ; tavatimsa-°, 59,28 (v. h.); 112,80; ace. <^an), 31,85; loc. ^e — '"''-vimana, n. the palace of the gods, (majjhima-") 91,i8, cp. padesa, vi^ ^•sadisa, mfn. like that, ace. m, /x^am desa. (ratham) 63,6; — *o-saihkhalika, f. desana, f. (sa. devana) a sermon, a magic chain, instr. <%/aya, 21, u. — discourse, lesson; nom. iN/a, 86,9. 87,2; ')the sky, atmosphere; the rain-god; ace. fK/&m, 30,24; o-d,vasane, at the /x/0 (na Tassati) 102,6; voc. >va, 104,28; end of the discourse, 89,2; — dham- gen. /x/assa (vassato) 105,88; <*-dun- ma-**, f. id.; instruction in the sacred dubbi (v. h.). — ^) the god of death; doctrine; 68,21 (buddbanam); ace. ; deBita 126 with, desire, e»p. - ta, daurhrda, m.) >vam, 17,81. 29,ie; Baddhamma-', women the morbid longing of pregnant t. id. Dh. 194. nam. ^0, 1,«»; «cc. -x.am, desita, mfn. (pp. deseti, sa, de- (w, loc.y, hence the fre- ;ita) shown, set forth, taught; m. >vO l,fl (hadayamaihse); occurring adj. f. dohalini, (dhammo) 79,e, n. ^am (nibbanam) quently pregnant, ») desiring, longing for Dh. 286; asc. tn. o^am (Buddha-®, 1) : Jat. IV, 334,8i. taught by the B.) 109,J5; (Samma- (w. loc. or comp,) VI, 326,is ete. 3aml)uodba-°, katLamaggam) 113,«9; VI, 484,26; HI, 27,».. sanskritic etymology dohada = m. pi. r^a. (vagga) Dh. p. 94. v. 3. The has been called in question nu-dosita, mfn. (q. v.). daurhrda (G6tt. Nachr. 1898,i: fr. deseti, vb. (so, dn^ayati, caus. by Liiders likewise Jolhj, Idg. Forsch. -i/dig) to show, set forth, teach, preach *dvihrd); Pischel, Or. 436; but (acc.y, pr. 1. sg. r>.emi rdhamniam^ X, 213 and § ZDMG. Vol. 56,98 takes 90,it; part. m. .-wento (dhammam) I BOhtlingk, ("das Verlangen nach 17,27. 47,18. 74,16; aor. 3. sg. /^esi, it = doha-da Milch erzeugt", scil. kama?) 17,3o; fut. 1. sg. -x^essami, 68,15; ger. dem, was in comp. 2; v. ^etva, 7,«; part, pass, desiyamana, dva-, dva-, = loc. m. /"we (dhamme) 69,jj; pp. next (cp. dvi (dve)). num. (sa. dvatrim* desita (q. v.), cp, desana. dvattimsa. deha, m. (= sa.) the body; no.n. ^at) 32; 23,J3 (petiyo); "-akara, n. of KhuddakapS^ha 0,0, 86,6 (conim. on kaya). name of a chapter domanassa, n. (sa. daurinana- (the 32 parts of the body) 82,8. Sya) dejestednesB, despair; griel; instr. *dvattikkhattum, adv. (sa. gen. pi, o^anaih *dva-tri-krtvas) for a second and third pi. ^ehi, 70,80 ; (dukkba-° dvandva-comp.) 90,i8; time; 114,i6. cp. khattum & tikkhat- 66,10-17 (do.); **-ppatta, tnfn. sorrow- turn. twofold, ful, tn. />.,o, 13,8. cp. dumniana, mfn, dvaya, ^) mfn. (= sa.) dovarika, m. [sa. dauvarika) a double; loc. pi, ^esu (dhammesu) door-keeper, porter; /n^O, 90, 3»; ace. Dh. 384. — *) M. a pair, couple; two rwaiii, 91,»5; gen. ,>..asaa, 58,i; ace. (opposite) things; acc, .N/am (nissito pi. ~e, B8,8i {cp. Fick, Soc. Gl. p. loko) 96,6; gatha-dvayam, two gathss, 102); instr, pi. ,-vehi (pandita-*) 47,23. 114,9; potthaka-", 114,i8 (two 91,s3. cp. dvara. copies). dosaS tn. {9a. dosha") fault, guilt; dvadasa, num. (sa, dvada^a) /vO, 74,1s; e. c. tnfn. (damaged by) twelve; dvadasama, mfn. the twelfth, V. iccha, tina,'do8a*, nioha, raga. »M. <^o, Dh. XII. dosa*, «i. (sa. dvesha) hatred; dvara, n, (= so.) door, gate, ace. /vam, Dh. 20 (in the serieg : entrance; nom, ^am rnivesana-', raga, dosa, moha); *''-aggi. tn, the nagara-*") 68,«-&; acc, ^am, 6,5. 68,»; fire of hatred, 64,«o (do.); "-dosa, instr. >vena, by the door or gateway, mfn. (sa. *dve9ha-dosha) damaged 12,10 (pure-", the front door); 12,is, by hatred, f, ^a, (ayam paja) Dh. 67,18 (pacchima-", the back door); 357; ***-8ama, mfn. like hatred, m. 55,30 (uttara-**, the northern gateway) ^0 (kali) Dh. 202; vanta-», vita-", 69,8 (sala-", q. v.); loc. /N^e, 67,i3 »'/n. free from hatred, Dh. 263. 357. (pure-**) ; often e. c. = at, before : (cp. Pischel, 6r. .^ 129). gama-", 8,20; ghara-", 27,j7; acc.pl. dobati (& duhati) vb. (sa. \/duh) />^ani (nagara-«) 39,25; loc.pl. ,^esu, to milk; pass, duybati, pp. duddha 38,12. 43,9; comp. gabbha-" (q. v.); ( 127 dhamma satta-dvara-kottbaka, mfn, having 7 dbana, n, (= sa.) wealth, pro- gateways, ace, i^&m (geham) ib. ; - perty; money; nom, ««./am, 23,6. 48,ii; *dvara-gama, m. a suburb ; ahl, r^-ato, ace, rwaiii, 29,s. 38,8o. 48,i8; gen, 19,83", "-ganiaka, m. id., ace. pi, ^e, .vassa, 52,s ; - **abaranatthaya, 32,i7 43,9; — aparuta-dvara, mfn. (v. A.); (v. abarana); dbanatthaya, 32,29 (v. eka-dvara, mfn. (v. eka*); catu-*, attba*); Mobba, m, desire of money; pihita-", bahu-", mfn, (g. «.) cp. instr, rwena, 22,22; '*''*-va3sa, n, & dovarika, *<'-va8apanaka, mfn. (v, h.) ; "-santike, dvavisati, num. (sa. dvaviibgati) 33,86 (g. V.) ; — mabad-dbana, mfn, 22 ; dvavisatima, mfn. the 22"> ; m. (q. v.)\ cp. nid-dhana, sa-dhana & ^0 (vaggo) Dh. XXII. alianesin. dvi-, (= sa.) base of the num. Dhanapalaka, m. nom. pr. of dvo {nom, ace, mfn.) = two; nom. an elephant (said to be identical with 6,83 (jana); dve pi, both, 19,u; 24,i6 l^Slfigiri, q, v.); nom. (vo nama ^cakkhuni); aco, 6,i8 (mige); 62,ir kufljaro, Dh. 324 (op. Jttt. V, 337,i). (hattbe)', ekaih dve karoti (= ka> Dhaniya, m, nom. pr. of a sati) 56,is; instr. dvihi, 7,i4; 12,i; herdsman; o/O (gopo) 104,80. gen. dvinnam, 13,8s; 40,8i; loc. dvisu, dbanu, n. (& m. ?) (sa. dbanus 60,23. cp. di- (dija, dipada, diyaddba) & dbanu, m.) a bow; ace. n^nva, 61,80. dutiya, mfn.; dva-, dva-; dvaya, 92,15; asi-satti-dbanu-adini(avudbani) mfn. & next. 6,12 ; dbanu-kalapa, (m. ?) bow and dvija, m. (= sa.', ep. dija) a bird; quiver, 75,i6. ***-gana, m. a flock of birds; pi, dhanesi», mfn. (sa. dbanaisbin^ /N^a. 7,20. longing for riches; gen. pi. rvinam dvidha, adv. (= so.) twofold, (vanijanam) 20,22 = 25,so. divided in two; 33,i8 (cbinditva); dhamani, /". (=:sa.) a vein, nerve; 58,22 (bhinditva); — "-karana, n. the *-santhata, mfn. (g. v.) covered with dividing in two (= kasana), 56,i6. veins (said of an emaciated person); ep. dvedba. n. (N^am (jantum kisam) 106,i2 = dviba, n. (sa, dvy-aba, m.) a Dh. 395 (ep.Weher, Bhag. II. 289,2-s). period of two days; v. aba, cp. tiba. dbameti, vh. (caus. dhamati, to dve, num. nom. aco., v. dvi-. blow; sa. y'dbma) to blow (any in- dvedba, adv. (= sa.; cp. dvidha) strument, acc.)\ part, m, pi. xwenta twofold, divided in two; "-patba, (sumkhe) 8,28. m, a double path, cross-way; doubt; dhamma', m, (rarely n.) (sa. acc,. r^ina, Db. 244 (cp. MN. I p. 236,i). 3,87 ; Dh. 261; dbajini, /". (sa. dbvajini) an army q. V.) Dh. 267; loo. /^e (with honour- (arrayed); ace, •vim, 104,1. able intantioni) 1,»; pi. •vS (caturo) ; dhamma 128 3,i<; (oattaro) Db. 109; (pSpakS, sim) an-uppada-«, nirodha-", pSpa-«, ma- {v. Dh. 242; instr /N/ehi, 3,k; gen, rici-«, vaya-«, samudaya-", mfn. sutta-pi^aka) opp. vinaya (q. v., cp, der of the dhamma; r^Q, 22,t9. 62,S7; abhidhamma) : '>.'0 ca vinayo ca, instr. ,%.,ena, 22,3o; gen. pi. o.-anam, 79,5) ,x-am, 109,i5; "-vinaya-samgaha, 109,9; *''-thera, m. the elder who tn. 109,s3; — «) ir the triple formula : preaches the dhamma, ace. .-varh, 22,S7. Buddha, dhamma, samgha, 69,i9. ""dhamma-gandika, f, a block Dh. 107,17 = 190 {cp. tevacika & for execution; 6,85-87 {v. gandika). sarana). — cp. sad-dhamma, a-sad- ""dhamma-gata, mfn. directed dbamma (v, a-saf); Bt the end of io the law; f. ^a (sati) Dh. 297. adj. comp. v. aggs-dbamma, dittha-", dhamma-oakkhu, n. {sa. dhar- patta-o, pariyogalha-", vidita-", 8am- ma-cakshus) the eye of the truth; khata-''. — *) In the psychology = nom. r^^x^m. nature, character; coadition of being, (udapadi, Yasassa) 68,88. condition cf life; thing; in pi. dhamma dhamraa-carijj, mfn. {sa, dhar- is often = menta: objects in general, ma-carin) observing the law, virtuous, phenomena (just as rupa are the objects dutiful; nom. m. ««vi, Dh. 168 {cp. of sense to the eye, tO.ss), sometimes anudhammacarin). taken as identical with saiiikhara (q. *dhamma-jivi>i, mfn, virtuous, v.); loc. di^the va dhamme, in this dutiful; gen, m, ,v.ino, Dh. 24; gen, world, in the present life, 92,3» {cp. pi, ~inam, Db. 164. dittba- dhamma); sahetu- dhamma, dhamma-Uha, mfn, {sa. dhar- m. the effect together with its cause, ma-stha) just; m. ^o, Dh. 256. 267; ace. -vam, pt. ace. m. ,vam, Dh. 66,jt . /»va, 66,so; 70,st; 217, — "-vagca, Babbe /va anatta, 107, is — Dh. 279; m. Dh. ch. XIX. manopubbangama /^.a, th^ states of dh am mat a. f. {sa. dharmata) are the inherent mind result of thought (?) nature; manners, practice, Db. 1 {cp. manaa); loc. pi. .N^esu habit; 21,i7. cp. Bu-dhammata, f Tsabbesu) Dh. 363; dvayesu -vCbu dhamma>dana, n. {sa. dharma- (in two tliiiiRs; i. e. Raniatlm & vipiis- diXnu) the gift of the law (or the truth) ^ Hunfi, Comm.) Dli. 384. — Tliu duno- Dh. 354. tion of "nature, state, condition" may dhamma-desana, f {sd. dhar- be seen in many comp. {stibst. adj.) : & ma-de(jana) instruction in the truth mitta- dhamma, m. friendship, 14,3; (or In the four truths^; a sermon, methuna'", m. love, 54,ii; more fre- religious discourse; ^a (Buddhanaiii) quently at the end of adj. comp, ^^ G8,«n; ace. ^m\, 17, ni. liuvinx lli0 imtum of, bolii)( Mulijnit, (u ; (Ill II III III II . (1 II h r II , m. {sa. dliariiia- a-nivattaiia-dhunima, a-vinipatu-". dhara) 'a supporter of the dhamma', ; 129 dhstuka one who knows the sacred doctrine; dbamma-sabha, f. (sa. dharma- ^0, Dh. 259; pi. -^a, 109,3a. sabba) a place or hall of religious '"dhamma-pada, n. a word or meeting; loc. ix/ayam, 29,28. verse of the sacred doctrine, also nom. dbamma-savana, n. (sa. dbar- pr, of a canonical book, being a col- ma-Qravana) the hearing of a sermon, lection of moral sentences; nom. & ace. attending divine service; ^-attbaya /vaiii, Dh, 102; 44. 45 (sudesitaih) (gate), in order to attend service, ekam pi r^ani, one single word of the 28,5. sacred doctrine, 22,23. cp. Max Milller, dhamma8sami(n), m. (5a. dhar- SEE. X, Introd. p. LlII; Weber, Ind. ma-8vamin) 'lord of Dhamma', i, e, Str. I, 125; Franks, ZDMG. XLVI, Buddha; gen, ^issa, 114,6. 734. Specimens thereof p. 106-107. - *dbammanuvattiw,»»/M., follow- Dbammapadattbakatha, f, the Com" ing the law (cp. anuTatti/i); m. pi, mentary on Dh. ; specimen p. 86,ia— o^ino, Dh. 86. 89,17. *dbammar5ma, mfn. 'one who "'dhamma-piti}!, mfn. drinking has Dhamma for his pleasure garden', in the law; m. rvi, Dh. 79. — "-rasa, dwelling in the law; m. 1^0, Dh, 364 m. the sweetness of drinking in the (cp. arama). law; ace. ^am, Dh. 205, dhammasana, n. (sa, dbarma- dhamma-rata, mfn. (sa. dhar- sana) a cathedra, preaching-seat; abl, ina-rata) delighting in the dhamma, fvato, 62,17. virtuous; m. '>./0, Dh. 364. dbammika, mfn. (sa. dharmika) dhamma-rati, f. {sa. dharma- righteous, pious, religious; m. 1^0 rati) delight in the dhamma; nom. (dhammaraja) 38,12; 39,8. cp, a- ^i, Dh. 364. dbammika, a-dhammikata. '''dhamma-rasa, m. the sweetness "dbammi/j, mfn. (sa. dharmin) of the dhamma; r^o, Dh. 354, having the nature of, subject to ; uppada- dhainma-raja(»i), m. {sa. dhar- vaya-® (v. uppada, cp, dbamma'), ma-raja) a righteously ruling king; 80,28. *the king of truth' (epithet of Buddha) d bam mi, adj. /*., v. dbamma^- ; nom. f^a., 88,12; Buddho -x/a, 19,i. "dhara, mfn. (e. c. = sa.) holding, *dhamma-vinicchaya, m. in- wearing; possessing; jutin-" (v. juti); vestigation of what is right, righteous dbamma-", pamsukula-**, vinaya-" decision; instr. dharma-samgraha) the collection of dharani, f. (= sa.) earth, land, sacred books, called Dhamma-, or kingdom (orig. adj. f. bearing, sup- Sutta-pitaka; ace. (N/aih, 109,i6. - porting); godbarani, f. (y. h.). dhamma-vinaya-samgabo, the collec- dbati, f, (sa. dbatrl) a nurse; tion of Dhamma & Vinaya, 109,18. ace. pi. (N/iyo, 46,25. cp. dhamma ^ dbatu, f. (<& tn.), (= so. dbatu, element (e. a verbal *Dhamma-8afigani, f. nom. pr. m.) a primary g. of a canonical Pslibook, the first part root); the property of a primary ele- of the Abhidhamma-pitaka, being a ment (colour, etc.); any constituent compendium of psychology; 102,is; part (esp. of the body); a sacred relic; gen. (x/iya, 113,18 (commentary there- *pacina-loka-°, the eastern quarter 32, so. on : Attbasalini, q. v.). (or horizon), abl. rwto, c. "'dhamma-santati, /*., the con- "dbatuka, mfn, (e. = sa.) tinuity or serial BuccesBion of the liv- having the qualities of, affected with; ing beings, 99,15 (/^ sandahati). panduroga-**, having jaundice, m. ^0, FW OIoiMiy. 9 DhfitukatbB 130 36,ie; — vamanaka-*', "having the titude, courage; nom. /vi, 3,»t; ace. qualities of one that is deformed", m. /x/im (upattbapetva) 41,»r. r^o (paccha-°) 24,2i. dhir- & dhi, v. dhi. a daughter; Dbatukatiia, f. nom. pr. of a dhitar, /: (sa. duhitr) canonical book, the third part of the nom. dbita, 10,*; lO.ii (raja-°); 86,2* Alihidhamma-Pitaka; 102,i3. (pesakara-")-, ace. /s.-aram, 10,e; 86,13; below.) dhana, «. (= sa.), only e, e. = gen. dhitu (later dhitaya, v. i. e. a receptacle for, a heap of, t>. saifa* 57,1; pi. ~aro, 32,20 (matu-", kara-". mother and daughter). Besides dhitar dharana, n. (= sa.) holding, we find also the base dhjta (esp. in wearing (of ornaments); mala-gandha- younger texts & at the end of comp.) : vilepana-", 81,35. gen. ^aya (pesakara-") 89,i7 ; loe. pi, dvandva-comp.) 7,25. dhara, f. (= sa.) stream, current; ,>.a8u (putta-", udaka-". 62,82 {q. v.). - kula-dhitar, f, {v. h.). dhareti, vb. (caus. v'dhFi *^' dhira, mfn. (=^ sa.) constant, dbarayati) '") to hold, bear, wear; firm, energetic; wise, thoughtful; m. carry, bring (acc.)\ pot. 3. sg. -^^eyya ^0 {i. e. Buddha) 78,8o; Dh. 28 etc. (andhakare telapajjotarii) 69,1?; pp. m.pl. ,^a, 47,28. 109,2o; Dh. 23 etc, -N sider, understand {aCi^. or ace, & ahl.) dhutavada, »»., ') the doctrine of ; aor, 3, pi, .^esurii (Jinasasanam) Dhutanga, the Dhutanga precepts, cp, 109,23; fut. 3. pi. .N^ayissanti (Jata- Dh. (1855) p. 259,7; «) a teacher or karii) i02,i7-2'. ; inf. rwayitum, 102,i8; propounder of those precepts (^ dhu- - imp. 2. pi, r.,etha (vyakatam me tavadi(/j), Jat. I. 130,22), gen. pi. Vyakatato, consider only that elucidated .-.^anarii (aggo, Kassapo) 109,6, cp, what has been elucida':ed by me) 93,2-3. AN. I. p. 23; ') adj. == dhuta (Mil. — *) to admit, receive, tuke up, sustain 380,20, "pufe in speech") cp. dhona (a cause, ace); imp, 3, sg. ^etu below, (upasakaiii mam) 69,2o; pot. 2. sg, dhutta, m, (sa, dhurta) a frau- rveyyasi (kassa attham^ 101,o. cp, dulent fellow, gamester; scoundiel, uhara, dharana, etc; dliiti. villain; scamp, rogue; 1N.0, 49,S2; ace. dhavati, vb. {aa, \/Aha.\) to run; ~aih, 48,27; gen, .vassa, 49,8; pi. pr, 3. sg. o^ati (vanum, q. v.) Dh. «.a, 74,4; occ. o^e, 74,7; gen. /N.,anaiii, 344; part, gen. f, dhavantiya (patlie) 73,19. 31,34; ger. ^itva, 59,i. dhura, »«. (= sa,) the foremost dhi (or dhi), indecl. (sa. dhik) or chief part of anything, a yoke, the of reproacrt interj. or displeasure : fie! fore end of a ship; loc, ,^e (navaya), shatne on, voe upon (commonly w. 18,19. 27,19. cp. dhorayha. ace. or gen.); dl.l (brahmanassa dhuva, ')»»/«. (sa. dhruva) fixed, hantaram) Dh. 339; dbi (y'assa permanent, certain; n. rvam (mara- muiicati) ib.; very often combined nam), 86, is. a-ddhuva, mfn. (v. h.), wi'ih imp. before attbu which an *) n. permanence, durability; ^atil. it e aphonic 'r' inserted : dhi-r- Dh. 147. atthu (idha jivitaiii) 103,33; rw (ja* dhupa, m. (= «a,) incense; gan- tiya) 63,13. dba-dhupa-o etc, (dvandva comp) dhiti, f, {sa. dhfti) firmness, for* 48,80. ., 131 nam dhenu, f. (= sa.) a milk-cow; *miga-'', a female deer, hind, doe; 7,29. na, adv. (= sa.) not; before vowels *dhenupa, m, a calf; pi, ,va, 'a' may be dropped (n'atthi, I,i5; 105,11. n'etam, 8,27) or contracted with a foil, "dheyya, n. {sa. dheya) realm, 'a' (naham, 1,21); before 'i' we find region; v. Maccu-", Mara-". sometimes *y' inserted (na-y-idam, *dhona, mfn. (probably = dhota, 23,35). — ') na is the usual negation pp, dbovati, to wash; 5a. dbauta, before verbs : 1,9. 16. etc., but it occurs V'dhav *) pure, purified from sin. The also often before other words : na commentators agree in explaining this Sakbaih upasamvase, 7,33 (cp. ma); word by dhuta-papa (v. dhuta, i/dhu, na gabe rame, 47,26; natidure, 83,2; dhunati) or by dhuta-kilesa — bud- na tavata, 106,5, and especially at dha (Pj. ad Sn. v. 834 & Ps. ad MN. the beginning of a sentence ; naliHlii, ch. 56). Fatish0ll, Gloss, Sn. p. 203 1,91; na koci, 8,s etc. — ^)m questions, refers it to ydbu, to shake, which used like the English 'not' : *) kim na after all may be closely related to passasi (have you not seen?) Ill,i9; '') dbovati; but it is questionable whether kaccin nu . . . na, 9,28 ; in disjunc- this word is contained in the comp. tive questions : kirn , . . karoti na ka- ati-dhona-cari»j (g. v, Dh. 240). I roti (— or not) 9,25. — ^) repeated ; think it better — . . , . , to take atidbona *) n' na , . na (neither , . nor . , sa. atidhavana ft; vb. atidhavati, to nor) 8,27. 94,3. Dh. 127; n'eva , . , na, transgress. A sitbst. n. dbona is men- 3,3. 10,16. 74,12 (id.); n'eva upapajjati tioned in the Comm, on Dh. v. 240 na na upapajjati, 89,8i. 94,i8; cp, (-= the 4 paccoyas, v. Childers) and neva-saniia-nasaiinayatana; na ca . . on MN. ch. 66 (— fiana; hence dbona, na ca (id.) 99,3; •>) na kiiici na (all, mfn, 'tena samSgato'). every) 61,36, cp. na . . , akifici ("not *dhorayha, »«. (/V. *dhorvayha, a little") Dh. 390. - «) comb, w, sa. *dhaurvabya, abstr. fr, dhurvaha) other particles : ») n'eva, not for all a beast of burden. — "-Rila, mfn. having that (after 'pi ce') 16,u; n'eva . . . na the virtue of a (good) draught-cattle, (v. above); '') na kbo (pana), verily "much enduring"; ace. m, /vam, Dh, not, 9,31. 93,27; ") na ca -=• than, 8,3 208. (rajjam jabeyyam na ca tam patin- dbovati, vft. (so. dhavati,\/dbay") nam); ca na ca (both . . . and not) to wash, to clean by rinsing or rubbing 89,30. 94,16; na ca . . . na ca (neither (acc); aor. 3. sg. dhovi (pade) 57,i6; . . . nor, V. above); •*) na hi (non get: or (more rarely) dbovita : hattbe na-nikama-seyya (natthita, f. (g. v.) dbovita-kale ("when he was washing is abstr. fr, the phrase n'attbi). cp, his hands") 41,is. cp. dbona & next. nanu, nuna, no & ma. dbovana, n. (sa. dbavana) wash- *nam, pron, demonstr. (in several ing; mukba-dbovanattbayA gantva cases besides nom, substituted (encli- ("when he went to wash his face") tically) for taifa, cp. enam & the base 21,tB; battba-'*, 56,ss (washing the ana-, sa. instr. anena etc.) him, her, hands, or : water for washing?). it; acc. mfn. nam : m. 4,S8. 7,8o. 16,t5 etc. 103,82. 113,20; nan (ti) 3,e. 12,28; f, 55,16. 88,2; nan, 9,i8; n. 94,i8; - acc. pi. ne, 74,8; gen, pi. nesam, 9* nakkhatta 132 ^.^adisu, 66,1. 8,10. 73,1. — naih is alao Botnetiraes dvandva-comp. -vadini, 64,8». 81,s4. pleonastically inserted, e. g. 73,i8 {cp, 64,8»; »-gita-, , vb. {sa. nytyati, ynrt) tarn, 9,1 ; Ginghalese reading : nam). naccati, part, In such cases the commentaries explain to dance; pr. 3. sg. />^ati, 18,i8; sg. -v^assu, it as a particle (nipata) or as a m. ~anto, lO.is; imp. 2. I. s^r. ^iasami, 60,18; aor. shortened form of nama (?); cp, 60,u; /"m*. />./itum, lO.is; Pischel, Gr. § lEO. (431). 3. sg. nacci, 18,2o; inf. comp. naccitu-kama, mfn. wishing to nakkhatta, n. {sa. nakshatra) dance, 60,85 (O-kam'amhi, I (/".) wish ^) an a&terism or corstellatton, a con- dance), cp. nacca & natalca. junction of stars (esp. that of the moon to mfn. nassati; sa. with any constellaticn, a lunar man- naUha, {pp. lost, perished; acc. m. iiacca, «. {sa. nrtya) dancing; niinu, indecl. (^^ sa.) ') particle instr. r>/ena, 10,2o; "-jiitaka, n. 10,i; of interrogation {latin : uonne); c^ 133 navanita maya tuyhaih abhayaiii diiinaih, 7,8; formula at the beginning of a Pali /^ brahmacariyassa te kalo, 46,S4; book). o^ so mutto bhavissati, 100,7. - *) naya, >«. (= s&.) 'leading', in- particle of affirmation : surely, cer- struction, plan, method; way, manner; tainly; n^ na sakka, 91, ic. instr. ^ena (Mahapadane agata-", nandati, vb. (sa, ynand) to re- "in the manner related in M.") 63, la; joice; to delight in, to be glad of 'ti adina ~, 91,8i (v. adi''); purima- (instr.); pr, 3. sg. ^ati (puttehi) nayen'eva, in the same manner as 105. ss; 107,86 ;= Dh, 18. cp. next. before, 26, 10. 63,2i ; hetthavutta-", id. nan dan a, f. (= sa.) delight; 63,22. 105,39. — raja-nandana, ni. a prince nayati, vb, (sa. v'ni) v. net!. (poetically); ace. ^am, 112,xi. nayhati (or nandhati), vb. (sa. nandi*, »i. & nandi, f. {sa. nandi, y'nah) to bind, tie; only comp. w, «i.) joy, pleasure; "-raga-, pleasure prep., V. upa-nayhati, piiandhati; and lust, 67,i3 (-sahagata); *nandi- pp. naddha (q, v.) cp. nandhi (nan- bhava, »>. riBe of pleasure; °-parik- di) /". "in khiija, tnfn. whom all gaiety ia nara, m. (= sa.) a man; nom. extinct", Dh. 413 (ace. m, cp, ^am) /N.0, 111,10; ace. /N.^am, Dh. 47; gen, kamabhava, — nandi ^ /"., v. next, ivassa, 105,29; loc. pi, >N/esu, 47,2o, n a n d h i /". (sa. naddhri) a leathern , - f. nari (v, h.) - narinda. m, (sa, strap or thong (often spelt nandi); narendra) 'man-lord', king; ^0, 112,3i; ace. o^im (chetva) Dh. 398. voc, :^&, 7,1s; Sihabahu-narinda-ja, n. (sa. sky, nabha(s), nabhas) HI. son of S. (Vijaya) 110,22 (nom, atmosphere; instr. ,^asa ("-agama, ~jo). through air") "departed the lll,i. nala or nala, m. (sa. id. & nada) nam at i. vb. (sa, ynam) to bend name of a species of reed; a reed or or bow to (intr.y, aor. 3. sg. nami stalk in general; nom, iv/O, 26,27; (cittaih, pabbajjaya) 66,13; pp. na- ace, ,^am (-1-) 108,5 = Dh. 337; mita, bent; "-citta, mfn. 46, is (m. 5,18 (kumuda-"); — "-vana. n. a /s^o, pabbajjaya, one whose mind has thicket of reeds, 26,25. cp. nalik.a, f. turned to retiring from the world), — Nalaniala, m. (sa. Nalamalin) caus. namayati (& nameti), to bend •reed-garlanded', nom. pr. of a.a ocean; (ace); pr, 3, pi, ^ayanti, 106,>7 = ace. o^&m, 26,25. — Nalainali(«), m, Dh. 80. cp. an-amatagga. id. 26,80. namassati, vb. (denom, fr. na- nala^a, n. ($a.lalata) the forehead; mas (v. namo below); sa. naniasyati) loc. >\^e (seda muccimsu) 46,3i. to pay honour to (ace); pr. 3. sg. nava*, mim. sa.) nine; 82, 13. sg, (= fv&ti (apujjarii) 30,8i ; pot, 3. - "'navanga, mfn. ninefold (v. afiga). «^eyya, Dh. 392. navama, mfn. the ninth, m. ,>.,o (vaggo) namita, w/m. (iJi?. namati, q.v.). Dh. IX. cp. nayuti, navutika. Namuoi, m. (== sa.) nom.pr. of sa.) new, young; a demon (identical with Mara, q. v.); nava*, mfn. (= pi, 105,i7; (bhikkhu) nom. /vi, 103,4; voc. f^\, 103,3i. m. o^a (dama) next. namo, indecl.(sa. namas, ».) an 83,33. cp, abhinava & exclamation of adoration or homage navaka, mfn. (= sa.) new, young; (w. gen. pers.\ also often combined compar. /N./tara, younger (opp. thera- with verbs, as karoti, dadati); 1^ tara), m. /x-o (bhikkhu) 79,8; instr. ty'atthu ("homage to thee") 13,»6. /x/ena, 79,». 108,11 ; <%/ tassa fihagavato Arahato navanita, ». (= sa.) fresh butter; SammasambuddbasBa, 81,t (the usual nom, i^&m, 99,«»; abl. naha- peti, cp. nahataka, nahana & navuti, num. (sa. navati) 90; ». I navutika, mfn. \ m. n. co«. ?)(««• nassati, vb. {sa, na^yati, y/n&(}) ^^n'aharu, (& a n. Pischel, Gr. §^255) to perish, to be deetroyed; pr. 3. sg. snayu, f. tendon; />^u, 82,8 — 97,2o; .x/anti, 6,24; aor. 3, pi. ^^iihsu (tassa sinew, 92,«i; gen, ^uasa, 92,i7. cakkhuni /v, "lost tljeir sight") 24,i6; instr. ^una, m. sa.) ') a NSga or cond. 3. sg. nassissu, 29,8 (he would naga, {= *<'-bhavana, n. {sa. have perished); pp. nattha & caus. serpent-demon; nagaloka) the world of serpents; abl. naseti (g. v.) cp. nasa, »». m., a young ^a, 62,16 ; - "^o-manavaka, nahata, mfn. {pp. nahayati, q. v.). Naga; pi. ~a, 53,io; acc.pl. ~e, 53,i; 'one nahataka, m. {sa. snataka) girl 52,27 - *0-manavika, f., a Naga ; who has bathed', a Brahman who has etc.\ — o-raja(n), m., a serpent-king; finished his studies; ace. »N^am (metri- worn, ^a, 28,27. 52,io; instr. ^ena, cr.lly — nhatakaro) Dh, 422 ("accom- 62,15. - *) an elephant (with the piished", SB3. X. 96). cp. MN. I, Buddhists the emblem of endurance); & Sn. V. 621 (who has washed 280,i9 metaph. a preeminent man; nom. r^O, away all sins). Dh. 320; 105,i9; ace. ^aih, 77,3; n. {sa. snana) bathing, nahana, instr. /^ena, 76,3i ; - *naga-m-asada, bath; .^am, 83,25; **-atthaya (rafino, m. attacking an elephant, 77,s {v. for the king's bath) 41,3. asada) ; — "-bala, mfn., strong as an nahapita, »». (sa. napita) a bar- elephant; m. ~o, 1,3; instr. ^ena ber; gen. o.-assa (jStako, "a barber's (raiiiia) 40,i9; - *'>-vagga, m. the brat", i. e. bastard) 25,io; — *'-ku- 23"' chapter of Pbpd.; — "-vana, n. - tumbika, >». & *''-daya, »». {v. h.). the elephant grove, gen. o^assa, Dh. In the ancient times the barbers be- 324; - naga-hata, m. "he who strikes longed to the lowett castes {cp. Fick, the elephant (of men, (. e. Buddha)" Soc. Gl. p. 211); there cannot in = *hata-naga; gen. ,-wassa, 77,4. cp. ray opinion be doubt about the iden- maha-naga, hatthi-naga. {Rhys Da- tity of sa. napit.i dnc nahapita, but vids, Buddhist India, p. 220). if thia latter is not a mere literary Nagadipa, wi. {sa. Nagadvipa) form (it is not raiely spelt nhapita nom. pr. of an island {i. c. the north- and even napita), thea it must be western part of Ceylon?); «^o, 19,8 derived from nahapeti {v, next) (formerly called Seruma-dipa, q. v.) *nahapitar (an salla-katta through cp. Lassen, lA. I.^ p. 241 ; Tennent, from ?alya-kartr). cp. Pischel, Gr. Ceylon I. p. 331. § 210. n agar a, m. {fr. nagara; = sa.) . , , . uahapeti, vh, {caus.^ nahayati; a citizen; ace. pi. ^e, 6,7. sa. sntipayati^ to cause to bathe, to Nagasena, m. {= sa.) nom. 2»'. ger. r^etvc. (elakain) 16,85. wash ; of a Buddhist sage (thera), in the nahayati (or nhayati), vb. {sa. philosophical work Milinda-panha dis- to bathe; imp. sg, puting with Milinda 'snayati, Vsna) 2, King {q. v.) \ nahaya, 111, so; fut. 1, sg. .^issami, nom. rwO (ayasma) 96,24; voc, r^&, 41,1 ; inf. rvitum, 58,3o; nahayitu- 98,32. etc. ci?. 8BE. vol. XXXV. p.xxv. katna, mfn. wishing to bathe, m. r^O, na^aka, n. (= sa.) a play or 83,34; ger. nahatva, 41,3. 53,s3. 111,8; drama; ace, pi. ^ani, 63, i7. nahayitva, 67,94. 61,0; pp. nahata, natha, m. {= sa.) refuge; protec- one who has bathed, instr. m. iv-ena, tor, lord; ^0, (atta hi attano ~) 84,1'. dvandva-comp. "-^nulitto, 41,9 Dh. 160. 380. (bathed and scen'.ed); cans. v. naha- nada, »«. (= sa.) roaring, crying, ' ;:; 135 nava noise; ace, ^arii (maha-") 6,13; - adverbially, v, above) ; instr. namena, konca-", m. (v. h.). by name (often combined with nama, nana, indecl, (= sa.) separately, before the nom, pr. or after nama, differently, variously; this word is mostly 5,3o) 112,12; — nama is often opp. used at the beginning of subst. or adj. to rupa (q. V.) cp. namarupa beloto] comp., where it may be translated by - comp. ', "-gahana-divasa, m, name- 'different, divers, various, many' etc. day, loc. n. a mere ; ^e, 38,9; "-matta, before double cons, the final a is name (cp, matta^) ^arii, 97,o; — shortened ; *nanaggara8a, m. (or mfn.) evam-nama, kin-nama, tam-namika, (= nana -f- agga-rasa^ all the choi- mfn, (q. v.); sa-nama, n. (hie name) cest delicacies (of food) ; ace, pi. <^e, 111,82, V. sa*. cp, next, 57,14; "-bhojanam, 41, lo; - nanappa- namaka, mfn, (= sa.) named, kSra, mfn. various, of all kinds (cp. called (e. c); anupariyaya-" (q, v.) pakara); m, pi. ^R (sakuna-saihgha) 91,28 (^aih maggam). cp, tam-na- 62,12; n. pi. ^ani (phalani) 2,83; mika, inslr. pi. ^ebi (phalarukkhehi) 2,80; nama- rupa, n. (= sa.) 'name - *nana-kunapa, n. (v. h.); *nana- and form' = individual being; nom. citta, mfn, of different mind, false- >^a.^Al, 66,7 (viiifiana-paccaya, origi- hearted; pi. f. .n/S (itthiyo^ 51,89, - nating from vifinana and causing •nana-turiyani, n. pi, 64,3o (v, turiya) salayatanam) ; 100,8; loc. Q a m ai', indecl.. (fr. next\ = sa.) chief, lord; loka-", m. 'lord of the ') by name (after nom. pr. or in inter- world', i. e, Buddha, 1^0, 110,19. rogative sentences) : Tambaraja <%/, Narada, m, (= sa.) nom, pr. of 19,6; cp, 44,13. 102,2; namena N. several persons; nom. >\.>o (ayasma, nama, 5,3o; kissa phalam ->., 36,s4; a thera living at Gijjhakuta) 84,34; ka rv tvam (what is your name?) voc, (%/a, 85,10, 56, 10; kiihsaddo nam' esa, 60,9; ko naraca, m, (= sa.) a kind of nam' esa puriso, 63, 11 (who is this arrow, an iron arrow; ace. -^am, 92,34; man?). — *) particle of affirmation or — *''-valaya, wj. n. an iron ring or emphasis after subst. (adj.) pron. etc, collar, instr, .N^ena, 111,33, = just, indeed, certainly; 2,6, 4,io. nari, f. (= sa.) a woman; nom. 9,23. 88,23 etc.', tvam ~, 9,2i; ekan /s/i, 64,15; ace, -^im, 47,2i; loc, pi, /^, 82,8; — app'eva nama (perhaps, /N/isu, Dh, 284. cp. nara. V. api) 17,26, 69,5; seyyatha pi ~ Nalagiri, m. (= sa.) nom. pr. (just as) 68,84. — ') in exclamations of an elephant; nom. »^i (nama hatthi) aho pufinanarfa phalam <%/, 68,12; 76,8; ace. 'v/iih, 76, 13; gen. >%'i8sa, 86,24, cp. 63,13, - *) after interr. = 77,1. ep. Dhanapalaka. 'then'; katharii '>^ (how then?) 41,8o; nSjika, f. (sa. nalika & na^ika) kirn ^, 4,8. 16,u. 88,4. - ») in an- ^) a small tube or pipe, a hollow stalk swers : imaya -x/, 29,8i. 31,8*. — *) or stick; ') a small measure (of capa- with negation == not at all; ... nama city) : addna-nalika-matta, mfn. con- n'atthi, 4,ss. 8,10. 10,3i. 18,j (cp. 18,84). taining as much as a half nfi)iks, ace. 19,81 (cp. 19,19), 87,82. m. bardheartedness; boat; nom. >va, 23.io; aco, /vatn, 19,st; nata) ttnmwcifulnesi, Dh. 369 (metaph.-=^- the buman body); instr. /vaya, 59,ib. (»a. nish-kaBh- instr. gen. abl. Ice. .vava, 18,i; 19, nikkasava, mfn. sin; v. a-nik- S6-17; 23,5; 112,s7; 20,1- 25,i9; 24,15 aya) free from dirt or (arujha-", v. arohati); — bhinna- ni kubja? nava, mfn. Bhipvreeked (v. h.) cp. *nikkujjati, vb. (fr. + overturn; next & navattha* opp. ukkujjati, q, v.) to 69,i5 (Coram, navika, m. (:^ sa.) ') a mariner, pp. n. ^itam, B3,20. sailor; gen. -^assa, 27,37; gen. pi, adhomukha-tthapitam hetthamukha- />.anam, 35,3o. — *) b ferryman; loc. jatam). nikkha- iN^e, 28,5. nikkhanta, mfn. {pp, *navutika, tnfn. (fr. navuti) 90 mati, q. v.). vh.[sa,msh-\/kram) years old ; ace. f. r^&m. (nariih) 47,8i. nikkhamati, out, nasa, m. («a. naga) destruction, to go out, go away, depart, get ruin, death; ace, ,%,&m (maha-** pa- issue (w. abl.)\ pr. 3. pi. o^anti (ma- punissanti) 34,i8. tukucchito) 62,26; 90,86 (uagaram m. -%.anto nasa, /. (= sa.) the nose; *<'-vata, pavisanti va rv va); part. »(. the breath from the costrils, instr. (mukhato) 13,3i; ace. rvantam (pure- fs^ena, 53,2; — khura-nasa, mfn. & dvarena) 12,io; jMS^r. ^^antena, 12,u. "-nasika, mfn. {v. khura). 83,35; pi. m. ,%^anta, 62,25; — aor. naseti, vb. {caus, nassati. sa. na- 3. sg. nikkbami, 12,8. 36,23; 3. pi. Qayati) to destroy, spoil; to kill (acc); rwimsu, 19,16; — fitt. 1. sg. -^^issami, pr. 2, sg. .>.-e8i rmama tandule) 57,a4; 12,15; 3. sg. ^issati, 12,i3; — ger. 2. pi. «^etba (amhakam kammam) ») nikkhamraa (agara, leave the house- 6,15; 63,17; ger. rt-etva, 37,9; inf. bold life) 61,33. 64,23; '') nikkhamitva, .^eturii (attanaiii) f-4,34. 13,31. 40,39. 45,2 (to retire from the ni-, indecl, ') (= sa.) prefix to world); 86,26 (tatc). I14,i (id.); - verbs and nouns, implying 'in, into; inf. ^N^ituiii, 12,17. 36,25; 65,i3 (ma- down', sometimes confounded with next. habbinikkhamanam, v. abhinikkha- — ^) before double cons, — nir-, ni- mana); comp. ">.itu-kama, mfn. 65,i6 {su, nis (nir-)) prefix implying 'out, (»t. ^0, id.) — grd, nvitabbarii, n, away', v. below, 83,36; — pp. nikkhanta, rn. ^o, 5,25. nikati, f. (sa. nikfti) wickedness, 12,12; °-kalato, 9,15 {v. kala); -caus. fraud; instr, 'viyM (metri causa : ni- nikkbameti (& ,%^ameti, v. h.) cp. katya) 5,gi ; — "-ppanna, mfn. versed next & nekkhainina. in fraud; m, »^o, o,2i. nikkhamana, n, {sa. nish-kra- nikama, m. {•- sa.) desire, mana) going out, departing; "-bhava, pleasure; v, nanikama, mfn, m. 12,9 {v. h.). nikaya, m. (= sa.) a collection nikkbameti (& nikkbameti), vb. of fiuddhist Su;tas, name of the 5 {caus. nikkhamati ; sa. nish-kramayati) sections of the Sutta oi' Suttanta Pi* to cause to go out, to bring forth or teka, via. Digha-^ Majjhinia-*', Sam- away (ace); aor. 8. pi. /^amesum, yatta-o, Angutttra-", Klmdda(ka)-", 39,36; ger, f%^etva (ubho pi jane sa* 102,14-16 {q. v.). mudda, "conveyed them oversea") 29,4. nik ?ta, mj. (•= sa.) a house, abode; *nikkbittaka, m{fn). (fr, nik- loc. /-vC, Dh. 91. kbitta, pp. nikkbipati, q. v.) one to liikkaddJiati, vb,(sa. tii8li-\/krsh^ whose charge anything has been com- to drive cut, expel; jp. -vito, m. (geha) mitted; m. pi. agga-nikkbittaka 36,29. (thera) 109,ii (v. agga). {sa, nikkarunati. , f, nish-karu- nikkbipati, vb. {sa. ni-^/ksbip) ; 137 nitthubbati to throw, lay down or away, loose, dba, m. nom. pr. of a deer; aec. r^Am, drop (ace); to give in charge of (ace. 7,33; loc. (mangalakhaggani, usslsake, lying) 48,9. a-nicca, mfn, & a-niccata, f. 41,15; comp. "-maniratanam (Kasika- (q. V,). vattbe) 62,29. cp. nikkhittaka & next. *niccamma, mfn. (sa. *ni(;-carma^ vnikkhepa, m. (sa, ni-kshepa^ excoriated, scourged; acc. f. f^&m ') throwing away, laying down; *) (pit^him karetva, "flogging the skin mark, footprint; ace, /^-aih (suvanna- of her back") 55,i7. padukanam) 68,8b. niccala, mfn. (sa, ni^-cala) im- nikbanati, vb. (sa. ni-y'khan) movable; f. ^a (nava attbasi) 23,ii. to dig into, bury (acc); imp. 2. sg. niccbareti,v&. (cans, niccbarati (N^ahi (tam sobbhe) 78,i4; 2. pi, sa, ni^-^/car) to cause to issue or /x^atha, 39,33; ger, ,vitva, 78,i9; pp. come forth; ger. /N^etva (madburassa- nikbata, rammed down, m, pi, rwa ram) 18,2o. (khila) 105,17. [nice bin a ti], vb. (sa. niQ-^ci) nigacchati, vh. (sa. ni-^gain) to decide, fix upon; to discriminate to enter, undergo, come to (aec); pr, (acc); to persuade oneself, be con- 3. sg. /N^ati (dukkbaiii, suffers) Dh, vinced, consider (to, prec. 'ti'); pot, 69; (dasann' aiinataram ^hanam) 3. sg. niccheyya (attbam anattban Dh. 137. ca) Dh. 256; ger, nicebiya (ti ^) nig a ma, m, (= sa.) a little town, convinced, 114,6; pp. nieehita, do. or market>piace; gen. ^assa, 95,2i; 111,21 (m, f^o). loe, fs^e, 92,14. cp, negama. (Pick, niU^^t f- (s (itthiyo rahassam na -%.-) 46,9. plish, complete, finish, make ready; nigganhati, vb. (sa. ni-v/grah) imp. 2. sg. ^^/ebi, 48,29; aor. 3. sg. to hold back, restrain; fut. 1. sg. i^Qix (ahatahatam) 57,6; fut. 1, sg, ^gahessami (cittarii) Dh. 326; grd. /^essami, 87,ii-i2. cp. next. niggayba (sa, ni-grhya) v, next; cp, nitthita, mfn. (sa. nishtbita, j^i). dunnigaba, mfn. ni-\/8tba, cp. prec.) finished, come at *niggayba-vadi(n), mfn. (fr, an end; completed, ready, prepared; sa. nigrhya, grd, m-\/grah) 'resenting n. «wam (jatakam etc.) 62,it. 71,is; what is to be blamed\ censuring, re- (bbattam) 78,$; loc. <%/e (bhatte) proving; aec. m. >%/im, Dh. 76. B3,8i. a-nittbita, mfn. (q, v.) ep. nigrodba, m. (sa. nyagrodha) pari-nittbiti, f. the Banian-tree, Fious Indioa; *'*ruk- nittbubbati & nu^tbubbati, kba, m. 20,8 (gen, /vassa). - Nigro- vb. (sA. *nih -f V^^i^^^i ^"^ ' ^^ ^^* nidda 138 sa. }/a^nd) signilcation equal to at. fiiA-shthiv'') nindati, vb. (= J^o 3, pi. ~anti (bahu- to Bpit out; aor. 3. 8g, nutthubhi blame (occ); pr. inf. -^itum, Dh. (kakkaretva iJ) 37,js; ger, ni^thu- bhaninam) Dh. 227; blamed, nt. r^o thitva (yagum) 57,«». [Pischel, Gr. 230; pp. -"vita, mfn. mfn.Vh. § 120.] cp. chuddha. (poso) Dh,228; a-nindita, nidda (& other varr, uiddha, nidha, 227; cp. next. blame, reproach, nida = nua, sa. nida) n., a nest; ninda, /". (= sa.) 143. 309; place, Beat; roga-niddaih {idaih rQpam, reproof; aco. -warn, Dh. blame and «rull of BickneBs")' 107,7 = Dh. 148. o-pasamsSsu {loc. pi) 81. nidahati, vh, (so. ni-\/dba) to praise, 106,30 = Dh. deep; lay down, depoBi'.; to lay aside; grd. ninna, mfn, {sa, nimna) a sunken ^Np/itabbam, w, ((;ivaram, unhe) 83,9; loc. m. ~e (sakata-magge, - «. low ground, ger n'dhaya (dandai {q. v.) sabbesu road, defile) 43,i8. bhuteiu, "wJthout burting any crea- depth (of the sea); acc. -^am {opp. (do., "on sea") tur-is") Dh. 142. 405. cp. nidhi. thala) 105,21 ; ioc.^e nidagba, »». (=^ sa.) heat; ^o Dh. 98. in- (I'.iahanto) 4,5. *''-3amaya, in, the *nipaka, mfn, {sa. *nipaka) (sa- hot season, loc, ^e, 3,3s. telligent, prudent; acc, m. r>/am niddara, mfn, (sa. nir-dara) free hayam) Dh. 328. >Tom fear; m, <^o, Dh. 205. cp, nipajjati, vb. {sa. ni-\/pad) to dara & vita-ddara. lie down; pr. 3. sg. ->^ati, 6,3o; imp. aor. 3. sg. nipajji, nidda, f. (9a. nidra) sleep; .v^a 3. sg. ^atu, 6,28; 3. pi. ») ^iriisu, fYasassa okkami) 67,26 ; ace. (vaiii 2,31. 3,19. 12,84.30,16; (gate, being aslaep) 21,28; (okkamitva 65,3; »>) (N^iaum, 112,6; ger. ^itva, r.); cans, v, (okkami) fell asleep) 22,94. 64,32; 42,1 ; pp. nipanna {q. (upagato, id.) 6J>,«. cp, nexl, next. niddayati, vb. (sa. ni-drayate, *nipajjapeti,ti6.(coH8. nipajjati) Y^dra) to sleep; pr. 8. sg, /x^ati, 41,96. to cause to lie down, lay down, deposit 65,3o; pa.'t, m. aoc, .-bantam, 35,o9; (occ); aor, 3. pi, rwCsum, 32, 3o. 61, le; gen. /^antassa, 41,96; f. pi. »>^antiyo ger, rvetva, 13, u. 16, is. 20,7. 41,36. (itthiyo) 65,5; aor, 8. sg. niddayi, 59,7. 89,4. nipatati, vb. {sa. m-\/pat) to fly *niddayitar, »m. {fr. prec.) a down, descend on, fall down on {loc); eleepy person; nom. />./ta, Dh. 325. pr. 3. sg. t^&t\, 2,92; ger. -x^itva (Bha- niddhana, mfn, {sa, nir-dhana) gavato padesu sirasa, "falling at his without property, poor; acc. nt. >^&m., feet") 75,22. cp. nipata etc. 52,4. nipanna, mfn, {pp, nipajjati) niddhanta, mfn, {pp. niddha- lying; m. >vO, 3,8-i8. 7,4. 36,3i (pha- mati, q. v.) blown off, dHven out; lake, floating on a plank); 65,i9 *<'-inala, mfn, one whose impurities (sleeping^; I10,i9; comp. tassa ^..^t^ha- are blown away, free from sin; m, nara (where he was lying) 49,2i; 1^0, Dh. 236. 238 {synon. an-afigana). "-kale (while he was sleeping) 53,3. tuddhamati,t;6. (sa. nir-^dhina) "nipannaka, mfn. {fr. prec) to blow off; to drive out, expel, re- lying} acc m, .x-am, 6,3i. move (occ); pot. 3u sg, niddhame nipata, m, (= sa.) ') falling; (malalii) Dh, 239; pp. niddhanta instr. udabindu-nipatena, "by falling (v, h.). of waterdrops", Dh. 121. — *) a par- nidhaya, ger. nidahati {q. v.). ticle or indeclinable word; nom. /-vO nidhi, m, (= sa.) a treasure; ('ma'ti) 85,33. - 8) a section of a gen, pi. «N.inam, Dh. 76, book {esp, of Jataka or Anguttara ; 139 uibbaaa Nik., whose single books are arranged nibbattati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vrt) to according to their length or number become, come forth, be born (again), of stanzas) ; Sutta-', w, nom. pr. (y. sprout up; pr, 3, sg. rK/Siti (dukkham) h.) cp. next. Dh. 338; fut. 3. sg. ^issati (Tusita- *nipataka, mfn, (fr. nipata') vimane) 87,3i; 2. sg. r^issasi, 88,15; divided into nipatas (as Anguttara- 1. sg. /N^issami, 88,10; aor. 3. sg, Nikaya) ace. ; m. r^&m (saddhamraara nibbatti (rukkhadevata hutva) 3,8i; pavibhajja) llO.j. ger. n i p p a b h a , mfn. (sa. nish-prabha) nibbana, mfn, (sa. nir-vana) ') without splendour; m. pi. ^a (anna- without forest, woodless (Jat.II, 368,8). tittbiya) 72,29; cp. pabha, f. — *) free from desires; m, pi. o..a, nippapa, mfn. (sa. nish-papa) Dh. 283 (cp. vana''). free from sin; m. Db. ^o, 206. *nibbanatha, mfn. (fr. nir -f- nippileti, vb. (sa. nish-pidayati, vanatha, q, v.) free from lust; m. ypid) to press, squeeze (dec.) j aor, /N.,0 (synon. vana-mutto) Dh. 344. 3. sg, ^esi (tassa givam) 5,i3. nibbana, n. (sa. nirvana) ') ex- nippurisa, wi/M. (sa. nish-purusha) tinction, the being extinguished (as a without men, female; instr. n, pi. fire or a lamp); ,>.,am (pajjotassa) /N.ehi (turiyehi, "a female orchestra") 80,35 (cp. Jat. I, 212,8). ^ «) the 67,23 (cp. Speyer, Rem. on DivyavadSna, Buddhist Nirvana : *) absolute extinc- Wien. Zeitschr. XVI p. 105.) tion of all desires and passions, com- nipphatti, f. (sa. nishpatti^ com- plete sanctification or Arhatship (cp, pletion, perfection; ace, ,N/im (niyya- arabai); *") absolute annihilation of makasippe) "complete mastery", 24,i3. individual existence (i, e, in the Sarii- n i b a d d h a , mfn. (pp. nibandhati Bara), release from every conceivable = sa.) *) bound (on or to), fixed; attribute of being (cp. an-abhavakata), */varii, adv. constantly, 6,i4. - *) asked, the eternal happiness attained after pressed; m. k^o (punappuna, "being death by an Arhat or a Buddha (ta- asked again and again") 53,86. thagata), whereafter he shall not be nibandha, m. (= sa,) binding, born or die again; ,N/am (Sugatena chain, attachment to; continuance, desitam) Dh. 285; ace. ^&m, 64,s3. continuity; upayupadanabhimyesa-**, 89,8. Dh. 23. 134. 184. 203. 226. 369; 96,10 (q. v.). dat. »»., cp. Jat. (maggaiii) Dh. 289; *».gamin. mfn. sa, nirvid, f. & nirreda, aversion, disgust, i<5., f. ^Jni (sc»7. pa^ipada) Dh. 76; IV, 471,«!i. 473,») santhasi, *°-pati8amyuUa, mfn. 71, sj (v. h.); weariness; dat. /v-aya (cittam 67,3i ->.aya — magga-phala-nibbanani (w. p/., "his mind became weary") ; dvandva-comp.) *tbe paths, the fruits, (samvattati) 93,7 (cp. Kulin, Beitr. and the N.", 97,)o; — The transition P- 70). into N. is described as vimokho ce- nibbindati, vb. (sa. nir-\/vid, taso, 80,35, which is compared with nirvindati & pass, nirvidyate) to be the extinction of a laiiap (pajjotasseva indifierent, to become weary of or dis- nibbanarii, cp, AN. I, p. 236; epithets gusted with (loc); pr. 3. sg. 'N.-ati of N. are a-kata, a-mata, para etc. (riipesu) 7 1,5-14; (dukkhe) 107,i2 = cp. nibbayati, nibbuta, parinibbana. Dh. 277 (metri causa o,^ati); l)art. [D'Alwis, Buddhist Nirvuna; a review m. ^am, 71, u; pot. 8. sg. ~eyya of Max Miiller's Dharamapada. Co- (^opp. jisimsetha) 42,i6; ger, nibbijja lombo 1871 ; Childers, Dictionary (v. /».); cp. nibbida. (sub voce) 1875; Dahlmann, NirvBna. nibbisati, vb. (sa. nir-y/vig) lit. Berlin 1896; Ekliind, Nirvana. U'p- 'to enter into'; to earn, gain; pac<, sali 1899; Pfiin(,s(, "Was ist das m. nibbisaih, v. a-nibbisaiii. buddl istische Nirvfii-a in Wirklichkeit? nibbuta, mfn. (sa. nir-vrta) ') (A us der indischen Kulturwelt. Stutt' happy, content, free from passions; gart 1904, p. 56); Oldenberg, Buddha, ^) extinguished (through false etymo- 3. Aufl. p. 310; Trenckner, Mil. p. logy combined with nibbayati, nib- 424] bana); 7)1. ^0 (pita) 64,14; (gini, 1. e. nibbapeti. vb, {cans. fr. next; the fire of passions) 104,25; (anupa- sa. nir-vapayati) to extinguish, annihi- daya) Dh. 414; acc. -.^aiii (opp. atta- late; to cool, refresh; imp. 3. pi. o^etha danda; "mild") Dh. 406; arc. pi. ^e, (sokaiii me) 89,is; inf. />^etum (do.) Dh. 196; /'. ^a (mata) 64,i4; loc. n. 89,10. kasmim nu kho '>.^e hadayam -^aiii nibbayati, rb. {sa. mt'\/\a,) to nania hoti, after what having become be blown out or extinguished ; to be extinguished does the heart feel happy? refreshed, to feel happy, attain the 64,18. Nirvanft; yr. .''. sg, ,>.ati (matuhada- niraanteti, vb. (sa. ni-^/mantr) yam) 64,i»; pot. 3. sg. ^eyya (aggi) to invite; aor. 3. sg. ^esi, 56,S8; 3, ct:«s. 96,1 ; nibbapeti (q. v.); pp. v. pi, ^ayimsu, 87,5; ger, ^etva (da- nibbuta, cp. nibbana. nam adariisu) 86,14. nibbijia, ger. (fr. nibbindati; Nimi, m. nom. pr. of a king (= sa, nir-vioya) having become despon* sa.); ^ nama raja (Mithilayaiii) dont, depressed, or disgusted with 45,18. or {cM> acc); ger. nibbijjapema nimitta, M. (:= sa.) ') sign, omen; (Gotamaiii, cp. vb.) apieti, 104,i3 [or pi, -^ani (cattari) 64,3; pubba-", id. have w« ^.o lake nibbijjapema as pr. acc, ^am, 63,?; pi, ,^ani, 63,i. - 1. pi. from *nibbijjiipeti, to give up cause, ^) reason; gahita-nimittena, (on account of despondency) ? cp. instr. 'on account of his having taken *nibbeianiya, pi. cr gen. sg, f, nir- hold of it', i. e. by a tug, 89,7; a-ni- Tijo?) "SN. I, p. 124,3|. mitta, mfn. (v. h.), nibbi^tha, mfn. (}>p. nibbisati; nimisa, wi. (sa, nimisha) winking sa. nir-vishya) gained, earned ; instr. or twinkling of the eye; a-nimisa, n. .%.ena (carami, "with what I have not mfn. winking; subst. f, a-nimisata gained I wander about") 106,8. (v.h.). nibbida, »». (or nibbida, f. (?); nimilati, vb. (sa. ni-v'mil) intr. 141 niraya to shut, close (as the eyes); pr. 3. pi. 'N.'iiiisu, 91,5; flit. 3. sg. r^issati, 90,a9; -^anti (akkhini, kumbhilanaih mu- 3. pi. o.'issanti, 91,«. khavivate) 3,i8; cans, nimileti, to niyyadeti, vb. (also niyyateti; close (the eyes, ace); get: ,^etva so. nir-Y/yat, cans, niryatayati) to (akkhini) 3,i9. deliver, to give anything (acc.) into nimugga, mfn. (pp. nimujjati; one's charge (gen,); pr. 1. pi. o^ema sa. ni-magna) sunk or plun^jed in (-mige rafiiio) 6,5 ; ger. r^etva (brah- (loc); guthakalale "-gamasiikaro, maniiii amhakaiii) 9,i8; 38,&. 46,33. niyyanika, mfn. (sa. nir-yanika) nimujjati, vb. {sa. ni-Y/majj) to conducing to blessing, salutary, pro- sink, dive in (loc.) ; pr. 3. pi. ^anti, fitable; *a-"', mfn, (q, v.), 25,86; ger. ,x,itva (kamakalale) 46,88; niyyama(ka), m. («a. nir-yama- pp. nimugga (q. v.); cans. II. nimuj- (ka)) a navigator, master, mate; o^ko, japeti, to cause to sink (ace); ger. 25,16; acc, /^kam, 25,i8; *niyyamaka- ^etva (navam) 27,i8; ummujja-ni- kamma, n. "the mariner's calling", mujja, m. (v. ummujjati). acc. o/am, 24,1*; *^-jettha, m, "master nimba, m. (= sa.) the Nimb tree, mariner", gen. ^v-assa, 24,io; *°-jet- Azadirachta Indica (with bitter fruits); tbaka, m, id., ^ko, 24,u; '"-sippa, n. "the art of seamanship", loc. >N/e, pi. ^a, 37,20 ; ace. pi. i^e, 38,i9 = pucimanda, 37,33. 38,i. -- *°-ka8ata, 24,18; "'"-sutta, n. "mariner's lore", n. (v. h.). — "-panna-sadiaa-rasa, mfn. instr. ***-gatika, mfn. (q. v.) ; a-niyata, mfn. nir-arthaka) ; Mapana, n. 52,6 (v, h.). uncertain, unlimited (v. h.). niraparadha, mfn. (= sa.) n i y a m a , m. (sa. niyama & niyama) unoffending, guiltless; acc. m, t^&m, determination etc. — *) restraining, 39,98. *j practice, way, method ; instr, ^ena niraya, m, (= sa.) hell; acc. (imina) 2,i6; maccha-gahana-** („aB ^am, 58,14. 74,i; dat. ^aya (upa- if to catch fish") 25,3S. kad^bati) Dh.311 ; loc. niyyati, vb. (sa. mr-\/ya) to go 84,80 ; '%'amhi, 108,7; ussada-", 23,ae out, depart; to get out (esp, from the (q. v.); — •"-bhaya, «. fear for hell, pr. pi. /vanti "-bhaya-bhita, samsara) ; 3. (lokamha) instr. /x cirasaiLkata 143 Bubjectio destruc *«-vagga, m. nan of the nirutti, i. e, the old dialect or 83,5; imp. 3. sg. i^ain (sotthim nava, the original language of the holy "return to safety") 27,84 ; aor. 3. sg. scriptures, m. ^o, Dh. 362. {cp. SBE. nivatti (nagarabhimukho) 43, 15; inf. ger. ^itva, 6,i6. X. p. 84.) «^itum, 27,11 ; 12, 11; *nirupakara, mfn. {cp. sa. nir- pp. nivatta, wi. ^0 (bhavissati) 60, 31. upakarin) useless; tn ^o^ 35,28. — cans, nivatteti & nivattayati, to nirupaddava, mfn. {sa. nir- turn, lead back; part. ace. m. />.aya- upadrava) without affiiction or mishap, manam, 60, 19; imp. 2. sg. o^aya happy, secure; f. o^a (nava) 25, 20. (nivattay'etam rathaiii) 60,i4; ger. nirumbhati, vb. {sa. ni-\/rudh) <%/etva, 60,18. to stop, suppress; to hush, silence nivattha, mfn. {pp. nivasati; sa. {ace); ger. ^itva (saddam) 66,85. nivasita) *)dwelling, living, inhabiting; {cp. Tr. PM. p. 69.) ') clothed, dressed in, wearing {ace, Tiirupadh;, mfn. (sff. nir-upadhi, or e. c); f. ,-wa (satakaiii) 31, 10; mj. with u lenghtened cietri causa (?), cp, ojO (sSna-satl-") 71,29; su-nivattha, Faush0ll, Dhpd. (1866) p. 433 & mfn. carefully dressed; ace. m. ,%.am Tr. PM. p. 78) free from passions; (pabbajitarii) 63,30. 106,2'j. Dh. 418 {v, upadhl). nivata, mfn. (= so.) sheltered nirokasa, mfn. {sa, nir-avakacja) from the wind, low {opp. pavata, sa, inaccessible, impossible, inconvenient; pravata); — *nivata(ka), n. a place loc, /i, f^% (tbane) 41,89 {cp, an-ava- sheltered from the wind, calm, stillness; kasa & okasa). loc. o^e (labbhamane) 48,? must be airodha, m. (= so.) cessation, understood in the sense of "opportu* deptruction; nom. {sell, aabba-dukknassa) , saifakhara-' for nimantaka, m. {sa. nimantraka, 2tc. 96,18 etc. {v. },.); a-sesa-viraga-", cp. nimanteti) an inviter, i. e. a wooer 37,15 {v. /».); ace. ^am (sanna-ve- or seducer, cp, the comm. Jat. V, dayita-**) 80,ic; dat. r^siya., 93,8; abl. 437,18 (raho nimantake paribhedake) />,a, 94,1s; *-dukkhu-''. mfn, {q. v,); & Mil. p. 206. 143 nisldfipeti nivapa, m. (= $a.) seed; food, a — '-dvara, n. the entrance or gate of portion of food, gift of food ; acc, ,^&m a house, 68,2. 73,3i; loc. /N.,e, 38,i3; (vapitva, miganain) 6,4; — *°-tina, - raja-", the king's palace, abl. /^a, n. "grass to eat", acc. /v-am (ropetva) 19,16. - *) metaph. attachment of mind 6,6; *"-puttha, mfn, "fed on grains", or false opinion (Coram. = di(thi), m. ; (cp. 29,23 82,84 patinivasana)." pagge) 18,6 ; gen. ^assa, 86,6; pi. *nivasapeti, vb. {cans, II. ni- /^a (assembled) 109,32; gen. pi. -^a- yvas, cp. next) to cause to be dressed nam, 61,25; comp. *'-kale, while sitting, (with double acc); ger. ,^etva (mam 1,1a; "-pallamkato, 66,27 (q. v.); ahatavatthani) 27,i8; (deyim dibba- rukkhe "-puriso, 36,3; as finite tense : vattham) 61, is. nisinno'si (cintento), 4,3. cp. san- nivaseti, vb. {caus. ni-^vas, sa. uisinna. — nisinnaka, mfn. (sa. ni- nivasayati) to put on (clothes, acc), sbannaka) id., m, ^0 (va niddayi) to dress one's self; ger. /%/etva (te, 89,4, sci7. sa^ake) 41,4; 76,i6. 78,4 (having nisidati, vb, (ni-ysad, sa, nishi- dressed himself); parimandalam f>^, dati) to sit, be seated, sit down; to 82,27 (q. V.) cp. nivasana & i^rcc dwell; part, m, ,>/anto (ekato), 46,28; nivittha, mfn. (pp. nivisati, sa. imp, 2, sg. nisida (dvare) 57,2o; aor. ni-v'vi?, nivish^a) entered, settled 8. sg. nisldi, 11,26 (rukkhagge); 12,i3. down, founded, situated; married; 66,4; 5. pi. ») -x/iifasu (tassa guna- kasa-", mfn. touched by the whip, m, kathaya, were lauding) 31,23; ''),N..isum, ^0 (asso) Dh. 143'' (lit. "married 112,28; ger, »)nisiditva (rukkhe) 2,5; to the whip"?). 42,31. 87,34; '')nisajja, 78,6; pp. ni- nivedeti, vb. (caws. ni-\/vid, sa. sinna (q. V,)] grd. nisiditabba, n. nivedayati) to communicate, report, >^&m, 83,88; caus. nisidapeti (q, v.) announce, proclaim (acc); imp. 2. pi, cp, next. /^^etba (tuttbim) €4,6; aor. 3. pi. ""nisidana, n,, a mat to sit on; (vayimsu, 31,e. "-paccattharanam, 84,io (v. h,), nivesana, n. (sa. nivepana) ') *nisidapeti, vb. (caus. II. nisi- 'entering', dwelling, manBion, house, dati) to cause to ait down or take place, to remain, ger, home; nom. ^aiii, 78,6; aco. (vaih to cause leave ; fgantva, **weDt home") 51,6; loo. r^e o/etvS (Bodhisattam hatthipiUhe) (sake) 78,1 ; — *o-UbaDa, n. i4. 2,is; 45,u; 68,i*i». nisedha 144 pi. ~a (saifakappa) nisedha, m. (sa. zii?vhedha) keep- to passions, w. a-nissita, san-nissita. injg; off, holding back, retitraining, pro- Dh. 339. cp. {sa. ni/i-(?re?i) hibition; f^o (manaso piyehi, "holding nisseni (or^i), f. (otaranto) the mind back from the pleasures of a ladder, 'sUirs; ahl. ^\io re- . life") Dh. 390; - *hin-», mfn. 62,87. . ,, sa.^pp. m-y/hm) strained by shame, m. t\/0 (puriso) nihata. mfn, (= humiliated, humble; Dh. 143. •slain', dejected; m. ^0 (seti) 30,»i; *»-mana, mfn. nisedheti, vb. (caus. ni-y/sidh, humble; whose pride is defeated, 8CT. nisbedhayati) to keep off, restrain, m. humility, ace. /%/aifa, (v/Cnto /^mana-bhava, prohibit, warn (acc.) ; part, m. (paribbajakam) 30,io. nihina, mfn. (= sa.y pp. m-v/ba) nisevati, vl, {sa. ni-\/8ev, ni- low, vile, mean; *0-kamma, mfn., pi, shevatfc) to »ttead, follow, practise, m. ~a (manuja) "men of evil deeds", cultivate; {acc.)pr. S.pl.med.msevBixe 74,2. (sakhii sukha, wind round one another) nigba (or nigha), m. {cp._ sa. 37,34. nigha, sin) suffering, pain; *a-mgha, uissamsaya'-ii, adv. {sa. ni/i- mfn. {q. v.). SljiKjayam) undoubtedly, surely; 114,S4. nica, mfn. {= sa.) low {opp, {cp. samsaya). ucca); ace, m. n. r^&m (katva, "hold- n. {ft, nissakkati, *ni8sakkana, ing it down, turning it downwards") tia. ni/<-\/8rp) creeping out; bilara- 82,21. 84,11 ; *»-thaniya, mfn. occu- nissakkana-matta, mfn, 90,85 {v. /».). pying a low position, aec. m, •^&m. nissajjati, vh. (sa, ni/i-y/srj) to (ucce thane tbapeturii) 76, u. let loose; give up. give over (occ); nita, mfn, {= sa.; pp. neti) led, imp. 3. sg. .^atii (inaaia bhikkhusam- brought; ace, pi, ni, ^e (attano san- gham) 74,23; poi. I. eg. ^eyyam, tikarii) 38,80. 74,2V. niyati, niyamaDa, pass. v. nissadda, ntfn. {sa. ni/i-^abda) neti. noipeleas, silent; ace. n-. .>./am (maha- niroga, mfn. (= sa.) free from janam) 88,s. sickness; m, ^0 (siho) 13,22. *nis8aya, prp. w. ace. {get. nis- nila, n. {sa. nida) a nest; v. sayati, so. *ni5raya, \/Qri, lit. 'leaning nidda. on') ') near to; padumasaram '>^, 3,3i; nila, mfn. (= sa.) dark, blue, pasanapittham, 17,»o; — *) by means green; "-vanna, mfn, id. ace. m. ^am of, by one's support; tumhe ^, 12,3s; (samuddam) 26,i8; — nH'uppala-, raianam f» ("in the king's service") 47,13 {v. uppala); — "-kusa-tina, n. tarn ekikam >v, 31,sp; tarn r^, 26,18 {v, kusa); - "-mani & inda-nila 24,18; • 87,3; imam kayam,^^, "through con- {v,h.). ; — *) because of, nection with", 99,16 nivarana, n. (& «». ?) (sa. mva* by the reason of, for sake of; Mitta- rana & nivarana, n.) an obstacle, vindakam '^, 23,u-i8; dhanam '>^, hindrance; occ, pi. pafioa -^e, 91,8 33,3s; mam r«., 39,ie; etam^, 49,8i; (the five obstacles to a religious life, amhe /x/, 60,u; issaviyam r»/, 60,i8; i. c. lust, malice, sloth, pride, and dittbim ^ papikam, Dh, 164. cp. doubt, V. Childers, Diet.); vi-niva- next. rana-citta, mfn. {q. v.) ep. nivarana, *ni8 8ita, mfn. {pp. ni-y'^ri; cp. n. fr. nivareti {q. v.Y sa, a-Qfita) depending on, devoted to nibarati, vh. (sa. xiiv-\l)ai) to {ace. or eomp.)\ m. ^o (dvayaiii, take out, to pull or drive out {aec.)\ ayaiii loko) 96,6; raga-", mfn. devoted aor. 3. sg, nibari (kaccbapam) 12,32; 145 nerayika 60,25; ger. ^itvS (migaganaih gaha- Burmese often write nikkhamma, it natthanato) 6,ia; 14,26; 37,i7. 67,o3, seems to be advisable to derive it 84,9, from sa. naishkramya, The northern nu, indecl, (= sa.) ') a particle Buddhists write generally naishkarmya combined with interrogatives, very (fr, karman), but this is surely due frequently followed by kho (q, v.)\ to false etymology; nekkhamma is kin nu kho, l,8i. 86,2» etc. (v. kim*); often opp. to kama, wherefore Bhys kin nu karanam, 3,i; kacci ^ kho, Davids & Oldenberg (SBE.Xlll, 104) 3,K', kaccin nu, 9,28; kaya nu . . . ka- have preferred to derive it from sa. thaya, 29,3o; ko nu dipo, llO.si; ""naish-kamya, cp, abhinikkhamana. kahan <%^ kho, 34,n ; kathaih /v kho, negama, m, (= sa.) a citizen, 81,15; kati .>/ kho, 81,i9; api nu, townsman (opp. janapada); "-jana- 73,4. — ') particle of interrogation pada, m. pi, "townsmen and country- (generally = we, num); atthi nu kho, folk", acc. rwB, 6,2 ; loo, /x-esu, 7,25, 14,8g; bhabbo nu kho, 70,i; saddo cp. nigama. yeva nu kho Nagaseno ("is N. any- neti (& nayati), vb, (sa. ^ni) thing but a mere sound") (= nonne) ^) to lead, guide; to bring, carry off, ; BoroetimeB with 97,80 pleonastically inserted take, take (acc.) ; pr. 2. sg. nesi, after a relative before the following 5,5; 101,18 (tava bhariyam); I. sg, interrogative sentence ; yan nu ahaiii nemi, 101,i9; 5. sg. ^ati (raetri causa : balo, atha kena . . . 54,ie; yo nu kho o^ati) Dh, 257; 3. pi. ^&nti, 106,20-27 evarii vadeyya . . ., samma nu kho = Dh. 240; 80; imp. 3. sg. nehi so vadeyya, 99,80-si. — ^) particle of (main) 2,3; 2. pi. netba, 19,26. 68,15; asseveration; at the end of a sentence ; put, 3. sg, naye (attham sahasa, "to nu 'ti cintiya (certainly, surely) 1 11, is. carry a matter with violence") Dh.256; cp. nanu & nuna. fut. 1. sg. nessami, l,i8; 2. pi. nes- nutthubhati, t»6. = nitthubhati satha, Dh. 179-80; aor. 3. sg. nayi (3- v.). (sa nayi, perhaps = sanayi, fr. aneti) nudati, vb. (sa. •\/n\id) to push, 111,30; 5. pi. nayimsu, 24,23; inf. drive away (acc); pr, 3, sg. />/ati netave (= netum) Dh. 180; —pass. (pamadam) Dh. 28. niyati, 3. pi. -x^anti (iokamha, abl.) nuna, indecl. (sa. nunam) ^)inter- Dh. 176; part, loc. pi. niyamanesu, : rogative (comb. w. yara) yan nuna, 40,2 ; pp. nita (g. v.) cp. naya, nayaka -what if?" (w. pot) 6,4. 33,27. 46,23. & next. 68,35. — ^) affirmative : certainly, surely; *nettika, m. (fr. sa. netra) one na nuna visahati, 90,26; nibbuta nuna who makes conducts for watering; sa mata, 64,i4. cp. nu. pi. .-wa (udakaih nayanti) 106,27 = nekkba,m.(ornikkha; «a. nishka) Dh. 80. a golden ornament; a certain coin of nepunna, n. (sa. naipunya, fr. gold; acc. r^vim (jambonadassa) Dh. nipuna) experience, skill, wisdom; 230. acc. f>/&a\, 114,16. n e k k b a m m a, n. (sa. naishkramya, Neranjara, f. (sa, Nairanjana) fr. nish-\/krani, cp. nikkhamati) re- nom. pr, of a river in Magadha, near nunciation of the world, abandonment TJruvelS; acc, /x/am, 103,2; gen, /vaya, of desires; loc, ,^e, 68,20; ''-kalo, 66,9. 45,6; o-sukham, Dh. 272, "the happi- nerayika, mfn, (sa. nairayika, ness of release", cp. SBE. X, 67; fr. niraya) belonging to hell, suffering "•fipasama, m. (v. upasama) Dh. 181. in hell; """-satta, m, an inhabitant of As nekkhamma frequently occurs in hell or condemned to hell; nom. / FUl Oloituy. 10 neva 146 {sa, prakfti) nature, neva, indeel. («o. naiva, fr. na + pakati, f, beginning of comp, eva) V. na*^. natural state; at the what (sa. = natural, real; usual, ordinary; neva'8aflfla-iiS,8aflflS, f. naiva-samjfia-nasaihjfia) neither per- has been hitherto, former; *0-8amudda, ception nor not perception, only eomp. m. {opp. the mythical or supernatural **-uyyanapalaka, m, '-ayatana, n. 80,8-» (v. ft.). ocean) 26,»i; instead of pe (q. <>.); lC2,u {cp, la). ••age ; *kaya-ppakopa, *mano-°, *vaci-'*, pa-', indeel, {sa. pra) prefix to Dh. 231-33 {v. ft.). Qouns and verbs, sometimes implying pakka, mfn. {sa. pakva) *) boiled, 'on, forth, awpy', otherwise giving the roasted; acc. m. f^&m (aggina) 16,2; verbs a certain perfective meaning or loc. n. ^e (sarire) 15,83; *pakkodana, making them inchoative {cp. parodati) mfn. {v. odana). — ') ripe, mature; in or intensive {cp, pamodati); cotnp. pakka-phala-, 2,i ; n. ix-arii, fruit (= after vowels the p it sometimes doubled, phala); amba-", mango fruit, 16,«5 e. a-ppamiida etc, (ambapakk'); 36,8i. cp. paripakka. g, \ -pa', wi/n. (= sa.) only e. c. ') pakkamati, vb, {sa. pra-v/kram) drinking; v. dhenu-pa; '') guarding, to go forth, go away; pr. 8. pi. o^anti, protecting; v. gopa. 42,32; pot. 3. sg, ~eyya, 100,25; aor. pamsu, m. & n. {sa, pamsu, m.) 3. sg. pakkami, 9,4. 69,23; carikaiii soil, dust, earth; nom. w. ^u (sithilo) »v., 70,31 {v, carika); 3. pi, pakka- ncc. .x^uiii 40,24; (oiadhuram) 88,2-3; miiiisu, 6,1?; pp. pakkanta, f. /^a, gen, .>..uno, 40,.'6; n. pi. ,^uni {ace. went away, 73,io; loc. m. acira-ppak- pjida-", "the dust at his feet") 77,7. kante, 70,i3 {v. a-cira). — "-kula, n. 'a dust-heap', a certain pakkosati, vh. {sa, pra-y/kru?) Mscetic dress made of rags; "'"-kula- to call, call upon, invite (acc); aor. dhara, mfn. "wearing dirty raiments", 3. sg. pakkosi (nabapitara) 28,33; ace. m, rN..arii, 106,ia = Dh. 395. ger, rvitva, 9,22. 19,28. — caus, II, ; ; 147 pacoati *pakkosapeti, to send for (ace); aor, paggayha, ger,; v, prec. 3. sg. /^esi (dhitaraifa) 10,9; ger. ^paggava, m. a kind of creeping ni^etva, 6,23; pp, »». rwito (tena), 37,i9. (bitter) plant (probably = pbaggava, pakkha, m. {sa. paksha) a wing; "a sort of pot herb", Abhidhanap., acc^ pi, rwe (pasaretva) 10,1*; (vi- cp. Vin. I 201,14 & 381,17 (pakkavan dhunitva) 18,i9. cp, pakkhiH & pek- ti latajati)); acc. pi. ^e, 38,i. - khuna. "-valli, f. id.; acc, pi. o.^iyo, 37,i9. pakkhandati,v&.(&'a.pra-\/skand) paggaha, m, (sa. pragraba) to make off, spring forth (out) or over 'stretching forth, seizing', assunaing, (occ); aor. 3. sg, pakkhandi.(navaya accepting, friendly reception ; ""asanta-", sainuddaiii, weut to sea) 23, lo; (nava V. a-uanta. samuddam >v) 23, u; 3. pi." rK/Xrhsn, paggahetva, ger., v. pagganbati. 25,80 ; ger. /witva (thanaih) 27,87; paggharati, vb. (sa. pra-i/gh)") pp. pakkhanta, «i. t^o (Siinbalivanarii) to flow, trickle or ooze forth; part, 60,c; /". ^a (videsam) 27,8b. cp. next. instr. n, ^antena (assuna) 5,i4; pp, pakkhandika, f. (sa. praskan- owita, n. ^am (assum) 89,i3; "-khela, dika) diarrhoea; v. lobita-". mfn, 65,5 (v. h). pakkhandi>i, mfn. (sa. praskan- pamka, m(k; n). (= sa.) mud, din) 'springing forth', attacking, ic- clay; dirt, sin; loc, t^e (sanno) Dh. Bulting; instr. m. /x/ina, Dh. 244. 327 ; "-pi^be, on the mud (v, pit^ha) pakkhitta, mfn. (pp. pakkhipati 6,17; pi, /%^a (dirt) Dh. 141. 8a. praksliipta) thrown, cast or put pacati, vb. (sa. ^pac) ') to cook on (intoV, comp. "-tila (tattakapale) (acc); pr. 1. sg, «^ami (kittakaiii) 11,7; "-Kukkuto (paiijare) 46,2o, 67,10 ; imp, 2, sg, «%..abi, 67,i9; aor, pakkhin, m, (sa, paksbin; fr. 3. sg. paci, 67, u; inf. .^..ituib, 67,84; pakkba) a bird; nom. pi. n^'i, 11, u. ger, «N/itva, 28,83. — *) intr. to burn, pakkhipati, vb. (sa, pra-^ksbip) to be tormented (iu hell); ger. /s^itva to throw, cast, place (acc.) on or into (cp. pass, paccati, q, v,) 84,5o. — caus, to be cooked (loc.) ; pr. 3. pi, rw-anti (te karana- II, *pacapeti, cause to gbare) 21,i5; aor. 3. sg. pakkhipi, (acc); part, m. ,>/ento (patarasain) 9,84; inf. , 10* paccattam 148 does not sg. ^»i\ (papam) Dh. 69. 119. - «) the place from where one to burn, be tormtnted (in hell); part, return, 56, 18. paccamana, ace. w. ^an (nerayika- paccamitta, m.{sa. praty-amitra) adversary; pi. /n/S, 36,i4; sattarii) 23,30 ; m. pi. ^a, (satta, an enemy, of false Avicimlii) 27, u, acc. pi. op-e, 3,24. On account lengthened, a c c a 1 1 am, adv. [sa. praty-atiuam) etymology the 'a' has been . p (sa. singly, by one's sel:, suddhi asuddhi as it were derived from pacca raitra), cp, /x^, "one is pure or impure by him- praty-a) + mitta (sa> self", Dh. 165. mitta & a- mitta. *paccatthp.rajaa. n. {fr. praty- paccasimsati, vb, (sa, praty-a- a-\/3tr, cp. sa. astarana) a carpet or \/(^ins) to expect (acc); pr, 3. sg, 87,ao-s7. sheet (to lay on a bed) ; nisidana-'' ^ati (luamagamanarii) ^aih, 84,10 ("the mat and the sheet"), paccuggacchati, vb. (sa, praty- go to paccanta, mfn, ha. pratyanta) ud-Vgam) to go out (towards), [w, dat, yuddhaya, bordering on; n. ^aiii (nagaram, meet \pr.l.sg. ,>^ami "frontier fort") Dh.316; comp. "-gatna, to battle) 104,4; ger, /^gantva, 83,6. m. & "-ganiaka, m. a border-village, paccuttheti [or paccutthati], vb, (sa. praty-ut-y'stha) to rise, arise; 38,29. 14,9; *'-bhumi, f. a bordering ger. /^tthaya, 68,9. country, ace. rviiii, 43,13 ; "-simato, dawn, abl. from the frontier, 43, u. {cp, paccusa, m. (sa. pratyusha) daybreak; "-kiile (loc.) at dawn, 81 ma, /".) 12,8; paccantima, nifn, (sa, pratyan- "-samayaiii (aec.) & "-samaye (loc) id. 68;8, 86,97, tima) = prcc. ; n. rvaih (nagarnm) 90,31. pacceti, vb. (sa. praty-(a-)\/i) paccaya, m. (sa. pratyaya) ') to go back, return; to fall back (upon, belief, trust, confidence; ^) requisite, acc); pr, 3. sg. means, help, reliance; acc. pi, i^e, scanned : pa(i-eti) Dh. 125. adv, prp. 102,8; gilana-** -bliesajja, 97,8 (v. /(.); *pacchato, (& w, gen,) "-dayaka, m, "one who gives the re- (abl. fr.sa. paQca); behind; 83,32 (opp. liances (to the priests)", pi. ,^a, 102,8; purato); Dh. 348 (opp. pure); tesara ') cause or concurrent occasion (cp. (x- agamilsi, 33,7; o^ nisinnara, 46,2; ». kassaci lietu); vinasa-", 34,24 (q. v.); abl, anagamanabhavaiu natva, ])accaya (e. c.) :=: depending on, on "having observed that nobody pursued account of, avijja-" [etc.] 66,e e/c, them", 40,11. cp, next, cakkhu-samphassa-'*, 70,27 (q, v,); pacclia, adv, (sa, patjcat) *) be- hind; a-para-ppaccaya, mfn. {v, /«.) cp. pa- Dh.421 (opp, pure); cp.paccha- tic':a; Waddel^ Lamaisn bahaiii. etc.\ — -) afterwards; ^ janiS' , p. 118. sami, 15,27; rw pivissatni, 35,3o; pa jcavekkhati, vb, (sa. praty- 22,32; 66,3; ava-yiksh) to look at, consider, con- 113,19; paccha-bhattam (v. /».), cp. paccliima. template; part, gen, m. ,%^antassa *paccha-baham, adv. (yathaviditarii bhumim) 69,33. (fr. baha or = paccha-baddham?) with the paccassosum, aor, 3, pi., v, hands tied behind the back; r^ ban- putiMiniiti. dhitva, 39,31. paccagacchati, vb. (sa. praty- *paccha-bhattam, adv,^ after a- /gam) to come back again, return; the meal, in the afternoon; 86, .1. ao". 3, sg. ,-^agairi, 25,13; 3. pi, »^a- *paccha-vamanaka-dhatuka, gamiihsu, 40,i2. •'.i5,27. :p, next. mfn, deformed behind; m, r>.,Q, 24,94 paccagan.ana, «. (sa. pratya- (cp. dhatu & dhatuka). gamana) coming back; na ''-ttlianam, *paccha - vippatisarin, mfn. ;; U9 pancangulika feeling regret or remorse afterwards; creatures, men, people; nom, t^a,, Dh. m. pi. o^ino, 79,18. 85. 264. 342; acc. ,^itm, Dh. 28; pacchaya, f. (sa. pracchaya, n.f loc. ~aya, 78,i6. cp. pajapati. cp. chaya) a shadowy place; loc, *pajana, mfn. {nom. ag. fr. next) .v-ayaiii, 7 6,3s. possesseil of knowledge; siimmappa- "'pacchasana, n. a back seat (on jana, mfn. Dh. 20 {v. h.) cp. panna. an elephant); loc, o^e (hatthipitthe) pajanati, vb. {sa. pra-y'jiia) to 45,3a. know, understand, perceive (acc); pr. paccha-samana, m. [sa. pa^cac- 3. sg. ->./ati (sahetudhammaih) 66,21; cliramana) a junior Buddhist monk 71,16; Dh. 402 (dukkhassa khayam); who accompanies a senior monk, walk- pass, pannayati, caus. pafinapeti {q. ing behind him at sorae distance; an V.) cp. pajana, panna, paiina etc, attendant priest; ace, r>^aii], 82,26; pajapati, m. {f. rJi) {sa. praja- instr. o^ena, 70,io. 83,i. pati) lord, husband {f. lady, wife); *pacchi, f, {cp. sa. pra^na, m. «N/i-nadayam, the heart of a wife, (?) & pastya (Tr.); Prakr. pacclii. 64,18; — sa-pajapatika, mfn. being cp. Pischcl, Gr. § 293) a basket; together with one's wife or husband; loc. «N/iyarh, 60,85; puppha-°, flower- m. r^o (kumbhilo) 2,86. - Pajapati, basket, instr. >x/iya, 49,36; loc, 50,4. f.nom.pr., v. Mahapajapati Gotami. - kacavara-chaddana-o, 48,s4 (v. ka- pajjalita, mfn, {pp, pajjalati, cavara). — tasara-", 87,87 {v. /».). pra-\/jval, sa. prajvalita) flaming, pacchindati, v&. (sa. pra-y^chid) blazing, burning; loc. /^*i sati (nic- to cut off, break off, discontinue, leave caiii, "as [this world] is always burn- (flcc); ger, .^.-itva (abararii) 46,*. — ing") Dh. 146 ; "-aggikkhatidha, m. pass, pacchijjati, to cease ; aor. 3. sg, 26,3 {v. h). pacchijji, 42,3o. pajjota. Ml. {sa. pradyota) light, pacchima, mfn. {sa. pa^cinia, flame, fire; gen. ^./asst'va nibbanam, cp. paccba) ^) being behind or at the 80,35 ("even as a flame dies away"); back of; "-pehe {loc.) behind the house, tela-", m. {v, h.). 12,13; "-dvareva {instr,), by the back- pajjhayati, vb. {sa. pra-\/dhyai, door, ib.; o-padehi {instr.pl.) "in his cp. jhayati*) to muse, mourn, to be hind feet", 24,J6. — *) last, latest; f. ,^5 afflicted; part,m.r^&nto (parajito viya (vaca Tathagatassa) 80,s; loc. m, dukkhi duoimano) 2,u. ^e (kale) 86,i8; (yame) 99,»3; °-vifi- pafica, num. (== sa.) five; nom, - nana-sariipaha (q. v.) 99,86. ') western acc, o^a, 82, 10; 67, 11 (pailc' upada- nivarane); ace, f. /^aih (disam) 95,8. nakkhandha); 91,6 (~ ^ *pacchimaka, mfn. {fr, prec.) {sell, sailge) Dli. 370 {cp. panca- back, last; m, <^o (l)hikkhu) 79,33. saiigfitiga) ; instr. {abl.) /^abi (kama- pajahati, vb. {sa. pra-yha) to gunehi) 67,85; gen. {dat.) (^.-annarii leave, abandon, give up, eschew (acc); (mahanadinam) 72,87; (bhikkliu-sata- fut. 2. pi, pahassatha (metri causa nara, cp. pancasata) 79,33; loc. /x/asu /N.-a, B. jahissatha) to get rid of, (silesu, q. v.) 7,84; ((hanesu) 60,86; overcome (dukkhaih) Dh. 144; inf. •) — comp. panca-vanna-, of five colours, pabatum (yasaifa) 64,3.1; '') pahatave 4,9. 62,18 ; "-sugandhika-parivara, mfn, (in order to escape, niaradheyyam) 41,13 (v. /».) cp. next etc., pannasa, Dh. 34; ger. ») pahaya, 9,4 (tarn); pannarasa & pannarasa. {=sa.) having 43,4; 91,6 (pafica nivarane) ; Dh. 329 pailcaQgika, mfn, five '») pahatvana, Dh. 243. 416; pp, parts, five-fold; <*-baDdb&na, n, pahina (v. h.) cp, pahana. 23,81. race; ""paficafigulika (or paftcaflgula, paja, f. (»a. praja) offspring, ; paSoama 160 (suvanna-"); .N/li), n. {cp. sa. paflcangula & -vli) loc. ^e, 18,86. 46,80 ; 18,t4 a chariot, 'a mark of five fingers', *) an ornament — *ratha-', n. the body of a window, in tlie sliape of n spread hand used an «^ara, 98,5; - *8iha-», n. a symbol to avert misfortune; gandba- loc. /v-e, 46,1. wise, pf^ncafigulikaii (aec.) "perfumed gar* panna, mfn. (sa. prajna) intelligent; ace. m. -^/am, laads with fivo sprcys", 37, i (cp. .ffit, prudent, (q.v.) cp, III 303,»i; III 23,80 & 160,a; IV Dh. 208; nikati-o, mfn. pafifiii, lo3,s7; Vin. II 123,18); - *>) an a-panfia, duppafifia & f. iniiuKurul murk (oomt^Rting of perfumed pafifiatta, mfn, (pp. paftflapeti. '"'*'^« KurliindH) tu be placed on tliii neck sa! i)rajilnpta, caun. pra-VJ'"0 prepared, of tlie victim; avc, ^aih, 16, ss {cp, known, ordered, appointed; Jat, I 192,d). [Morris, JPTH. 1884 arranged, laid down; m. <%^o (dham- p. 84; .lat. transl. by House, II p. 72; mo ca vinayo ca desito -%/) 79,5; 81, is; loc. 8BE. XX p. 116.] n, ,>^am (sikkhapadam) pancaraa, mfn. (= sa.) the fifth; f>^e (asane) 68,u; yathapannattara 84,i7 ("how it ace. f. rt^aiii (gaharii) 64,28; nom. f. (bhumniattharanam) ^i (sena) 103,!'; loc. r^e (i. e. in was spread out"). the fifth cliapter of Upasaka>vagga of paiinatti, f (sa. prajfiapti) ') the AW) 91,19; veyyaggha-^ Dh. 296 declaration, ordinance; ^) name, desig- iy.h). nation; nom. rvi (synon. voharo) 97,2. "^panca-vaggiya, mfn. {cp, sa. — puggala-" (v. /*.). piinca-varga) beionging to a group pannapeti, vb, = pannapeti of five; ace. m. pi, o.e (bhikkhu) the (q. v.). five monks («'. e, Kondanaa, Vappa, pannavat & panfiavanta, mfn, Bhaddiya, Mahunama & Assaji, Vin. V, pannavat I 12-13; Jut. I p 82) 66,84. panna, f. (sa. prajfia) wisdom, paficn -visati, num. {sa, pafica- intelligence, knowledge, understanding; virhcati) 25; "-visatima. mfn. the 26"', nom. ^vi, 5i,8. 103,10 ; Dh. 372; imtr. f». ^o (vRggo) Dh. XXV. ~aya, 91,84. 104,6, 107,u = Dh. 277; *pai'ica-safigatiga,m/'n.,"e8caped gen. o^aya, 91,7. Dh. 280 (rnaggara, fiom the five fett«-s", »t. «.o, Dh, 370; "the way to knowledge"); — "-cakkhu, V, saiiga .^ atigu. M. (q. v.). — *''-pasada, m. 'palace of pafica-sata. m((»i., mfn.pl. (sa. wisdom', aec. ^aih (aruyha, "climbing pinca-cjata) 500; wi. pi, ^a, 21, J8. tlie terraced heights of wisdom") Dh. 32,15; ace. ^e, 21,22; f. /vS, 21,8i; 28; - *''-avudha, n. (v. avudha); — instr. .^ehi (therein) 109,i2; gen. "-sila-samahita. mfn. rich in knowledge »>^auaih, 109,b; comp. ^-niiga-parivara, and virtue, ace. m. .-waiii, Dh. 229; mfn. 5,89; sata is often separated from — '"-samkhata, mfn, named paiina, panca, forming the last part of a subst, instr. f. ^aya (medhaya) 91,27. — camp.., panca-jati-satani (n.pl.) 17, lo; gambhira-panna. mfn.^ maha-paiina, pauCasu attabliava-satesu (loc.) 17,?; mfn. (q. v.), sammappanna, f. (v. pancannaiii bhikkhu-satanam (gen.) sain ma) cp. paiina, mfn. etc, 79,33. - panca-satima, mfn. the SOO"* pannapeti (& pannapeti) vb. i«. <^o, 1 7,8. (caus. pajanati, pra-Y/jna, sa. pra- - *p a fi c a 11 a n t a r i y a k a ra m a , «., .liiapayati & prajnapayati) to make V. Snantariya. known, declare, prescribe; designate, paucayudho, n. (= sa.) five predicate; to prepare, arrange, lay sorts of weapon; naddha-", mfn., v. down (aec. as a seat, carpet etc.); pr, ayudlia. 1. sg. /v^apemi (nigb.ataiii, q. v.) 92,sa; panjara, n, (£ m.) (=,sa.) a cage; yena rupena Tathagataih ^apaya- 161 patiganlmti mano {part. med. m.) pannapeyya dvandva comp, like vatta-pativatta {pot. 3. sg.) "all form by which one (g. V, ep. anu). Before the vowels a, could predicate the existence of the U, e, it is always contracted to Baint", 95,10; ger, ,N>etva (asanarh) pace- (f. above), which still some- 22,88; (dibbasayanam) 61,i6; grd. n. times may be metrically equivalent to (N^etabbaih (asanaifa) 82,io; pp, pan- pati, Dh. 126 ; pacceti = pati-eti. flatta (3. v.). *patikujj eti, vh, (denom. fr, pannayati, vb. (pass, pajanati) *patikuija, mfn. (sa. *prati-kubja) *) to be known or seen, to be visible, lying flat with the face downwards, appear, look like; pr. 3. sg, 63,13. pp. --..-ita, bowing, »«. r>,o (pa^isakki) paiinavai (or pafiuava<) & pan- 77,8; (cp. Mil. 297,iR : patikutati). fiavanta (or pannavanta). mfn. (sa.- pa^ikkamati, vb. (sa. prati- prajnavat) wise, intelligent; nom. m. Y^kraiii) to retire, turn back; imp. 3. .^va (-a-) 99,9; pi. m. ^anto (pakkbi) sg, .x/atu, 76,95; aor, 3. sg. /vami, — gen, m. 11,1 1; ^antassa, Db. Ill; 29,96. 62,90 ; ger, a-pa^ikkamitva, 30,6; gen. pi. »N/antanam, 57,6, pp. m. paiikkanto (pindapata-", q. p an n a s a (lii) , num. {sa. pafica^at) V.) 86,6. 60; n, a collection of 50 suttas in the patikkilla(& patikiila) mfn. (sa. Majjliima-Nikaya; pafinasaka, mfn. pratikilla) 'against the bank', contrary, (sa. paricapaka) divided into paBDusas disagreeable; instr, n, »/ena (a-sucina) (as M. N.) ; vagfja-pafiiiasakam (8ad- 62,85. The form with 'kk' relates to dbammaiii, ace.) according to vaggas sa. *prati-k\ila, cp, Kuhn, Beitr, and panSusas, 110,9. p. 19, d. pafiha, »». c& w. (sa. pragna, »i.) *patikko8ati, vb. (sa, prati- a question; nom. ^0 (maya pucchita-**) ykruij) to contradict, reject (occ); 88,11; aec. pa^a, m. & n, (== sa.) a sort of ^itva, 46,15; pp. patikkhitta, f. /^a cloth, dress; **'-sani, f. a curtain, veil (pi puna nibandbi) 64,i. cp. next. or screen of fine cloth, instr. r^iyS, *patikkbipana, n. (cp. sa. pra- (parikkhepo pan'assa >v ahosi) 37,8. tiksbepana) refusing, rejection; nom, cp. patta. /waii], 56,83. pa(ala, n. (= sa.) a layer, cover, ""patigacca, indecl, only in the membrane; a heap, mass; madhu-", phrase pa^igacc'eva, previously, 67,86 a honey-comb, 38,84 (nimmakkbika- ({. e. "sooner than usual"); pa^igaoca luadbupatala-sadisaih). (ger.) derives from sa. pratikaroti pa^i, indecl. (= pati, 3. v.; sa. (y/kj; the Birman spelling is often prati) prp. (w. ace, cp. pa(i-lomam, patikacc'eva) = 'to provide against pa^i-vataiii) & prefix to verbs and future events', Tr. Mil. p. 421-22. nouns implying 'towards, near to, pafiganbati (& -ganbati), vb. to take, receive, against, back, in return' etc. ; it is also (sa. prati-\/grah) used distributively, esp. inserted in accept (ace); pr, 3. pi, «s/anti (pati-", ; pBtiggahana 152 42,». 47,»i; C; pati-« B.) Dh. 220; imp. 3. sg. 9,14; (rajanaih rajjaifa) r\,dX\x (accayam accayato, v. accaya^ (amacce rajjam) 43,n. vb. (sa. prati-\/jagr) 75,88 ; pot. 3. sg. /vcyya (rajanaifa) patijaggati, look after; •)8,«5; ger. patiggahetva (with the 'g' to watch over, take care of, be doubled before the weak form of the to feed (acc); intr. to be awake, (uyyanam) root) 82,21. 109,81} grd. n. ^ggahe- watchful; pr. 3. pi. «^anti 20,io; pot. tabbain, 82,8i. cp. next, 37,15; part. med. f. .^niana. aor. patiggahana, n. {sa. pratigra- 3. sg. ^eyya, Dh. 157 {intr.); hana) accepting; abl. ^v-a (jatarupa- 3. sg. patijaggi, 9,io; 3. pi. -^imsu rajata-") 81,26. (tam, phalaphalena) 18,i5. - cans. II. carefully paticodeti, vb. {sa. prati-\/cud, *patijaggapeti, to cause to be sg. /^esi cans. /v.codayati) to exhort, admonish, tended (or fed ; acc.) ; aor. 3. ambam) 38,4. cp.next. reprove (ace.) ; imp. 2. pi. /^etha (gandhodakehi (nianusse) 73,3a. patijaggana, n. {sa. pratijaga- to; 1 c '{prig, ger, from rana) watching over, attending p a 1 c a , prp. prati-yi) resulting from, depending *8arira-'', n. care of the body (washing on, on account of (w, ace); kim .^, one's self, etc., cp. sa. garira-cinta) 94,33; isBih [etc.] . . paticca • . ratho acc. «.am (katva) 85,i. ti , . namarii pavattati, "the word *patijanapeti, vb. {caus. pa^i- 'ratha' is but a name for pole" [etc.] janati, sa. prati-\/jiia) to cause to 98,88. - "-samuppada, m. 'origination consent (promise or believe, occ); by dependent?', the Buddhist chain of ger. ^etva (rajanaih, "make him be- ciusation, or the formula explaining lieve it") 46,24 {cp. Dhpd. (1855) p. the Iwelve causes of existence, begin- 164,2 fr.b,)._ ning with a-vijja (v. 66,6 etc.); ace, patifiiia, f. {sa. pratijiia) promise, ~am, 66,5. cp, paccaya. agreement; acc, ,^am, 8,3. paticchati, vh. {sa. prati-yish) pa^idanda, m. {sa. prati-danda, to take, receive {ace); inf. ^.ituih tnfn.) retribution; pi, ,y.E ("blows for (etam, aihsena, v. amsa) 24,s5j cans. blows") Dh. 133. V. paticcliapeti. patinivattati, vb. (sa. prati-ni- paticchanna, wfn. {pp. pati- ^/vrt) to return; aor. 3, sg. ^vatti, cohadeti; sa. praticchanna) covered, ger. 63,18 ; /^itva, 63, i4. hidden, concealed; protected; n. /x/arii, patinivasana, n. (sa. pratiniva- what has been hidden, 69,16 ; loc. /^^e Bana) a kind of garment, a second (thane, a secluJed or private place) under-garment (used only as a house- dress); 33,31 ; paticcl anna-tthiine, 36, u. 54,i3; acc. owara, 82,2i {cp. SBE. a-ppaiicchar;na, 8U-paticchanna,»i/'n. XII], p. 156). {v.h.). pa^inissagga, M». {sa. prati-ni/i- pa^iccliade:i, vb. {sa. prati- sarga) giving up, abandonment, doing ychad, r».ccbadayati) to cover, con« away with; noni. ^o (tanhaya) 67, le; ceal (ace), to hid or cover one's self; abl, ^a, 94,12; adana-", m, {q. v.). part, instr. m. ^eiitena (timandalam) patipajjati, vb. {sa. prati-^/pad, 82,27; fi(t. 1, pi. rvessiima (-papa- (N^padyate) *) to go to, arrive at, reach kawniam) 73,2?; ger. ^etva (roliita- to walk on a path (acc); aor. 3. sg. macche valikava) 14,34; 20,io. 83,32. -^pajji (lam €va maggam) 66,2; 76,i7; *paticchapeti , vh.[caus. II. pati- imp. i>. pi. ^atha. (etarii maggam) Dh. cchati) to deliver over, to charge with, «i. 274 ; pp. patipanno (imam racchaih) i'ltiust to {w. double ace); ger. ,>^etva 76,13; m, pi. ^a, Dh. 275. - 2) to (brahmanim sukapotake, "leaving his undertake, take upon one's self (acc); wife in charge the of young parrots") imp. 2. sg. patipajja (rajjam) 45,6. - ; 163 patiyadeti ') to proceed or deal with (loc.)', to patibala, mfn. (sa, pratibala) behave ; ger. r^itva (bhatte pi tath'eva) able to (inf.), competent; m. pi. ^a, 57,27; ffrd. n. -N^itahbarii (katharii nu 76,11 ; m, instr, />.,ena (bhikkbuna) kho maya «%/, "now what am I to 81,10. do?") 81,15, - caws, patipadeti {q. v.) *patibaheti, vb. (caits. *pati- cp. next, bahati; sa. prati-y'vrh, cp. prati- patipada, f. {sa. pratipada) the ybadh) to repel, dislodge (acc); grd. path to be walked ; nom. ^ti (majjhima, m. pi. rwetabba (nava bhikkhu; the middle path) 66,89; (dukkhaniro- asanena, with regard to their seats) dhagamini, q. v.) 67, 17; loc. .v-aya, 83,34. 79,18 (the right path, the right course pa^ibujjhati, vb, (sa, prati- of conduct, synon, w, magga (?) or ybudh) to awake; ger, (vitva, 67,88, = the first steps on the right path (?)). ""pa^ibhaga, mfn. (sa, *prati- pa^ipanna, mfn. (pp, prati-\/paa) bhaga) like, equal to; m, pendant, V. patipajjati. counterpart; Eravana-", mfn. equal pa^ipati, f. (sa. prati-pati, cp. to £., gen, m. ^assa, 45,8i; kancana- paripati) order, row; instr, (or loc.) riipaka-*', mfn. like a golden statue, ^iya, "in B row", 34,3a. gen. pi. />.^anam, 47,i4. *patipada(ka), m. (sa. *prati- patibhana, n, (sa, pratibliana) pada) that which supports the bed- intelligence, sagacity, presence of mind, stead; manca-patipadaka. /)?, ("sup- readiness of speech; *panha-'*, n. a porters of the bed") 84,i4. difficult or intricate question, pi, rvani, patipadeti, vb.{caus. patipajjati, 98,33. sa. pratipadayati) to cause one (ace.) pa^ibhanavai, mfn, (sa. prati- to go on a road or in a certain direc- bbanavat) endowed with intelligence tion {acc.)\. imp. 2. pi. o/etba (ha- & presence of mind, quick-witted; m, tthirii, imam racchara) 76,i4 ; aor, 3. rvva (Vaflgiso) 109,8. pi. o^esuih, 76,19. paiimandita, mfn, (sa, prati- *patipuggala, m. (sa. *prati- mandita) decorated, adorned; f, pi, pudgala) one who is equal to -another, f^a, (sabbalaiiikara-") 64,29. a rival ; a-ppa^ipuggala, mfn. unequal- *patima8ati, vb. (sa. *prati- led, 80,24. y'mrQ, cp. pari-y/mrc) to examine, pa^ipucchati, vb, (sa. prati- explore; pot. 2. (3.) sg. (?) pa^iniase yprach) to inquire, ask in return (sa. *prati-marQes>"mr5e8) Dh. 379; ' (ace); ftit. 1. sg. o^issami (tam yeva) cp. Pischel, Gr. § 486 (samphase); 94,28; inf. o^itum (Bhagavantaiii) Dhpd. (1856) p. 424; Childers & Ed. 79,20. Muller take it for imp. 2. sg. from *patippassambhati, vb. (sa. caus, *pa(iinaseti (not yet traced in *prati-pra-v'5rambh) to cease, to be Pali). dissolved or dispersed; cai 64,se; pi. »^5. (aflfiamailflnih) 19,i«; >x pa);ilabhati 154 prati-v/sfP) ready (bcc); get. /N^etva (bhojaniyam> patisakkati, vh. (sa. aor, 8. sg, patl- 22,s8; grd. t;. yvrt) to overturn, subvert; inf. ^etuih, 109,90. The four pa^isambhidus are : 1 grd. v. attlia-", dbaiuma-", nirutti-", pa^i- 10,10 ; pativattiyn, u-ppu^i* vattiya, nifn. bbana-", i. e, expertness in the Bud- pativadati, vb. (sa. prati-\/vad) dhist theory and practice, etymology, to answer, reply; pot. 3. pi. o^eyyu and dialectics, Mil. 339,7-6; cp. Chil- (taiil, 'will answer thee in the same ders sub voce. way') Dh. 133. patisammodati, vb. (sa. prati* pativasati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/vas) Sam-Y/mud) to exchange friendly greet* to live, dwell; pr. 3. pi. ^&nt\,, 59,24. ings, to return one's greeting; aor, 3, pativatam, adv. (sa. prativatam) sg, rvDiodi, 96,27. against the wind; />^am (kbitto) Dh. patisameti, vh, (caus, prati- 125; ^ani (eti) Dh. 64. \/Qain) to arrange, put in order; to pativedeti,t)i*. (cans. prati-\/vid) put by, keep aafe, lay away (acc); to make know>], announce; uor. .3, sg, grd. n, <%^etabbam. 82,22. ->,esi (Bodhisattassa) 6i),5. pa^isunati, vh. (sa, prati-Y/^ru) patisaiiiyutta. mfn. (sa. prati- to promise, assent (gen.)\ aor, 3, sg. sam-yukta) connected with, concerning; paccassosi (Bbagavato), 77, is; 3, pi, resulting from; inst)'. f. o^aya (nib- ^osurii (Devadattassa) 76,i5; ger. ») b-lna-") 71,22; acc, m. ^aiii (vacisu- pa^issulva, 78,io-i8; •>) pa^isunitva carita-o) 86,8 (sadbu'ti) 16, 2o. 63,3; pp. n. patisu- pati.ta rii vediH, mfn. (sa. prati- tam (tuinbebi maybaiii sabassaiii) Bamvedin) feeling, experiencing; nom, 22,31. m. -wi (vinmtti-sukba-'*, "experiencing patisedba, m. (sa. pratisbedha) the bliss of emancipation") 66,4. prohibition, denial; loc. r^e (nipato, 165 pandicca "iua"ti, a particle implying prohibi- (gatham) 8,20; pathama-jjhana, n, tion) 85,33. 80,3 (opp, dutiya etc); pathama- patisedhana, n, (so, pratishe- kappa & -kappika (v. h.)\ paihama- dhana) warding off, warning against; gaiuta (m.pl.) "others already caught", phala-patisedhana-mukhena pi hetum 21,14-19; — at'c. w. /varii (adv.) B.t first, eva patisedheti, by warning against for the first time, 4,i9. 12, i«. 15,9. the results he even warns against the 18,93. 69,21, 102,14. Dh. 158; ^am cause. 86,4. eva (op^, paccha) 35,3e; 102, 11 (first patisedheti, vb, {caits, prati- of all). — ^) comp. = just, newly; \/sidh) to prevent, prohibit, warn *pathamabhisainbuddha, mfn. having against (ace.) pr. 3, sg. just attained Buddhaship, m. ; -^eti (hetura) »,/0, 66,3; 86,4, cp. patisedha, ^vsedhana, *pathamuggata, wi/n., newly-blown, pa^isevati (&patisevati, q.v.) m, 1^0 (kaliro) 47,9. v&. (so. prati-^/sev) to practise, pursue; patliamaka, mfn, (sa, pratha- feel, undergo, suffer (ace); pr. 8. sg, makaj = prcc,\ "-bhanavara, n, (v, /N^ati (vipakam) Dh. 67. h,) Dh. I-XIV. patissutva, ger,, v, patisunati. patbaiiiataraiii, adv. (sa, pra- paiiliafiflati, vb, {pass, pa^i- tbamatarain) before, first (of two) banti, sa. prati-Y/han) to knock to. 83,» = 84,1-4. gether, strike against {loc.)\ ^er.^^^itva patbavi (or pathavi [putbuvi, (veraakotiyara), 89,d. /-».'avi]), f. {sa, pj-tbivi) the earth; ace, patta, m. (= sa.) *) a tablet or ,x,im (maddanto) 28,i4; /N/irii (adhi- plate (of gold etc. for writing or pain- sessati) 107,r = Dh. 41 gen. (or ; ting upon); kancana-pa^ta-sadisa, loc.) '>^iya, Dh, 173 (patbavya); pa- mfn. 46,31 (3. v,) — 2) a strip or slip thavi-tale (on dry land) 28,7; *pa- of cloth (cp, pata); sumana-pat^a- thavi-tthita, mfn. living on the earth, vitana, mn. 65,i8 (q. v.). m, pi. ^a, (earthly beings) 110,u; pAi/Xana,, n. (sa. pattana&pattana) *pathavi-sama, mfn, like the earth, a port, seaport; ace, ^avi (Bharu- m, 0./O, Dh. 95. kaccha-") 26,i9; *''-gama, m, a sea- panameti, vb. (caus. pra-\/nani) port-town, /^o. 24,10. to bend forwards, stretch out (aec,); patthana, n. (sa. prasthana) ger. ^.^etva (anjalim) 74,20, •) origin, cause; *sati-patthana, n. panihita, mfn. (sa. pra-nibita, (v. h.) — *) nam, pr. name of the pp. pra-ni-v/dha) lajd on, applied; seventh (laut) hook (pakarana) of miorha-**, mfn, wrongly directed, n. Abhidharomapi^aka, also called Malia- ovarii (cittam), Dh. 42; samma-", pakarana, 102,ii. mfn, well-directed, Dh. 43. paUhaya, prp, (ger. patiUhati, panita, mfn, (pp. paneti, sa, sa. prasthaya) beginning from, from pranitu) 'performed, firtished'; excellent; (w. abl,)\ •) (ivara-gamato p., 19,S3; m, ^0 (dbammo) 94,i6; n. /vam sisato p., 57,29; mulato p., 62,io; (kbadaniyam) 78,i. galato p., 85,30 ; - *") pathamakappi- paneti (& paneti), vb. (sa. pra- kato p., 4,10; tassa nikkhanta-kalato }/nl) 'to lead to', perform, execute, p., 9,15; dhammadesanaib suta-diva- apply (ace.); pr, 3. sg. ^eti (dandam sato p., 86,80 ; ito p., henceforth, 6,i6; garukam) Db. 310; pp. panita ito dani p., id. 39,8; tato p., thence- (v. h,). forth, 6,18. pandara, mfn. (sa. pandara) patbama, mfn. (sa. prathama) white, pale; instr. pi, n. r^ebi (-ke- *) foremost, first, former (cp. puriraa); sebi) 47,18. ace. n. (sa. panditya) erudi- f. o/S (sena) 103,js; f. rvam pandicca, \ pandita 156 where I use to tion; cleverneBB, skiU; inatr. >N/ena, patam'aham, Btanding 108,2«; 91,26. jump over, cp. oraparam) 20,i; loc. pandita, mfn. (= «a.) wise, in- part. m. «^anto (navaya) 39,io; part. med. telligent, clever; m. /vO, 57,38; gen. f. /^antiya (asaniya) (pittbiyaiii paha- .%.assa, 24,s2; m. pi. /x-a, 9,29; (w. ,^mana, loc. n. /x-e - 3. sg. -x-issati, loc. appamadamhi) Dh. 22; /". ~a, rasate) 55,i2; fut. kaye, acc. pi.) 5S,8j often e, c. ; sasa-pandito, 14,i8; 53,26; 112,20 (tesam 15,33; Supparaka-o, 25,:4; UpSli-», 109,7; 1. sg. -x-issami (angaragabbhe) (tassa - '•-dovarika, m. 9l,ss (q.v.); "-bhava, - aor. 3. sg. pati, 16,7. 89,6; 3. pi. m. cleverness, skill, gen. .^assa, 91,84; batthe, fell' to his share) 23,18; ®-mani«, mfn. out who thinks him- .-wimsu (poured down) 33,6; — perf. (kalam katva) 89,8 self wise, »(. ^i (balo) Dh, 63 ; *''-vagga, 3. sg, papata reading of the Colombo m. the sixth chapter of Dh. ; *<'-veda- [but here the aor. 3, sg, (from niya, tnfn. "intelligible only to the edition : papata, ought wise", m. ,>..o (dhammo) 94,8g; """-sam- papatati, q. v.) undoubtedly sugga, m. company or intercourse with to be preferred, because this formation v.-ise men, gen. -vassa, 29,8. is generally found elsewhere, e. g. pandu, mfn ^su. pandu) yellow, .Tat. VJ, 566,8 (= patita); Vin. Ill, pale, white; "-kambala, »n. a white 17,23 (cp. II. 126,3)]; - ger, ^itva, 49,s. - ~ita, ~a woollen blanket : "-silasanaiii, 15,8 {v. 13,20. 89,9; pp, i^- /(.}; "-palasfi, m. a withered leaf, nom. (asani), 17,22; acc. m. -^.am (capato tlie 1^0, Dh. 235; "-rofrn, m. jaundice : sararil, "sent from bow") Dh, <*-!.apaso, m. 35. i, *''-dhatuka. mfn. 320; - caits. pateti (q. v.) cp, patana, fcufiering from jaundice, 35, le. pata. pa-nna, n. (sa. parna) ') a leaf patana, n. {^= sa.) falling, ruin; (esp. betel leal); ace. j)Z. -^ani, 17,9i; ***-akara-ppatta, mfn. being on the of falling out, nimba-panna-", 37,88 (q.v.) ; "-safifia, point m.pl. ,%^a (danta) order H. pi. f. a aiark of leaves (tied up in 12,21; ^ani (akkhini) 50,i9; to indicate the boundary of a field), - geha-", 19,16 (3. v.). acc. rwarii, 8,8; *panna-bandhana- pataka (& pa^aka), f. (= 4a.) sanfii, n.'=panna-sann:"i-bandhana?) a flog, biiiiiier; dhaja-patakfldihi, tying up leaves, nom, r^aiii, 8,0; panna- 62,7 {cp. adi), t-alS, f. tt hut cf leavtes and grass, pati', »i. (= sa.) husband; lord, hermitage, acc, ^aiii 'laciitta-") 44,8o; master; nom, /N,i, 31,34. 64,i6; contp. v, loc, rvSya (by tlio hut) 35, u; acc.pl. gavampati, gubapati, ^^aliampati. ^ii, 34,83. Satta-", fiom. pr, {v. h.). pati*, indecl. {sa. prati) ') prp. — 2) a leaf for writing upon, a Utter; W. acc near to, towards; nadiiii a bond, deed of gift, donation; acc. Neraiijaram /v, 103,2; *) prefix to rwarii (pahesi) 36,S2 (cp. next), - ^) verbs & nouns, generally spelt pati- u feather, wing (only e. C.) V, supanna. {q, V,) cp. next etc, *pannakara, t«., a present, dona- patikafa, m. {sa, pratikara) re- tion; acc. ^arii, 58, 81-24; acc.pl. r>^e, ward, return, retribution; *a-ppati« 68,22. cp. panna -) & akara. karaka, mfn. {q. v.). Patanjali, m. (= sa.) nom, pr, pati^thati, vb. {sa. pra-\/8tba) of a philosopher (propounder of the to depart from, originate; ger, pa- Yoga philosophy); v, Piitafijali-. tthaya {prp. w. all.) v. h.; cans, pa- patati, vhi [si. \/pat) to lly, jump, tthupeti, to set forth, propound, ex" fall; to fall dowit (upon, loc. or acc.)\ plain ; cp. patthana, n. pr. 3. sg. /%.ati (dipake) 2,«3; 1. sg. patittbahati & patitthati, ^aini (yanih'okase tliatva orapararii vb. {sa. prati-v'stiia) to stand firm, 157 patti to be established; nor. 3. sg. ^^tliahi prati-y'i) pleased, glad; m.r^o (synon. (sotapattiphale) 89,3; (sakadajjami- 8umano) Dh, 68. phale) 29,17; 1. sg. -^tthahim (para- patoda, m. (sa. pratoda) a goad; kule) 108,29; - fut. 8. sg. •) ,>^ttha- cp. •'-patodam (w., "pole, axle [etc.] hissati, 87,s; ') rvtthissati (Lankayam and goad unitedly") 98,7; Matthi, mama sasanaih) I10,2i; - (/er. .^tthaya f. (sa. pratoda-yashti) "the goading- (sile. "standing fast in moral practice") stick", 98,6. 14,18; (rajje, "becaiuo king") 42,36; patta', n. (sa. pattra) a wing, - pp. .^tthita, m. ^0, 38,n (rajje), feather; a leaf; karavira-", n, (q. v.), 61,81 (gabbho kucchimhi), 95,34 (sare, instr. pi. ,^ehi (vajitara, kandaiix) "standing in its strength") ; su-pati- 92,i9j kumuda-patta-vanna, mfn, (v. tthita, mfn. (q, v.) - cans, patittha- h,); pokkhara-", w, a lotus leaf, loc, peti, to set or lay down, establish ,ve, Dh. 401, (occ); aor, 3. sg. i^esi (phalitam patta^, m, (sa. patra, n.) a vessel, ranno panimhi) 44,87; ^er. ^etva, pot, bowl, esp. the alms-bowl of a 22,9. 29,6; (rajanara pancasu silesu) Buddhist monk; nom. >vO, 82,86; acc 7,84; 17,38, 69,88. .^aih, 87,18; (amam) 104,6; instr. patiUba, f. {sa, pratishtha) ') -x/ena, 62,8; - *''-civara, n. bowl resting-place, support; acc. r^&m (la- and robe, 76, lo. 83,7; - *°-pariya- bhitvil, to get footing) 28,i3-i6; - panna, n. (v. h.). ^) security, refuae; nom, ,^a, 28,85, patta^ mfn. (pp. papunati; sa. patidissati, vb, (pass, patipas- prapta) *) pass, attained, reached, sati; so. prati-\/d]:(;) to appear (as), acquired; ^) act, one who has attained to look like; pr, 3. sg. o/ati (yatha to, reached, etc. (w, acc, or e. c, also aggiva suriyo va) 26,5 etc, used as finite tense); m. >vO (jatik- patimaneti, vb, (sa. prati-Y/man, kliayaih) Dh. 423; patto si nibbanam, cans.) to honour; to await, wait fur Dh. 134; f. ^a (Khuramala-sain- (acc); part.f, ^enti (tassagamanara) uddaifa) 26,82; n. ,>^am (vin.asam) 22,28. 34,9; tuyharii pattaih (pass, "the patirupa, tnfn. (sa. pratirupa) consequences of your own fortune") like, sioailar; suitable, fit; loc, n, -^e 6,35; gen. m. ^ass' (uttamavedanarii) ("what is proper") Dh. 158. 103,23; acc pi, m. patte (jivitakkha- patisevati (& patisevati, q. yaiii) 34,8; — comp. (mfn.) apaneta- V.) vb. (sa. prati-ysev) to practise, pur- bbiikara-ppatta, 45, 1; jara-**, 47, 15 sue (acc); part. m. ,-vanto (methuna- (t'. jara); danda-", 100,i5; dukkha-", dhammara, making love) 54,ii; aor. 3. 59,10 ; donianassa-", 13, e; patana- sg. ~8evi (asaddhammaih, id.) 62,39. kara-", 12,31 ; bala-", 80,35; rupa-", *pati88ata, mfn. (sa. *prati- 64,30 ; rupagga-", 49,i8; Jabhagga- smrta) recollecting, thoughtful; m.pl, yasagga-o, 18,i6; vajjha-o, 40,i4; <^a, Dh. 144. vaya-", 8,15; vara-**, 6,37; vesarajja-", patissaya, m. ') (sa. pratigraya) 69,13; vyasana-", 8,30; samvega-", refuge, house; **) (sa, praQraya) obe» 53,11; 6antasa-^ 86,ig; so(nanassa-^ dience, respect; v, next. 15,89; hattha-", 67,8o; - *patta- patissava, m. (sa. prati^rava, dbamina, mfn. "having mastered the l/^ru) obedience, respect ; *a-ppati8ava, truth", m. <%/0, 69,18; *''-pati8ambbida, mfn, (also ipelt a*ppati88aya and some- 109,80 («. h.); a-ppatta, mfn, (q. v,), times shortened to a>ppati88a) dis- patti, f, (sa, prapti) acquiring, respectful; hence ^a-ppatissavasa, m. gain; share, part, portion; acc, /^-im BDarcby, 10,8i. (attana . . . bbaTita-bhavanaya, etassa patita, mfn. (sa. pratita, pp. dammi) 29,8; dat, >viya (yogakkbe- pattbadd'^a 168 clever, ma&sa, "for tb« sakn of acquiring") shina) 'moving to the right*; (conatr. 103,8. good, auspicious; ^am, indecl. persons or pattbaddha, mfn. (sa. prastab- w. karoti, to walk round the right side towards dha) stark, stiff (as a pillar) ; instr, objects, keeping to salute tn. ^ena (kayena) 76,i7. them as token of respect, (a patthayati,v6. {sa, prarthayate) respectfully (ace); to go round to wish, desire (^acn.y^ pr. 2. sg. /^asi city, ace.) in procession; />/aih katva (atlia ce /%^asi, if you like) 104,2ii (matu 8ayanam)61,si; (Bhagavantam etc.; part. med. m. /v/inano (tava abhivadetva) 70,i2; .^am kuruma- hadayamarasarii) 3,i8; pi. ,x,inaDa nassa (nagaram) 64,i«; /x-am akasi (vaddhim) "seeking gain", 34,i8. (do.) 46,38. pattharati, vh. {sa. pra-\/8tr) pad ad a ti, v. padeti. to spread, extend (trans. & intr., tv. padara, mn. (sa. pradara) ^) tn. — ace); ger, ^itva (sakalanagararii, 'splitting', a cleft (in the earth); "through the whola town") 65,84. *) w. a piece of wood, a plank; nom. patva, ger., v. papunati. pi. ^ani,. 28,30. vb, path a (or pattha, q. v.), m. (= padeti (padilti & padadati) sa.) road, path, way; loc. ^^e, 31,84; (sa. pra-\/da) to give away (ace); maha-o ("on the highway") L)b. 58; ftit. 3. sg. padassati (uttamattham conip, V. ""anupariyaya-", adicca-", bhariya) 64,s9. kainma-°, thala-jala-". *dvedha-°, padipa, m. (sa. pradipa) a lamp, nakkhatta-o, sagga-", *hatthii-''. cp. light; nom, «^o, 99,28; 101,8; ace, pada, palipatlia, piltlieyya. r^&m, 99,18; "-aggi, «». & tela-", m, patliavi, f, (=^ pa^havi, q. v.) (v. h.). the earth; gen. ~vya, Dh. 178. padipeti, vb, (cans, sa, pra-di- pada, m. d n. (= sa., cp, pada) payati) to light, kindle (ace); pot. ')toot: V. catuppadr, »n., dipada, m. 3, sg. .%^eyya (padipam) 99,i8; pp, — *) step, footstsp, irace, track; ace, padipita, mfn. burning, shining; m. ^am (vaiiceti, q. v.) ]2,3o; uttinna-", ~o (sabbarattiiii) 99,24. lll,n (v.h.); pada i>&dam{abl.<&acc.) padu^tha, mfn. (sa. pradushta) "step by step", 104,n; instr. ^ena corrupt, wicked, malignant; instr, (kena, "by what track") Dh. 179; ~ena (manasa) Dh. 1 (opp, pasatina); *''-vaiaiija, m. footprint, ace, />.ara. a-ppaduttba, mfn. (q. v.) cp. dussati. 11,38. — ') way, path; position, stand- *padubbhati, vb. (sa, *pra- poitit; place, abode, home; nom, (n.) \/druli) to do wrong, offend, commit rvam (maccuno) Dh. 21; Dh. 93. treachery; ger. /vitvS (antopure) 38, it 254; ace. ^urii (8t\ntam = Nibbnna) (??. dublJbati). Db. 368 = anifttarii padarii, Dh. 114, pad u ma, n, (& m,) (sa. padma) cp, amata-pada {v. a-Duita) & a-pada, a lotuH; nom. .^aih (liutva) like a w/n. ; aosania-". w., jaiia-", mi., sagga-**, lotus, 23,81 ; 23,34; ace. /vaiii (seta-", n. [cp. sagga-patha) <,. v - *) a, word, a white lotus) 61, lo; panca-vaima-" verse (o!' quarter of a v?rse), sentence; (of five different colours) 4,9; *''-punja, «. idaiii nwani, 85,t; ace. ovarii (dub- m. a cluster of lotuses, loc, o^e, 16, c; bliaiitam) llO.iz; »f. p^ r^a (caturo, "-sara, mn, a lotua-lake, ace. rvaiii, saccaiiam ('. e. cattari ariyasaccani) 3,30. Db. 273; altha-o, n. {v. /-.):, gatha-O, padesa, nt. (sa. prade^a) *) spot, n. (v. gatlia); *dhania]a-", «., nirutti- place, region, district; nom. ^o (ja- pada-kovida, mfn., sanipunna-", gati-ppadeso) Dh. 127; ace, -^am, mfn., sikkha-", n, {v, h.). 43,18. Dh. 303; loc, ^e, 22,24; (Hi- padukkhina, Mfn, (sa. pradak- niavanta-") 1,2. 13,9; - *) extent, : 169 papatati distance; loc. .x/G (tigavuta-ppamane, in a second question : kim f^, 89,25; yojana-ppamane) 63,ss-28; yatha- ko -x/ ettha N., 97,3i; after a negative padese, adv. {cp, sa. yatha-pradeQam) sentence ; kilh />» (how much less) 74,28, all over, at all sides, 47, i; — ^) posi- cp. Pischel, Gr, § 342. tion, rank, order (?V, ace. ^aih (jati- panasa, »». (= sa.) the bread- gotta-kula-", q. v.) 43,3o; samana- fruit tree; instr. pi. /x/cbi, 2,io; amba- bal(adi)-'', mfn. having equal position panasadihi, 2,2o. with regard to military force e of (only c, c); solasa-vassa-'', mfn. Dh. 310 (v, ;».). about 16 years old, m, ^^o, 38,io. pant a, mfn, (sa. pranta) distant, cp, uddesika. secluded, solitary; n, (in the continuation of a tale) : 2,i9; papanca, m, (sa. prapanca) 2,s6 (tasmim <>/ kale, "now, at that abundance, diffuseness, error, vanity; time"); 10,3 etc. — *) but (adversative, this word may also often be translated often combined with other particles) by 'detriment, decay; delay, omission, l,3!i. 4,12. 8,8 (the preceeding sentence waste of time' etc, it is generally negative); 5,s. 50,22. 66,25 etc. Dh. explained in the commentaries by 252. 292; ca pana (but) 7,35. 71.i7; tanba- ditthi - mana-" ; *'>-a.bbirata, atha ca ~ (nevertheless) 3,*; na kho mfn, "delighting in vanity", w. pi. r^ai, pana (but certainly not) 7,8, 9,3i; Dh. 254; '"-samatikkanta, mfn. "who eva pana (on the contrary) 5,io; has overcome the host of evils", acc, corresponding with a preceeding eva • pi, m. -x/C, Dh, 195. - *Papanca- (it is true, no doubt . . , but, cp. siidani, f. nam. pr. of a commentary greek fiiv , , . di) : maranabbavam on Majjhima-nikaya by Buddhaghosa; eva janami [maranadivasam] pana specimen p. 61, na janami, 88,22-23 ; sometimes repeated *papatika, f. (rarely papatika) in both sentences : eva pana . . . pana ') a splinter, piece, fragment; nom, na, 2,8; - va pana (or else) 81,i7; cp. ; - *) the outer dry Dh. 42 (venva pana = veri va ~a (-t-) 76,1 bark of a tree, falling off in loose pana ?) ; — ') then ! (in interrogative sentences, often expressive of surprise): shreds; taca-", 96,s»-s8 (v, h,). kaham ~, 1,«6; kim /w, 44,*; aguna papatati, vb, (sa, pra-^pat) to pana kidisa, 44,5; katamo »/, 79,t8; fall off; pr. 3. pi, ».>anti (soka tamha) ) papatiki 160 pravrajana) 108,j; aor, 3. sg. papata (Ed. papata) pabbajana, ». (sa. life; a- 89,8 (v. patati). passing over to a religious a-pabba- *pnpatika, f, v. pnpatika. pabbajanattbaya, 47,5 (v. be jana). papata', pf, {fr. patati, to . . pabbajati) corrected to pipata, 39,8) v. papatati. pabbajita, «. {pp' Dh. papata*, w. {sa. prapata) a steep a monk (or hermit); .^0, 63,3*; rock, prtcipite; -vO, 27,7; loc. o/C 184; acc. /v-am, 63,so; instr. ^ena, m. (Siiieru-^) 69,86; "-sadisa, mfn. like 66,25; pi, ~a. Dh. 74; •'-guna, a wallj n. ^am, 27,,^. {q. v.). re- *papupphaka, n (sc. "pra-push- pabbajja, f. (sa, pravrajya) paka) 'flower-pointed', pi. the flower- tiring from the world, the ordination arrowg of Mfirft; pi. acc. ^ani, Db. of a layman wishing to become a ^.6 {dnai key.). Buddhist monk; acc. -^arii (iabheyya- pappotheti ((;«• papphoteti), vb. harii) 70.15; (yacitva) 89,i5; (isi-», (cans, pra-y'sphut) to beat, slap, shake q. v.) 34,38. 46,18; gen. {dat. & abl.) (as clothes, in order to dust theui, rwSya (namitacitto) 46,i8; (satim to .3ap the (^acc.) ger. karissati) 63,i8; (cittarii nami) acc. ; wings ; na ^etva (pakkhe) 12,?. 65,12; (antarayam, agarasma ana- piippoti, vb., V. papunati. gariyam) 68,4; - o-karana, n. & papphasa, «. {sa. pupphusa, ni. "-saiuaya, m. 45,9-i2 {v. h.); laddha- & jihupphusa, n.) the lungs; nom. pabbajjupasampada, mfn. {v. upa- ^aih, 82,-.. 97,21. sampada). *pabrillia, mfn. {cp. sa. badha, pabbata, m, {sa. parvata) a ybaihh) strong, sharp; f. ,>.a (vyadhi) mountain, hill, rock; nom. /^O (Hi- 78, 3i; j)l. ^K (vedana) 78,24; acc.m, mavanto) Dh. 304; acc, -x-ain, 16, is; rwaiii (abadham) 78,3o. gen. o^assa, 76,33; pi. r^^siai (with pabujjhati, vb. {sa. pra-Y/budh) neuter termination by attraction to the to wake up, nwake {Mr.); pr. 3. pi, foil, vanani (?) or adj. n. = sa. par- -M-anti, Dh. 296; f'tit. 3. sg. ^issati. vatani (?)) Dh. 188; gen. pi. ^anaih, 66,33; ger. ^itva, 36,i. 66,4. 89,6; Dh. 127; - *<'-kuta, m. a mountain- pp. pabuddha, f. r^a (devi. awoke) peak, pi, -^a, 76,3g; - *''-pada, m. 61,23. cp. su-pabuddham. adv, the foot of a mountain, >vO, 14,9; pabbaja, «i. (=^ babbaja, sa, loc. /^e. 84,31 ; - *°-ra8a, m, "the balbiija) u sort of coarse grass; *pab- essence of the mountain", acc, >varil, baja, tnfn. (= pabliaja-niaya) made 16,ig; Rajata-". Suvanna-", m, nom, of grass (hemp), n. ,^om (bandbanaih) pr. {q. v.). Dh. 345. cp.Welc; Ind. Sir. Ill, 394. pabbata-H'ia, nifn, {sd. par- pabbajati, vb. {sa. pra-\/vraj) vata-stba) i standing on a mountain; 'to go forth', esp, to leave the world m. ^0, Dh. 28 {opp. bhumattha). in order to become a hermit, or to pabbajeti, vb. {cans, pabbajati 1 «nter the order of Buddhist monks', sa. pravrajayati) ') to send or drive fi(t.3. sg. ^issati (agara nikkhamnia) away {acc.) Tfrom, abl.)\ part. nom. 61,33; 63, lo; inf. r».itiira, 46,3; comp. m. o-ajayarii (attano nialara) Dh.388; o^ilii-kama, tifn, "bmit on retiring aor, 3. sg. 161 pamuDcati (sa. prabhaflgura?) fragile, brittle; Dh. 292; *0-bandhu, m. "friend of frail! n, /^&m (idam rupam, var, the indolent" (». e. Mara) 103,i8 (voc), ~gurara) 107,7 = Dh. 148; - *pa- - *°-carin, mfn. (cp. sa. pramada- bhanguna, w. siibst. fragility; destroy- carin) acting in a careless manner, ing, destruction, ^ara (bhoganam) gen, m. /N.-ino, 107,89 = Dh. 334. - Dh. 139. a-ppamatta, mfn. (q. v.), pabha, f. (sa. prabha) light, pamathita, mfn. (pp. pra-\/math) splendour; instr. -^aya, 86,7; - pa- agitated; *vitakka-**, mfn. (q. v.). bhaiiikara, m. {sa. prabbakara) 'light- pamana, n. (sa. pramana) mea- maker', the Bun; epithet of Buddha; sure, size, extent, length, etc, e. c. (%^o (Buddho dhammaraja) 19,i; - (mfn.) : equal in extent to ; nom. /^am nippabha, mfn. (q. v.), (n'atthi gacchantanam, "there was no pabbata, mfn. (sa, prabhata) end to them") 9,ie; acc. o.-am (attano, begun to become light, loo, f. >^Sya na janasi, "you don't know your mea- (rattiya) "at daybreak", 42,i, - subst, sure") 9,98; instr. ^ena (tesaih, in n, = daybreak, morning. proportion to them) 57, n; comp, pabhSseti, vb, (caus., sa. pra- udaka-ppamana, n. 3,i; pasa^a-", n, -y/bnas) to illuminate, enlighten (ace); ib.; - assa-potaka-^ mfn., gala-', pr. 3. sg. ^eti (sabba disa; tassa mfn., gbata-", mfn., tavatimsa-deva- pabhaya = attano pabhaya V) 85,8; loka-°, mfn,, ti-gavuta-", mfn, & yo- (imam lokam) Dh. 172. jana-", mfn. (v. h.). pabhiuna, mfn. (sa. prabhinna, pamada, m. (sa, pramada) neg« pp. pra-^bhid) 'burst open', flowing ligence, carelessness, indolence; nom. with juice, esp. m. said of an elephant n^o (maccuno padam) Dh. 21; r^o in rut; *hattbi-prabbinna, ».. a furious rajo sabbada, >N/&nupatito rajo, indo- elephant, acc. rv&m, Dh. 326. cp. next, lence is always dirt (i, e, moral de- pabhedana, n, (sa. prabbedana, filement), dirt is the result of it (v, cp. prabheda) the flowing of juice anupatati), 108,8; instr. ^ena, Dh. from the temples of an elephant; '''ka- 167; <*-pamada-tihaDa (abl,) 81,i8 tuka-ppo, mfn. Dh. 324 (v, h.). (t>, thana ')). pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-\/mad) pamareti, vb, (sa, pra-marayati, to be careless, negligent, or idle; coMS. pra-\/mr) to strike one dead, trans, to neglect (acc); pr. 3. sg. to maltreat, hurt severely (acc); pot. 77,B (cp. Notes) ; Dh. Zl\\ pp. pamatta Vijaya-ppamukha, m. pi, "with V. at (q. «.) cp. pamada, m. their head", 110,30. 112,S7. cp, pa- pamajjati*, vb, (sa. pra-'y/mrj) mokkba. to sweep, rub, scour, wipe off (acc.) pamuccati, vb. (pass, pamu&- ; to stroke (along with the hand); ger. cati, q. v.). fJAsa. (hattbena civaravaihsam) 83,sr, pamufioati, vb. (sa, pra-'\/muo) grd. n. ^itabbam (udakam gattato) to liberate, send away, shake off (acc) ; i»,vi pr, 3. sg. fv&ti (pupphani, "sheds the 84,8 ; f. fJs. (bhitti) 84,so m. pi. (-kannabbaga) 84,i9. flowers") Dh. 377; - pass, pamuc- pamatta, mfn. (pp. pamajjati'; cati, to be delivered (from, abl.), Dh, sa, pramatta) careless, inattentive, 189. 192 = 107,22 (sabbadukkha); negligent, thoughtless, indolent; m, fut. pamokkhati, 3. pi. Fill Oloiitrjr, 11 pamudita 162 Qoke, 2. & 8, 8g, o/esi (main dukkhS) 108,it. 84 {opp. attahetu); toe. ^amhi n. - cp. duppamufica. mfn. opp. aamim) Dh. 168; - itutr, samayena) pamudita, mfn.. {pp. pamodati; {adv.) parena (= aparena pi. 50, pramudita) greatly delighted, afterwards, later on, 47,2i; - m. some- pleased; *'*-citta, mfn, greatly de- nom. pare (others, other people ; impious lighted in bis mind, m. <^0, 16,T. times pregnantly = bad or pameyya, mfn, (so. prameya) people) Dh. 6; acc. pare, 103,3o. measurable; v. a-ppameyya, mfn. 106,4. Dh. 267; gen. paresam, 8,5; pamokkhati, fut, pass., v. pa- 34,25 {opp. attana, cp.arinesam, 34,24); muflcati. 41,83 (paresam (= instr.) tava guna v., pamocei.i, v'!>. (cais. pamuncati, nata) ; - comp. "-santaka, mfn. {q. {v. q. li.). cp. corrections); - '-kula, «. h.); *o-du- pamodati, vb. (sa. pra-\/mud) o-kula, n. = "-lira, n. (g. v.) ; to be delighted, to rejoice greatly; kkh'upadhana, v. upadhana; Moka, pr. 3. sg, i^aXx, Dh. 16; pp. pamudita »»; another world, 106,15 (vitinna-°, (g. v.); cp. pamojja. q. v.); *"-vajjanupa88i»i, v. anupassin pamohana, n. (sa. pramoliana, {cp. vajja); para-paccaya, v. a-para- etc., r.below; mfn.) bewildernieni, delusion ; nom. paccaya; *para-ppavada ~am (Marassa) Bh. 274. in '^omp. with words beginning with payati, vb. (sa. pra-.\/}a) to go U the final a drops and the u is length- forth, set out, advance, proceed; aor. ened, V. parupakkania, parupaghati«. 3. sg, piTyasi (j!. attgm.) 6,i. 34,4. — '') higher, superior; highest, supreme; 54,4; 3. pi. payimsu (do.) 33,?; pp. acc. Ml. -^am (khanam) 110,i8; santi- payata, loc, fern. ,^aya (sukha-**, para, mfn. "higher than rest", n. navaya, "when the ship was fairly «^am (sukham) Dh. 202. - param, of'"). 19,27; gen. pi. m. ,>,anam (vil- indecl. {v. next). — superl. parama nijaDam, Bharikaccha, who have {l- ^)- ~ ^P- parato, parattha, para, tome from Bh.) 25,ao; Bharukaccha- parato etc. payatanam (do.j 20,22. paraiii, indecl. (= sa^ afterwards, payirupasati, vb. (sa. pary-upa- after {iv. abl.) ; ito-paraiii, tato-param yas) to sit beside, attend on (ace); {v. h.)\ paraiu-marana, after death, pr. 3. sg. -r^ati (metrically = pay- 89,20. rupasati) Dh. 64-66 (panditarii). parakkama, m, {sa. parakrama) ""payuttaka, tnfn. (fr. sa. pra- exertion, effort; acc. ^arii (karonto) yukta, cp. mxt) hired, bribed, sub* 34,23; instr. ^ena (kata-**, "when we oraed; m. rs..o, S8,?b; "-coro, 38,2t; do our best") 12,3; *da}ha-<', mfn, "-diiutta, »». pi. 49,7. {v. ;..). payojeti, vb. (caus^ payufijati; parakkamati, vb. {sa. para- sa. pra-yojayati, \/}uj) io use, em- \/kram) to advance, attack (acc); to ploy; direct; practise (ace); pr, 1, show courage etc.\ pot. 3, sg, parak- pi, payojayama (naccadini) 65,i; kame (dalham enam) Dh. 313; ger. aor. 3, sg. r^.-esi (purise, "directed ^kamma,' "valiantly", Dh. 383. some men") 74,4; 3. pi. r^ayimsu parato, a(i«;. (sa.- paratas) ') after- (naccagitavaditani) 64,3i. wards, further; 26,3. 34,7 (gaccbanto). para, mfn. {= sa.) ') other, dilTe- — ^) on the other side; 21, le {opp. >ent {opp. attad; cp. tifina, apara)i orato) cp. pilrato. m. ko . . , paro ("who else?") Dh. parattha', adv. {sa. paratra) in 160; ace. .-warn, Dh. 184; (lokarfa) another place, in the other world; Dh. 220; gen. rvassa, 68,13; parassa- 74,3 (^a'ti); Dh. 177. hetu, "for the sake of others", Dh. parattha-, m. {sa. parartha) the ; ;; 163 pariganhati advantage or interest of others ; instr. (v. below), but before u also payir- (for the sake of) ^ena, Dh. 166 {opp. (metathesis, v, payirupasati) ; it is attadattha, q. v.). sometimes changed into pali- (q. v.). *parappavadaj m. (cp. aa. para- parikamma, n. (5a. parikarman) pravadin) disputation ; "-kusala, mfn, ') attendance, waiting upon; ovarii (ka- 110,9 (3. v.) cp. pavadiH, mfn. tabbam, w. gen.) 84,i. — *) prepara- para ma, mfn. (= sa.) highest, tion, treatment (as painting, cleansing, best (or worst); f. <>^a (roga) Dh. dressing etc.); *°-kata, mfn. prepared, 203; M. rwara ^sukharii) ib. & 184; treated (e.c.) : geruka-°, 84,i9 ; ]akha-°, n. pi. »,& (dukba, v, dukkha) ib. 5,88 (v, h.), abl. n. parama va seyyo (better than parikkhaya, m. (sa, parikshaya) the best) 55,8; — comp, *arogya-pa- destruction, ruin, loss; ace. «x/am rama, mfn. having health for its best, (gaccbati, to be lost) 48,io; (ilatinam f. /^a (labba, v. arogya) Dh. 204; etc.) Dh. 139. cp. parikkhina. *vis8asa-°, mfn. ib. (q. v.). — *''-duk- parikkbara, m. (sa. parisbkara) kara, mfn. (q. v.)\ °-attha, m. the provisions, utensils, esp. the priestly best sense, the whole truth {v. next) requisites (civara etc.); ace, (e, e.) ; abl. paramatthato (adv.) v. attha *'). ^arii, 97,8. *Parani attha-dipani, f. nom. parikkhipati, vb. (sa, pari- pr. of a commentary, by Dhammapfila, yksbip) to put, hang, or wind around, on several books of the Khuddaka- to surround (ace); pr. 3. pi. o^anti NikSya; specimen of the comm, on (maladamani) 37,8; aor. 3. pi. «^imsu, Petavatthu p. 84,25-86,10. 6,10; ger. *) .x/itva (tbanam) 6,9; parajaya, m. (= sa.) defeat; (malam kantbe) 16,85; (assa sanim) jaya-*", »». victory and defeat, ace. 62,90 ; '') ~itvana, 112,6; - pp. pa- r^atm, Dh. 201. rikkbitta, m, ^0 (rajjuya, tied with parajita, mfn. (= sa.\pp. para- ropes) 64,80 ; n, f^&m (nabaruna, VJ^ [& jya]) defeated, conquered; one kandam, "wound round with sinews") lost (v. h.); who has (in game, w. ace.)', m. 92,91 ; pakara-°, 23,8o su- /N/O (sahassam) 2,14; 60,3i (as finite parikkbittaiii (sayanarii) 112,3 (sa- tense, "he lost"); 60,i (tehi -^0). niya). cp. parikkhepa. parajiyati, vb. (pass, parajeti parikkhina, mfn. (pp. parikkbi- [& -jinati] ; sa. para-VJi [& jya]) to yati; sa. parikshina, pari-yksbi) va- be overcome, defeated; to lose (in nished, disappeared, extinct; m. pi. game); pr. 3. sg. /x/ati {ppp. jinati) ^U, (asava) Dh. 93; *kamabhava-'*, 48,9. *tanhabbava-^ *naiidibbava-*', mfn, paramasati, vb. (sa. para-\/inr?) (v. h.) cp. parikkhaya. to touch, feel, stroke (ace.) part. m. parikkhepa, m. (sa. pariksbepa) ; />./aDto (hatthissa kumbbam) 77,i throwing about, surrounding, that by ger. rwitva ([tam] batthena) 24,30. which anything is surrounded; ^0, parama^ba, v, duppara- 37,8. 25,8 ; pp. mattba. pariganhati, i)6. (so. pari-^grab) (ace.) part. par ay an a, n. (sa. parayana) aim ') to embrace ; m. f^&uto, refuge, resort; e. c. mfn. = destined 21,86; ger. pariggahetva (bababi) for, resorting to; *Brahmaloka-<*, mfn. 20,0; — ') to examine, search (through); 47,95; *8anibodhi-', mfn. 79,8* (q. v.). to try, test (ace.); part. m. ^anto pari-, indecl. (= sa.) prefix to (babivalafijanake) 48,s; 43,6-88; 38,i8; verbs and nouns, implying 'round, 57, If (tam, in order to test her); around; richly, fully, completely' etc.; part. med. m. ^/amano, 43,i8; aor. before vowels it takes the form pahy- 3. sg. n^i (antonagaram) 43,»; fut, 11» ; ; pariggaha 164 known 1. so. /xfissaini (janapadam) 43,ii; ger. sa. parijnata, i/jfia) thoroughly /^ggahetva (do.) 44,i5. - caus, 11. n. r^&m (sabbadukkham, sc. maya) on pariganhSpeti, to cause to be ex* 108,t8; *0-bhojana, mfn, "living has amined; part. m. .^ento, 48,s6. cp. recognized food", t. e, one who next, the right view of the food he eats parig^aha, m. (sa. parigraha) (who exactly knows the substance of 'belonging to, dependent*, family, wife, which it consists, that it is only vile matter, and that there is property, etc, ; a-pariggaha, mfn. (un- and impure married) V, h., opp. sa-pariggaha, no pleasure in eating it) m. pi. /x'S, mfn. 56,*-7. Dh. 92 (cp, Dh. (1865) p. 281 ; Chil- pariggahetva, ger., v. parigan- ders Diet, parinfia). hati. parinamati, vb. (sa. pari-\/nam) parighamsati, vl. (sa. pari- to bend, change (intr.); to develop, old, be digested (as Y/ghrsh) to rub, scrub ; part, instr. m. ripen, become a-parighamsantena {sc. bhajanaib, food); part, loc, ~ante (vaye, "as without rubbing) 82,si. age ripens") 47, u. cp. next. par i car at i, vh. (sa. pari-\/car) parinama, m. (= sa) change, 'to go round', to attend, wait on ; to development; digestion; samma-pariua- serve, worship (ticc); pot. 3. sg. /^care mam (acc.) gaccheyya, 78,i6 (can be (aggim) Dh. 107. — caua. paricareti fully digested). ly, h.) cp. next, paritassati (& paritasati), vb, paricarika, f, (= sa.) a female (sa. pari-v/tras) to be frightened or attendant, waiting woman; nom. .^a alarmed, to tremble; pr. 3. sg, na (itthi) 49,»; gen. pi, .vanara, 19, u; f^a.ti (sabbasamyojanam chetva) Dh, pada-'', f. id. & wife, instr. />^ttya, 397 (''after cutting all fetters he does 56,n;i>?. ^a, 21, i»; *''rvika-yakkhim, not tremble"); but we had perhaps f. a menial Y., 111,8. better to translate "he does not feel paricarf ti, v6. (caits. paricarati; any desire", and take paritassati =^ sa. paricaraj ati) to surround {aec.) sa. to be afflicted by thirst, ; pari-^tfsh, pasi,. part. m. paricariyamano (ni- metaph. to feel desire or longing; the ppurisehi turiyehi, 'surrounded by") explanation Dhpd. (1855) p. 428 : tan- 67,si. haya na bhayati (he does not fear on pariccajati, vb. (sa. pari-v/tyaj) account of thirst) and on several other to abandon, give up, sacrifice (ace); passages in the commentaries is pro* fui. 1, sg, .^isss mi (attanam tuyhaiii) bably due to a confusion of those two 3,16; ger, ^xiya. (attanam) 15,33; verbs, of which pp. paritasita (cp. (jivitam) 60,i4. cp. next, tasita) frequently occurs; paritassana, {sa.\ pariccaga, m. parityaga) f. seems to have both significations : leaving, abanrlcning, giving up; ahl. fear & longing; cp. Mil. p. 263,86 (gono /vS (mattSfJukaa-') "by leaving (a chato paritasito), Rhys Davids, Dial, emal) pleasure)" Dh. 290. of the Buddha (1899) p. 63. purijani, m. (== sa.) surrounding paritoseti, vb. (sa. pari-v'tush, or attending poople, servants; acc. cans, paritoshayati) to satisfy com- ^.am, 67,»e; get. rwassa, 67,26. pletely, to appease (acc.)\ part. med. parijinna, mfn. (pp. parijiyati; m. ^ayamano (aiiike nisinnarii put- sa. parijirna, y'j}') worn out, decayed, tarn) 38,14 ("cherishing"). exhausted; n. ~am (puranasetthiku- p ari tta', mfn. (sa. paritta) limited, laiil, impoveri&h'.id, reduced) 55,9i small, little; n. rs^aiii (udakam) 4,5; ruparii) (idam 107,7 — Dh. 148. parittatthakatha, f, a concise commen- p a r i n fi a t a , mfn, (pp. parijanati tary, acc. ^atii, 113,2i. ; 165 pan *paritta^ n. (cp, sa. paritiana, parinibbuta, nifn. (pp, sa. pari- fr. pari-y'tra) protection, an amulet; nirvrta, \/vr, but as to the signification "-sutta, M. a thread for defence, a charm, belonging to parinir-\/va, v. pari- ing thread, lll,n ("-tejena). nibbayati, cp. nibbuta) completely ex- paridahati, vb, (sa. pari-Y/dha) tinguished or liberated (from the saiil- to put on (clothes, acc.) 3. ; ; loc. ; fut. sg. sara) m, ^o, 80,ii <%/e, 80,i9 .vdahessati (kasavam vatthaih) Dh.9. pi. m. ^si (loke, "even in this world") parideva. m. (= so.) lamenta- Dh. 89. tion ; instr. pi. ^ehi, 70,29; gen. pi. paripakka, mfn, (sa, paripakva) />^anam (soka-'')90,i7; soka-" (dvandva completely cooked; quite ripe, accom- comp.) 66,10-17. cp, pariddava. plished; m. >^o (vayo) Dh. 260. paridevati, vb. {sa. pari-\/dlv) paripucchati, vb. (sa. pari- to lament, cry, gro&n \ part. m. >^a,T\iQ, ypvacb) to put questions to (acc); 30,83; f, /vanti, 31,3; gen, pi, omenta- inf. '>.itum, comp. <'-kama, mfn, who nam, 47,si ; part, med, m, (^-tnano, wiBhes that questions shall be put 30,15; oor. 5. s^iT. paridevi, 24,7. pari- to himself, m, rvO, 84,7; grd, m, deva, m. & paridevana, n, (a. v.). />^itabbo, ib. pari de van a, n. (= sa.) lamen- paripunna, mfn. (sa, pari-purna) tation, groaning; "-sadda, m, "the quite full; accomplished, perfect; n, Bound of groaning", nom. cp. parideva & next, moon") 32,30 ; *sabbakara-*, mfn, *pariddava, m. (sa. *paridrava, altogether perfect, acc, m. /v-am (pu- ydru; this word is formed after the risarii) 10,96; *°-gabbha, f, adj, (v, analogy of upaddava {q. v.) and may gabbha). probably be due to an old confusion paripurati, vb. (sa. pari-v'pf) with parideva (v, above), by which intr. to become full (completely); to it is generally explained in the com- become perfect; pr. 3. sg, ^ati (pafi- mentaries (Tr.); it is only found in iia) Dh. 38; pp. paripunna (q. v.). comp. with soka-**) lamentation; tinna- paripphoseti, vb, (cans, pari- soka-^, infn. "who has crossed the \/prush) to besprinkle, water (occ); flood of sorrow"? Dh. 195. ger, ^^itva ([bhumim] udakena) 84,99, *parinitthiti, f, (fr. pari-ni- pariplava, mfn. (= sa.) swim- \/stba, cp, nitthita) completion, accom- ming round; unsteady; ^O-pasada, mfn, plishment; acc, ix/iih (gatesu, fulfilled) "whose peace of mind is troubled", gen, 114,31. m, ,N./a8sa, Dh. 38, parinibbati, vb., v, parinibba- pariphandati, vb, (sa, pari- yati. \/8pand) to tremble all over; pr. 3, parinibbana, n. (sa, parinir- sg. /-vati (idam cittam).Dh, 34 (cp. vana) complete extinction of indivi- phandana). duality, so that one shall not be born paribbajati, vb, (sa. pari-y'vraj) again; attainment of Nirvana; abl, to wander about (esp, as a religious /va, 80,19; "-maficamhi nipanno, mendicant, cp. paribbaja(ka)); pr. 3, 110,19. pi. >N^anti (etam [bandhanam] che- parinibbayati & parinibbati, tvana) Dh. 346; pot. 8. sg. paribbaje (sa. parinirvati, \/va) to be extin- (kame pabatvana anagaro) Dh. 416. guished, to attain Nirvfina; pr, 3, pi. paribbaya, m, (sa. parivyaya) /N^ayanti (Tatbagata) 76,98; o.^anti, payment, salary; travelling expenses Dh, 126; aor, 3. sg. ^ayi, 29,i8; or travelling cash; acc. 8T,i»; $a. parivrSja(ka)) a religieuR mendl- aee. ,vath* (parlsa-*, ». parisS) 6,i7; cant, ascitic; nom. >vC (Ilttiyo) 89,i»; loo. »H,e (udaka-o) 4,«; (sara-*) (the hoofs) ace, /x-am, 29,s«; "-avama, m. (v. A.). pi. hattha-pada-pariyanta — '-vesena, in the character of a p. 5,". pan-y/ya) to lie,29. pariyati, vh. {sa. .^ati (ra- paribhavita, mfn. {pp. pari- go round (ace); pr, 3, sg. bhaveti; = sa., cans. paii-\/bhu) pre- janivesanam) 31,s. pared, treated; n. i^&m. (cittam, pariyadana, n. {btiddh. sa. pa- consuming, consumption, ^highly cultivated") 106,»; ace. f. ryadana) ^a± (raanusivacara.karunaya, "filled exhaustion, destruction, end; abl. /x-a with compaBBion") 2^,9. (ta88a, "when that has been consumed") pHribha8ati,»'6.{.ta.pari-\/bha9h) 96,8. to blame, ceosure, abuse (acc); pr, *pariyapanna, tnfn. {fr. pan- 8. ag. -wati (bhikkhu) 8A,S9. S-v/pad) included, contained in; patta- par ibhuiijati,v6.(sa. pari- Vbhuj) pariyapannaih, n. "what has been put to eat, enjoy (ccc); pr, 3. ag. -w^ati in the bowl", 83,s. (dadhirii) 35,23; 97,9 ("makes use of pariyaya, m. & n, {sa. paryaya) it"); 3. pi, o/anti, 21,o; inf. ,-vitum 'going round', encompassing (also a (kame) 69,s7; ger. «xitva, 36,35; pp. synonym); turn, succession, series, paribhutta, n, r^&m (yassa, "when enumeration (also a religious discourse ha has eaten it") 78, la. cp. next, in general, opp, nippariyaya, a dis- paribhoga, m. {:— sa.) enjoyment, course delivered on some particular use, *devata-*, mfn. 36,3i. {v. h.). occasion); way, manner, order, method, parimajjati, vb. (sa. pari-ymrj) precision; view or point of view; nom, to cleanse, wipe; to touc^i, stroke (ace); n. aditta-pariyayam ("the sermon of pr. 2. sg. ,^asi (bahiram) 106, u = the burning") 71,18; instr. ^eua in Dh. 394; part, f, ^anti (pi^thiifa) (aniiena = aniienakarena, another 46,8, way, from a different point of view parimandala, m/«.(=sa.) round, o; wrongly?) 91,ii-38; aneka-pari- circular; n. /vaiil, 36,33, adv. »/am, yayena, adv. in many ways, 69, is. all around, 82,17; *8U-parimandalam, pariyesati, vb. {sa. pari-^/ish) adv. completely, 113,7. to seek or search for, inquire, inve» parimaddati,D6.(so, pari-\/mrd) stigate (occ); part. m. /vanto (gooa- to rub, stroke {ace.) ; ger, o/itva (ha- ram) 14,i9; (phalaphalani) 35,38; tthena tassa sariraifa, "passed his part, med. m. pi. ^-wraana (mige, in hand over") 24,88. order to find) 6,8; fut, 1, sg. ^issami, parimana, n. (= sa.) circum- 14,88; (dibbakame) 45,b; tn/'. ^itum, ference,* extent; ace. .v^aiiii (rajja-") 43,8; ger. o^itva (core) 30,3o. 43,89. "pariyogalha, mfn. {pp. pari- pariyatti,/". (aa. paryapti) learn- yogabati, to inquire into, penetrate; ing, esp. study of the holy texts; the sa. *paryava-Y'gah, cp. ava-gadha); texts themselves handed down through "-dhamma, mfn. who has penetrated oral tradition (= tipi^aka); nom. ^i, the truth, m. ^o, 69, i3. cp. next, 102,10 ; "-antaradhana, n. 'the dis- '*'pariyogaba, m, {fr, pari-ava- appearance of learning', name of a \/gah) inquiring into, penetrating; chapter of Anagata-vamsa {q, v,) *duppariyogaha, mfn, {q, v.). 102,8, *pariyodapana, n. {fr. next) pariyanta, mfn, {sa, paryanta) cleansing, purification; sacitta-", Dh, endecl, ceased; far, remote; — m. end, 183 {v. citta'). circumference, edge, border, outskirt; "pariyodapeti, vb, {cans, pari- ; 167 pttriBsaya ava-i/dai) to cleanse, purify (occ); (atnbarukkham, "round the Mango pot. 3, sg, ~eyya (metrically = paryo- tree") 37,i9; pp. m. parivarito (amacca-°) dapeyya, attanaiii) Dh. 88. 112,86. cp, parivara, m, & parivuta, pariyosana.M, (sa. paryavasana) mfn. end, conclusion; loc. /x-e, 29,i7 (sacca-", *parivitakketi, vb. {fr. pari-vi- q. V.) \ 34,89 (jivita-") ; e. c. mfn, = \/tark) to reflect, ponder; aor. 3. sg, ending with : (jala-**, 18,?; marana-", fx^esii 53,33. 86,16 ; vipatti-", 47, lo (y. /».). parivisati, vb, {sa. pari-\/vish, parilaha, »». {sa, paridaha) burn- but as to the formation confounded ing, heat; pain, suffering, sorrow; nom, with pari-^/vi?) to serve, wait on (occ); ^0, Dh. 90; sa-parilaha, tnfn, filled imp, 2. sg, parivisa (mam tena, "serve with pain, n. /vam, 94,a. me with it") 78,8; aor.3.sg. parivisi, ger. parivajjeti (& parivajjayati) 78,11 ; /^itva, 87,i7; part. f. vb. {sa. parivarjayati, caus. pari- /xanti (rajanam, suvanna-katacchum i/vrj) to avoid (ace); pr. 3. sg. />.,eti gahetva) 53,32. (papanj) Dh. 269; imp. 2. sg. {med.) parivuta, mfn. {sa. parivrta, pp. ^^ayassu (kulavaka {ace. f. or n.pl.?) pari-\/vr) surrounded by {instr. or "dont disturb the birds' nests") 60, le; e. c); m. >^o (deva-ganena) 60,28; pot. 3. sg. /v^aye, Dh. 123. 36,28; 74,17; 7,28 (miga-gana-"); ace, parivattati, vb. {sa. pari-v/vrt) m. /vara (amacca-gana-*') 39,88; f. to turn, change {intr,), to change into pi, «xa (dasi-gana-°) 21,i. (worn.); pot. 3. sg. '>/eyya (khiram, *parisainvuta, mfn, {sa. *pari- dadhi /x/) 99,88; ger. ^.-itva, 47, 12; - samvrta) covered, hidden, guarded; caus. V. next. restrained, controlled; su-parisamvuta, parivatteti, vb. {sa. parivartay- Dh. 234 {q. v.). ati, caus. pari-v'vrt) ') to overthrow, parisappati, vb. {sa. pari-Y/srp) turn topsy-turvy; also intr, to rush, to run about; pr. 3. pi. /^anti, Dh. hurtle (on account of confusion) : part, 342. The common form of this verb m. pi. /N.-enta, 60,8. - *) to repeat, is pari-sakkati, cp, osakkati, nissak- sg, /v/eti etc, rehearse, recite {ace.) ; pr. 3, kana (Pataiijali-matam) 113,?; pot. 2. sg. pari 8 a, f. {sa. parishad) an as- /N./eyyasi (mantaiii) 52,26; ger, ,%.^etva, sembly; multitude, group, crowd; nom, 32,10. - *) to translate {ace.)\ imp, 2. /x/S (assa, "his followers") 40,3; ace, sg.r^Gh.\ (tam, Magadhanam niruttiya) parivara, m. (= sa.) suite, re- the assembly present) ; loc, ^ayaiil, ; tinue, followers; e. e.mfn., surrounded 87,25 comp. catu-", f. {v. h.) ; at the by; instr. />^ena (mahantena) 7,5. beginning of comp. generally shortened 62,8; paficasata-bhikkhu-", mfn, 87,s; to parisa-, 87,23 (**-pariyantam) pancasata-Diiga-", mfn, 6,29; panca- '-majjhe, 10,2i. 42,4. 61,i5. Bugandhika-", mfn. prepared with five parisuddha, mfn. {sa, pari^ud- kinds of fragrant substances, n. (vam dha, \/Qudb) clean, pure; a-parisud- (tambulam) 41,xs; sa-parivara, mfn, dha, mfn. 41,i {q. v.). together with the retinue, ace, m, .x/am, parissaya, n. (& m.) {sa. pari- 110,26. Qraya, m. (?) Weber, Ind. Str. Ill, parivareti, vb, {sa. parivarayati, 395; as to the signification nearly caus. pari-^vy) to surround, encom- agreeing with parissama {sa. pari- pass (ace,)', without obj. to stand Qrama) by which it is sometimes re- around; aor. 3. s^. '/x^esi, 36,S8; fut. placed in the manuscripts; Fau8b0ll, 3. pi. pariharati 168 derive! it from ea, ""pftrismaya, \/Bmi, mfn, overcome with sorrow, gen, t». which can hardly be potBtble) danger; /xasna, 104,it. pain, trouble, annoyance; n. pi. xwEni parodati, vh. (sa. ^TBi-y/nid) to (sabbSni) Dh. 328. [Phyeioally paris- begin to weep or lament; aor. 8, sg, saya seems to moan 'the internal heat parodi (raabantena saddena) 16,8i. of the body', as it is sometimes in the pary-, v. pariy-. conim. explained by kaummja-tejo; palavati (or pilavati, plavati), perhaps it ought to be derived from vb. (sa. plavati, Vpl«) t° ^°**' "*'''" (hurahuram) 107,3o pari + V*?ri = Vv^'S- (*" V?'*™)' pr. 3. sg. fs,&t\ cp. utu-parissaya-vinodana, MN. I = Dh. 334 ^metri causa .^ati); aor. p. 10,17.] 1. sg. a-plavim (phalakena) 20,2s. pariharati, vh, (sa, pari-\/hr) palapeti, vb. (cans, palayati, •) to carry (round), to wear V.) to drive away (occ); imp. 2, (ace.) ; q. pr. 1. sg. med. /N^hare (munjaiii, q. v.) sg. .x-ebi (te) 36,i2; 3. pi. .>^etha, 8,i. 103,.^3; ger. f^itva (kucchiya Bodhi- 62,20 ; aor. /^esi, ib.; inf. ^.-etum, 8£;tta.m) 62, s. — *) to protect, take palayati (& paleti), vb. (sa. pa- care of, be the leader of; fut. 1. sg. layati) to flee or fly away, escape; ^issami (bhikkbu-rjaiiigham) 74,a3; pr. 3. sg. paleti, 106,3 = Dh. 49; inf, /N..itum, 74,8i; cp. parihfira. 2. sg. r^ayasi, 54,2i ; 3. pi. ,>.ayanti, pari ban a, n. (sa. parihuna) the 6,81 ; 1. pi. rvayaraa (let us escape), being deprived of, falling away from 21,3o; aor. 8. sg. '>-ayi, 10,83; 3, pi. dai. /vaya (abhabbo) Dh. 32. ^ayimsu, 30,3o; fut. 3. pi. ,-wissanti, paribayati, vl.(sa, pari-hiyate, 35,u; 1. pi. /^issama, 21,32; inf. - pass. pari-Y/ba, cp. jahati) to be de- ^itum, 21,27; ger. ^itva, 60,2i; prived of; to (t\\\ away from (o6i.), cans, *palapeti (v, h.). disappear, vanis.'i, decrease, eto,\ pr. palasa, »i. «£• n. (sa, pala(ja) ') 3. sg. «^ati (saddbamma) Dh. 364; m. a leaf; pandu-palaso, Dh. 235 (q, — aor. 3. sg. rwhayi, 18,29; fut. 3. sg. v.). *) n. (coll.) leaves, foliage; sakba-palasam, 95,23 v.); apa- isjUiiiii, 102,10 ; - pp. parihina, loc. (q. gata-", mfn, 95,23. m. f>,e, 102,10 ; n. /N-aiii n'attbi (w. abi. 'has not been neglected') 37,27; pali- or pali-, prp, = pari- a-parihina, mfn. unbrohen (v. h.). (q. V.) cp. next etc. paligha, m. (sa. parigha parihara, m. (= sa.) 'carrying [& paligha]) a bolt or bar of a door; an round'; protection, taking care of, the obstacle, hindrance; ukkbitta-", making much of anything; abl. ^ato mfn, Dh. 398 (v. h.). (poranaka-", as hitherto) 37,27 ; *gab- pali t a, mfn. (= sa.^ but often bha-o,' w. (g. v.) 42,2» (laddba-"). spelled with ph through confusion with parihina, mfn, (pp. paribayati, phalita, q.v.)\ ') grey, greyhaired; 3. 'v.). «. ^aiii (siro) Dh. 260 (ph"); *-kesa, "^pariipakkania, m. (,'V. para + mfn. greyhaired, acc m, ,%,aifa, 63,9. Upalckama) approaching or attack of - ") n. grey hair (sg. & pl.)\ nom, others (external eneraiss); instr. <^ena, sg, rvam (ekaiii) 44,25 (ph"); 46,2i 76,27 {cp. an-upakkaiuena). (eka-p"); 46,27 (ekamp"); pi. ^ani, *parupaghati«, tnfn, (fr. para 46,23; 44,22 (pb"); - *phalita-patu- \- Upaghati/i) who strikes or injures bbavn, m. 44,32 (v. patubhava). others; nom. m. /vi, Dh. 184. *palipatba, m. (read : pali-"; fr. par eta, mfn. (;= sa. pp. parS 4" pra-yiip. w. sitff. -atha) mud, mire; yi) reached, approached; e. c. = fol- acc. ^aiii (duggam) Dh. 414 (this lowed by, overcome with ; *8oka-^, miry road, which is difficult to pass?) 169 pavittittba cp. Tr, PM. p. 80-81 Notes ; JPTS. nam) 65,i2. - *) to become, appear; '84, p. 86. Childers & Fausbell de- to be, exist; pr. 8. sg. /%/ati (ratho'ti rive it from pari-patha (-pantha), namam) 98,24; (Sihalesu ^ati, "is "adversary". extant among the S.") 113,8i; fut. 3, palibuddha, mfn, (probably iden- sg. .N/issati (manussesu catuppadika tical witb sa. pari-ruddha, through gatha) 102,22, caus, v. pavatteti; cp, dissimilation (?) or from *pra-vi-rud- next, dha by metathesis; in palibodha, m. pavattar, m, (rather fr. sa. pra- hindrance, we could suppose influence vaktr than fr. pra-vartitr, cp. next) from sa. pari-Vbadh (Tr. PJI. p. 66) one who tells or relates, expounder, or pari-ybandh {Leumann); from teacher; ace. >x/aram (nidhinaih, "who palibuddha we have verb, denom. tells of hidden treasures") Dh. 76. palibuddbati, to check, restrain; to pavatti, f. {sa. pravptti) appear- urge, dun; to seize upon, usurp) ance, what appears or happens, news, checked, restrained ; m.pl. f>^si (titthiya, tidings, etc.; ace. >N/iih (arocesi) 6,22; 'there was put a stop to their mischief) tatr'assa ^.^im na janama, "we dont 74,14. (cp, also sa. pary-ava-rodha.) know what happened afterwards", palujjati,r6. {pass. sa. pra-\/ruj) 73,23. to be broken, destroyed ; to fall off; pavatteti, vb, {caus, pavattati, pot. 3. sg. ~eyya (sakhapalasam), sa. pravartayati) to cause to arise, 95,82; 3. pi, ,>.-eyyum (tacapapatika) send forth (acc); ger. ,%..etva (maho- ib. gham) 35,19. paleti, vb. =^ palayati (q. v.). pa vara, mfn. {sa. pravara) the palepana, n. {sa. pralepana) the choicest, best; noble, excellent; acc, act of smearing; *galha-'', mfn, 92,7 m, palobheti, vb. {sa, pralobhayati, to rain, begin to rain ; imp, 2. sg, caus. pra-\/lubh) to allure, seduce pavassa (deva!) 104,88; aor, 3, sg, (acc); ger. ,%^etva ^vanije) 21, is. pavassi (mahamegho) 105,2i. pallaihka, m, {sa. paryafika ft pavati (& pavayati), vb. {sa. pra- palyanka) a couch or sofa; a throne y/vS) to blow through, pervade (acc); or palanquin; the sitting cross-legged pr. 3. sg. rwati (sabba disa) Dh. 64. (as in meditation), in the phrase : pal- pavadi/i, m. {sa, pravadin) a lamkena {instr.) or «we {loc.) nisidati, disputer, polemic; acc. pi. /^ino 17,85. 65,4. 66,4 (eka-o, q,v.); 63,83 (ahindanto) 113,5. cp. parappavada, {loc.) ; °-majjhe, 39,26 ("on the royal pavala (& pavala^, m. n. {sa. throne"); kaficana-", 42,9 (w. h.); pravada & pravala) *) coral; comp. nisinna-pallaihkato, abl. "from the -ppavala-, 27,88; 8) a sprout, a young couch on which he was sitting", 65,27 leaf or branch; kala-°, 47,2o {q. v.), (vuttbaya). pavasa, m. {sa. pravasa) absence pallala, n. {sa. palvala) a small from home, departure; abl, >^a, (agato) pond or lake; ace. rs^&m, Db. 91; 9,27. cp, cira-ppavasiH, mfn. loc, .pavadi4^ati» ''*• (*<*• pra-\/vrdb) to hurl or oast down (acc); aor. 8, to grow up, increase; pr. 3' sg, ix/ati, sg, pavijjhi (mahantaro silam) 75,85. Dh. 282; 8, pi, ,^anti, 107,8« = Dh. pavitt ha, mfn, (j7j). pavisati, sa, 335. pra-vishta) entered, one who has en- pavattati, vb, {sa, pra-^vrt) *) tered or come into {acc, or abl.)', m, to arise, set out, break forth; aor. 3. f^o (himagabbham) 16,9; acc /^am sg. pavatti (mabanadi) 36,i6; (uda- (adittapannasalatb) 44,8o; mukhe ;; ; ; pavibhajati 170 quiver; /vam.(ambapha)adi) 37,m; (Mna a- cp. Tr. PM. 76,»5) to tremble, rwinanarii, 47,»t. jassa e,nto >») 86,i8 ; eowip, kuccbim part. med. acc. m, f. paTittha-sadiso^ 61,4» ; gabana^thana- 63,9. .. , pavittba-maggan, "the path by which paveni & paveni (of ^Ot,'- hair', they ba(? turned into *-he jungle", 34,ii. {sa. praveni) 'a long braid of of payibhajati, vb. (sa. pra-vi- hence *) race, lineage, esp, breed y'bhaj) to divide, distribute, arrange cattle, cattle for breeding; pl. ^iyo (ace); aor. 3. pi. i>.ajjira8u (Satthu- (godharaniyo, q, v.) 105,n-u. (Comra. Basanam) 109,3s (incorrect spelling on Sn. V. 26 : vayappatta balivaddehi instead of pavibhajinKu); ger. ^ajja, saddhim metbunapatthana - gavo) 110,1. cp. vibhajana. ') tradition, traditional custom or doc- paviveka, »». (aa. praviveka) trine (also = the holy scriptures) cp, solitude; **'-rasa, tw. "the sweetness Tr. PM. p. 69,7-44. of solitude", Dh. 20B {ace, o^amV pavellati, vb, {fr. pra-\/vell) pavisati, vb, (sa. pra-y'viQ) to to shake or swing to and fro, to sway; enter, go to, come into {ace. [or loc.])\ part, med, f. ^mana, 47,20. pr. 3. pi. ^anti (nagaram) 90,36; pavesana, n. {sa, prave^ana) I) (antojalam) 88,35; part, m, instr, entering {cp, pavisana) ; *) placing />/antena, 83,9i; imp. 2. sg. pavisa or putting on, application ; dande (udakain, dive into) 13,i; (aggirii) pavesana-vasena {v, vasa) "according 61,12; fut. 1. 8g. fv/issami (aggiih, as you fit it to the handle", 35,5. i, e. I will pay with my life for it) *pavesapeti, vb. {cans. IT. pa- 54,4; aor. *) (w. augm.) 3, sg. pavisi, visati) to cause one {acc.') to enter 13,8 (~i, metri uauHn), 33,«ii; **) 3. pi, (occ); pr, 3. sg. r^eW (miitugainam pavisiiiisu, 53,*. 60,«a; 2. pi, n^ittha aggirii) 61,80. (ma) 27,30 ; inf. «>^iturii, 13, 15; comp, *p a V e 8 e t a » , m. {nom, agentis fr. baiii, n, 83, .11; pp. pavil^tba {l-v.);, pavoBoti, vb, {cans, paviftati; caun, pavesoti & pavesiipoti (q, v.) sa, pravegayati) to cause or allow to cp, next. enter {acc.) into {acc. or loc), to put *pavi3ana, n. (iiom, act. fr. pa- on, introduce; pr, 3, pl, /x-enti, 49, 1; visati, cp, paveeana) entering, coming fut, 3, sg. ^Hsaaii, 102,j7; ^er. ,%.etva in; ''-kale {w, ace. aggim) 51, 14; 73,i2 (bahumige uyyane) 6,5; (migaganarii (do. nagaraiii); "-velayarii (tesuih, uyyiinarii) 6,in; (uggahana-rajjukarii "tts thoy came in") 53,4. giviiya) 14,b9; (nagaraiii) 73,9o; cans, pavuccati, vb. {pass, pra-^/vac) II. pavesapeti {q, v.) cp, pavesana, to be called; pr. 3, sg, dhamma^tho «., paveSetar, m, 'ti .'«^ati, Dh, 257 ; tanba /^ati, 103,26. pasaiiisati, vb, {sa. pra-y/^ams) pavedeti (<%.ayati), vb, {catts. to praise (acc); pr, 3, pl. 171 passati tranquil; pleased, happy (w, gen, or cp. Fausbell, Dhpd. (1855) p. 268; loc.)', »n. ,x/0, (te) 7,t3; (tassa) 31,ii; fr, *pra-sivyaka (V) Childers) a bag, (Buddhasasane) Dh. 368; 114,r, sack, purse; aco. /vaib, 12,3i; 13,5 instr, (x/ena, 8,»; Dh. 2 (manasa). — (chinna-**); loc, rwe, 12,24; tambula-", ^) who is clear in his persuasion, be- 57,38 (q. v.), lieving, full of faith or devotion, pious; pasidati, vb. (sa, pra-y/sad) to m. ^0, 28,8. 102,33; evam ^o aham, become clear, tranquil, or pleased (w. 79,27; pi. «.-a, 76,3s (opp, a-ppasanna, gen,); pr, 3. sg. n^&ti (cittam) 103,2i;' q. v.); *°-citta, mfn. with a pious ger, ^itva (tassa) 37,i7; pp. pasanna mind, believing, ace, m, >^aiii, 68,S3. (q. v.) cp, pasada & pasadana, pasavati, vb. {sa. pra-y'su) to pasu, m. (sa. paQu) cattle; putta- procreate, produce (ace); pr, 3. sg, pasu-°, Dh. 287 (children and cattle). v